Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Marketing in Ethiopia
Correct citation:
ESAP (Ethiopian Society of Animal Production) 2003. Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia. Yilma Jobre
and Getachew Gebru (Eds). Proc. 10th Annual conference of the Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP) held in Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia, August 22-24, 2002. ESAP, Addis Ababa. 407pp.
CONTENTS
Preface.................................................................................................................................................................................................. vii
Welcome Address ................................................................................................................................................................................ ix
Opening Address .................................................................................................................................................................................. xi
Body weight dynamics of zebu and crossbred cows in relation to postpartum reproduction under sub humid climate of
Bako
Gebregziabher Gebreyohannes, Azage Tegegne, M.L.Diedhiou and B.P. Hegde ................................................................... 133
Evaluation of the General Farm Characteristics and Dairy Herd Structure in Urban and Peri-Urban Dairy Production
System in the Addis Ababa Milk Shed
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and N.N. Umunna .......................................................................................... 139
PRODUCTION SYSTEMS
Managing Risk in Pastoral Systems: Research and Outreach Experiences of the Pastoral Risk management (PARIMA)
Project in Southern Ethiopia and Northern Kenya
Getachew Gebru, Solomon Desta, and D. Layne Coppock........................................................................................................ 147
The declining pastoral environment, vulnerability status and adaptation strategy
Bruke Yemane................................................................................................................................................................................ 155
Assessment of the Livestock Production System, Available Feed Resources and Marketing Situation in Belesa Woreda:
A Case Study in Drought Prone Areas of Amhara Region
Tessema Zewdu, Aklilu Agidie and Ameha Sebsibe.................................................................................................................... 165
Variations in nutrient intake of dairy cows and feed balance in urban and peri-urban dairy production systems in
Ethiopia
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and N.N. Ummuna ......................................................................................... 177
Milk Production, milk composition and body weight change of crossbred dairy cows in urban and peri-urban dairy
production systems in Ethiopia
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and N.N. Ummuna ......................................................................................... 185
Major Animal Health Problems based on the Opinion of Pastoralists, Agropastoralist, and Sedentary Farmers and
Condition of Animal Health Services in Shinille Zone of Somali National Regional State
Bekele Tafese, Eshetu Yimer and A. Yohanus ............................................................................................................................. 193
Traditional processing of camel meat and milk, and marketing of camels, milk and hides in After Zone of Somali
National Regional State, Ethiopia
Ahmed. Sh Mohamed, B.P Hegde and Bekele Tafesse ............................................................................................................... 201
On-Station and On-Farm Evaluation of the ‘Hay-Box Chick Brooder’ Using Different Insulation Materials at the Debre
Zeit Agricultural Research Center and Denbi Village, Adaa Wereda
Negussie Dana, Alemu Yami, Tadelle Dessie, Samuel W/Hana ................................................................................................ 211
iv 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Methods of Perennial Grass Establishment, Forage Productivity on Fallow Lands and Their Effect on The Subsequent
Barley Crop
Getnet Assefa, Abreham Gebeyehu, Fekede Feyissa and Berhane Lakew ............................................................................... 257
Potential of forages legumes to replace the traditional fallow-barley rotation system in the cool - high land of bale
Teshome Abate, Tekleyohannes Berhanu, Solomon Bogale and Dagnachew Worku .............................................................. 265
Effects of intra-row spacing and cutting height of Calliandra calothyrsus on maize grain yield in alley cropping system
Abebe Yadessa............................................................................................................................................................................... 269
Strategy of leguminous fodder tree seedlings to cope with poor nursery growing media
Abebe Yadessa............................................................................................................................................................................... 277
Effect of undersowing annual forage legumes on grain and dry matter stalk yield of Sorghum (Sorghum bicolor L.) and
dry matter forage yield in the Eastern Amhara region
Samuel Menbere and Mesfin Dejene ........................................................................................................................................... 285
On-farm evaluation of different seeding rates of Oat and Vetch mixtures in barley-based double cropping system of the
Bale highlands
Tekleyohannes Berhanu, Teshome Abate, Solomon Bogale and Dagnachew Worku.............................................................. 293
ANIMAL NUTRITION
Effect of plant height at cutting on rumen organic matter and neutral detergent fibre degradation of Napier grass
(Pennisetum purpureum (L.) Schumach.) and their relationship with in vitro dry matter digestibility
Tessema Zewdu, R. M. T. Baars and Alemu Yami ...................................................................................................................... 301
Variations in dry matter yield and nutritive value of Panicum coloratum and Stylosanthes guianensis mixed pasture as
influenced by harvesting cycles
Diriba Geleti, Robert Baars and M. Y. Kurtu ............................................................................................................................. 311
The effect of protein and energy concentrate supplementation on milk yield in dromedary camels
Moges Dereje and Arega Peter Udén.......................................................................................................................................... 319
Effects of supplementation with L. purpureus, graded levels of L. pallida 14203 or S. sesban 1198 on feed intake and
live weight gain of Menz sheep
Solomon Melaku, Kurt J. Peters and Azage Tegegne................................................................................................................. 327
Effect of noug cake and Sesbania sesban supplementation on the growth performance and carcass characteristics of
Horro rams
Gebregziabher Gebreyohannes, Diriba Geleti, Lemma Gizachew, Yohannes Gojam and Gemeda Duguma....................... 355
Nutrient utilization efficiency of lactating crossbred dairy cows supplemented different levels of concentrate diets
Tadesse Bekele, Zelalem Yilma, Yohannes Gojjam and Alemu Gebre Wold............................................................................ 341
Milk yield and economic evaluation of two concentrate feeds to crossbred Boran x Friesian (BF) and Boran Jersey (BJ)
dairy cows at Holetta Research Center
Rehrahie Mesfin, Yohannes Gojam and Agajie Tesfaye............................................................................................................. 347
Dry matter intake, milk production and physical measurements of crossbred dairy cows supplemented with varying
levels of concentrate.
Zelalem Yilma, Tadesse Bekele, Yohannes Gojjam and Alemu G/Wold ................................................................................... 355
Effect of different legume supplementation on milk production performance of Borana Goats
Lemma Fita, Lemma Aberra, Nega Tolla and Tesfaye Alemu................................................................................................... 363
Effect of zinc and iodine supplementation on the intake and digestibility of nutrients by crossbred heifers
Tekleyohannes Berhanu and I.S. Agrawal .................................................................................................................................. 367
10th ESAP-Proceedings v
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
POSTERS
The status and prospects of kombolcha poultry breeding and multiplication center
Amsalu Asfaw ................................................................................................................................................................................ 375
Genetic Dilution of the Ethiopian Boran cattle
Nigatu Alemayehu, Getachew Gebru and Workneh Ayalew ..................................................................................................... 377
Closing Remark ................................................................................................................................................................................. 383
List of Participants............................................................................................................................................................................. 386
vi 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Preface
This publication is the Proceedings of the 10th Annual Conference of ESAP held between 22 and 25 August
2002 in Addis Ababa at the Headquarter of the Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organisation. It is the tenth
publication of this series of Proceedings of ESAP with the theme. The theme of this Conference, ‘Marketing
of Livestock and Livestock Products: challenges and opportunities’, was decided in a joint meeting of the out-
going and incoming executive committees of ESAP as well as members of the editorial board of the Ethiopian
Journal of Animal Production (EJAP) on 28 September, 2001. The decision was made, in accordance with the
constitution of ESAP, to provide a common forum for exchange of ideas on a focal issue for advancement of
animal production in Ethiopia. The purpose was to draw the attention of members of ESAP, other
researchers and policy makers to the dire need to identifying policy and institutional options for improving
the efficiency of livestock marketing in Ethiopia. This decision went in line with the consensus built during
the 9th annual Conference of ESAP, as well as in similar recent forums, that technical and policy support is
needed to help transform the dominant traditional livestock production systems into market-oriented and
integrated production operations.
There is a general consensus that the marketing of livestock and livestock products in Ethiopia is
underdeveloped. This is critical because viable markets ideally serve as engines for development of
livestock production, processing, consumption, and for attracting investment, which are ultimately
reflected in greater overall benefits generated from the livestock resources of the country. It is argued,
therefore, that limitations at all levels of the production and marketing chain influence all the stakeholders
involved, including producers, processors, traders and consumers of the products. Unfortunately, the
changing official national policy guidelines on livestock marketing in the past several decades have not
been very helpful to maintain sustained policy and investment support for the sector.
The Proceedings is partitioned for convenience into six chapters. Nine invited and selected plenary papers
on the theme of the conference are included in the lead chapter. A further 38 articles follow in the
subsequent chapters: 7 in Animal breeding & reproduction, 8 in production systems, 11 in feed production
& use, 10 in Animal Nutrition and 2 in poster presentations. These articles were selected out of a total of
79 submissions made to the Conference, after all of them have undergone the essential review process in
an attempt to maintain high scientific standards. The reviews were done by a selected set of volunteer
researchers, academicians and development practitioners, and the whole process has been managed by the
elected ESAP Editors. This is important because the ESAP Proceedings happen to be the only source of
current research publication for many members of ESAP who work and live far from academic and
research institutions. It is unfortunate that one invited and three technical papers presented at the
Conference could not be included here because the authors could not produce in time the revised versions
of their articles.
Most of the printing costs of this publication were covered by the finances of ESAP, which weigh heavily on
the financial status of the society. Let us take this opportunity to encourage members of ESAP and other
users of the Proceedings to help us in soliciting available funds from the institutions and organizations
that they work with. We hereby express our gratitude to the reviewers and editors who offered their
valuable time for this service of ESAP.
With the support of its members and the respective institutions, ESAP will continue to promote the
advancement of animal production in Ethiopia and provide scientific forums for exchange of ideas.
Comments and ideas of this kind help us operate faster and wider, and these are always welcome.
Workneh Ayalew, Ph.D.
President, ESAP
Welcome Address
Workneh Ayalew,
10th ESAP-Proceedings ix
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
productivity in Ethiopia should be taken beyond production. As vividly demonstrated by the haphazard
marketing practices of livestock and livestock products, and particularly the difficulties in marketing of
meat and milk, serious concerns for animal production should also appreciate post-production technical
and policy issues that determine overall success.
Not only do markets pose technical challenges, but also provide opportunities for smallholder subsistence
producers to gradually commercialise their operations to increase their incomes and improve their
livelihoods. So much so that measures to improve food security in many traditional production systems,
such as in pastoral communities, can mean market-centred interventions to increase the contribution of
livestock to household welfare.
Despite the huge livestock numbers that we always take pride from, the national and per capita production
of livestock and livestock products, earnings from livestock, and per capita consumption of food from
livestock origin have been declining in recent years. The estimated output of meat and milk barely
increased while the human population continues to grow about 3% per annum. Explanation for this
disturbing trend has to be sought not only in the production of the desired products but also in their
marketing. In fact, the biological growth in production also needs the pulling effect of viable markets.
The intriguing fact is that we more frequently hear and remember of the number of livestock that succumb
to drought than we manage to export or trade in the domestic market. Culture and tradition alone do not
fully explain why we still prefer to have home slaughter of meat animals rather than get the services of
organised and safe facilities. Both small and large livestock are marketed in every corner of cities when
there are designated market places. Livestock producers are deprived of the incentive of producing for a
demanding market for lack of systems of grading for livestock products. This Conference is intended to
address some of the following critical issues in Ethiopia, and come up with some feasible recommendations:
1. What lessons, both positive and negative, can be learnt from past and present government policy
support to livestock marketing, that has begun only in the early 1970s?
2. Why is private investment very cautious to go into livestock development despite the widely held belief
that our livestock resource base has huge potentials for development?
3. Why is the demand for livestock and their products, both in the export and domestic markets, not
strong, and what needs to be done to attract larger export markets and revitalise the domestic market?
4. What is the basis for the reportedly weak (not to say poor) markets for the emerging commercial dairy
and leather industries?
5. Prevalence of certain animal diseases have been, and still are, major obstacles in the export of live
animals, hides & skins and other livestock products. What realistic measures are essential, by way of
policy design, in the short and long-term? Are there relevant regional/global experiences?
6. Despite government’s vigilant controls, and even bans, cross-border trade of livestock continues to
operate. What is the rationale behind, and the implications of, the current policy that regards cross-
border trade of livestock as illegal?
Ladies and Gentlemen,
We believe this Conference brings together the current state of knowledge in marketing policy and
practice.
The Executive Committee of ESAP would like to express its sincere appreciation for the support received
from official sponsors of this Conference: Alemaya University, the Ethiopian Agricultural Research
Organization, the Ethiopian Science and Technology Commission, Save the Children – USA and the Global
Livestock – Collaborative Research Support Program in California (GL-CRSP). We also greatly appreciate
the participation in this Conference of all invited speakers for having accepted our invitation.
May, I now call up on His Excellency Ato Fantaye Biftu, State Minister of Trade and Industry, to officially
open this 10th Annual Conference of ESAP.
Thank you.
x 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Opening Address
10th ESAP-Proceedings xi
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
And this conference is expected to raise the momentum in the debate on the attributes of viable productive
livestock marketing, particularly on the current as well as emerging challenges and opportunities in its
development. The conference participants need to thoroughly examine various improvement options, mode
of collaboration and partnership to come up with recommendations that foster the country's aspiration for
rapid development of its livestock sub-sector.
Finally, I wish to take this opportunity to congratulate the sponsors and organizers of this Conference for
making this conference a reality and for choosing the theme. I would like to wish you every success in your
deliberations.
Ladies and gentlemen, it is now my pleasure to declare the 10th annual conference of ESAP officially
opened.
I thank you all.
Background
The country's agro-ecological zone is roughly divided into two major parts. The highlands with and
altitude of over 1,500 meters above sea level and the lowlands with an altitude of less than 1,500 meters
above sea level. The lowland pastoral areas are situated in the Eastern, South Eastern and Southern parts
of the country. These are the Afar and the Somali regions and Borena and Omo zones in Oromiya and SNNP
regions respectively.
In the lowlands, where pastoral management system is practiced, livestock is the principal source of
subsistence providing milk and cash income to cover family expenses for food grains and other essential
consumer goods. Further, these lowland pastoral areas have been the traditional source of export animals
due to surplus output and preferablity of the breeds in the Middle East Countries.
To earn substantial benefit from this resource, the Government of Ethiopia have been undertaking various
livestock development projects to increase productivity and enhance the well being of the community. The
most important of these livestock and market development interventions are: -
Second Livestock Development Project:- As a result of this intervention Livestock and Meat Board was
established to develop the sector through improved management and infrastructure development. The
Board had six main divisions, out of which the livestock marketing division was the most important one.
The major duties of the livestock marketing division were promotion of exports, improvement of market
infrastructure and implementation of market development projects. In its life span, the Board succeeded
in constructing market infrastructure (market places, livestock routes, quarantine stations abattoirs)
establishment of ranches, marketing operations and implementation or rules and regulations that guide
the development of improved marketing in the sub-sector.
• Third Livestock Development Project - one of its major Objectives was to enable peasants fatten
young bulls through balanced feed supply. Young bulls were purchased from surplus lowland areas
and distributed to farmers in the highland areas on credit terms to be fattened on pasture and grain
by-products.
• Fourth Livestock Development Project - had a component of improving feed supply through
introduction of improved forage seeds and implementation of pasture development techniques.
• Livestock and livestock Products Market Development Department of the Ministry of Agriculture
10th ESAP-Proceedings 1
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
had a main objective of developing market information system in selected livestock markets, collect
market information and create equitable access to all market participants. Further, the department
used to provide technical advice concerning marketing of livestock and livestock products.
As a result of these operations, the country had shown a modest success in exporting some 10,292 cattle
and 138,621 shoats annually in the eighties. Over the last 3 years period of 1999 to 2001, on an average
the country had exported some 55784 heads of live animals mainly shoats. Nevertheless, given the
resource potential and market access, there is ample possibility to increase supply with a view to enhance
the country's foreign exchange earning, and benefit the stakeholders including the community at grass root
levels.
To substantially raise the export quantity, the Government of the Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia
has taken an action and established the livestock Marketing Authority with the objective of promoting the
domestic and export marketing of animal, animal products and by products through increasing supply and
improving quality. The Authority's responsibilities include to:
• initiate policies, laws and regulations,
• issue quality control directives,
• establish quarantine stations,
• promote and expand domestic and foreign markets,
• collect, analyze and distribute market information,
• encourage and carryout market research,
• encourage and provide support to promote the development and marketing of animals, animal
products and by products.
Despite its young age, the Authority has taken some encouraging actions to date. These include:
• After assessing the internal supply situations and identifying the major constraints, a five years
work plan has been developed.
• The Strategic export market situations, particularly, demand level, preferences, quality and
quarantine regulations have been assessed.
• Through a participatory approach, quality products handling and export slaughterhouse operation
manuals have been produced and distributed.
• Through participating in international trade faires, efforts have been made in promoting and
introducing the country's livestock resources and exportable commodities to the potential buyers.
• To overcome, the market infrastructure constraints, market places and slaughterhouses development
project has been formulated and it is at a pre-implementation stage.
• To organize livestock market information system/networks:
o primarily, it has become necessary to establish an information network at LMA level and with
the assistance of FAO/TCP, it is being implemented,
o With the assistance of USAID on a pilot bases, livestock market information project covering five
market areas from Borena, Gedeo, E.Shewa and Addis Ababa is in its implementation phase.
o For broadcasting raw hides & skin price information, preparatory work is underway.
o To build the capacity of the exporters full assistance has been extended to the stakeholders and
as a result live animal & meat exporters association has been established. Some awareness
creation programs have also been undertaken.
o To create awareness among the stakeholders, a radio program has been going on for a year now.
2 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
The annual growth of livestock is estimated at 1.2% for cattle, 1% for sheep, 0.5% for goats and 1.14% for
camels (MOA). Based on these growth rates, the livestock number of pastoral areas over the coming five
years (2003 –07) will be as indicated in table 2 below.
Table 2. Livestock Projections in the Pastoral Areas (in thousands)
10th ESAP-Proceedings 3
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Household Consumption:
This includes consumption at household levels for feasts and holidays. Sheep and goats are slaughtered
individually by each family while cattle are slaughtered commonly by close neighbors and related families for
distribution among themselves.
Local Areas Consumption:
The recipients in this Category are non-pastoral populations residing in towns and urban centers in the
pastoral areas. Supply is provided through market places. Clients are non-pastoral households, butcheries
and caterers.
Highland Consumption:
The highland areas of the country are livestock deficit areas due to their high population density.
Livestock, especially cattle are supplied from pastoral areas for meat and draught purposes.
Contraband Trade:
The pastoralists are situated in peripheral areas bordering neighboring countries. Thus, they are in the
vicinity of neighboring countries’ markets for livestock. Livestock are traditionally flown out of the country
from Afar & Somali regions, Borena zone of Oromia and Omo lowlands bordering Kenya. The neighboring
countries bordering these areas either consume locally or re-export to the Middle East countries.
Legal Exports:
There are few legal exporters engaged in the export of live animals and meat in the country. These
exporters secure livestock from pastoral areas by themselves or through agents for export in live or meat
form (chilled mutton, goats meat and beef).
Annual livestock supply:
Based on the projections made (Table 2) and the estimated annual off take rates, the total annual livestock
supply is projected and given in table 3.
Table 3. Annual Livestock Off take In the pastoral Areas Over The Next Five Years (000’ heads)
Annual Supply
Description
Off take (%) 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Annual average
Cattle 10 718 721 735 744 753 734
Sheep 35 2,252 2,275 2,297 2,319 2,343 2,297
Goats 38 5,316 5,364 5,412 5,461 5,510 5,413
Camels 6.5 77 77 78 79 79 78
As indicated in the table above, over the next five years, the pastoral areas discussed earlier will have the
potential to supply on an average:
• 734 thousand heads of cattle,
• 2.3 million heads of sheep,
• 5.4 million heads of goats and
• 78 thousand heads of camels annually both to the domestic and international markets.
Domestic Demand and Exportable Resource Potentials
Domestic Consumption
Pastoraliats occasionally slaughter animals for home consumption especially during feasts. Further, there
are towns in the rangelands for home slaughter and butcheries that supply non-farm population through
retail shops. Further, some percent of livestock is supplied to the highland areas for meat consumption and
draught power (young oxen).
Local per capita meat consumption is estimated at 4.6 kg for beef and 2.8 Kg for mutton and goats meat.
Further, some livestock is supplied to the highland areas for meat and draught power (young bulls).
However, there is no sufficient information source that indicates annual livestock flow to the highland for
draught power and meat. Thus, the following assumption is adopted to indicate the number of livestock
demanded in the highland areas: -
• For estimating demand for pastoral cattle in the highlands, cattle outflow through contraband and
4 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
pastoral areas own consumptions have been deducted from the year 2002 off- take. The balance
which is estimated at 13% of the total off-take, is believed to be the highland demand for pastoral
cattle for that year and the same rate /13%/ is used to project the future yearly demand as well.
• The Ethiopian highlanders show little preference for lowland shoats for consumption. Thus, the
annual flow of sheep and goats to the highlands is considered insignificant.
Data on the consumption levels of camels meat are not available. Thus, an attempt has been made to,
however, estimate local consumption indirectly. A study of an illegal cross border trade made by LMA
indicates an annual out flow of 16,000 heads of camels per year. Taking unnoticed annual outflow across
the border into account, the illegal trade quantity is estimated at 20,000 heads of camels. Thus, the
difference between the annual off take and illegal export is assumed to be domestic consumption levels.
Therefore, based on the above assumptions, the total domestic demand for pastoral livestock is indicated in
table 4.
Comparing the annual offtake of different livestock species to that of domestic demand, there is substantial
surplus. The domestic market will approximately consume on an average some:
• 56 percent of the cattle offtake,
• 46 percent of the sheep offtake
• 22 percent of the goats offtake and
• 70 percent of the camels that are annually available from pastoral areas.
Table 4. Domestic Demand Forecast
Therefore, the annual surpluses that are available for exports to the international markets are given in
table 5 below:
Table 5. Livestock Available for Exports (000' heads)
10th ESAP-Proceedings 5
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Live animals
World
The world demand for live animals stood at 26,477,214 heads in the year 2000. Out of this number, cattle
and shoats accounted for 31.5 and 68 percent respectively. The total value of this import was 5 billion US
Dollars.
Africa
African countries imported 3.2 million heads of live animals at a value of 480 million dollars in the year
2000. Sheep and goats accounted for 74 percent of the total. The share of cattle and camels stood at 25 and
one percent respectively.
Middle East
The Middle East countries have on an average annual estimated import of 12 million heads of live animals
(cattle, sheep, goats and camels). The total import value is estimated at 656 million Dollars.
The major import animals are sheep accounting for 83 percent of the total, followed by goats, which is 14
percent of the total. Cattle and camels constitute 3 percent.
Therefore, one can summaries that the strategic Middle East countries demands annually:-
• Some 207 thousands tons of meat,
• 12 million heads of cattle camels & shoats.
6 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Challenges
Although Ethiopia has ample potential to export its livestock and livestock products to the Middle East
and make further improvement to enter other markets, there are challenges that should be dealt with
inorder to realize these benefits. These challenges can be roughly grouped into internal and external
challenges.
Internal Challenges
The internal challenges are many and inter connected. Their major cause is under development and lack
of market oriented production approach and entrepreneurial capacity by the stakeholders. These internal
problems can be grouped into four depending upon the specific area to which they fall.
Supply Problems
Inadequate Information on Available Resource
The country’s livestock number, annual off-take, productivity, and consumption levels are not adequately
known. This creates problems in planning and designing of policies to enhance the sector’s development.
Prevalence of Diseases.
In Ethiopia, there are many livestock diseases that create frequent livestock mortalities. The presence of
livestock diseases apart from affecting the efficiency of production hampers export market development as a
result of frequent bans by importing countries.
Over the past few years, the country has lost a substantial market share and foreign exchange earnings
due to frequent bans by the Middle East countries due to the Rift Valley and FMD outbreaks respectively
in the Republic of Yemen and U.K.
Archaic Traditional Production System
Pastoralists consider their livestock as means of saving or capital accumulation. Livestock are sold when
need arises for cash income or when shortage of feed and water occurs. There is no effort to strategically
produce for the market by adjusting and planning production to market needs.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 7
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Production planning in terms of time, type and quality of supply to maximize income is non existent due to
lack of entrepreneurial awareness (traditional handling system). Further, the private sector has not yet
proved its adequacy in promoting production through additional investment and creation of marketable
surplus.
Further, the scattered individualistic production system is exposed to the vagaries of natural conditions
(drought, disease outbreak – etc.), which frequently affects the herd size and outputs.
Illegal Export Trade
Recent studies estimate annual outflow of livestock through borders (illegally) at 325,800 cattle, 1.15
million shoats and 16,000 camels.
The sources of this illegal export are Afar and Somali Regions, Borena and East Hararghe Zones in Oromia
and South Omo of the SNNP. The immediate destinations for such exports are Djibouti, Somalia and
Kenya. The livestock are mostly for re-export to the Middle East Countries from Somalia. The Djibouti's
and Kenyans` re-export after meeting their domestic consumption.
This loss of exportable surplus has affected the country through loss of foreign exchange; income taxes
and its impact on legal livestock trade.
8 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
10th ESAP-Proceedings 9
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Recommendations
In order to realize the available export potentials, the various supply problems and marketing should be
understood so as to devise measures.
Further, the external challenges need to be overcome through need assessment and promotional activities.
The following are measures required to achieve the anticipated results.
Supply
Resource assessment:-
For effective planning, the country’s livestock resources should be studied in detail so that the type, breeds
and their geographical distribution could be known.
Disease control:-
In order to avoid the frequently imposed bans and increase supply, major diseases should be controlled by
strengthening the present veterinary service through vaccination and availing veterinary medicine at
10 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
reasonable prices. Especially the pastoral areas should be disease free zones as they are source of export
animals.
Creating Market Awareness Among Pastorlists
The traditional marketing system where cattle are sold only when need arises should be developed into
market oriented production system that takes into account market demand and profits.
Revitalizing the Private Sector
Irrespective of Government initiatives to strengthen investment and trade, the number of participants and
their entrepreneurial capacity is inadequate to promote production, and exports.
Therefore, especial attention is required to study the weakness and formulate polices to create a capable
private sector that can handle the productive, transportation, processing and export activities effectively.
Control of contraband trade
Based on recent study of LMA, illegal cross-border out flow is estimated at 325,800 cattle, 1.2 million
shoats and 16,000 camels annually. A conducive legal channel need to be developed so that the foreign
exchange loss could be stopped. This requires development of market infrastructure and service facilities
along borders, development of banking and transit services and implement strategies with neighboring
countries for legalizing trade along their borders.
Livestock Breeding Policy
The present livestock breeds need to be studied so as to identify their merits and the breeding system need
to be directed in improving productivity in a systematic way. The ruminant livestock development policy and
strategy of the Ministry of Agriculture can be a good starting point for this activity.
Infrastructure Development
Efficient marketing requires improved infrastructure that allows efficient flow of livestock, processing and
marketing. The major infrastructures for livestock marketing include livestock routes and transportation
facilities, improved slaughters houses, livestock resting sites, and storage and quarantine facilities at
required sites. This further requires development of regulation on standards and procedures and
encouragement for the private sector.
Improved Marketing
Market Research and Information System
The existing livestock markets are loosely integrated due to lack of sufficient market information. Thus, a
market information system is required that allows stakeholders to get information on quantity and price,
both on the domestic and foreign markets.
Further, market research need to be undertaken to identify problems and constraints in the marketing
system and to know the requirements of the external market. This allows us to design policies and
regulations that allows to have effective production and marketing system internally and to match supply
with the external demand.
Market Promotion
Modern marketing requires effective promotional activities designed to acquaint products with potential
buyers. This can be done through different ways. The most important are workshops, seminars, brochures,
and mass media, trade fair both locally and abroad by involving all concerned (stakeholders, public
institutions and foreign embassies, etc)
Grading and Standardization
Grading and standardization reduces marketing costs and enhances communication between buyers and
sellers. Thus, the development of grades and regulation for livestock and meat marketing is an important
facilitating factor, especially for exports.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 11
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Annex
Annex I. Average Annual Import of Meat (1996-2000) by The Middle East Countries
Anex II. Average Annual Live Animals Import by the Middle East Countries (1996-2000)
References
FAO, 2002. FAOSTAT 2002-http://apps. fao.org/cgi-bin/ nph.db.pl subset agriculture.
ILRI, 2000. Handbook of Livestock Statistics for developing countries. Socio Economies and Polices, Research Working
Paper 26. ILRI, Nairobi, Kenya.
LMA, 2001. Livestock Contraband Trade in Southern, South East and Eastern Ethiopia (Amharic Version), Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia, June, 2001.
LMA, 1999. Market Problems and Measures to Be Taken. Addis Ababa, Nov. 1999.
LMA and ILRI. Live Animal and Meat Marketing in Ethiopia: An Assessment of Structure, Performance and
Development Options. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, Oct. 2000.
12 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Livestock and Meat Board (LMB), 1973. The Marketing of Livestock and Livestock Products During the T.F.Y.P and the
Projections in the F.F.Y.P. Livestock and meat Board, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, Dec. 1973.
MOA, 1989. Live Animal and Meat Export Marketing Study. GRM International Private ltd, Sept. 1989.
MOA, 2000. Second Five Years Agricultural Development Strategy. Addis Ababa, August, 2000.
National Bank of Ethiopia, 2002. Summary of Exports Volume and Value of Live Animals, Meat and Meat Products, Sept.
1998 - May 2002. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, July 2002.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 13
Historical Development of Systematic Marketing of Livestock and
Livestock Products in Ethiopia
Sintayehu GebreMariam
FAO, Ethiopia
Abstract
Interventions by Governments and donors in the area of marketing of livestock and livestock products focused on
live animals and milk and milk products. Other products were relatively untouched. Technical interventions
included construction of infrastructure and installation of equipment mostly through World Bank loan (Dairy
Development Agency and Second Livestock Development Project) and donor assistances. Donors have contributed
substantially toward the present state of the DDE. Policy interventions included devaluation of the Birr and
reduction/lifting of export taxes for live animal and livestock products. The policy of financial incentives increased
export earnings in terms of Birr as a result of the devaluation but export quantities did not change much. Prices did
not change much also. The export scenario draws attention to the need for an unavoidable and decisive measure to
increase export earnings i.e. to satisfy importers’ requirements.
A new approach to combat the enormous flow of smuggled livestock and products across the border to neighbouring
countries need be designed as previous efforts including use of military power failed to contain it.
Government should focus on the provision of services and construction of infrastructure while leaving the trade to
the private sector.
Introduction
In preparing this paper I considered the traditional export products and the products that are economically
and nutritionally important. The products are live animals, meat, hides and skins (to include processed
products) and milk.
I divided the interventions intended to promote marketing of livestock and livestock products into
physical/technical and policy/financial measures. The very limited intervention measures proposed are
what I consider to be decisive if the country is to benefit from its huge livestock populations.
I summarize marketing to include all business activities associated with the flow of goods and services
from production to consumption.
Physical/Technical Interventions
Dairy Marketing
Initial intervention to promote dairy marketing started with the establishment of a 300 dairy farm and a
small milk processing plant under the UN Relief and Rehabilitation Programme in 1947 in the premises of
the now Dairy Development Enterprise (DDE). In 1959 UNICEF helped establish a processing plant with a
processing capacity of 10,000 litres a day with milk collection and purchasing centres around Addis Abeba.
The radius of milk collection was later expanded to 70 Kms. around the capital. Capacity of the processing
plant was increased to 30,000 litres in 1969.
To cope with the increasing demand for milk in Addis Abeba the Government of the day established the
Addis Abeba Dairy Development Agency (DDA) under Proclamation No. 283/71 with a loan of 4.4 Million
USD from the World Bank. The main objectives of the Agency were the 1) establishment of 40 medium ( 40
milking cows) and 200 small (10 milking cows) size dairy farms ,2) setting up a ranch to produce cross-
bred heifers, 3) collection, processing and sale of milk and 4) provision of guidance and assistance to milk
producers. The Revolution of 1974 resulted in the abandonment of many of the private farms and the
nationalization of the big ones which were incorporated into the DDA. In 1979 the DDA was transformed to
the DDE when processing capacity was increased to 60,000 litres/day and the radius of collection expanded
to 150 Kms. with donor assistance. The UNCDF/FINNIDA Dairy Development Project ( 1983-1986) came
10th ESAP-Proceedings 15
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
to the assistance of the Enterprise by providing milk processing machinery and equipment to increase its
processing capacity and to enable it to also extend into the production of new products such as yoghurt
and ice cream. The assistance also extended to equipping milk collection centres with cooling facilities,
milk handling and transport equipment, refrigerated town milk sales depots and laboratory facilities and
equipment alongside training of the staff.
The Enterprise now has in operation about 27 raw milk collection and about 4 chilling centres along the
main highways that lead into Addis Abeba. Though the Enterprise has survived turbulent times when it
was near collapse it managed to stay in operation as a result of::
1. it being involved in the whole process of collection, processing and sale of milk and milk products
2. having its own source of raw milk to fall back to
3. an increasing number of raw milk suppliers
4. substantial and effective chipping-in by bilateral and multilateral agencies.
In parallel the Chilalo Agricultural Development Unit (CADU) imported dairy cattle and established
smallholder dairy farms to supply raw milk to a processing plant in Asela. WADU-the Wolayita
Agricultural Development Unit also performed similar activities. Subsequent comprehensive national
dairy development projects included components to enhance milk production and sales for the expanding
demand in urban and rural areas. Among the prominent, more recent projects are the Selalle Peasant
Dairy Development Pilot Project (SPDDPP) and the Small Holder Dairy Development Project (SDDP) both
financed by the Government of Finland. SPDDPP (1987-91) had among its objectives the setting up of
primary and secondary level markets for dairy products. SDDP (1995-98) which was a follow-up to the pilot
project had as its main thrust the establishment of farmer-owned and farmer operated milk marketing and
processing units. By the end of its life in 1998 the project was able to set 9 milk marketing and processing
units on a strong and reliable footing.
Live Animal Marketing
Second Livestock Development Project (1973-81)
This is the second World Bank supported project under a 5 million US$ loan. It was established with the
main objective of siphoning surplus livestock from the major pastoral areas to consumption centres of the
country and for the export market. It was also designed to improve the quantity and quality of hides
produced in the country. An equally important but underlying objective of the project was to curb and halt
the illegal crossing of livestock and livestock products to neighbouring countries.
The siphoning of surplus livestock from the pastoral areas involved the construction of livestock markets,
and stock routes consisting of staging points (rest areas), about 25 Kms apart, and grazing areas with or
without water and the purchase of livestock transport trucks. Improvement in the quantity and quality of
hides involved the construction of slaughterhouses and hide sheds. By its closure in 1981 SLDP managed
to construct 470 Kms of stock route consisting of 10 staging points and 10 grazing areas. This is about 19%
of plan. 11 primary (23% of plan) and 3 terminal (50%) markets were built. A commendable number of
about 159 slaughterhouses and hide sheds were also constructed. About 12 boreholes were sunk and about
5 livestock trucks were purchased. There is no evidence of staff training.
With regard to its intended marketing intervention SLDP can be considered an ill- fated, ill- prepared,
doomed- to- fail project. A combination of causes contributed to its failure the prominent among which are:
1. The Somali war of 1978/9 demolished most if not the entire marketing infrastructure. This might
have come as a blessing in disguise as most of the infrastructure was constructed in remote and
hostile environment and may have been difficult if not impossible to operate. The stock routes also
ran parallel to the main highways which were not necessarily the shortest distances to markets and
may not have been used by traders and producers.
2. Did not consider related but decisive necessities such as the provision of feed en route, security,
health services, bank services etc.
3. Provided no measures to combat the illegal trade in livestock and livestock products
16 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
4. It did not consult or involve the local administrations, traders and communities both in the
preparation and implementation of the project. There was no clear vision for ownership and
operations of the infrastructure
5. It was foreign supported and local resources were not adequately mobilized
The quantity and quality of hides is believed to have benefited substantially from the construction of the
slaughterhouses and hide sheds.
SLDP was an unlucky project as it was being implemented during the early days of the Derg when
dismemberment and amalgamation of Government offices was the order of the day. The dissolution of the
parent institution, the Livestock and Meat Board, precluded any follow-up of the project.
Livestock Market Information System (LMIS)
After the termination of SLDP the Animal Resources Marketing Department of the Ministry of Agriculture
inherited the marketing of livestock and the improvement of hides and skins. With technical assistance from
FAO under a Technical Cooperation Programme (TCP) the Department launched a Livestock Market
Information System (LMIS) in selected towns in the country. LMIS was aimed at improving transparency of
operations of livestock markets by providing information on the types of animals entering the markets,
approximate/exact weights, conditions and prices of the animals transacted. The selected markets were
fenced and were equipped with chutes, weighing scales/tapes and notice boards. The information gathered
from the markets is sent to the Department weekly for processing and dispatch to the Regions. The
Department produced about 7 bi-annual reports of market information. Communication proved to be the
most difficult. Because of its limited period of existence it is difficult to determine whether the exercise was
academic or stakeholders might have benefited from the information. As with SLDP LMIS was foreign
financed and it came to an abrupt end with the termination of the assistance.
Meat Marketing
Meat is one of the heavily traded primary livestock products. There has not been any mentionable
intervention to promote meat marketing. The trade has been and is functioning smoothly and efficiently as
indicated by several studies that demonstrated that producers’ share of consumer prices is relatively high
considering the high transport costs, risks and losses sustained by butchers. In a 1995 report on Livestock
Marketing Study for the Pan African Rinderpest Campaign – Ethiopia-Phase 111 Orangewould International
B.V. states, “According to the calculations made, farmers’ share of the price paid by the consumers represents
72 percent at primary, 56 percent at secondary and 55 percent at tertiary markets.”
Hides and Skins Marketing
Animal by products that have been least intervened with respect to marketing are hides and skins. The
only intervention to improve both the quality and marketing of hides and skins is the issuance of a regulation
by government which proved very difficult to observe. The trade, here as well, is functioning smoothly except
for the continued deterioration in the quality of especially skins.
With the reported huge animal resources of the country have the successive governments by themselves
provided adequate support to promote the marketing of livestock and livestock products both within and
outside the country? I argue that they have not as it is only about 9 Million US$ that the Governments
borrowed from the World Bank to invest in this important activity. Most of the infrastructure and
equipment that now exist in the dairy sector were contributed by donors. By the way the interventions
were initiated during the days of the Emperor.
Policy Intrventions
Devaluation of the Birr and reduction/cancellation of export taxes
The devaluation of the Birr and the lowering and canceling of export taxes were intended to primarily
stimulate the export market, as exporters will send more with increases in their earnings. Earnings from the
export of live animals, meat products and hides and skins increased in terms of Birr. The dollar earnings did
not, however, show much change. The volumes by and large did not show any change. The quantity of live
animal exports actually declined from the high amounts of the late eighties.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 17
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Exporters may have benefited from the devaluation but the country has not as there was no mentionable
increase either in the volume exported or in the unit price received. There is no value added as a result of
the devaluation of the local currency, reduction or even cancellation of taxes. One reason is that we have
not been able to meet the health and sanitary requirements of importing countries. We have not dealt with
the real constraints of the export market. The ball is still in our court.
Table 1: Exports of Meat Products
35000
30000
25000
20000
Qty.(tons)
15000
Value( Th.Br)
10000
5000
0
1986/7 1988/9 1990/1 1992/3 1994/5 1996/7 1998/9 2000/1
Source: Adapted from National Bank of Ethiopia- Quarterly Bulletin- Fiscal Year Series Volume 16, No. 4- Fourth Quarter 2000/2001
700000
600000
500000
400000
Qty(tons)
300000 Value ( Th.Br)
200000
100000
0
1986/7 1988/9 1990/1 1992/3 1994/5 1996/7 1998/9 2000/1
Source: : Adapted from National Bank of Ethiopia- Quarterly Bulletin- Fiscal Year Series Volume 16, No. 4- Fourth Quarter 2000/2001
35000
30000
25000
20000
Qty.(tons)
15000
Value( Th.Br)
10000
5000
0
1986/7 1999/0 1992/3 1995/6 1998/9
Source: Adapted from National Bank of Ethiopia- Quarterly Bulletin- Fiscal Year Series Volume 16, No. 4- Fourth Quarter 2000/2001
Taking an average increase in the exchange rate of fifty cents to the US$ per year from the year of the
devaluation it can be observed that the trend in the fluctuation of the price per unit product exhibits a
general up and down market swing. As the changes in the volumes exported and unit prices received are
not significant the country does not seem to have benefited from the policy measures intended to encourage
exports of live animals and products.
18 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
The following comparison graphics adopted from the above cited National Bank of Ethiopia report,
illustrate the situation:
Graph 1 Exports of Meat Products (Prices per ton)
20
15
10 Th. Br
Th. UD$
5
0
1986/7 1988/9 1990/1 1992/3 1994/5 1996/7 1998/9 2000/1
Source: Adapted from National Bank of Ethiopia- Quarterly Bulletin- Fiscal Year Series Volume 16, No. 4- Fourth Quarter 2000/2001
The prices per ton in US$ have not shown any significant change over the last ten years
Graph 2: Exports of Hides and Skins
10
8
6
Th. Br
4
Th.USD
2
0
1986/7 1989/0 1992/3 1995/6 1998/9
Source: Adapted from National Bank of Ethiopia- Quarterly Bulletin- Fiscal Year Series Volume 16, No. 4- Fourth Quarter 2000/2001
Prices per ton of Hides and skins showed slight decline from the relatively high level of 1994/5.
Graph 3- Exports of Live Animals (Prices per ton)
10
6
Th. Br
4
Th.USD
2
0
1986/7 1988/9 1990/1 1992/3 1994/5 1996/7 1998/9 2000/1
Source: Adapted from National Bank of Ethiopia- Quarterly Bulletin- Fiscal Year Series Volume 16, No. 4- Fourth Quarter 2000/2001
Here again prices/ton of live animals have not compensated for the very much reduced amounts of exports
of the last decade.
The reduced quantities exported coupled with the very negligible change in unit prices point out the fact
that it takes more than policy/monetary incentives in this case to enhance export of live animals and
products.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 19
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Ports of export
Asseb served as the traditional port of export and import for Ethiopia. In connection with live animals the
port had the capacity to handle 5000 heads of cattle or 25000 heads of sheep and goats at any one time. After
the Ethio-Eritrean war Djibouti replaced Asseb with only about a tenth of the latter’s capacity. In addition to
the fact that they are required to pay in foreign currency exporters complain about the slow and inefficient
transit services in Djibouti which sometimes make shipments impossible to meet the requirements of some
orders that do not allow transshipment in a third country beyond 72 hours. On the other hand Djibouti port
authorities complain about consignments being usually small and that animals reach the port long before the
arrival of vessels.
Constraints of Exports
Among the several constraints the following are considered pivotal or decisive:
1. The disease situation in the country- The major contagious live stock and zoo-notic diseases are
prevalent in the country – Hence the various bans especially on live animal exports.
2. The unabated illegal outflow of livestock and livestock by products to neighbouring countries
reducing the volume for the domestic and export markets.
3. Under developed infrastructure and services such as roads, stock routes, markets, transport
facilities, credit and the like.
The Future
If Ethiopia is to benefit from its enormous livestock resources resolute effort should be employed to realize
the following:
1. Meet importers’ requirements- There is no excuse for not satisfying the requirements of importing
countries. There is no use blaming them for laying down ever stringent requirements. Requirements
are expected to be more stringent in future years with the ever formidable world competition. There
is, for example, no justification for not establishing functional quarantine areas to facilitate live
animal exports. Importing countries can not be blamed for refusing to import diseases that could put
their peoples and livestock at risk. Exporters may negotiate but can not dictate.
2. New approaches to combat illegal outflow of livestock and livestock by products need to be crafted.
Past efforts to fight illicit outflow including use of military force have not produced the required
results. It is time that new ways of dealing with the illegal trade be explored. This may be through
negotiations with the countries concerned; exploring the possibility of benefiting from the trade such
as devising a way of legalizing it; facilitating foreign exchange services in banks at border towns and
other appropriate measures.
3. Government should increase access to rural especially pastoral areas by establishing and or
improving communication infrastructure such as roads, telecommunications and other essential
services. Regions especially municipalities should be encouraged or a directive issued advising them
to allocate a certain portion of their earnings to develop livestock marketing in their respective areas.
4. Encourage and support the private sector to be more involved in the marketing process.
20 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
References
Ministry of Agriculture-Pan African Rinderpest Campaign; Ethiopia- Phase 111- Livestock Marketing Study-
Orangewould International B.V. in association with RDP Livestock Services B.V.; July,1995, Addis Abeba, Ethiopia
National Bank of Ethiopia-Quarterly Bulletin- Fiscal Year Series, Volume 16, No.4- Fourth Quarter 2000/2001.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 21
Influence of animal diseases and sanitary regulations on livestock export
trade and cases of export restrictions
Wondwosen Asfaw
Abstract
The economic benefit derived from the livestock sector in Ethiopia is not commensurate with the potential and the
sub-sector remained untapped. The widely prevalent livestock diseases are major constraints to Ethiopian livestock
export. Livestock exports from Ethiopia are jeopardized by repeated bans, in particular from the countries in the
Arabian Peninsula, as they are perceived as carrying the risk of introducing a number of trans-boundary livestock
diseases. An epidemic of Rift Valley Fever (RVF) in the horn of Africa in 1997/8 stimulated many countries, but most
importantly the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia as the major trading partner, to instigate a ban on livestock imports from
the region. This was briefly withdrawn but appearance of epidemic RVF in the Arabian Peninsula in 2000 resulted
in re-imposition of the ban that is still substantially unaltered. This created a crisis in the countries of the Greater
Horn of Africa, not least in Ethiopia.
The vulnerability of livestock trade to disease epidemics is undermining investment in a potentially valuable
economic activity that would increase employment in rural areas, raise rural incomes and assist in alleviating
poverty. The diseases responsible for the risks effectively prevent the entry of the countries into world trade in
livestock. Furthermore, world trade is now becoming more competitive and the requirements more stringent, which
definitely make the export trade more challenging. The world livestock and livestock products trade is influenced
significantly by sanitary and health restrictions imposed by importing countries. The establishment of the World
Trade Organisation (WTO) and the coming into force of the Agreement on the application of Sanitary and
Pytosanitary Measures (SPS Agreement) has a significant impact on international trade in livestock and livestock
products. The ultimate sanction is to impose a partial or total ban on imports from countries that fail to meet the
required SPS standards.
SPS policies are guided by international standards, such as those recommended by the Office International des
Epizooties (OIE). Generally the health and hygiene standards adopted by organisations like the OIE are
substantially higher than those of the developing countries. Although such controls in the importing countries may
reflect legitimate concerns regarding food quality and safety, and protection of animal and human health, the high
costs of compliance may prove prohibitive for countries like Ethiopia.
The level of animal health protection is generally poor in Ethiopia. SPS facilities are deficient and their standards
lower than most other developing countries. The existing veterinary service structures in Ethiopia are not conducive
to the mounting of effective disease control and eradication programmes. To facilitate the lifting of existing bans and
to pursue new market opportunities the country should review the situation with a view to devising the most
appropriate structures and lines of responsibilities. Functional structure supported by up to date legal power, fully
operational disease surveillance and information system, accredited laboratory service, emergency preparedness
capacity are an integral and key components of credible veterinary services. Eradication of the major Transboundary
Diseases (TADs) endemic in the country and provision of scientific proof of freedom from these diseases to a level of
international acceptability is the best way to promote safe trade and win the confidence of trading partners. Zoning
is now recognized as an important principle in the definition of the animal health status of countries by the OIE. In
Southern African countries such as Botswana, South Africa and Namibia disease free zones have long been used
successfully in support of trade and could be the most feasible strategy for Ethiopia.
In the short term the case of raising SPS standards, in Ethiopia, must depend largely upon the domestic benefits of
improving public and animal health, securing the traditional livestock export market in the Arabian Peninsula and
promoting intra regional trade through regional trading blocks. Gains from increased trade in meat or live animals
with developed countries will be small or non-existent in the short term. Developing countries, trading among
themselves, might benefit from harmonising SPS measures albeit at a lower level than the recommended by
international standards.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 23
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
24 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
health importance are now becoming a growing global concern. Recent events such as the BSE epidemic in
Europe and the outbreaks of Nipah and Hindra viruses in Asia, RVF outbreak in the Horn of Africa, Saudi
Arabia and Yemen, virulent avian influenza in United States and Hong Kong have shown that diseases
can have severe economic or trading implications, especially when there is a link to public health.
A number of incidents related to food borne infection and intoxication caused public alarm and loss of
confidence in the role of producers and governments in food supply. As a result, there is now increased
public awareness and concern for food safety and quality, forcing governments to put comprehensive and
integrated food safety policies and stringent requirements on import of livestock and livestock products.
Assurance of the safety of foods principally through control at the source, product design and process
control, and the application of Good Hygiene Practices during production, processing (including labelling),
handling, distribution, storage, sale, preparation and use, in conjunction with the application of “Hazard
Analysis and Critical Control Point System and Microbiological Criteria” is becoming a standard.
Potentially any antimicrobial use, whether in humans, animals, plants or food processing technology, could
leads to the development ofbacterial resistance. Use of antimicrobials in livestock production is suspected
to significantly contribute to this phenomenon. Residue tests in foods of animal origin and antimicrobial
resistance surveillance are becoming requirements to avoid the dissemination of resistant bacteria or
resistance determinants and to avoid the exposure of humans to resistance through food. More recently,
traceablility of animal and animal products from farm to table is becoming an essential marketing
requirement necessary to meet heightened consumer expectations, particularly with respect to food safety.
Facilitating trade in livestock and livestock products, whilst simultaneously safeguarding the health status
of receiving country is a major challenge. Some countries are adopting a conservative zero risk approach to
limit risk of importing animal diseases and most countries adopted international rules and agreements to
ensure the health security of international trade in animal and animal products.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 25
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
have spread through illegal movement of cattle by motor transport (FAO, 2001b). All exports of beef, pork
and pork products and fresh milk have been suspended. The outbreak seems still ongoing and last reported
outbreak was on 03 June 2002 (Personal communication: The Zimbabwean Veterinary Department, 2002).
UK’s first large-scale outbreak of FMD since 1967, had spread across the whole country, the first cases
were recognized on 19 February 2001. France and the Netherlands have also been affected, to a lesser
extent, by the disease, which was caused by animals originating from the UK. Keeping with EU policy, the
UK then launched a massive campaign of ‘’stamping out’’ that cost the lives of 3.75 million farm animals,
the livelihood of thousands of farmers, and massive damage to the rural economy and the tourist industry.
Following the confirmation of the case in France, some 90 countries around the world imposed bans on
imports of livestock and on meat and milk products from all 15 countries in the EU. Others went further
and banned imports of European agricultural products such as cereal. The EU condemned the action as
excessive and unnecessary and consider appealing to the World Trade Organization to get the bans lifted
(FAO, 2001c).
This disastrous outbreak of FMD in the UK has followed by an increase in its incidence worldwide.
According to FAO (2001c) several countries that had been free of the disease for considerable periods of
time have also suffered outbreaks. The latter include countries such as Japan (free since 1908), the
Republic of Korea (free since 1934), Mongolia (free since 1973) and South Africa (the last outbreak in the
free zone was in 1957).
The cases of export restrictions
Rift Valley Fever
There is a large export trade of several million sheep and goats to Saudi Arabia from the ports of Berbera
in NE Somalia and Bossasso in the NW. This is concentrated in a four-month period from December to
March. Most of the animals originate from Ethiopia, with the rest coming from Somalia. Rapid transit from
place of origin to ports in Saudi Arabia is critical to ensure that no notable loss of condition takes place. Any
quarantine or holding ground regulations would have a serious negative impact upon the trade (Nunn, 1998).
There is no professional inspection for signs of disease, other than a mandatory Brucella test required by
the Saudi Arabian authorities. The trade is “unregulated”, but has proceeded satisfactorily for both
importers and exporters, until an epizootic of RVF in the region prompted a total ban by Saudi Arabian
authorities on 10 February 1998. Some animals could have been transported from RVF active areas and
arrive for slaughter in Saudi Arabia in 3-5 days, within the incubation period for the virus. Ritual
slaughter of such animals could have resulted in extensive transmission of RVF virus amongst those
attending the Haj in Mecca during the period January -February-March – April. (Davies, 1998). The ban
on livestock imports from the region was apparently imposed for public health reasons and was a
reasonable response to a suddenly increased but uncertain risk from a zoonosis that could have significant
consequences if it were introduced into Saudi Arabia (Nunn, 1998).
The epidemic of RVF in the region of the Horn of Africa followed unusually heavy rainfall from late
October 1997 to January 1998 that resulted in the worst flooding in the Horn of Africa since 1961. RVF
cases were confirmed in people in the North Eastern, Central, Eastern, and Rift Valley Provinces of Kenya,
and in the Gedo, Hiran, and Lower Shabeelle Provinces of Somalia. Livestock losses of up to 70 percent in
sheep and goats, and 20–30 percent of cattle and camels, were also reported (Nunn, 1998).
In Ethiopia, during the same period, the heavy rain and the attendant flooding affected Southern and
South Eastern parts of the country bordering Somalia and Kenya. Veterinary field investigation carried in
Somali region and Borena zone in February 1998 observed high level of unusual abortion among livestock.
Out of the samples collected, two sera from small ruminants from Mustahil, just near the border with
Somalia were found IgM positive to RVF.
Field investigations conducted by the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations in August
1998 (Davies, 1998) found no clinical evidence of RVF disease in livestock in the Horn of Africa and
indicate that the epidemic ceased in February–March 1998 and the public health risk of RVF to the
26 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Kingdom of Saudi Arabia has markedly abated and returned to pre-epidemic levels. To reduce the residual
risks the mission recommended:
• Carry retrospective serological study to define precisely the limits of the areas infected during the
1997-1998 epizootic in the region.
• Proof absence of RVF virus activity in the areas from which animals are exported for a period of
six months.
• Establish Remote Sensing Satellite Data (RSSD) to predict times and locations where RVF may
emerge into epidemic proportions.
• Institute pre-export animal inspection and regulated, orderly movements for export of livestock.
• Enhance post-export control measures in the importing countries.
In response to these recommendations, Ethiopia carried a nation wide serological surveillance in 1999 to
confirm the presence of the disease during inter epizootic period and establish its spatial and temporal
distribution. It was noted that inadequate test protocol was adopted which might have resulted false
positives even in areas beyond the altitude limit of the vector. Using appropriate protocol all positive cattle,
sheep and goat sera are now under retesting. Once the retesting is completed the situation with the
distribution of RVF need to be reassessed.
Furthermore, a project TCP/ETH/0168 “Trade-related Vector-borne animal diseases in Ethiopia with
Special Reference to RVF” is now underway to contribute to the lifting of existing bans and pursue new
market opportunities by establishing the capacity for intensified animal disease surveillance throughout
the country. Several project proposals to implement pre-export inspection and regulated, orderly
movement for export of livestock, prepared in mid-1998, are available from FAO for appraisal.
Among them is the EXCELEX regional project that is currently under appraisal. The project aims
to sanitise the livestock export trade from the Horn of Africa through establishment of veterinary
certification and rolling quarantine system.
RFV in Saudi Arabia and Yemen
An outbreak of RFV in Southern Saudi Arabia and Yemen in September and October 2000 has left dozens
of people dead and hundreds infected. RVF was confined to the continent of Africa and was reported for the
first time outside Africa (WHO, 2000). Sequencing shows that the virus strain is closely related to that
isolated in the Horn of Africa in 1997-98. Whether this current outbreak of disease is the result of a recent
introduction or is an extremely rare epizootic occurrence in an existing enzootic area is not known at present
(FAO, 2000).
In Yemen the outbreak has occurred at the same time as the outbreak of RVF in Saudi Arabia. Over 20,988
abortions and 6187 deaths in animals was reported (Geiger. R., 2001). With regard to incidence in humans
between 7 August and 7 November 2000, 1087 suspected cases were identified, including 121 (11%) people
who subsequently died (WHO, 2000).
In Saudi Arabia in a two-week period, 2699 abortions and 943 deaths were recorded, mostly in sheep and
goats, and the total number of abortions has been estimated to be in the order of 8-10000. The appearance
of RVF in some flocks has been dramatic, with 60-90 % of the pregnant females aborting within a period of
10-14 days. There have been 70 human deaths in Jizan province and approximately 400 cases have been
confirmed by ELISA (IgM +ve) many with severe clinical signs including visual disturbances (FAO, 2000).
As a consequence, 6 Gulf States - Saudi Arabia, Bahrain, Yemen, and the United Arab Emirates had
banned livestock imports from 9 African countries, principally in the Horn (FAO, 2001d). The ban was
imposed on the expectation that the disease was introduced from the Horn of Africa.
Through repeated bans livestock producers and traders in the Greater Horn of Africa are facing the
devastating consequences of RVF. The first ban lasted for 18 months and briefly withdrawn for 8 months
up to the time the second ban was imposed in September 2000. Yemen lifted the ban on livestock and meat
from Ethiopia on the beginning of February 2002 after 1.5 years. The Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, the major
10th ESAP-Proceedings 27
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
importer of live animal and meat from Ethiopia, lifted the ban on meat in the middle of June 2002 and still
maintain the trade embargo on live animals from Ethiopia.
The livestock trade embargos undermined a precarious regional food security situation and their economic
impacts are likely to be massive. The volume and value of livestock exports from the horn countries
tumbled. Many of the areas affected by the ban also coincide with extremely vulnerable and food-insecure
areas repeatedly receiving emergency assistance. The bans will further contribute to pastoral food
insecurity, increase to local and regional conflict and increased needs for food and other humanitarian
assistance.
Rinderpest
Cattle exports from/through Somalia to Saudi Arabia are banned since 1983, due to the risk of Rinderpest
and it had indirectly affected Ethiopian cattle export. The ban was imposed in response to epidemics of
rinderpest in the early 1980’s throughout the region. The current epidemiological situation of rinderpest in
Africa is quite different from those days in the 80’s. The PARC project which was operational since late
1980s has indeed verifiably eliminated rinderpest from the major part of the continent except few endemic
foci in Southern Somalia and Southern Sudan.
As there were no outbreaks of rinderpest detected in Ethiopia since November 1995, Ethiopia declared
itself "provisional free from rinderpest on a zonal basis" as of the 1st May 1999 and joined the OIE Pathway
(FAO, 1999). The OIE Pathway is an international recognised set of guidelines for assessing and certifying
countries free of rinderpest infection and involves 3 major steps: provisional freedom from disease, freedom
from disease and freedom from infection. The first stage, provisional freedom from disease, is a simple
country declaration and it doesn’t involve verification by the OIE. This has already been achieved by
Ethiopia, but the subsequent stages require member states to submit a dossier of data and provide for site
visits to confirm the declaration.
Efficient veterinary service, effective reporting and sero-surveillance system and reliable system of
preventing the introduction of infection which is carried out by proper border control, quarantines, etc, are
requirements for the last 2 stages. The disease is virtually eradicated from major parts of Africa, but it still
exists in civil strife areas of Southern Somalia and Southern Sudan. Hence, threat of reintroduction of
rinderpest from these bordering areas exists and is a major obstacle for Ethiopia to declare "provisional
freedom" on a country- wide basis and benefit from its disease free status.
28 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
necessary to minimise the spread of important animal diseases and to assist in achieving better
worldwide control of these diseases. Hence, countries should comply with the detail notification
requirements in the code.
2. Veterinary services should substantiate elements of the reports of the animal health situation of
their country by surveillance data, results of monitoring programmes and details of disease history.
Furthermore, the code defines detailed recommended standards of epidemiological surveillance
systems for rinderpest, CBPP and bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE).
3. Application of import risk analysis to provide importing countries with an objective and defensible
method of assessing the disease risk associated with the importation of animals, animal products,
animal genetic material, feedstuffs, biological products and pathological material.
4. The code defines a set of factors, which include fundamental principles of an ethical, organisational
and technical nature to evaluate the quality of veterinary services. The Veterinary services shall
conform to these fundamental principles, regardless of the political, economic or social situation of
their country.
5. The code defines specific sanitary requirements for international trade for 15 list A and 80 list B
diseases, depending on the disease status of the exporting country.
The Manual of Standards for Diagnostic Tests and Vaccines (OIE, 2001b) and the Diagnostic Manual for
Aquatic Animal Diseases (OIE, 2001c), provide a uniform approach to the diagnosis of OIE-listed diseases
of importance to international trade, so that the requirements for health certification in connection with
trade in animals and animal products can be met.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 29
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Resource limitations generally mean that the developing countries have a fewer veterinary personnel per
million livestock units (excluding poultry) than the developed countries. This deficiency together with poor
infrastructure and facilities for disease control create serious problems for developing countries in meeting
the SPS requirements for exports. The international acceptability of veterinary certificates issued by a
developing country, an essential accompaniment to exports, might be threatened (Upton, 2001).
The survey of the impact of SPS measures on developing countries (Upton, 2001) showed low levels of
participation in the international organisations responsible for defining standards for animal and plant
health and food safety (OIE, IPPC and Codex Alimentarius). Only about a third of Low Income and Lower
Middle Income Countries belong to all three of these organisations as well as the WTO, while for High
Income Countries the proportion is more than two thirds. Of the Low Income Country members of the
WTO less than a third have established both an Enquiry Point and a National Notification Authority as
required by the SPS agreement. Practically all High Income Country members have complied.
These issues, affecting access by the developing countries to export markets in the developed world, need to
be addressed at global level. The WTO and international standard setting organisations need to facilitate
developing country participation by modifying their procedures and providing technical, scientific and legal
assistance. Trade integration through the formation and expansion of regional trading blocks also helps
the removal of trade barriers between member states.
30 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Under the current set up there is no line management in regard to veterinary services between federal and
regional structures in Ethiopia. Fighting a disease epidemic is, in many respects, like fighting a war and
requires the same level of discipline. It requires the same ability to make rapid decisions, to convert those
decisions into clear orders, which can be conveyed down the chain. It is clear that for these things to
happen quickly and efficiently, the Veterinary Services must be place in a command structure or line-
management system at least for the control/eradication of TADs.
It is now generally recognised that the role of the public sector veterinary services should be focused on
those core activities that benefit the population as a whole (public goods). The activities well suited to
public sector execution include: regulation of veterinary service delivery, epidemiology, control/eradication
of TADs, emergency preparedness and livestock inspection and certification for export. While private good
activities such as provision of clinical services can best be delivered by the private sector. Devolving clinical
services to the private sector will allow the government to make use of meagre resource and manpower for
core issues of over-riding national importance such as control of TADs.
Cost recovery study carried out in 11 representative woredas from both extensive and intensive systems in
the country by the PARC project (Moorhouse & Ayalew 1997) revealed that 30 percent of the surface area
of Ethiopia is served by the current system of fixed-point veterinary clinics. At the present time, Regional
States are in the process of building more veterinary clinics. However, even with massive investment in
fixed-point public clinics, the extent of coverage would not reach 40 percent. It is also unclear how the
expanding fixed-point clinic system would be supported in terms of operating budget.
The coverage of veterinary service in the pastoral areas of the country is even worse. It is apparent that
animal health services are a major felt need of pastoral communities and the lack of it tends to cripple the
very hand that feeds the community. It should also be noted that more than 90 % of the livestock export
originate from the pastoral areas. The provision of animal health services in pastoral areas requires a
radical change from the conventional approach prescribed for the highland mixed farming systems of the
country. The challenge is even greater, considering unique conditions in pastoral areas such as low cash
economy, insecurity, high cost of service delivery, poor infrastructure, vastness of the areas and lack of
veterinary personnel among others.
Generally, Remarkable and sustainable improvements in the livestock trade can only be achieved if these
constraints are alleviated. Appropriate policies should be pursued for rational delivery of animal health
services in the country. The role and responsibilities of the various actors (public vs. private, federal vs.
regional) should be clearly defined and delineated. Government should give due emphasis on core public
good activities such as veterinary public health and food hygiene and in the control of TADs. The greater
the attention given to diseases that are trans-boundary in nature, the greater the opening for participation
in international trade and economic advancement.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 31
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
This effective institutional capacity will confer additional value for Ethiopia’s livestock in the export
markets and rebuild the confidence of trading partners. It should also be noted that Ethiopia would still be
competing with countries like Uruguay, Argentina, New Zealand and Australia, which produce a more
standardised products, are more reliable suppliers and have fewer animal health problems to impede
trade. However, the current levels of animal health protection in Ethiopia are generally too poor and make
such competition more difficult.
There are clear benefits to be gained, by both importers and exporters, from adopting SPS measures and
greater transparency regarding their application. However, as already argued, the costs of compliance with
international standards are beyond the means of countries like Ethiopia. Developed countries and
standard setting organisations need to facilitate developing country participation by modifying their
procedures and providing financial, technical, scientific and legal assistance. Sufficient attention should be
given to the needs of developing countries in setting SPS requirements and sufficient time should be
allowed for compliance. Trading between developing countries, possibly within a regional grouping or a free
trade area, has to be promoted and has clear advantages in harmonising the SPS rules lower that that
recommended by international standard setting organisations.
Ethiopia need to design and implement appropriate SPS policies to promote the export trade in livestock
and livestock products. Aspects of compliance include essential changes in the organisation and
infrastructure of veterinary services, laboratories, abattoirs, processing plants, border inspection posts,
quarantine camps and so on. Effective systems of processing, marketing, inspection and monitoring of
quality standards, testing, disease surveillance and control measures will be needed. The high cost of
implementing some of these measures is obvious and participation of the private sector is extremely
essential. Part of the appraisal of the merits of compliance must be an assessment of the size of the
potential market, the competition from other exporters and the scope for expansion of domestic production.
A case for improving SPS standards for Ethiopia is not simply to overcome a non-tariff barrier on exports
but also lies in the benefits accruing to the domestic economy. These benefits will accrue in the form of
improved health and productivity of domestic livestock, reduced losses from disease epidemics, improved
quality of livestock products and public health improvement.
In a big country like Ethiopia, with a large livestock population in extensive management system, poor
road and veterinary service network, difficult topography and relative inaccessibility of some areas,
commencing a national disease eradication campaign that covers the whole country at once may neither
practical nor wise. The spreading of resources too thinly over too large an area may result in overall
setbacks. The eradication of rinderpest, a relatively simple disease to control, took almost 14 years and
millions of dollars and still to take some time to conclude and get international acceptance. It may be more
effective in the long term to tackle the eradication in a step-by-step progression moving from one region to
the next and target specific diseases based on their economic and trade importance.
Zoning is now recognized as an important principle in the definition of the animal health status of
countries by OIE. In Southern African countries such as Botswana, South Africa and Namibia disease free
zones have long been used successfully in support of trade. Disease free zones are essentially
geographically defined areas used for the breeding and/or fattening/finishing of livestock from which
specific diseases are excluded and that exclusion is quality-assured. Diseases such as, rinderpest, FMD,
CBPP, PPR, LSD and pox merit consideration in the exclusion. However, the list of diseases constraining
trade is not exhaustive and a thorough review is required. The interest of trading partners must also
receive due consideration in the selection and prioritisation of target diseases.
The actual size and shape of the zones may be determined by administrative boundaries or geographic
barriers or be driven by epidemiological or resource imperatives. In the early stage of establishing disease
free zones, while the extent of the disease is still being assessed, it could be expected that the zones are
comparatively small. Establishment of big disease free zones as in the case with Southern African
countries is not feasible for Ethiopia in light of the enormous cost involved. As the disease
control/eradication progresses, it is to be hoped that the zone gradually expands.
32 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
In establishing disease free zones it is not necessary not only to exclude from them the major diseases but
also to try to reduce the weight of infections in the surrounding livestock populations. Unless this is done
the risk of re-invasion of the disease free zone might prove too great to manage and the whole development
be brought unnecessarily into disrepute. Thus establishing disease free zones must be viewed within the
context of the overall progressive control of the major trans-boundary animal diseases, which constrain
production and trade. It is therefore linked to national policies needed to ensure adequately functioning
public good veterinary services capable of exerting control over trans-boundary animal diseases.
References
Davis, F. G. (1998). Rift Valley Fever and Livestock Trade from the Horn of Africa [Ethiopia, Somalia and Kenya] July 1st
to August 15th 1998. Consultancy Report to the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations, Rome.
FAO (2001a). Empres Transboundary Animal Disease Bulletin No. 16/1-2001 Nipah virus in Malaysia.
FAO (2001b). Empres Transboundary Animal Disease Bulletin No. 18/3-2001. Foot-and Mouth Disease Outbreak in
Zimbabwe.
FAO (2001c). Empres Transboundary Animal Disease Bulletin No. 16/1-2001. Foot-and-Mouth disease in the United
Kingdom.
FAO (2001d). Empres Transboundary Animal Disease Bulletin No. 16/1 -2001.. Rift Valley Fever Threatens Livelihoods
in the Horn of Africa.
FAO (2000). Empres Transboundary Animal Disease Bulletin No. 15/3-4 -2000. Update on RVF outbreaks in Saudi
Arabia and Yemen.
FAO (1999). Empres Transboundary Animal Disease Bulletin OIE PATH WAY: Rinderpest in Ethiopia.
FAO (1997). Empres Transboundary Animal Disease Bulletin May 1997. CBPP in Botswana Eradicated.
FAO/WHO (1997). Joint FAO/WHO Food Standards Programme Codex Alimentarius Commission. Food Hygiene Basic
Texts. Rome: FAO.
Geiger, R. (2001). Recommended procedures and guidelines for the surveillance of RVF in Yemen, Yemen Ministry of
Agriculture and Irrigation.
Meslin, F.-X, Stohr. K & Heymann, D (2000). Public health implications of emerging zoonosis. Rev. Sci. tech. Off. Int.
Epiz., 2000, 19 (1), 310-317.
Moorhouse, P. & Ayalew Tolossa (1997). Consultancy report on cost recovery in delivery of animal health services, RDP
Livestock Services.
Nunn, M.J. (1998) Risks of Rift Valley Fever and Other Diseases from Livestock Imported into Saudi Arabia from the
Horn of Africa. Consultancy Report to the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations, Rome.
WTO (1995). Agreement on Sanitary and Pytosanitary Measures, Geneva: World Trade Organisation.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 33
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
WTO (1996). Understanding the World Trade Organisation Agreement on Sanitary and Pytosanitary Measures, Geneva:
World Trade Organisation.
Upton. M. (2001). Trade in livestock Products: International Regulation and Role for Economic Development. Livestock
policy discussion paper No.6. Rome: FAO.
34 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Critical Issues Impacting Livestock Trade in Kenya, Ethiopia and Sudan
Yacob Aklilu
Tufts University/OAU-IBAR
Abstract
This paper constitutes the second and final part of the livestock marketing status audit carried out in Kenya,
Ethiopia and Sudan under the auspices of the CAPE unit of OAU-IBAR. The paper focuses on selected critical issues
identified in the first volume. These issues are discussed at some length in this document as they pertain to each of
the three countries. This version of the paper has been adapted for the 10th ESAP annual conference held between
22 and 24 August 2002 in Addis Ababa. The recommendations that appear with each issue discussed in the main
document have not been included here.
As discussed in the first volume, Sudan is ahead of both Ethiopia and Kenya in terms of its organizational set up
and its volume of live animal exports. To some extent this could be attributed to Sudan’s long tradition of exporting
live animals to the Gulf. It also reflects the relentless effort made by the Ministry of Animal Resources in setting up
a relatively efficient quarantine system and in conducting successful negotiations with existing and potential
livestock importing countries. Sudan’s success in getting the Saudi Arabia ban lifted even before Syria and Jordan is
a testimony to this effort. Ethiopia’s export potential has been limited to chilled/frozen meat as the ban on live
animals is still effective (though Yemen has lifted the ban recently on certain conditions). In any case, Ethiopia’s
land locked status will always hinder it from attaining its maximum export potential as it had to rely on ports
belonging to other countries. The Rift Valley Fever ban is still effective on Kenya. Nevertheless, Kenya has not been
active in live animals or chilled meat exports even before the ban. Its exports have been limited mainly to about
1,500 tons of pork products per year and small quantities of beef now and then.
The issues discussed here focus on critical internal information gap; inadequate provision of animal health services
and facilities; the current status of ranches and feedlots; institutional issues (Government agencies and Trade
Associations); issues related to the domestic livestock trade and the export market and on the existing information
gap on external markets. The paper culminates by suggesting for regional collaboration in livestock marketing.
Though all the issues are relevant to Kenya, Sudan and Ethiopia, some issues that are important to one country
may not have the same weight in the other country/ies. The discussion, in such cases, focuses on the particular
country/ies most affected by the issues.
The issues raised in this paper require a variety of interventions – capacity building; policy development and
enforcement; advocacy and awareness campaigns; exchange visits and fact finding missions; constructive dialogue
among relevant institutions and the need for regional collaborations. They also require the involvement and the
concerted efforts of relevant Government institutions, city or county councils, livestock traders and tanners,
ranchers, trade associations, producers, NGOs, regional inter-governmental organizations, donors and other
international organizations.
For long, the potentials of the livestock sector have been ignored particularly in Kenya and Ethiopia while Sudan,
with some effort generates about $170 million annually from livestock exports. This should serve as a wake up call
for the respective governments of Ethiopia and Kenya.
Abbreviations
ALRMP Arid Lands Resources Management Programme
ARB Animal Resource Bank (Sudan)
CAHW Community-Based Animal Health Worker
CIF Cost, Insurance, Freight
COMESA Common Market for Eastern and Southern Africa
DAC Department of Agricultural Cooperatives
10th ESAP-Proceedings 35
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
1
The term GHA countries in this paper refers to Sudan, Ethiopia, Kenya and occasionally Somalia.
2
Personal communication with Dr Osman (Sudan)
36 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Available data on the off-take volume of livestock is far from accurate in all the three countries. For
example, annual off-take figures for the major terminal markets in Sudan show too wide variations from
year to year to be reliable. Livestock prices are difficult to obtain because of the ‘silent auction system3’.
Most of the cattle slaughtered in Addis are sourced outside of the terminal markets and nearly all the
small ruminants consumed in Addis are sold outside of the designated sale yards and therefore not
recorded. In Kenya, available data gives the wrong impression as if more animals are slaughtered in
Mombassa than in Nairobi. This is because the bulk of the meat consumed in Nairobi comes from
slaughterhouses outside of the city (which is not accounted). At the same time, regular data collection is
not carried out in many of the primaries and a good majority of the secondary markets in all the three
countries. Where some data collection takes place, the data is usually transferred too late to central
processing units. Even then, the data may not be processed at all and the records are kept in piles in user-
unfriendly manner. If at all, the usefulness of such records is limited to refer to past trends rather than for
making informed timely decisions (by producers and traders).
Often, the collection of livestock market information is initiated as part of or as a project on its own (such
as Rural Services Design Project or ALRMP in Kenya, GTZ and the Southern Tier Initiative in Ethiopia or
LMMC in Sudan) and is not continued after the end of the particular project. Trained manpower (data
collectors, processors and analysts) go elsewhere once the project is phased out eliminating possibilities for
improving on the quality of data collection, interpretation and dissemination with time. Sustainability is
the key problem in livestock market data collection due to lack of funds. Intermittent data collection is
carried out by Livestock Marketing Departments of (in many cases) the Ministries of Agriculture or other
specific projects (ALRMP, GTZ etc). Local councils, which are effective in collecting market taxes, are not
interested in collecting such vital information.
Despite limited attempts in the past, the use of livestock scales is not common in livestock markets in the
three countries. Transactions are carried out through eye estimates of the live weights of animals. Cold
dressed weight is usually estimated between 40 and 50% of live weight. Official figures on annual national
red meat production are therefore pure estimates. In addition, livestock grading (by weight, breed and/or
any other desirable characteristics) is not common except in general terms depriving pastoralists and small
farmers alike the incentive to produce for the market. As a result, information collected on prices does not
as such reflect the particular characteristics or grade of the livestock.
3
See volume 1 of this document for more information
4
EC/IGAD, 2000. Establishment of a Regional Livestock Development Programme for Eastern Africa.
5
OAU-IBAR, 2000. Financing Livestock and Animal Health Services in Sub-Saharan Africa: The case of Cameroon, Ethiopia, Kenya, Mali, Tanzania and Uganda.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 37
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
allocated only between 1.3 to 2.0% of the total recurrent budget to agriculture with livestock and animal
health services receiving 0.75 and 0.47% of the total recurrent budget respectively (despite an increase in
the ‘absolute’ amount of the livestock budget by 70% between 1993/94 and 1997/98). Circumstantial
evidences suggest that Sudan comparatively allocates a higher proportion of its recurrent budget to the
animal health sector as compared to Ethiopia or Kenya though the country was not included in the study
mentioned above.
Three inter-related factors are attributable to the current state of things. Firstly, the delivery of animal
health services (including the employment of professionals) has been the domain of the public sector for far
too long. Secondly, with the decline / stagnation of the economies in the past few years national
governments focused on new priorities which led to a substantial reduction in the proportion of the
recurrent budget allocated for animal health. According to Tambi and Maina (2000), ‘some national
governments quickly cut their veterinary services budget when external funding became available
redirecting the proceeds to other priorities’. Thirdly, despite the growing assertion that the private sector
should play a lead role in the delivery of veterinary services, this has not been achieved to date due to
technical, financial, legislative and in some cases institutional hitches over modalities. So far, the
distribution of veterinary drugs is nearly privatized only in Sudan whereas in Kenya and Ethiopia the
public and the private sector provide this service. In addition, the incorporation of Community – based
Animal Health Workers (CAHW) into mainstream primary veterinary service providers at village level has
not yet been fully endorsed, though they have received varying levels of recognition in each country.
Disease Free Zones, Quarantine Facilities and Holding Grounds
The lack of Disease Free Zones (DFZ) particularly in Ethiopia and Kenya is one apparent outcome of the
under financing (including mismanagement in the past) of the livestock sector. Sudan has established a
Rinderpest DFZ stretching from the Red Sea and Kassala in the Southeast to West Kordofan and the
Northern State embracing 15 of Sudan’s 23 states. The Law in Sudan requires that animals coming to the
DFZ be accompanied with vaccination certificates in order to ensure that the status of the DFZ is maintained.
The recognition of this zone by the OIE, if and when it happens, will obviously boost Sudan’s export
potentials tremendously. Sudan also maintains four quarantine facilities with a capacity to handle 12,000
head of cattle and 223,000 shoats at any given time plus the manpower and the facility to test 20,000 sheep
for brucellosis in 24 hours. By contrast the DFZ that were maintained in Central parts of Kenya and from
which livestock were exported in the past no longer retain that status. The eight quarantine facilities run
jointly by the DVS and the LMD are not providing the same level of service as in the past. Many of the
infrastructures built by the LMD and KMC incorporating holding grounds, stock routes, water pans and
boreholes are in various stages of disrepair (this is also true for Sudan). Ethiopia has never managed to
create a DFZ in the past despite exporting more live animals than Kenya. It is also not clear if there are
plans to create new DFZs. Existing quarantine centers are not properly equipped and some are
inconveniently located (for example, Logia), though there are plans to build four new holding
grounds/quarantine stations. Stock routes and holding grounds destroyed during the war between Ethiopia
and Somalia in the late 1970s have not been repaired since then.
Legislations
National acts governing animal health, livestock products and derivatives need to be updated from time to
time to meet the changing international standards as required by the OIE/FAO/WHO (for exports, imports
and domestic production and distribution). In some cases, new Acts may need to be formulated to cater for
unforeseen circumstances.
38 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
sorghum, oil cakes, groundnuts, molasses etc. Increasing numbers of commercial farmers are becoming
involved in feedlot operations apart from the traditional livestock traders and wholesale butchery owners.
This indicates the profitability of the business despite complaints of price increases in cattle feed. The
feedlots play a critical role in supplying livestock to the terminal markets during the lean season (March to
June) when prices go up.
Feedlots that proliferated around Nazareth and Mojo towns of Ethiopia have been forced out of business in
the last five years due to increasing costs and unavailability of concentrate feeds and butchers’ preferences
for pasture-fed cattle. Many of the feedlots had to close since they were unable to service their bank loans.
At the same time, the development of private ranches in Ethiopia has been constrained due to the land
tenure policy that prohibited private ownership of land. Still, land can only be leased and not purchased. In
the past, parastatal ranches were used for producing crossbred heifers and bulls (in which they didn’t
succeed much) and not for commercial production of beef. The few co-operative ranches established some
20 years ago are not operating successfully both as a result of management problems and changes in
government policies.
Of the 454 ranches in Kenya (as at 2000), 215 are destined for subdivision (some are already subdivided),
77 are dormant, and 76 are without status whether they are operational or not. Only 84 (comprising 39
group, 33 private, 3 DAC and 9 cooperatives) of the ranches were operational at December 2000. Of
particular interest is the collapse of the Galana Ranch with a land area of some 877,000 hectares and with
a capacity to accommodate 30,000 head of cattle. Putting up tourist lodges has become a growing trend of
the ranches either to complement their income or because they have failed as ranches for various reasons.
Institutional Issues
Government Focal points
An array of institutions claim to be in charge of livestock marketing in Sudan. The Ministry of Animal
Resources undertakes delivery of animal health and quarantine services along with the certification of
animals for exports. The Ministry also engages in trade protocol negotiations with existing or potential
importing countries (recently with Saudi Arabia, Libya and Malaysia for example). Yet, there is no specific
department that deals with livestock marketing in the ministry. On the other hand, the Ministry of Foreign
Trade believe they are in charge of all external trades including livestock marketing for which it issues export
licences and puts minimum price ceilings (called minimum indicative prices) on the export price of livestock
below which livestock exporters are not allowed to sell. The Ministry also plans to establish a separate
livestock market in Khartoum for the export market. The Animal Resources Bank, on the other hand, also
claims to be the heir apparent of the ex-LMMC (despite being a profit making organisation) and plans to take
over the stock routes and livestock markets built by the latter and currently run by State governments. The
ARB has also set up a livestock market in the Daresalam area of Omdurman. Meanwhile, the State
governments collect hefty taxes from the livestock markets as indicated in volume 1 of this document.
In Ethiopia, the Livestock Marketing Authority (LMA) of the Ministry of Trade is geared to take over
certain roles of the Department of Veterinary services, especially in the areas of quality control and
licensing. The problem arises from the overlapping roles and responsibilities incorporated in the Acts
governing the two institutions. As a result, relationships between the two institutions are not
complementary, to say the least. As a federal institute, the LMA is not represented in regional
governments either, and in the absence of this linkage, it is difficult to envisage how its visions and
strategic plans can be implemented and sustained at the grass-root level. Similarly, regional departments
of veterinary services are not required to report directly to the federal veterinary office. In the meantime,
councils of regional governments collect taxes from livestock markets under several guises.
The LMD and the DVS in Kenya operate under the same Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Development
and work in close collaboration with each other. However, LMD’s role in livestock marketing has been
severely limited following its exit from operating in the domestic markets and the decline in live animal
exports from Kenya. As a result, joint operations of the LMD and the DVS (such as joint administrations
10th ESAP-Proceedings 39
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
of the quarantine stations) are no more active. Nevertheless, the potential for collaboration still exists if
the export market is revived. Certain livestock marketing activities, such as the rehabilitation of local
infrastructure and the collection of market data, are intermittently undertaken by NGOs and other
projects outside of the LMD.
Livestock Traders / Tanners Associations
Sudan has three associations consisting of livestock exporters association, meat exporters association and
raw hides and skins exporters association6. Ethiopia has Livestock and Meat Exporters Association7 and a
National Tanners Association. Kenya has formed the Kenya Livestock Marketing Council8. In Sudan and
Ethiopia, the exporters associations, as the name implies, don’t incorporate domestic livestock traders. The
Livestock Marketing Council of Kenya, on the other hand, draws its members from the grass-root level.
However, none of the members has any previous experience of exporting live animals or meat. So far, the
exporters association in Sudan has been influential in the development of export-friendly policies. The
association in Ethiopia has arranged for its members to participate in a trade exhibition in Dubai. The
Kenyan Livestock Marketing Council has set itself a number of ambitious objectives.
The associations face a number of problems. First, the imposition of the RVF ban has effectively limited the
roles and services to be provided by these associations.9 As a result, the number of members has dwindled
in Ethiopia and Sudan (numbers may have revived again in Sudan since the lifting of the ban). Second, the
associations in Kenya and Ethiopia in particular are handicapped by financial constraints, as member’s
contribution is minimal. Subsequently, the associations had to rely on ALRMP (in Kenya) and LMA (in
Ethiopia) for the provision of office space and secretarial services. Third, the associations are beset by
technical limitations to achieve the objectives they have set. In Sudan, the rumour is that some exporters
may not even know their actual costs when exporting livestock to the Gulf. In Ethiopia, the Tanners
Association does not have the relevant facts concerning its industry. The Kenyan marketing council is not
familiar with the export market in general terms.
6
Unfortunately, members of the live animals and meat exporters associations were not met during the field trip.
7
Formed with the support of the Livestock Marketing Authority
8
Formed with the support of Arid Lands Resource Management Project
9
The result of relying on one market.
40 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Taxation
It suffices to say that livestock are the most repeatedly (and perhaps the most highly) taxed agricultural
commodity group in the region en route to their final destinations. For example, traders pay as many as 20
types of taxes between points of purchase and destinations / final exit points in Sudan. Traders in Ethiopia
are also subjected to paying transit and sales taxes of widely varying nature within the country.10 Kenyan
livestock traders may not pay fees and taxes as in many places as in Sudan or Ethiopia. However, the total
amount they pay still remains significant.
Transport Costs
Transport constitutes a major cost factor in livestock trade whether in Ethiopia, Kenya or Sudan. In
Kenya, transport costs constitute between 25 and 40% of the total price of a head of cattle. In addition, truck
owners regard livestock transportation as a captive market. For example, a 10-ton truck costing 35,000
shillings between Nairobi and Moyale would cost between 50 and 70,000 shillings in the reverse direction
when bringing livestock. As a result, in both Kenya and Ethiopia, traders prefer trekking livestock if the
prevailing security situation permits them to do so. Trekking, however, can be expensive in Sudan. It may
cost up to $154 per head of cattle from West Kordofan to Khartoum (takes about 75 days).11
Intermediate Costs and Cartels
Too many middlemen affect the efficiency of the livestock markets in the region. This problem is highly
pronounced particularly in Sudan where livestock may change hands 2 to 6 times until they reach the
terminal markets. Even then, the final transaction in the terminal markets is also carried out through
middlemen on commission basis. Many times, livestock also change hands without actual change of
ownership in Sudan for which payments will be effected much later. Terminal livestock prices, as a result,
end up3 or 4 times higher than the producer’s price. In Kenya, middlemen play a critical role in the
Dagoretti terminal market since they operate as the interface between the livestock traders and the
butcheries in town. This entails buying cattle from the traders and selling the meat to the butcheries instead
of the butchery owners buying the livestock directly from the livestock traders. In short, they act as a cartel
group. In the terminal market of Kéra in Addis Ababa, an increasing number of ex-soldiers are operating as
middlemen (with the added advantage of knowing how to intimidate civilians). They charge a commission of
about US$30 per cow in addition to the margins they make between the price asked for by the trader and the
offer made by the buyer (by keeping the two parties at bay).
Butchery owners are perhaps the most powerful group in the livestock marketing chain since they happen
to be at the sharp end of the business interfacing the customers. Their power is amply demonstrated by the
fact that the price of meat has been the same for the last five years whether Khartoum, Addis Ababa and
Nairobi12 despite a sharp fall in the prices of livestock from time to time (during 2000 in Kenya, mid to end
2001 in Ethiopia and in 1999 in Sudan).
Diversification
As stated above, the current off-take volume of livestock is determined by price control at the sharp end of
the market. At the same time, potential increases in meat consumptions have been affected by the lack of
diversified value added meat products at affordable prices. The proportion of value added meat products sold
in these countries when compared to the volume of raw meat available in the market is minimal. Value
added meat products could be expensive due to low economies of scale, psychological attributes of marketing
strategies (packaging etc) and technological / management constraints. As a result, only a small proportion of
the population affords to buy such products (Farmers’ Choice’s pork products reach only 2% of the Kenyan
population, though some quantity is exported to neighbouring countries).13
10
Total fees and taxes for export may vary from as low as Birr 3 to Birr 126.75 per head of cattle, from Br 1 to Br 28.51 per sheep and from Br 1 to Br 40 per goat depending on the region where the livestock were purchased.
11
See volume 1 of this document for details.
12
An interesting case is that the price of a Kg of medium quality beef is the same in Nairobi city and rural Marsabit.
13
Personal communication with the manager of Farmer’s Choice.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 41
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
14
For example, it defies all logic why the price of a kilogram of an average quality meat cut is the same in Marsabit and Nairobi.
15
In what seems an irony, one of the complaints made by villagers near Tabaka, Mandera, was the distance of the nearest butchery to buy meat.
16
Sugar, tea, rice and electronics are popular consumable items among the Somalis.
42 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
around 24% in Kenya and Sudan17 (the latter under the Muharaba system) is too high for livestock
exporters, especially if one considers the fact that livestock export business is not always profitable.18 For
example, a number of traders who took loans from the Bank in Sudan and lost money after exporting
livestock were put in prison.
Banks, obviously, need collaterals to advance loans. Unfortunately, exporting livestock is a highly capital
intensive business (the reason why the trust system has flourished in Sudan, Somalia and to some extent
in Ethiopia and Kenya in the first place) for which raising collaterals is beyond the means of most traders.
For example, Australia and New Zealand use large vessels that can carry up to 140,000 sheep per voyage.
With a CIF price of, say $30 per sheep at Jeddah, the capital outlay per voyage is over $4 million. None of
the exporters in Sudan, Somalia, Kenya or Ethiopia operate with this level of capital.
Rural credit services, where they exist, are usually limited to Grameen type banks lending small amount of
money to women groups for petty trading. Many livestock traders therefore rely on the ‘trust system’ to
overcome this problem. Even if loans are available, traders would opt to forego them because of the high
interest rate.
Financial problems have led to investment problems. For example interested parties in Kenya have not
been able to raise money for feasibility studies to set up export standard abattoirs. A would-be exporter in
Kenya, who has imported slaughterhouse machinery from Sweden, has not been able to raise money for the
purchase of livestock and to put a structure to house the abattoir. Another gentleman who claims to have
secured a business contract with Egypt for the supply of camels is not able to raise the necessary capital. In
Sudan, the ARB, in one particular case, has built (through PTA financing) and sold an export standard
abattoir for cash.
Letter of Credit
Ethiopia and Kenya require Letter (s) of Credit (LC) to authorise livestock exports. Sudan has relaxed this
requirement and uses less conventional methods by which exporters are allowed to bring their foreign
exchange earnings after selling their livestock in the Saudi markets. European, New Zealand and Australian
exporters extend credit lines of up to 2 months when exporting livestock to the Gulf countries. Somali
exporters also extend credit lines to importers when they take animals to the Gulf without receiving orders.
Access to Foreign Exchange Earnings
The success of Somali livestock exporters in running the country’s economy is because of their access to
foreign exchange earnings allowing them to import essential commodities into the country. The new liberal
policy in Sudan also allows exporters to access their foreign exchange earnings and dispose them as they
want either for importing goods, sell it to the bank or to third parties. Exporters may not be able to access
own foreign exchange earnings in Kenya since this is available in the open market. In Ethiopia, exporters (or
for that matter importers) can only access foreign exchange through the bi-weekly auctions at the National
Bank.
Technical Constraints
At times, investments are made without any or based on poor feasibility studies. In either case, the
‘barriers of entry’19 don’t warrant such kinds of investments. In this regard, Nyala slaughterhouse (in
Western Sudan) is a case in point. The decision to build this export standard slaughterhouse was taken on
the single merit of its proximity to supply sources. The critical facts that there are no scheduled international
flights to Nyala and that the local market was too small to absorb the offal produced by the slaughterhouse
were not taken into consideration. This necessitated the use of chartered planes for transporting chilled
meat/mutton to export destinations and a significant proportion of the offal produced being dumped since
there was no market for it locally. In any case, the savings from lower livestock prices could not offset the
17
The interest rate is xx% in Ethiopia.
18
For example, livestock could be rejected from entering the importing country on grounds of health.
19
These include legal, financial, technological, political, cultural etc barriers.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 43
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
high-chartered freight costs and the dumping of otherwise valuable offal. Eventually, the slaughterhouse had
to close down.
The purchase of five industrial abattoirs by Elfora Co. in Ethiopia provides another example. The abattoirs
use nearly obsolete machinery. Elfora’s initial success in supplying canned beef and vegetable to the
Ministry of Defence couldn’t continue when the Ministry stopped making orders. The company should have
explored and secured alternative markets while supplying the Ministry of Defence. In addition, a proper
feasibility study should have taken place before the purchase of the plants if canned meat could be
exported profitably from Ethiopia. Because the more processed the meat is the less profitable it is in
international markets (live animals followed by chilled / frozen meat are more profitable than canned
meat). The fate of the industrial abattoirs is not certain at the moment.
The impact of poor feasibility studies is perhaps strongly reflected on the tannery industry. It appears that
the national supply volume of hides and skins is not taken into account by investors and the relevant
authorities when deciding and approving to set up new tanneries. In Ethiopia, 49 skins and hides
investment projects were submitted to the Ethiopian Investment Agency (EIA) between 1992 and1999
while existing tanneries at the time couldn’t get enough supplies. One hundred and six leather industries
were also awarded investment certificates by the Authority during the same period. Meanwhile, shortages
of raw hides and skins supplies and the high cost of chemicals are significantly affecting the tannery
industry in all the three countries. As a result, some tanneries have been closed and some operate as low as
at 10% of their capacity. The shortage of supplies is particularly exacerbated in Kenya and Sudan by the
export of raw hides and skins. Presently, many tanneries and companies producing leather articles in
Sudan, Ethiopia and Kenya are in precarious situations due to cheap imports.
Shortage of cold chain facilities and cargo space
Shortages of cold chain facilities at Addis Ababa and Khartoum airports limit the amount of chilled/frozen
meat to be exported at any given time. Moreover, chilled/frozen meat exports take place using the available
cargo space on scheduled passenger flights. When cargo space is not available, exporters are forced to take
back the consignments to their own cold chain facilities. Exporters complain that scheduled airlines freight
costs are high. Chartered flights are even more expensive since exporters are charged for the round trip.
Somali exporters, however, use chartered planes in both directions bringing in merchandise in the inbound
trip. As a result, the cost of chartered flights is less expensive in Somalia than in Sudan or Ethiopia.
Conditioning live animals for export
Gulf Importers complain that livestock from the Greater Horn countries arrive in poor physical shape
despite the proximity of the two regions. This happens due to a variety of reasons: Livestock are transported
in dhows and boats that are not specifically designed for this purpose; overcrowding and suffocation; lack of
feed and water during the voyage including lack of attention and the immediate transfer of livestock from
land to sea without any acclimatization etc.
On the other hand, despite a sea voyage involving some 17-21 days, livestock from Australia and New
Zealand arrive in good physical shape. Exporters from these countries use large vessels specifically
designed for this purpose (with capacities to carry up to 140,000 sheep at a time). Ample feed and water
are provided during the voyage. Livestock are checked regularly for any kind of disease symptoms, bruising
or physical injury and those that are not deemed fit for the markets are disposed into the sea. More
importantly, livestock are conditioned for about five days close to or at the port of embarkation before they
are transferred aboard the vessels. This involves mainly acclimatizing them with the feed (while still on
land) they are to be served on board. Australian and New Zealand exporters emphasize that conditioning
the livestock at or close to the port of embarkation is key to the arrival of livestock in good physical shape
at destinations.
Rolling Quarantine
Quarantine procedures are a must particularly for live animal exports. This period of observation lasts for
21 days before the livestock are shipped. This is an expensive (but nonetheless mandatory) procedure in
terms of feed, water and other overhead costs particularly if large numbers of animals are involved. Some
44 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
countries like Sudan are now adapting a rolling quarantine method where livestock are inspected while on
the move to cut on costs. Ethiopia and Kenya need to emulate this system.
Pre-shipment Holding grounds /Quarantine Stations
Exporters complain that the quarantine facility at Port Sudan (with a capacity to hold 4,000 cattle/camel
and 71,000 shoats) is not big enough to accommodate large number of animals during peak export season.
This problem is more pronounced at the port of Djibouti. The present capacity of the holding ground in
Djibouti may not hold more than 2,000 shoats or their equivalent in cattle. Various attempts by private
Ethiopian exporters to access and improve the capacities and facilities of the pre-shipment quarantine station
at Djibouti have not yielded fruit for inexplicable reasons. As things are, the volume of live animal exports
from Ethiopia will be limited by the capacity of the quarantine station at Djibouti among other things.
20
Idrisi, a former live animals exporter from Kenya states that ‘the old Arabs that liked our animals are no more. The new generation of the Middle East is so westernized they are even rumored to eat forbidden products’.
21
Tradeport, Trade Directory, 2002. Saudi Arabia, Food Market Reports
22
Arab Organisation for Agricultural Development (AOAD), 2000. Arab Agricultural Statistics Yearbook.
23
U.S. – Saudi Arabian Business Council, 2002. The Agricultural Sector in Saudi Arabia
24
Ibid
25
Steffen et al, 1998. The Livestock Embargo by Saudi Arabia: A Report on the Economic, Financial and Social Impact on Somaliland and Somalia
10th ESAP-Proceedings 45
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
• The banning of offal imports (liver, tongue, kidney, brain, stomach etc) including the extraction of
spinal cords for chilled/frozen meat on fear of BSE;
• The banning of live animal and meat imports on fear of BSE and FMD from European, Asian and
Latin American suppliers;
• Reduced shelf life Regulations for food and agricultural products;
• The International Conformity Certification Programme (ICCP) which requires pre-inspection and
testing in the country of origin of 76 product categories, 11 of which are food and agricultural. Eight
revisions of procedural guidelines were issued for the enforcement of ICCP.
The Saudi import tariff on most food product was 12% ad valorem, except for imports that compete with
domestic production, such as poultry meat for which the tariff rate was 20%. In recent years, however,
Saudi Arabia has dropped tariffs from 20 to 12% for protected products and from 12 to 5% for many other
goods.
The imposition of bans on the grounds of RFV, BSE and FMD on African, Asian and European livestock
imports over the past 20 months provided an opportunity for Australia and New Zealand to stay as the
only suppliers of live sheep and lamb meat to the kingdom. However, both Australia and New Zealand
were not capable of supplying the required quantities of sheep and lamb meat at competitive prices. As a
result, prices of live sheep, fresh and frozen lamb in Saudi Arabia went up by 100, 300 and 200 percent26
respectively compelling local sheep traders to pay premium prices for domestic male and female sheep
stock (breaching the Saudi Ministry of Agriculture’s long standing ban on the slaughtering of local female
sheep stock less than 8 years old). The fear of depleting the local female sheep stock (Naimi and Najdi
breeds) particularly during the winter mating season and as a result of the approaching Haj season (2002)
at the time was what persuaded the Saudi authorities to lift the ban on Sudan (though a livestock import
protocol was signed between the two countries). The ban on Syria and Jordan was lifted later while it is
still effective on Kenya, Ethiopia, Somalia, Eritrea, Djibouti and Yemen.
Knowing what the competitors are doing
The Gulf region enjoys one of the world’s highest per capita incomes and population growth and provides a
food market worth $35 billion.27 The region’s population also involves a smorgasbord of nationalities. Saudi
Arabia has 71% nationals while in UAE it is only 20% (with nearly 2/3rd Asians and about 15% from Middle
Eastern countries). Bahrain’s population comprises 61% nationals while in Kuwait it is about 1/3rd. In Oman
more than two-thirds are nationals while in Qatar it is just under one-third.28
As competition is becoming more intense suppliers are employing a variety of marketing strategies to reach
the different market segments (stratified by income, ethnic group, age, religious beliefs etc) in the Gulf.
Many EU countries, Egypt, Thailand, China, India, Australia and New Zealand are active in offering
different forms of promotional assistance to local importers to increase sales. These include: i) subsidies; ii)
price and payment terms such as credit facilities and price discounts on bulk buys; and iii) promotional
activities such as TV and magazine advertising; in store promotions; give aways; point of sale material and
other merchandising support; incentive buy programs and off-location displays. For example, France and
Brazil gained ground in the frozen poultry sector through attractive subsidies29; other EC countries have
offered favourable credit facilities such as 60 days payment30. In the meat area, Australia and New
Zealand are active in providing point of sale material to supermarkets in order to encourage shoppers to
try Australian lamb or dairy products from New Zealand. Australian meat is regularly advertised on Saudi
TV. In fact, the Saudi consumer has become a discriminating consumer, looking more closely at labels and
price than before. As bar coding becomes more popular, many like products are expected to be eliminated.
26
Gain Report #SA2005, 2002. Saudi Arabia: Livestock and Products – The Kingdom Lifts Ban on Imports of Live Sheep from Syria and Jordan 2002
27
Global Supermarket, 2002. Middle Eastern Ingredient.
28
Ibid
29
Saudi Arabia is self sufficient in this sector now
30
Tradeport 2002
46 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Distributors are routinely charged rent by supermarket managers for gondola space to introduce and test
market new products. The gross margins charged by supermarkets range from 10 to 35%, depending on the
degree of sophistication and modernity of the store.
Surveying new markets and diversifying products
Understandably, the Gulf is a major market for live animals and meat exports. However, total reliance on
this market alone could lead to unpredictable and economically devastating situations as with the current
RVF ban imposed on the region. Apart from health-related reasons, it should be borne in mind that such bans
could be imposed at any time and on any country unilaterally or collectively for political, commercial and
other reasons as felt necessary by the importing country/ies.
Regional approaches
The way to move forward for the Greater Horn countries is to develop a regional rather than unilateral
approach while remaining competitive with each other. A regional strategy is necessary in view of the
increasingly poor performance of the GH countries in the export market. For example, prior to 1973, Somalia
had 90% of the Saudi market, but was unable to keep pace with its growth. Australia became the principal
supplier in the mid 80’s shipping out some 3.5 million sheep annually from almost nothing 20 years earlier.
Similarly, Turkey was able to increase its exports to Saudi from almost nothing 10 years earlier to around 1.4
million sheep in the mid 80’s31.
In comparison, GHA countries have failed to supply consistently let alone dominating the Gulf markets as
should have been the case considering their geographical proximity and cultural ties. The failure of GHA
countries is attributed to their own inefficiencies - at times, leading to the imposition of bans by importing
countries (which in some cases is unjustified). In the process, the Gulf and the Middle East market has
been dominated by such giants as Australia, New Zealand and some European countries with which any
GHA country can’t compete unilaterally. It is therefore time for GHA countries to think of regional
collaboration since what can’t be achieved unilaterally may be accomplished regionally. Such collaborations
could be achieved through the formation of Regional Live Animals and Meat Exporters Association,
Regional Tanners Association etc. These associations could work closely with the proposed African –
Arabian livestock Trade Commission (of OAU-IBAR) for mutual benefit. The Associations and the
Commission could play complementary roles for boosting the export potential of the region. Some of the
perceived benefits of regional collaboration are listed below.
31
Ronco Consulting Corporation. International Market for Livestock Somalia, 1987
10th ESAP-Proceedings 47
Opportunities and challenges of hides and skins trade in Ethiopia
Girma Mekonnen
Introduction
Hides, skins, leather & leather products are the most widely traded commodities in the world with their
total export value of US$ 44 billion. These products combined rank first in important exportable agricultural
commodities like, meat, rubber, cotton, coffee, tea, rice & tobacco (FAO, 2001). The value takes 41% of the
combined export values of these commodities.
Ethiopia being one of the countries with large livestock base in the world has been one of the suppliers of
hides and skins to different consumers for nearly a century. Products exported from this origin are known
to have unique characteristics in compactness in fiber and utilizability for different leather products.
During the last 100 years of export experience, different development interventions have been made by the
Government of Ethiopia to enhance the improvement of the raw material quality and increase the volume
of products entering the formal market chain. As a result the volume of products collected by the tanning
industries have increased and gradual improvements in products handling, and hence in quality, observed.
At the same time, export volume has increased corresponding with the number and total soaking capacity
of tanning industries. The marketing process, on the other hand, follows more of the traditional way
without showing any significant change towards modern marketing practices.
The hide & skin industry faces numerous intricate challenges in its development. The problems can be
classified into organizational, supply side, demand side, promotional and informational.
This paper reviews available published and gray literature to show the potential the country has and the
challenges the hide and skins industry faces, and based on this, develops specific recommendations.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 49
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
million heads of goats (MEDAC, 1999). This resource base constitutes a great potential for hide & skin
production, with estimated total annual output of 2.38 million cattle hides, 10.07 million sheep skins and 7.38
million goat skins based on 7%, 33% and 35% off-take rate for cattle, sheep and goats, respectively.
Hides & skins from the highland areas of the country are preferred to those of the lowlands in the foreign
market, because these are known to have unique characteristics of compactness and utilizability for
different end products for sports wear, garments, gloves, shoes and hand bags for ladies. The average share
of livestock, livestock products and by-products over the years 1997/98-2000/01 of total export earning was
11% with hides & skins alone accounting for 90%of these. During the year 2000/01 leather & leather
product sub-sector was the second foreign currency generator with an export value of US$ 74.1 million
(Export Promotion Agency, 2001). Generally, hides, skins and leather represent the major source of foreign
currency for the country accounting for 14-16% of the total export revenue.
Export of raw hides and skins started about 1900. Privately owned tanneries were established in the first
quarter of the century which afterwards were nationalized by the socialist government of Ethiopia. They
processed mainly hides for the domestic market. Until 1975, only some quantities of hides & skins were
processed into leather and leather products, exclusively for domestic use.
Following liberalization of the economy after the 1991 change of government, private companies have
established substantial numbers of tanneries. These companies export mainly semi-processed products.
Export of finished products is negligible. Traditional tanners also absorb substantial quantities of hides &
skins for processing and manufacture of traditional household articles including farm implements,
furniture, saddles and traditional musical instruments.
In Ethiopia annual per capita consumption of food of animal origin, particularly of meat is very low (7.4
kg). However, this is assumed to grow with the improvement in income per head and population growth,
leading to increased slaughter of animals and hides & skin production. In addition, the following favorable
conditions provide opportunities for the development of the sector to exploit the export market.
• Conducive policy environment to promote export of such commodities,
• Availability of cheap labor force for the leather industry,
• Availability of preferential access to the European market,
• Close proximity to export markets in the Middle East and neighboring African countries,
• Capacity of tanneries for expansion which can be used for further production of finished leather
products by making some technological adjustments,
• Establishment of different institutions that can have direct impact on the production and marketing
of quality hides and skins.
However, the development potential is still constrained by structural and operational challenges.
50 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Collectors
Both licensed and unlicensed traders are involved in collecting hides and skins from primary producers at
the point of slaughter or in small markets. All these traders have limited financial capacity and mostly work
on finances supplied by higher-level traders or tanners. They mostly operate on public holidays when there
are relatively high slaughtering activities. They collect the fresh product and supply it either to higher-level
traders or directly to tanners with whom they previously developed exchange relationships.
The number and distribution of these traders has not been exhaustively studied yet, however, they are
assumed to concentrate in towns and traditional markets, leaving the periphery and lowlands of the
country partially unattended. Skins of the lowland areas are said to have lower demand in the domestic
market since they are considered as fatty and not containing compact fibers.
Small traders in this group are required to organize themselves with sufficient facilities like shades for
keeping hides & skins until they are sold to the next recipient. Such preservation facilities are not found
according to the requirement. These coupled with unfavorable climate in which collectors operate
contribute partly to the supply of lower quality hides & skins.
Big suppliers
The traders classified in this group are those who make bulk purchases from either smaller traders or
slaughterhouses and supply to tanneries. They are stationed in bigger towns where the size of transaction
warrants their investment, and where marketing facilities are conducive. They are relatively well organized
and have large financial capacity as to support small traders or collectors. They can also serve as creditors
since they partly finance the market in the absence of formal financial institutions.
They usually form two-way trade relationships with collectors as well as buyers to ensure the collected raw
hides & skins are timely channeled to processing plants.
Data collected from tanneries shows that there are more than 800 licensed suppliers in the country.
However, there is an increasing number of non-licensed traders participating in the market as a result of
misinterpretation and improper implementation of the Commercial Registration & Business Licensing
Proclamation No.-67/1997 which hampered the operation of licensed traders. This proclamation, which
allows any trader with capital less than birr 5000 to trade without license for professional competence, has
contributed to the deterioration of hides & skins quality.
Though they are relatively better organized and have sufficient knowledge on handling of hide & skin
products, most of them do not have curing shades and other necessary facilities that can meet standard
requirements of modern markets.
Slaughterhouses and abattoirs
These are premises that give slaughtering services to meat exporters, butchers and individual consumers.
Most of them undertake preservation activities for hides & skins obtained from the slaughtering operations
and sell them on tender basis either to suppliers or tanners.
Technically these are considered the most appropriate suppliers of raw hides & skins in the modern
market structure. With the exception of those situated in bigger towns, slaughter- houses/slabs in smaller
towns may not have the necessary facilities for product preservation. There are situations when they give
hides back to the sellers.
Traditional tanners
The number & capacity of stakeholders in this group has not been exhaustively studied. However, their
distribution is assumed countrywide. Their involvement in the market is significant that the volume of raw
product they absorb especially of hides is nearly equivalent to that of tanning industries.
They collect their supplies mostly from primary producers and small traders in their vicinities.
Nevertheless, they also buy from big suppliers especially when prices fall in the world market with
subsequent fall in demand for raw products in the country. In such a situation, they manage to pay better
prices as compared to prices paid by tanning industries.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 51
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Tanning industries
Tanning industries buy raw hides & skins from slaughterhouses and suppliers or they make their own
purchases by deploying authorized collectors during big holidays. They supply semi-processed and finished
leather to external markets. They also supply part of their products to local leather industries. Each of these
tanneries has its own suppliers in different regions of the country. There are 19 tanneries in operation now
and 3 others are under construction. In addition to these, 18 new investors have taken licenses to construct
their own tanning industries (Export Promotion Agency, 1999).
Except four of these, which are parastatals, many of the industries have been established after 1991. All
are organized under a Tanners' Association with the objective of addressing their common problems
together.
Data collected in 2000 shows that 17 industries including the state owned shows that they have the
capacity to process up to 2.6 million hides and 29.1 million skins. An estimated total of 1.07 million hides
and 14.3 million sheep and goat skins reach the tanning industries. This shows that industries operate at
41% and 49% of their soaking capacity for hides & skins, respectively.
About 70% of the industries are located around Addis Ababa. Their location indicates that nearness to the
raw material was not considered in their establishment other than the location advantage of nearness to
foreign market outlet including other advantages as easy access to market services and developed
infrastructures.
Transport enterprises
Private & government transport companies are included in this group. Their role is in transport of the
raw as well as processed products between components of the market.
The majority of the raw products flow to tanning industries and only some of it to traditional tanners
through collectors and dealers. The flow of raw hides & skins does not always follow the hierarchy of
traders but there are times when traders or tanners buy fresh products direct from primary producers.
From this, the product is supplied to the next consumer in the domestic or foreign markets, after either
partial or full processing. Consumers in the foreign markets could be end product producers or re-tanning
industries for finishing purposes.
Final products of traditional tanners reach consumers through local markets and are used by households
for traditional utilities.
On top of these support services, there are other government institutions, which are involved in the process
of marketing by way of availing different regulatory trade facilitation services. These are: -Chamber of
Commerce of Ethiopia, Ethiopian Customs Authority, Quality & Standards Authority of Ethiopia, Ministry
of Agriculture, National Bank of Ethiopia, Ministry of Health, Maritime and Transit Service Enterprises,
Regional Bureaus of Agriculture, and Livestock Marketing Authority.
The problems that are observed on the market structure are stated below.
• Collectors are not well distributed throughout the regions proportional to the volume of the primary
commodity produced.
• Market forces do not have sufficient shades & accessories that can facilitate the supply and
production of hide and skin at desired quantity & quality levels.
• The knowledge of collectors & dealers regarding handling & quality preservation of products
including market management is very low.
• Absence of sufficient number of slaughterhouses and inefficiency of the existing ones in hides & skins
preservation.
• Low level of development of infrastructure in the rural and peripheral areas of the country and lack
of efficient transport services.
• Absence of organized hides and skins suppliers association.
52 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Over the last 100 years, hides & skins production grew in an increasing trend in general. Bovine hides
production has shown a 16% growth while sheep & goat skins show a growth of 9% & 70% respectively in
the past two decades. The growth is recorded mostly in developing countries reflecting improvements in
cattle husbandry and expansion in meat production.
Far Eastern countries, take the largest share of production especially in bovine hides & sheep skins due to
considerable expansion in tanning capacity. This is shown in Table 2.
Growth trend of Ethiopia's hides & skins production is not sufficiently studied. Nevertheless, it is
positively assumed to show progress in line with the conducive policy environments envisaged for economic
development in the country. Annual average growth rate for hides & skins and goat skins over the years 1993
to 1999 was 1.1, 2.2 and 1.4 respectively (MEDaC, 1999). However, its production is not uniformly distributed
throughout a year, since it is highly affected by social holidays in which major slaughtering of meat animals
takes place.
Table 2. Rate of annual growth in output by type and economic zone over 1984-1999
Economic regions Bovine hides & skins Sheep & lamb skins Goat & kid skins
World 1.0 0.6 3.6
Developed countries -0.5 -1.1 0.9
Developing countries 2.9 2.8 3.8
Latin America 1.8 0.6 1.9
Africa 1.2 2.8 2.5
Near East 1.5 2.4 3.6
Far East 4.9 4.0 4.3
Source: - FAO, 2001
10th ESAP-Proceedings 53
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Annual production of hides & skins in the country is estimated to be 2.38 million, 10.07 million and 7.38
million for cattle hide, sheep and goat respectively. However, according to the purchase record of tanning
industries in 1994/95 only 45% of hides, 88% of sheep skins & 72% of goat skins are collected by the
tanneries. This is shown in Table 3.
Table 3. Quantity of hides & skins supplied to tanneries in 1994/95.
From this one can conclude that tanning industries can maximize utilization of their idle processing
capacities, especially on hides if more raw products are properly supplied to them. In addition to this, idle
capacity utilization can improve if hides & skins from other sources such as camel hides, equine hides,
lamb and kid skins etc. are supplied and processed.
One of the major issues is ensuring the sustainable supply of quality products in sufficient quantity to
satisfy domestic as well as foreign demand. To this end, the implementation of recommended hides &
skins improvement measures by all market forces is highly necessary. However, the intensity of putting
these measures into practice heavily depends on the level of knowledge, operational capacity and working
efficiency of the producers, market forces and those who give service to the trade. The situation in this line
has improved, yet more has to be done so that the sector can sustain its position in an increasingly
competitive world market.
Regional distribution of livestock population, hides & skin production & supply
More than 90% of the Ethiopian livestock resources, especially cattle & sheep, are found in Oromiya,
Amhara, SNNPR and Tigray regions, in that order of importance (CSA, 1999), 80% of the cattle, 75% of the
sheep and 27% of goats are found in the high-lands & mid-high lands where crop cultivation is widely
practiced. The rest is estimated to be found in the lowland areas of the country.
There is no up-to-date data to show regional distribution of the total supply. The share of regions for raw
hides & skins that entered in the warehouses of tanning industries in the year 1995/96 are summarized in
Table 3.
Table 4. Regional livestock population and supply of raw hides & skins
The relatively low contribution of the Amhara Region for hides could be attributed to strong competition
from traditional tanners. Traditional leather products are widely used in Amhara and Tigray regions.
Addis Abeba`s contribution is higher because of hides obtained from slaughtering of cattle supplied from
other regions.
Share of each region for sheep skins could be taken as relatively corresponding to the live sheep holding of
each region. However, the share of each region for goat skin shows that Amhara contributes the highest
share followed by Oromiya. This may be attributed to the goat meat preference of the regions. At the
same time, it is presumed that most of the goat skins are not well collected as hides & skins collectors are
scarce towards the peripheries of the country where much of the lowland areas are located.
54 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
10th ESAP-Proceedings 55
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
On the other hand, there is a shift in the international market structure. Developed countries, which were
net importers of raw hides and skins, are now becoming net exporters while developing countries;
especially Far Eastern & Near Eastern countries are becoming net importers. This structural shift came
about by the growth in tanning capacity of those countries and avoidance of early stages of hides & skins
processing operations by developed countries due to environmental pollution.
With the exception of this shift in the trade, the demand for leather products remains high in the
developed world. Between early eighties and late nineties, the shipments of leather products from
developed countries shrunk from 75% to 54% of the global shipment and that of developing countries grew
from 24% to 44%. This situation is expected to continue at least until the year 2005 with an aggregate
annual growth of 1.1% demand for leather & leather products (FAO, 2001). Therefore, reduction in demand
is not expected in the short run. However, there are certain phenomena like sporadic trade barriers and
global economic depressions that may contribute to reduction of demand.
Ethiopia exports semi-processed hides & skins at pickle, wet blue and crust levels and different finished
leather products of different standards. Although there are about 19 tanning industries engaged in
processing hides & skins only 6 of them have the facilities to process hides to finished leather. About 5% of
the finished leather is supplied to the domestic leather industries for the production of shoes; leather
garments & handbags. The rest is exported to international markets in the form of similar products. The
export value of leather belts, wristwatch band upholstery works is small since most of these products are
supplied in the domestic market. The export value of 12,113 metric tons of leather products in the year
2000/01 was US$ 74.1 million (Melaku Legese, 2001).
According to the Ethiopian Export Promotion Agency (1999), there are 14 industries licensed to export
leather products. However, only three exporters are currently active. The total production capacity of eight
of these leather industries was recorded to be 912,000 pairs of shoes, 146,000 leather garments and
155,000 different leather articles. Semi-processed products take the major share in the country's hides &
skins export trade. The export destinations are 22 countries of which the major ones being Italy, Great
Britain, Romania, Japan, India and Malaysia in order of the volume of their import from Ethiopia (Girma,
1999). The direction of export is anticipated to make a gradual shift to north and south Asian states.
European leather production activities are fast shrinking leaving them to fast growing leather production
capacity of these countries. Therefore, Ethiopia's export trade should direct itself toward these markets.
However, the capacity to produce internationally competitive leather products continue to be constrained
by lack of trained man power, modern technology and sufficient knowledge in international leather trade.
Apart from these, the industry faces the following export trade problems-
• Lower volume of supply of quality products in semi-processed & finished leather forms due to poor
production and handling of raw hides & skins,
• Excessive production & marketing costs, which deters exporters from developing their
competitiveness in price. High transaction costs and price rise of raw hides & skins beyond average
selling price of the final product are examples.
56 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
• Help coordinate and harmonize activities of different actors in the marketing chain.
• Facilitates more equitable distribution of benefits to stakeholders;
• Helps to improvise practices in the marketing of hides & skins.
• Helps to avoid unfair competitions among traders & tanning industries.
Prices constitute major market information, the collection analysis and dissemination of which is essential
for success in the marketing of hides and skins.
Commodity prices depend on consumer need satisfaction as much as they do on costs of production and
degree of competition. The marketing of hides and skins involves trading of raw, semi-processed and end
products. It is difficult for raw material supplier or tanners to set prices of hides & skins or finished leather
at domestic market level. At the same time, domestic leather industries do not decide prices of their raw
materials since their share of the market is too small to influence prices. Therefore, prices of hides & skins
in Ethiopia are decided at the final stage of transaction where end product consumers and retailers of
leather products meet. Here, the demand for leather products can be judged and based on this the prices
are set. The price established at this stage goes down the supply channel, after the buyer at each echelon
decides his own margin of profit, until the price for the primary product is set. This indicates that the
product flows from primary producers to final producers while decision on prices flow the opposite
direction.
Price information flows from buyer to seller while making sales agreements or through established
exchange relationships between the two at every stage of supply. In this situation, domestic suppliers as
well as tanning industries cannot have alternative information sources to help make their own decisions
based on free competition. Such one-way information flow make collectors and suppliers acceptors of prices
set elsewhere. Lack of bargaining power means low motivation in the marketing process. This creates
unfair distribution of benefits of hides & skins marketing. This became more apparent during 1998-99
when price slump was an unfortunate phenomenon for hides & skins trade in the world. Ethiopian
suppliers were unable to sell their stock even at the price they paid to collect the raw hides & skins. As a
result, many of them went bankrupt, some of them were driven out of market, voluminous quantity of
hides & skins was stockpiled and its quality deteriorated. This caused considerable loss of financial
resources, which had negative impact on collection activities of the following years until again domestic
prices were supported by positive changes in the world market.
The Livestock Marketing Authority (LMA), at this juncture, took a step to fill the price information gap by
establishing a hides and skins market information system whereby current prices are collected from
seventeen selected towns in five regions of the country, analyzed and disseminated to users. Price
information was collected on weekly basis through development agents of the respective towns. However,
constraints as lack of reliable and timely data were encountered in implementing the system. Now a new
system that enables collection directly from representative tanning industries and suppliers is designed for
implementation starting from next year.
Promotion of products
To date the marketing of hides & skins in Ethiopia has to deal with greater number of stakeholders in the
transaction of growing volume of output, greater diversity of products involved and the opportunity of using
information technology. Owning a sellable product is no more a guarantee to a profitable market. There is an
obvious need to design and implement market promotion strategies that aim to cultivate a positive image of
the products in the minds of consumers. This is apparently lacking in Ethiopia, not only marketing of hides
and skins, but also for processed leather derived end products. Tradable qualities as compactness of the fiber
structure, fineness of grains and utilizablity to different end uses, could serve to promote the marketing of
hides & skins in general. Established quality standards should help promote leather products. Credibility on
meeting of commitment to supply and distribute products to clients is also an important attribute. However,
such promotional activities are limited to attendance to trade fairs and signing of sales agreements.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 57
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Obviously, these marketing practices need to be upgraded and modernized not just to facilitate the process of
marketing, but also to generate greater benefits to all involved in the process.
Recommendations
Attempt has been made to show hides & skins marketing problems in Ethiopia. Alleviation of these
problems will enable the country to rationally utilize the potential resource it has. Therefore, the following
ideas are pin pointed so that all concerned bodies give attention for their implementation.
• The marketing channel is long to move the product from the point of primary production to the gets
of tanning industries. Designing & implementation of a shorter channel is important.
• Collection and supply process should enable to maintain the quality of product until it reaches
tanning industries. To meet this, the licensing process should examine and certify technical
competence of large-scale collectors and suppliers. Higher-level dealers & tanning industries should
be discouraged from dealing with who do not meet minimum set standards.
• Hides & skins collectors and suppliers should therefore have in place appropriate stores and product
handling facilities as per technical specifications set forth by standards guidelines.
• Raw hides and skins are marketed as judged by visual appraisal without quality grades to pay for
better quality. Grading practices as well as the system of payment by grade should be introduced.
Payments of prices should be made directly at time of the product delivery.
• Each tanning industry should plan its own product development strategy, the compliance of which
can ensure gradual transformation from export of semi-processed products to finished products.
• Market participants and professionals need training to upgrade their product handling and
marketing skills.
• Information is vital for sustainable developments, in fact it is even considered as the power of quick
progress. Current and comprehensive market information should be delivered to all stakeholders.
• Development and promotion strategies should be designed not just for end products, but also for raw
materials that go into the marketing system.
• Institutions like The Ministry of Trade and Industry and Ethiopian Leather Institute should take
primary responsibility to undertake comprehensive market study for the leather products industry to
identify marketing gaps.
• These development strategies should not be limited in focus on national level transactions; they
should be extended to regional states with adequate technical and financial backstopping.
References
Ahmed Mahmoud, 2001. Raw Hides & Skins Improvement In Ethiopia (Status & Challenges),a paper presented on a
technical workshop on Good Practices For the Ethiopian hides & skin industry. Addis Ababa.Dec.4-7,2001
CSA, 1999.Agricultural sample survey on livestock ,poultry and beehives population, statistical bulletin vol.II, no.206,
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Export Promotion Agency, 1999 “Hides, Skins & leather products marketing study”. (Amharic version,unpublished)
Girma Mekonnin, 1999 “Hides and Skins Market Review of the period1995-1999”, (Amharic version.unpublished).
Girma Mekonnin, 2001 “Marketing of hides and skins and market information dissemination”, A paper prepared for radio
transmit ion. (Amharic version)
Girma Mekonnin, 2000 “Raw Hides and Skins Market Information System”. (Amharic version.unpublished).
UNCTAD,Jan.2001. Investment and Innovation Policy Review of Ethiopia, A paper presented to United Nations
Conference on Trade and Development.
58 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
MEDaC, 1999.Survey of the Ethiopian economy, Review of Post Reform Developments (1992/93-1997/98). Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia.
Melaku Legese, 2001. Ethiopia's export in the fiscal year 2000/01. Bi-annual bulletin of Export Promotion Agency
"Kinigit,vol.1 no.1 Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
MOA,1997. Report on regional supply and tannery purchase of hides & skins.(Amharic version)
FAO, 2001. World statistical compendium for raw hides and skins leather & leather footwear for the years 1982-2000.
Rome Italy.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 59
Imperative and Challenges of Dairy Production, Processing and
Marketing in Ethiopia
Zegeye Yigezu
Introduction
Traditionally, some form of dairy production exists in most parts of Ethiopia. Depending on the area under
consideration cattle, goats, camels and sheep all provide milk for human consumption. However, cattle are
the main source of milk even though they are primarily kept as draught power source with very little or no
consideration given to improving their milk production capabilities. As a result, their genetic potential for
milk production as seen at present is low. On the other hand, their adaptability and survival under the
traditional management system is excellent when compared with the introduced exotic cattle species.
Despite its huge numbers, the livestock sub-sector in Ethiopia is not productive in general, and compared
to its potential, the direct contribution it makes to the national economy is limited. Regarding dairying, the
national milk production remains among the lowest in the world, even by African standards. The poor
genetic potential, in combination with the sub-standard feeding and health regime and the sub-optimal
general management situation that the animals are exposed to are the main contributors to the observed
low productivity.
As stated above, though the main source of milk in the country is the cow, small quantities are also
obtained from goats, camels and sheep. Concerning output and consumption patterns, the contribution of
milk and its products to the gross value of livestock production is not known for certain. However, the
contribution of the livestock sub-sector to the national economy is assumed to account for about 20-30% of
the agricultural GDP, of which dairying is a part.
Considering the global situation, it is worth noting that countries that are enjoying the highest standard of
living at present are those that have a well-developed animal agriculture. This line of development has
helped them build a healthy and strong nation with sound economy. In the Ethiopian context, despite the
huge potential the country has to produce milk more and above its domestic needs there is a chronic
shortage of the product in most part of the country arising mainly from in sufficient production coupled
with inhibitive cultural taboos related to consumption and absence of processing facilities and marketing
infrastructures country wide.
In the interest of building strong and healthy nation in the future, from the standpoint of proper nutrition,
from among the livestock sub-sector dairy development undertaking is the one that is easy to implement
and which is known to give sustainable results with in a relatively short period of time. However, the cost
involved could be high and the commitment it requires is demanding.
To provide more and better quality milk as a source of highly nutritious food for humans especially for
growing children, pregnant women, the sick and the old, enough effort has to be made to expand and
improve upon the existing production systems. In addition, to assist the development effort being
undertaken by the government, non-governmental organizations (NGO's) and private investors in
partnership should seriously address establishing multiple dairy processing and marketing facilities and
infrastructures nation wide. Most of these efforts will include the following.
• Selecting and breeding for high milk production by employing high- producing cows and high quality
bulls.
• Using better feeding practices to help cows produce to their genetic potential.
• Providing high quality forage all year round by employing improved harvesting, preservation and
pasturing systems.
• Developing and implementing workable animal health management programs.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 61
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
• Providing housing or shelter for the animals compatible with the climatic or weather condition they
are in.
• Planning and implementing better reproductive management systems, which may include raising
female calves for replacement.
• Employing sound milking practices which help in sanitation and control of mastitis.
• Providing improved sanitation and cold storage or applying legally approved preservatives for the
milk, especially if it is not to be consumed right after being produced.
• Ensuring year round local markets for fresh milk and other dairy products with out which the dairy
farmer cannot survive for long. These are because of the high investment required to initiate a
successful dairy program.
• Continuing to support and improve upon the already established dairying activities in the different
regions of the country.
• Providing of low interest bank or government loan or credit which can encourage beginning dairy
farmers to make the initial investment on cattle and facilities.
• Making the inputs for dairy production such as crossbreed pregnant heifers, artificial insemination
and or bull services and animal health care to smallholder producers at affordable prices.
• Developing rural roads and other infrastructures such as clean water that will assists in facilitating
milk marketing countrywide.
• Undertaking nation wide rural land and demographic survey and classifying the land into use type
and determining those areas that are best suited for dairy development.
• Establishing a department or an organization that is autonomous with the mandate to undertake
dairy development in the country.
• Developing and implementing guidelines for strict regulatory control over the production, processing
and marketing of dairy products for the country.
62 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
animals kept are mainly unimproved Zebu of the local type and the milk obtained though secondary in
importance supplements the farmer's family income in one form or another.
Peri-urban
Peri-urban dairy production system is mainly operational in areas where the population density is high
agricultural land is shrinking due to expanding urbanization or non-existence and labor cost is on the
increase.
Such producers are mainly found around big cities like Addis Ababa and smaller towns. They may or may
not hove access to cultivable or pastureland and some of them are usually seen grazing the few animals
they have by the roadside.
In genotype, the animals they keep range from 50% crosses to high-grade black-and-white Friesian. Their
main source of animal feed is home-produced hay for some, and purchased hay for others with or without
additional supplemental feed.
Urban
By the virtue of their location such producers are not expected to have access to agricultural or pasture
land, as the operation takes place within cities and as a result, they are forced to buy their feed. Based on the
scale and level of operations the production system can be categorized into two
Small scale Such producers usually keep one or two cows and their followers by making use of the
available space in their residential back yard. Such animals are often seen grazing along the roadside.
Large scale These are commercial operations that keep large herds. They use 100% zero grazing and all
the feed they need is purchased.
In genotype, the animals kept under this system are to a large extent similar to those of the peri-urban
operation.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 63
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Processing
In the capital city Addis Ababa, a limited quantity of factory processed dairy product is available from the
existing two processing plants, in the from of pasteurized fluid milk, table butter, hard cheese yogurt and
64 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
ayib. All over the country including the capital a very small amount of the total cow's milk is assumed to be
marketed in a liquid from and it is raw. The bulk of the produce is processed into different dairy products
using locally available utensils by traditional means.
In the country to date, there is enough experience to show that industrial milk processing though
expensive is superior to the traditional processing methods in many aspects. In addition industrial
processing if adopted is known to have the following two main advantages:
7. It protects the consuming public from milk born diseased of public health importance.
8. It help's to change excess fluid milk into products of longer shelf life such as milk powder during periods
of surplus milk production and when fluid milk demand is low such as during the fasting season. The
milk powder can then be stored and factory reconstituted and marketed as fluid milk during period of
low raw milk supply such as during the dry season.
On the average per month (December 1995-December 2002) the kind and amount of dairy products
produced and sold at the DDE milk processing plant is given in tables 2 and 3 respectively.
Table 2. Monthly average and kind of dairy products produced by DDE (December 1995-December 2001).
10th ESAP-Proceedings 65
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
dependable and organized formal marketing system has made the marketable volume of milk and other
dairy products at least for DDE to be dependent on:
• weather (season) condition and
• fastening and non fastening periods
Table 4. Total urban population size and number of major towns with different population densities, 1998.
During the rainy season and fastening periods demand and sales decrease in significant amount and the
decrease usually results in curtailment of the incoming raw milk volume from the smallhoder producers
(see table 1) to match supply with sales.
In considering liquid milk, its marketing must be examined in the light of rural and continued
urbanization. In the rural areas both in the lowlands and the highlands where most of the families are
known to keep cattle the most effective way to increase the milk supply is to increase the milk yields of
cattle through improved nutrition and genetics. In these areas the marketing system is fully traditional
and may not need any intervention in the short term. In the urban areas on the other hand strong and
formalized marketing system in the sector is needed to satisfy the ever-growing population.
As indicated in table 4 a total of 7,315,679 inhabitants live in 924 cities and towns of the country
(Getachew and Gashaw 2001). The Population density indicated in the above table, which includes Addis
Ababa, is known to be on the increase and this is expected to generate increased demand for dairy products
and the observed growth pattern calls for additional and more milk supply. With increasing urbanization,
increased supply in milk and other dairy products can only be met from the existing production level
through organized and formal marketing system. To indicate the level of consumption, according to
(Getachew and Gashaw 2001) the per capita milk consumption from domestic source for the country for the
year 2000 is 15.3 kg from cows alone and 19.0kg when the other milk providing species are considered.
Of the current projected total population of 63,493,000, 9,471,000 is known to reside in the urban areas
including the capital Addis Ababa and the figures are expected to grow to 73,044,000 and 11,675,000
respectively by year 2005. (Getachew and Gashew 2001). For the country at large, population distribution
and growth rate for years 200-2025 is indicated in table 5 (CSA 1998)
Table 5. Population distribution and growth rate for years 2000-2025.
Year
Population Distribution
1995 2000 2005 2010 2015 2020
Rural 86.02 85.08 84.00 82.80 81.51 80.11
Urban 13.98 14.92 16.00 17.20 18.49 19.89
Grow rate
Rural 2.74 2.57 2.35 2.15 1.98 1.68
Urban 4.38 4.0 4.06 3.88 3.69 3.51
Conclusion
To undertake sound dairy development program with the ultimate objective of making the country self
sufficient in milk and milk products, clear and easy to implement strategy has to be developed and
66 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
implemented. In this undertaking, the government has to play the leadership role. Accordingly, the below
proposals are made.
There is a need to set up a sole autonomous government department to lead and direct dairy development
which would include regulatory work in production, processing and marketing in the country at large. The
established department should be staffed with well trained and dedicated cadre of dairy experts who will
in turn be responsible to develop regional and or agroecological based dairy development, plan and
supervise its implementation following the project ratification and acceptance by the government.
Once the department is set up and staffed with the development cadres, steps must be undertaken to:
• Formulate and establish agroecology based dairy cattle breeding policies for the country at large.
• Provide guidelines for proper feeding policy.
• Provide the necessary animal health care.
• Provide proper guidelines including regulatory provisions for the production, processing and
marketing of milk.
• Develop and provide services for dairy recording scheme.
References
Brannang, E. and Person, S. (1990). Ethiopian Animal Husbandry Handbook
CSA, (1998). Ethiopian Statistical Abstract, Central Statistical Authority, A.A., Ethiopia.
FAO, (1999). Manual on the use of LP-System in Milk Handling and Preservation.
Getachew Feleke and Gashaw Geda, (2001). The Ethiopian Dairy Development Policy. A draft Policy Document
Hibbs, J.W. Understanding Dairy Production in Developing Countries, (1985). Technologies for Development.
Regional Government of Oromiya, Oromiya Economic Studies Project Office, (199). Agricultural Sector Study. Livestock
Sub-sector Animal Production.
Regional Government of Oromiya, Oromiya Economic Studies Project Office, (1999). Agricultural sector Study. Livestock
Sub-sector Dairy Production.
Staal, S.J. and Shapiro, B.I (1996). The Economic Impact of Public Policy on Small holder Peri-urban Dairy Producers in
Addis Ababa. ESAP Publication No.1.
Taye Gulilat. (1961). Some Comments on the Addis Ababa Dairy Development Project.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 67
Poultry Marketing: Structure, Spatial Variations and Determinants of
Prices in Eastern Shewa Zone, Ethiopia
Introduction
The total chicken population in Ethiopia is estimated to be around 56.5 million (EARO, 2000) and most of
them are found in the highlands (Tadele, 1996). Traditionally prepared doro wot is preferred by many people
in Ethiopia. Despite this, per capita chicken meat consumption in the country is reported to be about 2.85 kg
per annum (Alemu and Tadele, 1997). Chicken meet consumption is more common in urban areas than in
rural areas. The poor rural farmers produce chickens and sell them to earn cash required for various
household expenses. There is a growing demand for chicken meat in urban areas due to substantial increase
in price of beef and mutton. Therefore, in the near future, chicken meat production is likely to play increasing
role in supplying animal protein for human consumption in the country. Chicken meat is relatively cheap and
affordable source of animal protein (Alemu and Tadele, 1997). However, at home and restaurants chicken
dishes are more expensive than other dishes constituting beef and mutton probably due to the way chicken
dishes are prepared.
Research effort to increase chicken production and productivity has been underway in Ethiopia. A review
of past research works indicates that the research largely concentrated on the biological aspects of poultry
production such as supplementary feeding and breeding (Alemu and Tadele, 1997). Increased production,
however, needs to be accompanied by efficient marketing systems. An efficient marketing system is
rewarding to all agents involved in production, marketing and consumption of chicken. In Ethiopia,
information concerning the chicken marketing system, constraints and factors that hinder chicken
marketing efficiency is lacking. One means of investigating the efficiency of the chicken marketing system
is through studying and identifying suppliers and individual consumer characteristics and chicken
attributes that determine the market value of chicken. The relation between market value of a product and
its characteristics can be useful to identify factors that hinder marketing efficiency. Such study can also
help to understand the complexities of price discovery mechanisms between market agents. This is
particularly important where there is no regular market information on prices, supplies, grades and
standards is not available and consequently price is fixed by a long one to one bargaining between sellers
and buyers (Andergachew and Brokken, 1993). Identification and market evaluation of live chicken
attributes also have important implications for long term investment decisions of producers, purchasing
10th ESAP-Proceedings 69
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
decisions of traders and consumers and government policy formulation to promote production and
marketing (Oczkowski, 1994).
In Ethiopia the market dependent population, i. e., the population that depends on the market for all or
part of its food supply, is estimated to be about 42% of the total population (Alemayehu, 1993). Almost all
urban consumers are dependent on the functioning of agricultural markets to acquire their food. It is clear
that an inefficient marketing system entailing substantial costs to consumers will have detrimental effect
on the food security and well being of the poor.
It is obvious that incentives and ability for producers to make investments in productivity-enhancing
inputs and production methods depends on the function of inputs and output markets. In most cases issues
related to marketing policy in developing countries are often been discussed in absence of information and
with very little empirical knowledge of market structure, the behavior of various participants in the
marketing system, and the constraints that they encounter to make investments contributing to growth of
productivity in the food system. The objectives of this paper are to assess chicken marketing structure,
conducts, constraints, and examine determinants of chicken prices in east Shewa zone.
Conceptual framework
Among others, studies by Scarborough and Kydd (1992) Scott (1995) suggest that relationships exist
between structural characteristics of a market and competitive behavior of market participants and that
their behavior in turn influences the performance of the market. Among the major structural characteristics
of a market are the degree of concentration, i. e., the number of market participants and their size
distribution; and the relative ease or difficulty of an entry into the market. The structure-conduct-
performance (SCP) analysis tends to assess market performance largely in terms of whether marketing
margins charged by various market participants in the marketing system are consistent with costs; and
whether the degree of market concentration is low enough (and the number of firms operating in a market is
large enough) to ensure competition, which is in turn assumed to drive down costs to their lowest level.
The prices of agricultural products are influenced by a number of factors including changes in the costs of
production and marketing, marketing policies, demand and supply interactions, concentration of
marketing channels etc. (Asfaw and Jayne, 1998). Variations in these factors may have different effects on
vertical and spatial price transmissions there by on vertical and spatial integration of markets. Price
transmission is referred as the passing of prices through either in the vertical or spatial marketing system
and reflects the pricing behavior of different market participants. In spatial linked and well-integrated
markets, the change in price in one market should be transmitted to the same extent in the other, that is,
there is no rigidity of price adjustment in the marketing system (Goletti and Babu, 1994). Thus, the level of
price changes in markets located in different locations are also expected to be similar. Deviations from this
norm imply some sort of market inefficiency. Asymmetric price relationships, in which price change at
market A produces unequal price change at market B and C exists when the market is non-competitive
and inefficient.
There are several factors, which could influence the pricing behavior of different market participants at
given marketing levels or locations. Kinnucan et al. (1987) Ward (1982) noted that market participants
access to and assimilation of market information, structural differences and diversity at each marketing
level and location and the nature of the product influence the pricing behavior of market participants. This
study assesses poultry prices and market integration based on price data collected from special linked
markets and examines determinants of poultry prices.
Methodology
Overview of the study area
In east Shewa, traditional scavenging based system of poultry production is widely practiced by rural
smallholder farmers. Individual households keep few flocks of chickens at home with minimum management
and inputs. This type of production is the dominant poultry production system and the dominant supplier to
70 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
the market. In urban and peri-urban areas, particularly at Debre Zeit and Adama, modern small and large-
scale poultry farms are currently flourishing. Some of the farms were established to produce eggs for
commercial purposes and such farms dispose culled chickens (layers) through local markets. At Debre Zeit,
there are farms which supply partially processed (slaughtered, inedible part removed, cleaned etc.) chicken
meat to the vicinity and the Addis Ababa market, mostly to restaurants and super markets.
East Shewa zone has relatively better infrastructure particularly transport and communication facilities.
It also has a large urban population including the large adjacent Addis Ababa market. This may explain
why modern poultry farms are concentrated in this zone. The study was conducted at four selected sites in
east Shewa, namely: Debre Zeit, Modjo, Meki and Chefedonsa and Saris in Addis Ababa. Debre Zeit, Modjo
and Meki are both consuming and secondary distributive markets. Chefedonsa represents a primary
market and feeds mainly to secondary markets. Addis Ababa is an important chicken consumption center
and thus represents a terminal market. In terms of distance, Debre zeit, Modjo and Meki are located 50, 75
and 110 kilometers away from Addis Ababa, respectively, along a high way to Awassa. Chefedonsa is
located 35 kilometers away from Debre Zeit and connected to Debre Zeit with an all weather-road. On the
other side it is also connected to Sendafa town thereby to Addis Ababa.
Data collection and sampling
This study is based on data obtained from primary and secondary sources. Primary data on price, breed
type, age, live weight, sex of traded bird, seller type, buyer type, reasons for sale and purchase, months of
transaction and possible constraints were collected from producers (sellers) and buyers (consumers, traders).
The data were collected from January 2000 to February 2001. An accidental sampling method was used to
identify poultry sellers and buyers to be interviewed. Prices were monitored on weekly interval and three
sellers and three buyers were interviewed each week in all the study markets. A total of 780 buyer and 780
sellers were interviewed. The interviews were conducted by trained enumerators using a structured
questionnaire. The interviews were conducted on the main market day. Information on breed type was
recorded by interviewing buyers or sellers knowledge about breed types. The information on age was based
on the buyers and sellers estimation of the age of a bird. Information on live weight was gathered by
measuring bird weight using a Spring Balance of 10 kg capacity.
In marketing research, different analytical techniques are used to characterize market structure, to
identify determinants of commodity prices and to evaluate the performance and efficiency of a marketing
system. Here simple descriptive statistics, correlation analysis and the General Linear Model (GLM) of a
form p = f (x, m) were used. In this expression, p and x denote price and attributes of a chicken,
respectively, and m represents social, economic characteristics of buyers and sellers. Different functional
forms have been tried and both linear and log linear models were used for interpretations.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 71
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
farmers sell to small retail traders who take the chicken to large urban centers. From this study and
researchers observation in other areas, there are no big traders involved in the poultry trade.
39.4%
42.2%
2.3%
0.3%
2.1%
Farmers for Commission
Traders
(Production) Agents
Partial
Processing
Restaura nts
Traders
Small-scale
(Production)
Consumers
Tables 1 and 2 present the types of buyers and sellers for the markets studied. At all markets, except Meki,
the largest number of buyers comprised of consumers. At Meki, it was traders that accounted for the
largest proportion of buyers. Chicken buyers at all markets comprised of traders, consumers, restaurants,
farmers and small-scale urban chicken farms. The last two market participants buy chickens mainly for
the purpose of production. Commission agents were also observed at the Debre Zeit market.
Table 1. Types of Buyers in the selected markets (% of respondents)
Markets
Buyer type All locations
Debre Zeit Saris Modjo Meki Chefedonsa
Farmers 8.4 4.0 8.4 3.3 29.5 13.7
Small-scale producers 3.6 3.4 0 2.0 2.5 2.1
Traders 18.6 2.0 34.3 82.9 27.3 39.4
Restaurants 2.4 8.7 2.1 1.3 0.6 2.3
Consumers 36.2 81.9 55.2 10.5 40.4 42.2
Commission agents 3.6 0.3
Source: Market survey
Farmers, small-scale peri-urban and urban chicken farms, large-scale chicken farms and traders sell
chickens. Large-scale chicken farms take part in the market at Saris and Debre zeit markets only. Traders
accounted for the largest chicken sellers at Debre zeit, Saris and Meki. At Chefedonsa and Modjo, farmers
accounted for the largest proportion of sellers. Thus, in primary markets, producers are predominant
sellers. In the secondary markets both farmers and traders do sell chickens. In the terminal market
traders are the predominant sellers. The proportion of farmers who sell in the terminal market is
insignificant.
Table 2. Types of sellers in the selected markets (% of respondents)
Markets
Seller type All locations
Debre Zeit Saris Modjo Meki Chefedonsa
Farmers 33.9 3.4 54.0 54.0 80.0 40.2
Large-scale producers 0.6 0.7 0 0 0 0.3
Small-scale producers 12.1 1.3 0.7 0.7 2.5 3.7
Traders 53.4 94.6 45.3 45.3 17.5 55.8
Source: Market survey
In poultry trade functions such as assembling, wholesaling and retailing do overlap and a trader may
undertake all these three functions by him/herself. Another peculiar characteristic of chicken marketing is
72 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
that traders operate on a very small scale and the volume of trade ranges from 10-50 chickens or even less.
In most cases retailers themselves visit different local markets to purchase chickens and transport and sell
them at terminal or consumption markets. Traders use public transportation (buses and mini-buses) or
hire space in private trucks to transport chickens to consumer markets. During transportation the
chickens may be kept along with other bags, sacks of grain, bundles of firewood etc. by tying their legs
together or occasionally in a basket designed for transporting chickens. Transporting chicken along with
bags, sacks of grain and bundles of firewood is risky as these items may cause damage to chickens.
In the markets studied, a large number of small farmers bring few chickens to the market. These farmers
have a negligible influence on the chicken price in the market. Consequently, they chicken sellers are price
takers. At Debre Zeit large poultry farms and modern small-scale poultry farms (modern farms with flock
less than 500 chicken) do supply chickens during religious holydays. However, such farms do not supply
sufficient number of chickens to meet the high demand that prevails during the same period. During
holidays, consumers prefer to buy local breeds having particular colours for sacrifices and cultural reasons
(Table 3). The color, sex, comb type and age of the bird used for sacrifices are very important in
determining prices. Chickens of exotic origin are not preferred for sacrifices. Modern farmers produce
exotic breeds having either red or white colour and do not supply preferred coloured chickens. Except at
Debre Zeit and Saris such farms do not participate in the market. Even in the market where they
participate, their market share was very low. Therefore, the influence of modern poultry farm on chicken
price is low in the specified markets.
Table 3. Colour and sex of birds used for sacrifices and other cultural purposes in east Shewa zone
Although farmers often sell chickens to cover small household expenses, chickens sale is targeted at
religious and New Year festivals. Many farmers also sell chickens just before seasons of on-set of poultry
disease outbreaks to avoid losses that could occur if he/she keeps them. All chickens brought to market are
sold, at whatever the price offered to avoid the high risk of disease transmission that could occur if unsold
chickens are reintroduced to the flock. Farmers normally take their chicken to local open markets that are
close to their villages. Farmers’ bargaining power is generally weak because of their size, lack of direct
access to other markets and absence of market information. Their bargaining power would be weakened
even more during outbreaks of poultry diseases because of fear of risks.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 73
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
by traders at Debre Zeit, and Saris, restaurants at Modjo and Meki, and consumers at Chefedonsa and
overall was by consumers (Table 7).
Table 4. Mean live weight of traded chicken by sex and market (kg)
Markets
Sex All locations
Debre Zeit Saris Modjo Meki Chefedonsa
Male 1.47 1.56 2.13 1.15 1.98 1.64
Female 1.37 1.25 1.70 0.82 1.69 1.39
Grand mean 1.42 1.51 2.00 1.05 1.86 1.56
Source: Market survey
Table 5. Mean live weight of traded chicken by buyer types and market (kg).
Markets
Buyer type All locations
Debre Zeit Saris Modjo Meki Chefedonsa
Farmers 1.90 1.24 2.12 0.88 1.70 1.76
Small-scale urban producers 1.27 1.22 0.67 1.50 1.22
Traders 1.45 1.60 1.90 1.09 1.80 1.43
Restaurants 1.40 1.47 2.43 1.05 2.50 1.59
Consumers 1.43 1.54 2.16 1.01 1.80 1.68
Commission agents 1.37 1.37
Source: Market survey
Markets
Sex All locations
Debre Zeit Saris Modjo Meki Chefedonsa
Male 6.39 6.35 10.02 6.91 5.95 7.17
Female 5.55 5.71 8.89 5.64 5.38 6.22
Grand mean 6.04 6.23 9.65 6.54 5.74 6.86
Source: Market survey
Markets
Buyer type All locations
Debre Zeit Saris Modjo Meki Chefedonsa
Farmers 6.29 6.25 9.87 6.0 5.61 6.57
Small scale urban producers 6.75 4.80 5.33 5.00 5.58
Traders 6.97 7.00 8.13 6.49 5.73 6.79
Restaurants 3.63 6.31 12.00 8.00 6.75
Consumers 6.04 6.27 10.32 6.94 6.06 7.13
Commission agents 5.33 5.33
Source: Market survey
74 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Chefedonsa was lower than all other markets. This is mainly because of type of road condition and limited
transport facilities. In Saris, price was higher than all other locations from April through September. From
October to March, the highest price was at Debre Zeit. The second highest price occurred at Meki from mid
November through mid December, while during other periods it occurred at Saris. Lowest price was
recorded in March for Saris, in February for Meki, in July for Debre Zeit and Chefedonsa. The variations in
seasonal poultry price trends across different but trade-linked markets indicate weak market integration.
The other possible explanations for price variations are delays and temporary break in information
transmission system among the markets
Variations in poultry prices are partly influenced by variations in weight and age of chickens arising from
availability and quality of feeds. During grain harvest, which starts in October and extends to March,
grains are provided as a supplementary feed in addition to scavenging. After April-May, the amount of
available grain declines and, thus, chicken depend on scavenging alone. It appears that poultry price is
influenced mostly by rising and falling demands during religious festivals and occurrence of diseases.
Mean price birr/kg of live weight
12
10
0
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Month
10th ESAP-Proceedings 75
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
In terms of time interval, prices in pairs of markets are more integrated as length of interval increases. As
measured by correlation coefficient poultry price association between pairs of markets increases as the
time interval increase. For instance, on per head basis, the association between monthly prices is stronger
than the association between weekly and biweekly prices. For example, between Debre Zeit and Meki,
correlation coefficient (r) increases from 0.61 to 0.90 as time interval increases from weekly to monthly.
Weekly price integration is lower than biweekly and monthly. Price integration on per live weight is lower
than on per head basis. This result reflects absence of timely market information and delayed transmission
of information. Market information is transmitted through inter personal contacts and communications
among market participants. Thus, the price adjustment mechanism starts operating after long delays.
Table 8. Live chicken price correlation coefficient between pairs of selected markets
76 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
and Age Square of chicken also significantly influenced prices of chicken. The negative signs on weight and
age squares indicate that, everything being equals, chicken price increases at decreasing rate as weight
and age increases.
Table 8. Coefficients of variables assumed to affect chicken price
Seasonal demand for chicken meat is highly influenced by religious and New Year festivals. Consequently,
such demand greatly influences price of chicken. The coefficients attached to months of transaction
indicate that the price consumers paid from June to July significantly lower than price consumers paid in
reference months, December-January. Similarly the prices paid by consumers from February-March, April-
May was significantly lower than the reference period. There was no significant variation in the price of
chicken in the months of August-September and the reference period. These two periods coincide with
widely celebrated festival days, Ethiopian New year and Christmas.
Major market constraints
The major market constraints as identified by traders were lack of market place, poultry diseases, absence
market information and lack of training on improved trading practice and marketing management. Lack of
market place is a constraint mainly at Saris market. Most traders do not have access to permanent and
market place. Poultry transaction on weight base is non-existent. Prices are determined with visual
observation and approximation weighing with hand. This results in long bargaining where a party with
limited bargaining capacity loses.
Farmers do not get timely market information upon which to base their marketing decisions. They depend
on other farmers and traders for price information. Some time they collect information at the market place
just before making decision to sell or not. Such information exchange mechanism does not assist farmers to
make decision regarding chicken production.
Poultry traders have little skill on how to identify chicken diseases and its symptoms. Poor knowledge of
poultry diseases may leads to risks, which could occur if diseased chicken are purchased and die. Poultry
10th ESAP-Proceedings 77
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
trade requires relatively small amount of capital. The initial capital requirement for entry into chicken
trading is also small. Most traders use alternative capital sources like iqub, etc. and capital was rarely
mentioned as a constraint for entry into chicken trading. Few traders underscored that limited capital and
access to credit are constraints to expand their business.
References
Alemayehu Lirenso (1993). Grain marketing Performance in Ethiopia: A Study of the Impact of Deregulation on the
Structure and Performance of Grain Markets, Unpublished Ph. D. Dissertation, University of East Anglia, Norwich,
1993.
Alemu Yami and Tadele Dessie, (1997). The Status of Poultry Research and Development in Ethiopia, Research Bulletin
No. 4. Poultry Commodity Research Program Debre Zeit Agricultural Research Center, Alemaya University of
Agriculture, Ethiopia. PP. 62.
78 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Asfaw Negassa and T. S. Jyane (1998) Vertical and Special Integration of Grain Markets in Ethiopia: Implications for
Grain Market and Food Security Policies. Working Paper 9, Grain Market Research Project, Ministry of Economic
Development and Cooperation, Addis Ababa.
Branson, R. E., and D. G. Novell (1983) Introduction to Agricultural Marketing. McGraw-Hill Book, Inc.
EARO (Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization) (2000) Summary of Livestock Research Strategy. EARO, Addis
Ababa, Ethiopia
Goletti, F. and S. Babu (1994) “Market liberalization and Integration of Maize Market in Malawi.” Agricultural
Marketing, 11: 311-324.
Kennucan, H. W. and O. D. Forker (1987) “Asymmetry in Farm-Retail Price Transmission for Major Dairy Products.”
American Journal of Agricultural Economics, 69: 285-292.
Scarborough V. and J. Kydd (1992). Economic Analysis of Agricultural Markets: A Manual. Chatham, U.K.
Tadele Dessie, (1996). Studies on Village Poultry Production Systems in the Central Highlands of Ethiopia. M. Sc. Thesis,
Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences. PP. 72
Ward R. W. (1982) “Asymmetry in Retail, Wholesale, and Shipping Point Pricing for Fresh Vegetables.” American
Journal of Agricultural Economics, 64: 205-212.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 79
Promotion of dairy marketing using farmers’ cooperatives: Lessons from
India
1Metekel Cattle Breeding and Improvement Center, P.O. Box. 30 Tel. 250001, Chagni.
2International Livestock Institute (ILRI), P.O. Box 5689, Tel 463215, Addis Ababa.
Abstract
This paper discusses the importance of smallholder dairy marketing cooperatives as a strategy to promote the dairy
sub-sector based on the lessons learned from the Anand pattern of dairy cooperative movement, which was later
replicated throughout India. Apart from the history in India, this paper identifies the factors that contributed to the
success of the Anand pattern, and then suggests what can be done in Ethiopia. Involvement of the government at
every step of the development was very useful for the expansion of the dairy cooperatives in India. In some parts of
Ethiopia, some form of organised marketing of milk is already present. The Anand pattern of dairy development can
be emulated at least around the major milk shades, for instance around Nazareth, Dire Dawa, Harar, Bahir Dar,
Gondar, Awassa, Jima and Assela. As demonstrated in India, dairy marketing cooperatives could provide farmers
with continuous milk outlet, and easy access to essential inputs, such as AI, veterinary services and formula feeds.
Generally dairy cooperatives help to trigger a series of positive developments in the sub-sector; hence strengthening
the existing group milk marketing activities and formation of new cooperatives in different parts of the country is
well justified.
Introduction
About 93% of the total milk production in Ethiopia is produced by the smallholder dairy farmers living in
the villages and exercising, in most instances, traditional dairying. This sector also produces 90% of the
overall agriculture output in the country (Tsehay, 1998).
Largely village-level small market networks manage marketing of milk and milk products from this
dominant smallholder sector. Large-scale marketing and processing of milk limited to the area around
Addis Ababa, generally known as the Addis Ababa milk shed. It appears that butter dominates dairy
marketing, and the transaction in the form of raw milk is limited around major urban centres. The short
shelf-life of raw milk, lack of pasteurisation, poor market infra-structure, and above all, low demand for
dairy products can explain the weak marketing of dairy products in the country.
The perishable nature of milk coupled with lack of preservation facilities dictate that the product should be
quickly transported from producer to consumer. The fact that milk is produced on daily basis throughout
the lactation length of several months also requires mechanisms to accommodate continuous flow of
produce to the consumers while allowing some flexibility in the process.
Despite the practical difficulties of maintaining a viable milk-marketing network, the spread of milk sale
over an extended period of several months is an economically worthwhile opportunity to the smallholder
producers as they often wish to see their incomes evenly spread over time to match their habitual
expenditures. Therefore, the creation of working linkages between milk producers and consumers not only
ensures reliable supply of milk to the consumers, but also provides economic incentives to the producers for
continuous supply of milk. Smooth marketing of milk stimulates production, raise dairy farm incomes and
improve standard living of farmers.
The marketing of dairy products therefore requires as much emphasis as for the production of milk.
Biological interventions to improve the nutritional and health status of dairy animal may not bring about
the desired improvements of income to the producers unless the produce is absorbed by viable markets.
Lack of market can mean wastage of the milk, and the resources that went into its production (labour,
land, time. As Tsehay (1998) put it, provision of improved and sustainable milk marketing arrangements
in smallholder villages is therefore indispensable for advancement of the national dairy industry.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 81
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Smallholder dairy marketing cooperatives provide an appropriate option for laying out viable dairy
marketing networks far off from major consumer centres. The cooperatives provide for the creating of the
essential critical mass of output to draw the interest of large markets, financial institutions and policy
makers. An effective milk-marketing network benefits both producers and consumers, and through its
linkages with related sectors, the national economy as a whole. India presents a good example on the
working of effective dairy marketing cooperatives, which over the past decades have helped the country to
become one of the leading countries in the world in the production, marketing and consumption of milk.
This paper describes the history of dairy cooperative movement in India, draws out lessons and suggests
appropriate steps that can similarly be taken in Ethiopia for the development of its dairy sub-sector.
82 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
they had to sell cream and ghee at throwaway prices. Many of the farmers, who were illiterate, were aware
that the milk pricing system provided by the private traders allows huge profits to the traders while setting
the milk prices too low for the producers. This became more noticeable when the Government of Bombay
started the Bombay Milk Scheme in 1945. Milk had to be transported from Anand to Bombay, a distance of
more than 400 kilometres. This could be done only if milk was pasteurised (Kailash, 1990).
After preliminary trials, the Government of Bombay entered into an arrangement with a private company
(Known as MS Polsons) from Anand to supply Bombay with milk from Anand on a regular basis. The
arrangement was satisfactory to all concerned except the farmers. The government found it profitable; the
private company maintained a good profit margin and the private traders contracted by the company also
had good returns. But the latter had the opportunity to fix the price paid to individual milk producing
farmers, and they used this opportunity to the disadvantage of the farmers. As a result the farmers could
not benefit from the enhanced marketing of milk. In particular, the farmers of Kaira district took this
situation more seriously. These farmers happened to have a popular political leader by the name Sardar
Patel, who had been advocating for the formation of farmers’ co-operatives as early as 1940 (Kailash, 1990).
The discontent of farmers encouraged Sardar Patel to reiterate his viewpoint for the farmers to market
their milk through a cooperative of their own and the cooperative should have its own processing plant.
Sadar Patel advised the farmers to seek permission to set up such a cooperative, and if this was rejected,
they should refuse to sell milk to the middlemen, with potential consequences of short-term economic
losses to the farmers, as they would not be able to sell milk for some time. Nevertheless, if they were
prepared to put up with the losses, he was ready to lead them. The farmers’ political representatives
accepted this proposal for the establishment of milk co-operatives. This political backing encouraged
farmers to go as far as planning milk sale embargoes against the traders. The issue was then become a
strong political issue and subsequent high-level meetings between politicians were necessary to resolve the
differences. In the end consensus was reached to allow the setting up of village level milk producers’ co-
operatives and their federated unions. Soon after, the cooperatives were organized in each of the villages of
Kaira district, and later these were federated into a district Union, which would own the first milk
processing facility in the district. It was further agreed that the Government of Bombay should undertake
to buy milk from the Union and if this were not done; farmers would refuse to sell milk to the traders in
Kaira district (Kailash, 1990).
Initially the Government of Bombay did not accept this demand of the farmers, and the farmers went
ahead with the milk sale embargo. Only 15 days later, the Government accepted the demand and this
marked the beginning of the Kaira district Co-operative Milk Producers´ Union Limited Anand, popularly
known as Anand Milk Union Limited (AMUL). The union was formally registered on December 14, 1946.
Through time AMUL evolved as a success story with active participation of farmers with average holding
of less than two animals. It is also a story of linkage between producers and consumers, both working for
their mutual benefits whereby producers get remunerative prices and production enhancement support
services, and the consumers get quality products at reasonable prices (Kailash, 1990).
Progress
At the beginning of establishment, only a handful of farmers from two village dairy co-operatives were
supplying about 250 litres of pasteurised milk per day for the Bombay Milk Scheme. An assured market
proved a great incentive to the milk producers of the district. By the end 1948, more than 400 farmers had
joined, and the quantity of milk handled by the Union increased to 5000 litres a day. With the spread of the
co-operative movement, it was found that the Bombay Milk Scheme could not absorb all the milk supplied by
Union during the winter season, as the winter production was on average two and half times more than that
of the summer. This led to the idea of setting up a milk processing plant by the Union, which was readily
accepted by both the Government of Bombay and the Government of India. The Government of India then
provided assistance to the Union for it to receive financial assistance from UNICEF.
This growth in the capacity to handle and process raw milk allowed dramatic increase in the supply and
collection of milk. By 1958 the milk processing facility was expanded to manufacture sweetened condensed
10th ESAP-Proceedings 83
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
milk. Two years later, a new wing was added for the manufacture of 2500 tons of roller-dried baby food and
600 tons of cheese per year. It was for the first time anywhere in the world that cheese or baby food was
made from buffalo milk on a commercial scale (Kailsh, 1990).
In another important development, the Union was asked in 1963 to supply milk powder to the Defence
Services, which encouraged the Union to invest on additional milk drying facilities. A new processing plant
with a capacity of producing 40 tons of milk powder and 20 tons of butter a day was speedily completed,
and the whole complex could then handle 500,000 litres of milk a day. By 1974 this capacity grew to
750,000 litres a day.
Key to such a huge growth was the belief in Union that the responsibility to collect marketable surplus of
milk should be linked with the provision of production inputs. The Union had thus started providing
important inputs such as formula feeds, fodder seeds and later artificial insemination services. Soon after
the union also started its mobile veterinary services, probably for the first time in the country.
The co-operative has since then grown steadily and the supply of milk in 1994 reached about 229210 tons
of milk per day from 532670 milk producers organized in 954 dairy co-operatives (See Table 1) (Kailash,
1990).
Measures Taken to Expand AMUL Pattern
AMUL´s success in this integrated dairy development paved the way for other districts to do the same
pretty quickly in what later came to be known as the Anand pattern of dairy development. Meanwhile AMUL
provided valuable assistance to sister milk co-operatives (Belavadi, 1998).
Table 1: Development of the Indian Dairy Marketing Cooperatives from 1948 to 1994.
Milk Milk
Cases
Dairy co- Member collected collection No of AI Sale of Value of
Financial AI Mobile vet. treated by
operative of from centres services feed milk sale
year Centres Dispensaries mobile
societies societies societies owned by delivered [tons] [Rs’000]
dispensaries
[tons] societies
1948-49 13 924 1,136 - - - - - - 790
1950-51 33 3,973 5,000 - 5 578 - - - 3,395
1955-56 64 22,828 11,136 - 7 3,854 2 - - 7,486
1960-61 195 40,500 23,915 - 26 9,077 4 16,453 - 19,853
1965-66 518 110,000 65,905 - 261 41,841 7 31,777 15,911 92,219
1970-71 706 180,000 118,225 210 523 157,547 16 70,078 36,858 273,942
1975-76 829 250,000 129,041 412 665 207,674 23 118,258 46,249 427,256
1980-81 895 327,000 169,577 521 735 285,073 23 133695 82,331 752,997
1985-86 872 365,000 227,262 606 759 497,174 18 183,614 152,651 1,334,192
1990-91 917 474,850 264,834 711 809 681,497 16 67,364 132,895 2,504,671
1991-92 923 487,400 233,895 728 811 690,385 16 54,615 140,460 2,690,622
1992-93 941 502,550 260,179 731 819 696,713 16 55,894 145,784 3,114,729
1993-94 943 513,280 277,360 739 826 72,073 16 60,030 144,506 3,289,072
1994-95 954 532,670 229,210 751 827 672,852 16 41,003 144,161 3,444,943
The success was so impressive that the Prime Minister of India, after having visited Anand in 1964,
strongly advocated for the replication of the Anand Pattern of co-operatives in other parts of the country.
For this replication, the Government of India established the National Dairy Development Board (NDDB)
in September 1965 (Belavadi, 1998).
In 1969, the NDDB formulated a program called ´Operation Flood` which was based on utilization of food
aid provided by donor agencies such as World Food Programme to generate funds for replication of Anand
Pattern of dairying. The first phase of Operation Flood, launched in 1970, linked four major metropolitan
cities with 18 potential milk sheds in the country. This phase was implemented with the fund generated
from converting donated dairy powder into liquid milk and selling it through existing dairy marketing
networks. In so doing, the NDDB ensured that donated commodities would only be sold at prices at par
with locally produced milk so that the local market would not be depressed, and that funds generated
would be invested in setting up milk sheds in relatively remote areas (Belavadi, 1998).
In less than a decade of implementation Operation Flood had clearly demonstrated the replicability of the
Anand Pattern dairy co-operatives. This led to initiation of the second phase in 1979, with finance from the
84 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
World Bank and European Union, to expand the programme into selected districts in most of the States.
Phase 3, which commenced in 1987, consolidated achievements by improving the productivity and
efficiency of the co-operatives.
Specific interventions of Operation Flood included:
• Provision of technical support for the establishment of village dairy co-operatives and co-operative
unions,
• Creation of sufficient milk processing capacities in order to stabilise supplies by balancing the lean
and flush supplies,
• Equipping the dairy co-operatives with facilities for providing essential inputs to members to improve
productivity of their dairy animals,
• Development and provision of support services such as information systems, training and manpower
services for the co-operatives,
• Undertaking measures for enhancing member participation in the dairy co-operatives with due
emphasis on increased involvement of rural women,
• Establishment and management of centralized support services such as animal disease diagnostic
centres, vaccine and biologicals production and delivery systems, and national frozen semen supply
system, and
• Undertaking research and other development activities.
As a result of these integrated interventions through the three phases of Operation Flood, the country
witnessed a phenomenal increase in milk production. National milk production rose from 23 million MT
per annum during the 1970s to around 74 million MT per annum in 1997/98) with India emerging as the
largest milk producer in the world. Despite the huge increase in the human population, the decline in the
per capita consumption of milk during the period prior to Operation Flood was reversed, and reached 200g
per person per day.
In March 1998, there were 78500 village dairy co-operatives federated into 170 district milk unions across
the country. In most of the States, the district milk unions have formed their own state dairy federations.
Around 10 million farmers have become members of the village dairy co-operatives. In 1997-98, these co-
operatives collected on average 13.1 million litres of milk every day (Belavadi, 1998). The expansion of
dairy co-operatives under operation flood is summarized in Table 2.
Table 2. Status of dairy co-operatives in India in 1997/98.
The continuous regular income from the sale of milk improved the standard of living of members of the co-
operatives. Milk production was twice as high in the villages with co-operatives as in the control villages,
and overall income was 8 percent higher (Parlmal and Bardhan, 1990).
What Contributed to Success?
United affirmative action of the farmers, coordinated by good community leaders was very crucial for the
success. The farmers were gradually sensitised and led to act in unison on the lost opportunity because of
10th ESAP-Proceedings 85
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
lack of control of the milk market. Good community leaders and governments that listen to farmers’ concerns
helped the farmers a lot in the formation of the co-operatives.
Involvement of the government at every step of the development was also very useful; the government was
supportive of, and provided assistance to, the public awareness campaigns on the scale of the problem as
well as its solution; it assigned extension professionals; it trained members of the co-operatives; it provided
financial assistance for the instalment of the milk processing and formula feeds plants as well as in the
procurement of assets. In so doing the government facilitated development of the milk-marketing network
in favour of the farmers. All these contributed a lot to the expansion of dairy co-operatives.
Another important factor was the high demand for milk, which is related to food habits of the people.
About 40 % of the country’s population has vegetarian diet in which milk and milk products happen to be
the major source of animal protein. A variety of sweets are also made from milk particularly during
holidays. Considerable amount of milk is also consumed along with tea and coffee.
Conclusions
As demonstrated in India, dairy co-operatives provide farmers with a continuous milk outlet. As income
increases, more cash will be available to purchase inputs into the milk production process. Level of
management will be gradually improved, in terms of feeding, veterinary health care, and better housing.
Generally dairy co-operatives help to trigger a series of positive development. So strengthening the existing
group milk marketing activities, and formation of new co-operatives in different parts of the country is well
justified. Involvement of the government is necessary for this to happen.
86 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
References
Belavadi, N.V. 1998. Dairy Development, the Indian Experience. Proceedings of the Role of Village Dairy Co-operatives
in Dairy Development: Prospects for Improving Dairy in Ethiopia, 22-24, April 1998, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. pp.42-
47.
Nicholson, C L, Getachew Gebru, Simeon K. Ehui, Barry I. Shapiro and Christopher Delgado. 1998. Producer Milk
Groups in Ethiopia’s Highlands: A framework for Assessing Impacts and Review of Group Performance. Proceeding
of the Role of Village Dairy Co-operatives in Dairy Development: Prospects for Improving Dairy in Ethiopia, 22-24,
April 1998, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. pp.84.
Kailash, vyas. 1990. Dairy India 1997. Fifth Edition. Pp. 67-69.
Mergos and Slade. 1987. Dairy Development and Milk co-operatives. National Dairy Development Board, Anand.
Parlmal C. And Bardhan. 1990. Operation Flood: Its Evaluation, the strategy followed and progress Achieve. National
Dairy Development Board, Anand. Pp.612-614,620.
Tsehay Redda. 1998. Prospects of Ethiopian Dairy Development. Proceeding of the Role of Village Dairy Co-operatives in
Dairy Development: Prospects for Improving Dairy in Ethiopia, 22-24, April 1998, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. pp. 149-
151.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 87
Challenges and opportunities to livestock and livestock products
marketing in Southern Nations, Nationalities and Peoples Region: A case
study of Wolaita Zone
Million Tadesse*
Introduction
According to the national accounts estimates of Ethiopia, the livestock sub-sector contributes
approximately 12-15% to value added of agriculture and allied activities. Next to coffee, though smaller
compared to the potential, livestock exports constitute a major source of foreign exchange earnings.
Particularly, hides and skins are the single most important commodities next to coffee in generating foreign
exchange. In 1995/96, for instance, livestock exports alone accounted for nearly 14% of the value of
agricultural exports in Ethiopia, 96% of which being accounted for hides and skins (MEDaC, 1999).
The Southern Nations, Nationalities and Peoples Region (SNNPR) has a huge number of livestock
population with the current estimate of about 7.5 million cattle, 2.4 million sheep, 2.2 million goats, 6.9
million equines and 5 million chicken. According to Bureau of Planning and Economic Development
(BOPED) report trends in cattle population in the region slightly increasing starting from 1997 while it
was relatively constant for sheep and goats (BOPED, 2002) (Annex 1). Livestock have various social and
economic functions in both highlands and lowlands/pastoral farming systems. In the highland and mid-
altitude areas of the region, livestock are part of the mixed farming complex providing integrated inputs
for crop production (i.e. traction, threshing, transport and manure) and outputs such as milk, meat, eggs,
wool, hides and skins. In the low land parts of the region, livestock are generally the sole sources of
livelihood providing milk; meat and transport at large, while hides and skins provide additional income.
Lowland cattle provide a significant amount of the draught animals for highlands. However, shortage of
draught power is a critical problem in the region. For instance, about 49.3% of the farming household
heads in the region do not have oxen, about 27.2% have one ox, 17.47% have two oxen, 1.91% have three
oxen, 2.13% have four oxen and only 1.97% have five and above (BOPED, 1998). However, in some areas
like Gedio Zone where perennial crops such as coffee and enset are important, the majority of the farmers
do not need draught power because of the nature of the farming system. Generally, in both areas livestock
*
Corresponding author, E-mail: arc@telecom.net.et
10th ESAP-Proceedings 89
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
provide a living insurance, as a store of value for financing modest level of investment against
risk/uncertainties in crop production.
Among the livestock products, sale of hides and skins, milk, butter, cheese and the like contribute a lot to
household income. In addition to these products, farmers obtain a significant amount of money from the
sale of live animals. In the past different authors attempted to study livestock and livestock products
marketing conditions in some parts of the country. However, the potentials and constraints of livestock and
livestock products marketing have not been well investigated in Southern Nations, Nationalities and
Peoples Regional State particularly in Wolaita Zone. Hence, assessment of livestock and livestock products
marketing potentials or opportunities and constraints in the study area is paramount importance for the
development of the livestock sector not only on this specific area but also on other similar areas in the
region.
Objectives
1. To assess livestock and livestock products marketing potentials or opportunities in the region in
general and in Wolaita Zone in particular.
2. To identify constraints to livestock and livestock products marketing in Wolaita Zone
90 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
volume of sale hides and skin are the single most important livestock products that provide foreign
currency. Therefore, much has to be done to diversify livestock export so as to benefit more from the sector.
Export volume
12,000,000
10,000,000
quantity in kg
4,000,000
Meat & Meat Products
2,000,000
0
1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
years
As shown in figure 2 below the volume of hides supplied to central market, Addis Ababa, from the region is
very small as compared to sheep skin in the last six years. This might indicate that sheep and goat are
relatively slaughtered more frequently than cattle in the region in contrast to the national data (figure 1
above). However, the decline in the supply of sheep and goat skin from the region may be associated in one
way or another due to the increase in traditional use of sheep and goat skin, unfavorable terms of trade,
decline in quality of these products. Some traders in the area indicated that the price of hides and skin is
fixed by processing factories and suppliers are price takers. In addition, due to the liberalization measures,
which have taken place, the number of illegal hides and skin traders increased and the terms of trade are
against legal traders.
Livestock market information particularly price, is an indicator of short-term demand and supply
conditions in various markets. Lack of livestock market information services is one of the main
contributing factors to livestock trade inefficiency. Those private traders who use market information in
the marketing of their products mostly obtain this information from their relatives and friends. Most of
them use this information to get better profit from the sale of their commodities. Those traders who are
relatively educated recognized the importance of market information though inadequate to obtain this
information observed. The average producer price of livestock and livestock products in SNNPRS is given
in figure 3.
As can be seen from figure 3 cattle and small ruminants off-take rates in the region have remained low.
For instance, the rate of cattle off-take in the year 2000 decreased by about 71 percent as compared to the
rate in 1995 in the region. This might be due to the fact that large number of draft oxen maintained in the
mixed cereal-livestock farming systems negatively influenced cattle off take rates. Livestock are also kept
as insurance against crop failure. In the lowland parts of the region, prestige considerations have
discouraged sales of animals.
The results of the study in Gununo Catchment, Wolaita Zone indicated that livestock production is
relatively modern and farmers' use cut and carry system in order to feed their livestock. Many farmers
reported that there is a declining trend in the size of grazing land over the last three years. The principal
reasons given for the declining trend in the size of grazing land include intensive cultivation, expansion of
10th ESAP-Proceedings 91
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
settlement and a concomitant expansion of settlement and afforestation (eucalyptus tree planting) (Million
T., 2001).
16000
14000
12000
Quantity in qt
10000
Hides (Qt)
8000
6000 Sheep skin(Qt)
4000 Goat skin (Qt)
2000
0
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
years
Figure 2: Hides, Sheep and Goat Skins Supplied to Central Market (Addis Ababa), from the Region Between 1995-2000.
1400
Cattle average price (off-take)
Average prices in Birr
1200
1000 Cattle average price (stock)
800 Goat average price (off-take)
600 Goat average price (stock)
400 Sheep average price (off-take)
200
Sheep average price (stock)
0
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
Years
Figure 3: Average Producer Price of Livestock and their Product in SNNPRS, 1995-2000.
Animal products such as butter, cheese, egg, hides and skins are important sources of income for farmers
in Gununo area of Woliata Zone. Among the animal products, which generate cash income to the farmers,
butter is the most important product in Wolaita area. Wolaita zone is well known for its quality butter
supply to the central market and other regions and cities in the country. The price of butter usually
increases immediately after fasting and during holidays and sometimes when there is unfavorable whether
condition i. e when supply falls down. The average price of butter in Wolaita Sodo town between 1999-2001
is about 21 Ethiopian Birr per kilogram (about 2.45 US Dollar).
However, many farmers in Wolaita Zone are not interested to sale milk culturally. This may be due to the
fact that farmers give more emphasis for butter rather than milk. The results of Participatory Rural
Appraisal indicated that livestock ownership among others is an important factor, which classifies farmers
into different wealth category (Table 1).
Those farmers who have relatively large number of livestock (a pair of oxen, two or one cows, heifers or
bulls) are considered as rich accounting 7.5% of the total households in the catchment. But the majority of
the farmers in the area (77%) are very poor and poor (Table 1). Those farmers who have relatively large
number of livestock have more prestige value and considered as rich. Hence, this may in one way or
another discourage livestock marketing in the area.
92 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
The average number of oxen owned in Gununo area is about one. On average, a household owns 1.78 heads
of livestock. The survey indicated that about 48 and 4 percent of the farmers had one and two oxen,
respectively, where as the rest 47.5% do not have ox. Those farmers who do not have ox cultivate their land
using hand hoe/spade and in most cases they rent out their land. Therefore, the problem of food insecurity
is still persistent in the area and will continue in the future unless agricultural production (crop, livestock,
and other allied activities) is improved through the use of modern technologies.
Table 1: Wealth Category of Sample Households in Gununo Catchment
10th ESAP-Proceedings 93
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Most farmers in the study areas do not have access to marketplace. They travel long distance to sale their
animals. However, the problem of market place is more serious especially in pastoral areas in the region
such as the low land areas of South Omo Zone, Burji, Amaro special weredas (sub-districts) and others.
Due to problem of market place pastoral farmers forced to cross the border of Ethiopia to sale their
animals.
Good marketing facilities are important for efficient livestock marketing system. Next to coffee, hides and
skin are important sources of foreign currency. However, hides and skin marketing in Wolaita Zone has
been constrained by lack of improved facilities such as weighing and grading, storage, processing factories,
absence of control of unlicensed hides and skin traders. According to traders response in Wolaita Zone the
number of unlicensed traders increases from time to time and licensed traders are in a disadvantaged
position. Livestock marketing and slaughtering places are government owned but most of them lack
essential facilities such as water, crash, weighing scale and other related materials. Due to the absence of
hide and skin processing factories in the region, the demand for such products is very low and farmers are
not in a position to get better profit margin. As a result, most of the benefit goes to market middlemen and
assemblers. Brokers bring potential buyers and sellers together. For instance, in cattle marketing place in
Wolaita zone, brokers play an important role.
The actual transfer of ownership takes place between the original buyer and seller, with the broker acting
as a counselor and intermediary in return for a fee. Some brokers charge 5-10 birr per cattle, 3-5 birr per
sheep or goat, which is paid by the individual, who purchase the animal. This amount of payment is very
high as compared to the services given by brokers and many consumers mentioned the issue as a problem.
Currently, hides and skin traders are expected to pay 30 percent sales tax and they reported that the
amount of charge often discourage hides and skin marketing. Another problem in hides and skin
marketing is the existence of monopolistic price determination by processing factories. Hides and skin
suppliers from the region in general and Wolaita Zone in particular do not have bargaining power and they
will accept the price set by the factories in most cases. Due to this suppliers in return also fix lower price
for farmers. Hence, producers do not reasonable price for their animals and animal products.
In addition to the above problem, the results of PRA survey in the study area indicated that infectious and
parasitic diseases significantly influence livestock marketing. For instance, livestock diseases reduce
household incomes directly by causing considerable livestock losses and indirectly by necessitating health
restrictions on export.
94 10th ESAP-Proceedings
Challenges and Opportunities of Livestock Marketing in Ethiopia
Poor infrastructure has hindered the movement of livestock inputs and outputs. Perishable products such
as fresh milk can hardly be transported over long distance to high demand urban centers. Commercial feed
(concentrates) and veterinary services are either unavailable or too costly in most parts of the region.
Economic viability of dual-purpose dairy technology strongly depends on good market for the milk
produced. Milk must be sold at reasonable price to recover investment costs and pay for concentrates and
veterinary services. Therefore, a strategy of improving livestock and its products marketing facilities such
as processing and storage, road and transport services, standards and weights, improved market places,
price information and better extension services to improve the quality of livestock products such hides and
skin are important policy options for the region.
Annex 1: Livestock Population in SNNPRS in '000
8000
7000
livestock number '000
6000
5000 cattle
4000 sheep
3000 goat
2000
1000
0
1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
Years
10th ESAP-Proceedings 95
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
References
BOPED (Bureau of Planning and Economic Development). 1998. Socio-Economic Profile of the Southern Nations,
Nationalities, Peoples Region. Awassa.
BOPED (Bureau of Planning and Economic Development). 2002. Regional Income Accounting Document (Unpublished).
Awassa, Ethiopia.
CSA (Central Statistical Authority). 1994. Population Census of the Southern, Nations, Nationalities, Peoples Region.
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
MEDaC (Ministry of Economic Development and Copperation).1999. Survey of the Ethiopian Economy. Review of Post-
Reform Developments (1992/93-1997/98).
Million Tadesse. 2001. Factors Influencing the Adoption of Soil Conservation Practices in Wolaita Zone. The Case of
Gununo Area. M.Sc Thesis. Department of Agricultural Economics. Alemaya University.
96 10th ESAP-Proceedings
ANIMAL BREEDING / REPRODUCTION
10th ESAP-Proceedings 97
The effect of age and sex on growth performance and carcass
characteristics of Horro lambs
Oromia Agricultural Research Institute, Bako Agricultural Research Center, P. O. Box 03, West Shoa, Bako,
Ethiopia.
ABSTRACT
Forty-five intact, castrates and ewe lambs of Horro sheep (15 of each ‘sex’) were used to investigate the effect of age
and sex on growth performance and carcass characteristics. At 6-, 9-, 12- and 15- month of age 3 lambs from each
sex were slaughtered for carcass measurements. Body weight of the lambs were not significantly (p > 0.05) different
between ‘sexes’ at 6-, 9- and 12-months of age, but differed significantly (p < 0.05) at 15-month of age. Sex had no
significant effect (p > 0.05) on most of the carcass traits measured, except for dressing percentage at 6-month of age,
head weight and fore quarter at 9-and 12-month of age and kidney fat at 9-month of age, which were significant at p
< 0.05. The results of this study revealed that ewe lambs, for the purpose of meat production, were as good as those
of intact or castrated lambs until 12-month of age, after which they tended to be inferior to both groups. In general,
it has been revealed that the effect of sex on body weight gain and carcass characteristics of lambs increased with an
increase in age.
Introduction
As males and females exist in different hormonal environments, there are differences in growth and
developments between the two sexes. In males it promote muscle growth and in females it results in lower
mature size, slower growth rate and earlier maturing carcass (Owen, 1976). There are also sex differences in
carcass characteristics (Cameron et al., 1998). These authors also indicated that the qualities of meat like
tenderness and juiciness are said to be affected by the age of the animals. Studies conducted on Horro sheep
(Solomon and Solomon, 1995) have indicated that the dressing percentage was linearly increased with age of
lambs. A comparative study conducted for three months on the same breed (Demisse et al., 1989) also
reported that castrated lambs showed significantly slower growth, but significant increases in carcass and
internal fat and a tendency towards a smaller eye muscle.
The Horro sheep are solely reared for meat production. Among others, large mature size is the quality of
this sheep breed, which is attractive for meat production. The studies conducted so far to improve the breed
for meat production sector were not exhaustive and even did not consider gender differences. Since we
expect equal proportion of animals from both sexes, considerable number of female animals are send to the
market, kept or slaughtered on farm for consumption. Thus, the sex and age differences in carcass
characteristics in Horro sheep is scanty and the importance of ewe lambs for meat production is over
looked. Since sex has been identified as a factor, which affects growth in general and skeletal growth in
particular (Mahgoub and Lodge, 1994), its implications for Horro lambs raised under semi-intensive
management for meat production need to be investigated. From commercial point of view, in countries like
ours where consumers prefer sheep of certain age or weight, comparison at certain age appears to be
appreciable. Therefore, the objective of this study was to investigate the effect of age and sex on growth
rate and carcass characteristics of Horro lambs.
10th ESAP-Proceedings 99
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
28°C, respectively, with an average monthly temperature of 21°C. Potential evapotranspiration for about 21
years (1977 to 1998) averaged 62 mm per month (Solomon and Gemeda, 2000).
Animals and management
Forty-five intact ram lambs, castrates and ewe lambs (15 of each ‘sex’) of about four months of age were
obtained from the sheep Research unit of Bako Agricultural research Center. Grouping of these animals were
carried out based on their body weight and type of birth. Castration was conducted immediately after
weaning using ‘elastrator’ rubber rings. Three animals in each ‘sex’-group were randomly chosen to be
slaughtered at 6-, 9- and 12-months of age. These slaughter ages were chosen to represent the range at which
lambs not meant for breeding are traditionally marketed and slaughtered in this region of the country.
According to Snyman et al. (1997), the aim with the slaughter lamb production is to produce slaughter lambs
that can be marketed as soon as possible after weaning without the need for supplementary feeding.
The animals were selected for the trials after weaning and were grazed on natural pasture. Males and
females were kept separately. They were offered 200g concentrate feed/day (49 % maize flour, 49 % Noug
cake (Guizotia abyssinica), 1 % salt and 1 % bone meal) and hay from Rhodes grass (Chloris guyana)
during night. The quantity of concentrate was adjusted fortnightly according to body weight changes. The
lambs were weighed at the beginning of the experiment and fortnightly thereafter until the end of the trail.
Fresh drinking water was provided ad lib. twice a day. All animals were housed on the same premises, but
in different classes, in a well ventilated shed made of Bamboo with concrete floor.
Lambs were fasted overnight and weighed before slaughtering. Carcass and non-carcass components were
weighed immediately after slaughter. The carcass was portioned into hind or fore quarter between 10th and
11th ribs. Three ribs (11th and 13th) were chilled overnight at -4ºC, then the rib eye muscle was traced after
cutting the chilled ribs between 12th and 13th ribs. Back fat thickness was measured on the 12th rib over the
rib eye muscle at two sites (left and right) using a graduated ruler. Rib eye muscle and back fat thickness
values are averages of the left and the right sides. Weight of gut contents at slaughter was computed by
difference between full and empty digestive tract and empty body weight was also calculated by
subtracting the weight of digestive content from slaughter weight.
Statistical analysis
The General Linear Model of the Statistical Analysis System (SAS, 1996) was used in the analysis of the
data to determine the importance of each independent effects on body weight and carcass measurements. Sex
of lambs was fitted as independent effects in the analysis of growth performance and carcass measurements
taken at different ages. Initial body weight was fitted as covariable in the analysis of growth performances at
different ages.
Results
The mathematical model for each analysis, with appropriate degrees of freedom, and the least square
means (± SE) for body measurements taken at different ages were shown in Tables 1 and 2, respectively. For
possible comparison growth performance of the different ‘sexes’ is shown in Figure 1. The effect of sex was not
significant (p > 0.05) for body weight taken at 6-, 9- and 12-months of age. However, its effect was significant
(p < 0.05) for body weight taken at 15-month of age. Initial body weight of lambs had an effect (p < 0.05) on
body weight measurements at 6-, 9- and 12-month of age, but it did not affect body weight taken at 15-month
of age.
Table 1. Mean squares and analysis of variance of body weight as affected by sex
Mean Squares at
Sources df
6--month 9-month 12-month 15-month
Sex of lambs 2 13.27 29.73 11.68 100.40*
Initial body weight 1 138.61*** 127.54*** 189.17** 55.52
R² (%) 35.52 45.14 42.82 39.85
C.V. (%) 20.99 11.71 11.86 12.03
Error Mean Square 9.99 9.09 14.94 21.50
Table 2. Least square means (± SE) of body weight measurements taken at different ages
40.0
38.0 Intact
36.0 Castrates
Ewe lambs
34.0
32.0
30.0
28.0
Least square means (kg)
26.0
24.0
22.0
20.0
18.0
16.0
14.0
12.0
10.0
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
Age (month)
Carcass measurements
Overall means of carcass weight were 6.2 kg, 12.1 kg and 17.3 kg at 6-, 9- and 12-month of age
respectively. The corresponding dressing percentages were 43.5, 46.8 and 47.4, respectively. Sex had no
significant effect (p > 0.05) on carcass traits measured at different ages except for dressing percentage at 6-
month of age, head weight and fore quarter at 9- and 12-month of age and kidney fat at 9-month of age. At 6-
month of age ewe lambs had higher dressing percentage than both intact and castrates (43.6 ± 0.62, 40.8 ±
0.63 and 43.1 ± 0.63, respectively). Intact ram lambs had heavier head (p < 0.05) than those of castrates and
ewe lambs (1.7 ± 0.12 kg, 1.4 ± 0.12 kg and 1.1 ± 0.12 kg at 9-month of age and 1.8 ± 0.11 kg, 1.6 ± 0.11 kg and
1.2 ± 0.11 kg at 12-month of age, respectively). Ewe lambs had more kidney fat (p < 0.05) than those of
castrates and intact ram lambs at 9-month of age (0.21 ± 0.03 kg, 0.11 ± 0.02 kg and 0.08 ± 0.03 kg,
respectively) and tended to be higher both in omental and kidney fats than castrates and intact rams at all
ages. Ram lambs had heavier skin (at least at p = 0.06) than the other sex groups both at 9- and 12-month of
age.
Discussion
Body weight
Liveweight growth performance of Horro lambs in the current study was not significantly different
between ‘sexes’ until the age of 12-month. But it was significantly differed between ‘sexes’ at 15-month of age.
At 15-month of age, castrates had heavier liveweight than both intact and ewe lambs. Ewe lambs had also
lighter liveweight than those of intact and castrated lambs. According to Fourie and Heydenrych (1982),
Nagy et al. (1999) and Solomon and Gemeda (2000), the influence of sex on liveweight increased with an
increase in age. Such differences might be attributed to the different physiological functions in the two sexes
(Rajab et al., 1992).
Carcass traits
In the current study, there was no significant difference in most of the carcass traits measured among
‘sexes’ until 12-month of age. This could indicate that ewe lambs are not less suitable for meat production
than castrates or intact ram lambs, when they are slaughtered under 12-month of age. In the present study,
the absence of significant effects of castration on carcass traits measured possibly because the ages were
early in terms of mature weights; and differences may still appear if the animals were slaughtered at latter
ages. According to Solomon and Gemeda (2000), the growth curve of Horro sheep shows that maturity is
achieved at about 3-years of age. In addition, intact compared with castrate growth and composition
differences are greater when animals are well fed (Mahgoub and Lodge, 1994). Dressing percentage was
increased with age. The increase in dressing percentage with age is due to higher growth rates of carcass
tissues, especially muscle and fat, and the slower growth of early developing parts (Hammond, 1932 as cited
by Gaili et al., 1972). According to Gaili et al. (1972), dressing percentage is dependent not only on age but
also on the state of the animal.
In the present study, though not significant, dressing percentage was greater in castrates than in intact
and ewe lambs. Lower dressing percentage in intact males than in castrates were reported for Horro sheep
(Demisse et al., 1989). There were indications of some sex differences in pattern of deposition of fat. Fore
instance, ewe lambs had higher kidney and Omental fats than castrates and intact lambs. Intact rams had
heavier skin than the other groups. The higher proportions of the skin in intact males can be partially
attributed to their relatively heavier hair cover (particularly around the neck region) compared to the short
hair of those of castrates and ewe lambs. In Goats, Mahgoub and Lodge (1996) reported that sex differences
in the neck and shoulder regions may be attributed to some of the intrinsic muscles which were developed
in bucks than in does. This may also holds true in the current study. Mahgoub and Lodge (1994) also
suggested that limb bones are less retarded by castration than is the axial skeleton.
Conclusions
Differences in carcass measurements caused by ‘sex’ are small and unlikely to have significant commercial
implications on meat production from this sheep breed before a year of age. Thus, ewe lambs could be used as
important as that of intact or castrates for the purpose of meat production until a year of age; while later
than this age intact rams or castrates are advisable for meat production.
Acknowledgments
Our special thanks are due to Mr. Birhan Feleke and Birhanu Soboka who had put much effort in data
collection and management of the experimental animals.
References
Cameron, R.M., Sahlu, T., Gilchrist C., Hart S. and Coleman S. 1998. The effect of age and sex on production and carcass
characteristics of growing Spanish X Boer kids. Goat field day. In: Proceedings of Agricultural Research and
Extension program. April 1-25, 1998. Langston, Oklahoma 7305.
Demissie Tiyo, Kassahun Awgichew and Yohannes Gijjam. 1989. Comparison of castrated and entire Horro male lambs
for growth and fattening ability under various plane of feeding regimes. In: Proceedings of the Second National
Livestock Improvement Conference. 24-26 February 1988. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Fourie, A. J. and Heydenryich, H. J. 1982. Phenotypic and genetic aspects of production in the Dohne Merino I. The
influence of non-genetic factors on production traits. S. Afr. J. Anim. Sci. 12: 57 - 60.
Gaili, E. S. E., Ghanem, Y. S. and Mukhtar, A. M. S. 1972. A comparative study of some carcass characteristics of Sudan
Desert sheep and goats. Anim. Prod. 14; 351 – 357.
Mahgoub, O. and Lodge, G. A. 1994. Growth and body composition of Omani local sheep. 2. Growth and distribution of
musculature and skeleton. Anim. Prod. 58: 373 - 379.
Mahgoub, O. and Lodge, G. A. 1996. Growth and body composition in meat production of Omani Batina goats. Small
Rumin. Res. 19: 233 - 246.
Nagy, I., Solkner, J., Komlosi, I. and Safar, L. 1999. Genetic parameters of reproduction and fertility traits in Hungarian
Merino sheep. J. Anim. Breed. Genet. 116: 399 - 413.
Owen, J.B., 1976. Factors influencing the pattern of Growth and Development in lambs. Sheep production. Bailliere
Tindall. PP 66.
Rajab, M. H., Cartwright, T. C., Dahm, P. F. and Figueiredo, E. A. P. 1992. Performance of three tropical Hair sheep
breeds. J. Anim. Sci. 70: 3351 - 3359.
SAS, 1996. SAS User’s Guide, Statistics. Statistical Analysis Systems Institute, Inc., Carry, North Carolina, USA.
Snyman, M. A., Olivier, J. J., Erasmus, G. J. and Van Wyk, J. B. 1997. Genetic parameter estimates for total weight of
lamb weaned in Afrino and Merino sheep. Livest. Prod. Sci. 48: 111 - 116.
Solomon Abegaz and Gemeda Duguma. 2000. Genetic and phenotypic parameters of growth, reproductive and survival
performance of Horro sheep at Bako Agricultural Research Center. Research Fellowship Report. International
Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Solomon Gizaw and Solomon Abegaz. 1995. Changes in carcass characteristics of Horro rams with increasing age and
body weight under different feeding regimes. In: proceedings of the Third National Conference of the Ethiopian
society of Animal Production. 27-29 April 1995. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P 233-239.
Hailu Dadi
Introduction
Crossbreeding has been proposed for genetic improvement in tropical environment. This approach
particularly in commercial production condition has become widely accepted by producers as a means of
improving productivity (Harwin, 1989). Crossbreeding combines two or more breeds selected for their
economically important traits to optimize simultaneously the use of heterosis and breed differences (Long,
1980; Bourdon, 2000). As described by Bourdon (2000) the important question concerning improving
production in the future are not whether or not crossbreeding systems will be applied, but rather what breeds
should be used in different crossbreeding systems in different production conditions. This is also a big concern
in Ethiopia. The breed of sires and dams used in crossbreeding influence birth and weaning weights of their
progenies. Birth weight has been studied thoroughly principally because of its association with dystocia and
subsequent reduction in productivity (Smith et al., 1976; Notter et al., 1978). Breed type also has a
pronounced influence on weaning weight of calves. Weaning weight is approximately two-third the result of
milking ability of the dam and one-third the result of the inherent growth potential of the calf (Harwin,
1989).
Producers need information concerning the productivity of breeds and breed combinations under a wide
range of production conditions. The reason is that different genotypes are not expected to perform similarly
under all environments mainly due to genotype-environmental interactions (Bourdon, 2000). Hence, the
relative productive performances of breed and breed combinations should be evaluated in different feeding
systems as well as environments. The aim of this study therefore was to evaluate the influence of sire and
dam genotypes on birth weight, average daily gain and weaning weight of calves under semi-arid
environment.
The aim of this crossbreeding program was to produce various combinations of two breed crosses of
animals in order to find superior genotypes under semi-arid conditions. Friesian and Jersey represented
large frame and small frame dairy breeds, respectively. Simmental represented large breed of beef cattle.
Boran and Barka are indigenous cattle types.
The herd was mainly raised on natural pastures (dominated by pennesitum and cinchrus grass species
with scattered acacia trees) supplemented with silage, bone meal, concentrate and salt when necessary.
Calves were weaned at six months of age. Calves born to Boran and Barka cows were allowed to suckle
their dams while calves of crossbred cows were fed on limited amount of milk using buckets. Females were
artificially inseminated and bulls were also used as required. Age at first insemination and dam age were
not available; for this reason dam age was not included in the analysis. In several crossbreeding programs
the influence of dam age on growth traits were well documented (Alenda et al., 1980, Dillard et al., 1980,
Van Zyl, 1990, Hailu, 2001). Although dams were calved almost throughout the year, about 42.2% of calves
were born during the dry season (November to February) while the rest were born during the wet season
(July to October) and short rains (March to June).
Statistical analysis
The characteristics of the data set are presented in Table 1. Records of animals that were incomplete or
animal with suspect genotype/breed identity were excluded from the analysis. Data were analyzed using the
General Linear Model (GLM) procedures of Statistical Analysis System (SAS) (1999). All factors and their
interactions that had no (P>0.05) influence on birth weight, average daily gain and weaning weight were
excluded from the final analysis according to a step down procedure.
Yijklmn = µ+Gi +Dj+Sk+Yl+Nm+eijklmn Where Yijklmn = the weight of the nth calf of ith sire and jth dam
genotype and k sex born in the l year and mth season, (µ= Population mean, Gi=sire genotype (i=1,2…9),
th th
Dj = dam genotype (j=1,2…7), Sk= sex of calf (k =1,2), Yl=year of birth (l=1,2…8), Nm= season of birth
(m=1,2,3), eijklmn= residual error. All factors in the model were taken to be fixed, except the residual effect.
Table 1. Characteristics of the data set
BW ADG WW
Source DF
F value F value F value
Year 7 3.46** 19.86*** 18.57***
Season of birth 2 0.26ns 5.93** 5.61**
Sex of calf 1 1.00ns 6.31** 6.45**
Sire genotype 8 11.02*** 5.47*** 7.62***
Dam genotype 6 5.10*** 22.22*** 17.48***
R2 model (%) 39 68 66
CV (%) 14.40 16.89 14.57
al. (2000). Sex was not significant for BW, this is in contrast to those reported by other workers (Thrift et
al., 1978; Paterson et al., 1980; Van Zyl, 1990; Plasse et al., 1995) but in agreement with Tawah et al.
(1993) for Gudali cattle. Male calves were significantly superior at weaning, and also grow faster than the
female calves (Table 3).
Table 3. Least squares means and standard errors (SE) for BW, ADG and WW of calves by sex of calves.
Sire genotype. The effect of sire genotype on all pre-weaning traits was highly significant (P<0.001)
(Table 3), and it accounted for 16.6, 3.9 and 5.9% of variation in BW, ADG and WW, respectively. Several
studies reported the significant influence of sire breed on BW of calves (Laster et al., 1973; Smith et al.,
1976; Paterson et al., 1980; Van Zyl, 1990; Hailu, 2001), which is consistent with the present results.
Least squares means for BW, ADG and WW of calves by sire genotype are presented in Table 4. Calves
sired by Friesian bulls were 5.1kg heavier (P<0.05) at birth than calves sired by 1/2B1/2F bulls. Calves
sired by Friesian bulls were also 2.3, 5 and 4.2kg heavier (P<0.05) at birth than calves sired by Boran,
Barka and Jersey bulls, respectively. The difference in BW of calves by the Boran and Barka bulls was
significant, the Boran calves being 2.7kg heavier. The lowest BW found was 22.6kg for calves sired by
1/2B1/2F. No explanation was available from the data, but it may reflect the direct additive effect of the
Friesian bulls. With respect to this Cunningham and Magee (1988) reported a negative estimate for calves
of Friesian bulls in a study on genetic effects of preweaning traits in crossbred calves. It also depends on
dam genotype, type of environment and dam age (which was not included in the model).
Calves born to Simmental and Boran and 1/2B1/2S bulls were not significantly different at birth. Calves
sired by Simmental were 4.5kg heavier (P<0.05) than calves sired by Barka bulls. Calves sired by 1/2B1/2J
bulls were 3.7kg heavier (p<0.05) than the Jersey sired calves. On the other hand, the difference was not
statistically significant for calves sired by 1/2K1/2J and Jersey bulls. Simmental and Friesian sired calves
are known to experience significantly more calving difficulty than those are from Jersey sires (Laster et al.,
1973; Notter et al., 1978) and this can be explained by the bigger BW. Smith et al. (1976) and Laster et al.
(1973) found that calves sired by Jersey bulls had lower BW than calves sired by other Bos Taurus sire
breeds. Percent calving difficulty was 6.5 and 32.7% in Jersey and Simmental sired calves, respectively
(Laster et al. 1973). Schoeman et al. (2000) reported that increasing the genetic proportion of Simmental in
a multibreed beef cattle population increased BW almost linearly with increasing Simmental proportion. In
another investigation carried out by Lawlor, et al. (1984) increasing Simmental breeding level in
crossbreeding also increased BW of crossbred progenies. The reason for this could be related to the large
direct additive effects of the Simmental sires. Direct additive effect contribution for BW were positive for
Simmental (Skrypzeck et al., 2000) while Cunninghum and Magee (1988) reported a negative direct genetic
effect for BW relative to the breeds with which it was compared. According to the results of Skrypzeck et al.
(2000) using this breed as a sire breed in crossbreeding systems may result in increased BW of crossbred
progenies.
Several crossbreeding studies revealed that high BW is associated with high incidence of dystocia (Laster
et al., 1973; Smith et al., 1976; Burfening et al., 1978; Tawnezvie et al., 1988) and subsequent reduction in
productivity, which is undesirable. Because of this, sire breed effects on BW should be carefully evaluated
before initiating large-scale use of large Bos taurus sire breeds in crossbreeding systems, particularly on
Bos indicus dams.
Weaning weight and ADG of calves sired by Barka bulls were less (p<0.05) than those of calves by
purebred Bos taurus, Boran and 1/2B1/2F sires, and ADG and WW of calves sired by Boran bulls were
lighter (P<0.05) than Friesian and Simmental sired calves. The relatively higher WW of calves sired by
Simmental bulls is in accordance with other investigations (Paterson et al., 1980; Van Zyl, 1990; Skrypzeck
et al., 2000). The direct additive effect contributions of Simmental for WW were positive (Cunninghum and
Magee, 1988; Skrypzeck et al., 2000). For Friesian, Cunninghum and Magee (1980) also reported a positive
estimate for direct effect. According to McDonald and Turner (1972) direct effects may account for a large
portion of the explainable variation in WW than heterosis. Even in certain crossbred calves there is a
probability of obtaining negative heterotic effects for WW and ADG (Dillard et al., 1980). In such cases
complementarity of breeds and sequence of their application should be carefully considered when selecting
breeds for crossbreeding. Large differences in WW can be expected in systematic rotational crossbreeding
systems depending on the sequence of sire breeds (Alenda et al., 1980). In general, differences between sire
genotype mated to Barka, Boran and crossbred dams in this study indicate differences in direct additive
effect exhibited in the crossbred progenies, although environmental influences are vital.
Table 4. Least squares means and standard errors (SE) for BW, ADG and WW of calves by sire genotype.
Dam genotype. The influence of dam genotype on the three traits of calves was highly significant
(P<0.001) (Table 2). This is in accordance with the results of Paterson et al. (1980) and Van Zyl (1990).
Dam genotype only explained 5.3, 11.9 and 10.1% of variation in BW, ADG and WW, respectively.
Maternal influences were larger for ADG and WW than BW while the influence of sires were larger for
BW.
Least squares means of these traits for calves by dam genotype are presented in Table 5. At birth, the
progeny of 1/2B1/2S and 1/2B1/2F dams were significantly (P<0.05) larger than those of Jersey derivative
and indigenous dams. Calves from 1/2B1/2S dams were 4.5kg heavier (P<0.05) at birth than calves from
Boran dams. Calves from Barka dams were 3.6kg less than calves from 1/2K1/2F dams. Another noticeable
feature in this study was the non-significance of differences between the calves from indigenous dams and
those from the 1/2K1/2J and 1/2B1/2J. As a purebred, the Boran and Barka dams were noted for the
production of smaller calves, even when calves were sired by Bos taurus breeds.
Barka dams produced the heavier (P<0.05) calves at weaning than Boran dams. This suggests that Barka
dams were superior in maternal ability, indicating better suitability as maternal line for such
crossbreeding. No significance differences were observed between crossbred dams for ADG and WW
performances of calves.
Table 5. Least squares means and standard errors (SE) for BW, ADG and WW of calves by dam genotype.
In this crossbreeding project crossbred dams were also evaluated for their milk production performances;
as a result calves from crossbred dams were fed limited amount of milk using bucket, whereas Boran and
Barka dams were allowed to suckle their dam until six months of age. Due to this, the indigenous dams
were not compared with the crossbred dams for ADG and WW, and the least squares means are presented
only to indicate the overall performances of the crossbred dam genotypes under this management system
for WW and ADG.
Conclusion
Overall the results of this study show that despite the significance larger BW of some crossbreeds,
crossbreeding did not lead to improvement either in ADG or WW under these management conditions. On
the other hand the choice of sire breed in crossbreeding should be done to complement those characters that
are weak in Boran and Barka dams by additive means and to utilize heterotic genetic effects. Further
investigations involving other traits like calving ease, carcass and cow efficiency traits should be considered
in future evaluations.
References
Alenda, R., Martin, T.G., Lasley, J.F. and Ellersieck, M.R., 1980. Estimation of genetic and maternal effects in crossbred
cattle of Angus, Charolais and Hereford parentage. I. Birth and weaning weights. J. Anim. Sci. 50, 226.
Bourdon, R. M., 2000. Understanding animal breeding. 2nded. Prentice Hall. New Jersey.
Burfening, P.J., Kress, D.D., Friedrich, R.L. and Vaniman, D.D., 1978. Phenotypic and genetic relationships between
calving ease, gestation length, birth weight and preweaning growth. J. Anim. Sci. 47, 595.
Cundiff, L.V., Gregory, K.E. and Koch, R.M., 1974a. Effect of heterosis on reproduction in Hereford, Angus and Shorthorn
cattle. J. Anim. Sci. 38, 711.
CUNDIFF, L.V., GREGORY, K.E., SCHWULST, F.J. and KOCH, R.M., 1974b. Effects of heterosis on maternal
performance and milk production in Hereford, Angus and Shorthorn cattle. J. Anim. Sci. 38, 728.
Cunningham, B.E. and Magee, W.T., 1988. Breed-direct, breed-maternal and non-additive genetic effects for preweaning
traits in crossbred calves. Can. J. Anim. Sci. 68, 83.
Dillard, E.U., Rodriquez, O. and Robison, O.W., 1980. Estimation of additive and nonadditive direct and maternal genetic
effects from crossbreeding beef cattle. J. Anim. Sci. 50, 653.
Gray, E.F., Thrift, F.A. and Absher, C.W., 1978. Heterosis expression for preweaning traits under commercial beef cattle
conditions. J. Anim. Sci. 47, 370.
Hailu Dadi. 2001. Genetic parameter estimates for weaning traits in a multibreed beef cattle population. MSc Thesis,
University of Stellenbosch, South Africa.
Harwin, G.O., 1989. Strategies for beef production in South Africa. A selection of lectures. Stock Owners Cooperative
limited, South Africa.
Laster, D.B., Glimp,H.A., Cundiff, L.V. and Gregory, K.E., 1973. Factors affecting dystocia and the effects of dystocia on
subsequent reproduction in beef cattle. J. Anim. Sci. 36, 695.
Lawlor, T.J., Kress, D.D., Doornbos, D.E. and Anderson, D.C., 1984. Performances of crosses among Hereford, Angus and
Simmental cattle with different levels of Simmental breeding. I. Preweaning growth and survival. J. Anim. Sci. 58,
1321.
Long, R., 1980. Crossbreeding for beef production: Experimental results. J. Anim. Sci. 51, 1197.
Mcdonald, R.P. and Turner, J.W., 1972. Estimation of maternal heterosis in preweaning traits of beef cattle. J. Anim. Sci.
35, 1146.
Notter, D.R., Cundiff, L.V., Smith, G.M., Laster, D.B. and Gregory, K.E., 1978. Characterisation of biological types of
cattle. VI. Transmitted and maternal effects on birth and survival traits in progeny of young cows. J. Anim. Sci. 46,
892.
Paterson, A.G., Venter, H.A.W. and Harwin, G.O., 1980. Preweaning growth of British, Bos indicus, Charolais and dual-
purpose type cattle under intensive pasture condition. S. Afr. J. Anim. Sci. 10, 125.
Plasse, D., Fossi, H., Hoogesteijn, R., Verde, O., Rodrĺguez, R., Rodrĺguez, M.C. and Bastidas, P., 1995. Growth of F1 Bos
taurus X Bos indicus versus Bos indicus beef cattle in Venezuela. I. Weights at birth, weaning and 18 months. J.
Anim. Breed. Genet. 112, 117.
SAS (Statistical Analysis system) 1999, by SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC, USA..
Schoeman, S.J., Jordaan, G.F. and Skrypzeck, H., 2000. The influence of proportion of Simmentaler breeding in a
multibreed synthetic beef cattle population on preweaning growth traits. S. Afr. J. Anim. Sci. 30, 98.
Skrypzeck, H., Schoeman, S.J., Jordaan, G.F. and Neser, F.W.C., 2000. Estimates of crossbreeding parameters in a
multibreed beef cattle crossbreeding project. S. Afr. J. Anim. Sci. 30, 193.
Smith, G.M., Laster, D.B. and Gregory, K.E., 1976. Characteriation of biological types of cattle. I. Dystocia and
preweaning growth. J. Anim. Sci. 43, 27.
Tawah, C.L., Mbah, D.A., Rege, J.E.O. and Oumate, H., 1993. Genetic evaluation of birth and weaning weight of Guddli
and two-breed synthetic Wakwa beef cattle populations under selection in Cameroon. Genetic and phenotypic
parameters. Anim. Prod. 57, 73
Tawonezvi, H.P.R., Ward, H.K., Trail, J.C.M. and Light, D., 1988. Evaluation of beef breeds for rangeland weaner
production in Zimbabwe. I. Productivity of purebred cows. Anim. Prod. 47, 351.
Thrift, F.A., Gallion, S.R. and Absher, C.W., 1978. Breed sire and dam comparison for preweaning traits under
commericial beef cattle condition. J. Anim. Sci. 46, 977.
Van Zyl, J.G., 1990. Studies on performance and efficiency of pure and crossbred cattle in an arid bushveld environment.
Ph.D. thesis. University of Pretoria.
Introduction
An indication of the general efficiency of estrous detection may be obtained by recording the interval
between successive inseminations of the same cow provided it is known that the cow has not been served
meanwhile and that the second insemination was successful. Failure to conceive could be due to either
fertilization did not take place, even though the cow was in estrous, or fertilization did take place, but the
embryo failed to survive or the cow was not on heat when served (Wood, 1976).
The inter-estrous and inter-service intervals help in evaluating estrous detection efficiency and embryonic
mortality. If estrous detection is accurate, the inter-estrus and inter-service intervals should be either 18 to
24 days or 38 to 45 days and at least 60% of second estrus should be in these intervals. If not then the
presumption is that at least one of the two cycles was incorrectly detected or early embryonic death has
occurred (Radostits et al., 1994). The mean estrus cycle of a cow is 21 days (Val-vilho, 1986). However, the
inter-estrus and inter-service intervals from different studied (Mukasa-Mugerwa et al., 1991) are longer
than 21 days. This was affected by breed of the cow (Mekonnen Haile-Mariam and Goshu Mekonnen,
1996), management (Yoseph Mekasha et al., 2000) and other factors (Zakari et al., 1981). Therefore, this
indicates that depending on the genotype used, management followed and other genetic and non-genetic
factors, determination of the inter-estrus and inter-service intervals will serve as a guide to improve the
herd reproductive efficiency. Thus, this study was based on the objectives of evaluating the reproduction
efficiency using the inter-estrus and inter-service intervals and suggest possible improvement
interventions.
Goshu Mekonnen (1996) but contradicts with the reports of Zakari et al. (1981), Gemechu Wirtu (1992) and
Pleasants and McCall (1993). Mekonnen Haile-Mariam and Goshu Mekonnen (1996) reported inter-estrus
interval of 118 ± 25.9 days for Barca, 65.8 ± 10.8 days for Barca x Friesian crosses and 67.2 ± 12.2 days for
Boran x Friesian crosses. Zakari et al. (1981), however, reported non-significant breed variations in estrus
cycle length for Bunaji (22.9 ± 0.7 day) and Bokoloji (23.8 ± 0.65 day) cattle. Similarly, Gemechu Wirtu
(1992) reported that the Boran and Boran x Friesian crossbred cows were not significantly different in
inter-estrus interval.
Cows in the first parity had significantly (p < 0.001) the longest (55.8 ± 2.61 days) while cows in the sixth
parity had the shortest (40.3 ± 2.25 days) inter-estrus interval. This difference could be related to maturity
of the cow. The longest inter-estrus was recorded for cows that calved in 1991 (73.9 ± 6.07 days) and the
shortest for 1985 (30.4 ± 4.17 days; Figure 1).
The distribution of inter-estrus interval (Table 3) into different estrus cycle length categories showed that
43.2% of the inter-estrus intervals were within the normal range (18 to 24 days) of the estrus cycle, while
23.4% were abnormally long (>48 days) and 13.0% were short (<18 days).
Inter-service interval
The overall least square mean inter-service interval was 49.1 ± 1.24 days (Table 2). This is comparable to
the 44.4 ± 15.6 and 65.8 ± 16.1 days reported for crossbred cows on the experimental and private farms
(Garcia et al., 1990), 53 ± 40 days for Arsi cows (Mukasa-Mugerwa et al., 1991b) and 59.6 ± 4.8 days
(Gemechu Wirtu, 1992) for Boran and crossbred cows.
Horro as a sire breed had significantly (p < 0.001) the longest (62.2 ± 2.92 days), while the Jersey crosses
had the shortest inter-service interval (41.8 ± 4.01 days). Among the crossbreds the Simmental crosses had
significantly (p < 0.001) the longest (51.3 ± 3.15 days), while the Jersey crosses the shortest inter-service
interval. The Horro, as a dam breed, was not significantly (p > 0.05) different from the Boran cows. Similar
breed difference was reported by Garcia et al. (1990). Garcia et al.(1990) reported 25 days shorter inter-
service interval in what they called undefined crossbred cows compared to European x Zebu animals, while
Gemechu Wirtu (1992) did not find breed variation between Boran and Boran Friesian cows. Figure 1
showed least square mean inter-estrus and inter-service intervals across years. Significantly (p < 0.001)
the longest inter-service interval was observed in 1997 (68.6 ± 7.32 days) and the shortest was recorded in
1998 (33.5 ± 13.06 days; Figure 1). Mukasa-Mugerwa et al. (1991b) reported year effect on first service
interval. The variations among the calving years could be related to differences in breeding management
and herd composition.
Table 1. Least square mean (± SE) inter-oestrus interval
For cows with repeated services, the first inter-service interval was significantly (p < 0.01) the longest (64.2
± 3.91 days) compared to the other categories. This difference could be related to the stage of lactation of
the cow. The time that the longest interval recorded probably matched with the time of peak milk yield.
During the first estrus cycle after parturition there was significantly shorter period when plasma
progesterone levels were elevated than during the next two cycles (Webb et al., 1980). This could result in
short estrus cycles that could be missed undetected but could have an influence on the inter-service and
inter-estrus interval.
Frequency distribution of inter-service intervals (Table 3) showed that 42.0% of the inter-service intervals
were within the range of 18-24 days and 15.7% within the range of 36-48 days. About 5.6% (<18 days) and
29.7% (>48 days) were abnormal. The observation that 45.4% of the intervals were multiples of the normal
(36-48 and >48 days) range suggested that many heats probably occurred at regular intervals. This is
consistent with the findings of Garcia et al (1990) who also found that only 36% of the estrus returns were
normal, 16% and 8% occurred at 42 and 63 days, respectively. Similarly, Mukasa-Mugerwa et al. (1991a)
reported that 35.7% of the heats in Abernosa cows were silent or missed visually and ovarian cyclicity
resumed 33 days earlier than externally detected. MacMillan and Watson (1971) also reported that 18% of
cows returned to service within 49 days of first insemination were re-mated within the first 17 days.
About 5.6% of the cycles were short (<17 days; Table 3). This figure is within the range of 5-9% short cycles
reported by Garcia et al. (1990) and Mukasa-Mugerwa et al. (1991b) but lower than the 18% reported by
MacMillan and Watson (1971). They reported 31.4% of all short return intervals occurred between 8 to 10
days after first insemination. The proportion of cows within the range of 18-24 and 36-48 days interval
obtained were comparable to the 60% reported by Rodostitis et al. (1994). Moreover, Mukasa-Mugerwa et
al. (1991b) reported 24.4% and 51.9% of estrus occurred within 18-24 days and within multiples of normal
range, respectively.
Comparison of the inter-estrus and inter-service intervals showed a difference of about five days and this
difference was statistically significant (p < 0.05). This indicates that apart from the problems associated
with inter-estrus interval, some degree of embryonic mortality might have occurred in the herd. Wood
(1976) and Kummerfield et al. (1978) used the proportion of cows returning for insemination after an
interval longer than a normal cycle to estimate embryonic mortality. Embryonic mortality of about 5.1%
was reported based on progesterone assay (Kummerfield et al., 1978). Diskin and Sreenan (1980) on the
other hand, reported 90% fertilization following a single insemination and 93% estimated embryonic
survival up to day eight but markedly reduced survival at day 12 (56%), day 16 (66%) and day 42 (58%)
and suggested that most embryonic mortality occurred between day 8 and 16. Therefore, the approximately
five days difference between the inter-estrus and inter-service intervals are comparable to the 8-9 days
reported by Diskin and Sreenan (1980).
80
70
60
50
Days
40
30
20
10
0
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
C alving year
IO I IS I
Figure 1. Inter-oestrus (IOI) and inter-service (ISI) intervals across calving years.
Table 3. Frequency distribution of inter-oestrus and inter-service intervals into different oestrus intervals in zebu and crossbred cows
Conclusion
Both inter-estrus and inter-service intervals are used to monitor heat detection efficiency and breeding
management of a farm. Both values obtained in this study are very long compared to the normal estrus cycle
length of 21 days reported in literature. Besides, the longer inter-estrus interval could also indicate that there
was heat missed unobserved. Therefore, improving the heat detection efficiency will undoubtedly improve the
reproductive efficiency of the farm. Similarly, the longer inter-service interval apart from the heat detection
efficiency is influenced by early embryonic mortality. Hence, require further study to assess when and why
embryonic mortality could have had occurred in the herd.
Acknowledgements
The authors are great full to the Bako Agricultural Research Center for the provision of the data used for
this study and the International Livestock Research Institute for the computer facilities provided during the
course of the study.
References
Alberro, M. 1983. Comparative performance of F1 Friesian x Zebu heifers in Ethiopia. Anim. Prod. 37 (2): 247 -
Diskin, M. G. and Sreenan, J. M. 1980. Fertilization and embryonic mortality rates in beef heifers after artificial
insemination. J. Reprod. Fertil. 59: 463 - 468.
Garcia, M., Huanca, W. and Echevarria, L. 1990. Reproductive performance of pure bred and crossbred zebu cattle under
artificial insemination in Amazon. Anim. Prod. 50 (1): 41 - 49.
Gebregziabher Gebreyohannes and Mulugeta Kebede.1996. Fertility of Horro and crossbred (F1) cows at Bako Research
Centre. In: ESAP Proceedings of the Fourth National Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP).
18-19 April, 1996. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P. 120-126.
Gemechu Wirtu. 1992. Evaluation of the reproductive performance and aspects of oestrus phenomenon in zebu and
crossbred cattle at ILCA Debre Zeit Research Station. D.V.M. Thesis, Faculty of Veterinary Medicine, Addis Ababa
University.
Imtiaz Hussain, S. M., Fuquay, J. W. and Younas, M. 1992. Estrus cyclicity in lactating and lactating Holsteins and
Jerseys during a Pakistani summer. J. Dairy Sci. 75 (11): 2968 - 2975.
Kummerfeld, H. L., Oltenacu, E. A. B. and Foote, R. H. 1978. Embryonic mortality in dairy cows estimated by non-return
to service, estrus and cyclic milk progesterone patterns. J. Dairy Sci. 61: 1773 - 1777.
Llewelyn, C. A., Munro, C. D., Luckins, A. G., Jordt, T., Murray, M. and Lorenzini, E. 1987. Behavioral and ovarian
changes during the estrus cycle in the Boran (Bos indicus). Br. Vet. J. 143: 75 - 82.
MacMillan, K. L. and Watson, J. D. 1971. Short estrus cycles in New Zealand dairy cattle. J. Dairy Sci. 54 (10): 1526 -
1529.
Mattoni, M., Mukasa Mugerwa, E., Cecchini, G. and Sovani, S. 1988. The reproductive performance of East African (Bos
indicus) zebu cattle in Ethiopia 1. Estrus cycle length, duration, behavior and ovulation time. Theriogenology 30 (5):
961 - 971.
Mekonnen Haile-Mariam and Goshu Mokonnen. 1996. Reproductive performance of zebu, Friesian and Friesian-Zebu
crosses. Trop. Agric (Trinidad) 73 (2): 142 - 147.
Michalak, B. W., Beyene Kebede and Galal, E. S. E. 1983. Seasonality in reproductive behavior of local (zebu) and
crossbred cows in three locations in Ethiopia. Ethiopian. J. Agric. Sci. 5: 119 - 129.
Mukasa-Mugerwa, E., Azage Tegegne and Hiskias Ketema. 1991a. Patterns of postpartum estrus onset and associated
plasma progesterone profiles in Bos indicus cows in Ethiopia. Anim. Reprod. Sci. 24: 73 - 84.
Mukasa-Mugerwa, E., Azage Tegegne and Yihun Teklu. 1991b. Characterization of service intervals and frequency of
short estrus cycles in zebu (Bos indicus) cows in Ethiopia. Reprod. Nutr. Develop. 31: 361 - 367.
Pleasants, A. B. and McCall, D. G. 1993. Relationships among post calving anoestrus interval, estrus cycles, conception
rates and calving rate in Angus and Hereford x Friesian cows calving in six successive years. Anim. Prod. 56: 187 -
192.
Radostits, O. M., Leslie, K. E. and Fetraw, J. 1994. Herd health and food production medicine. 2nd ed. Saunders Company.
Rakha, A. M. and Igboeli, C. 1971. Effect of nutrition, season and age on the estrus cycle of indigenous central African
cattle. J. Anim. Sci. 32: 943 - 945.
SAS (Statistical Analysis System). 1999. SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC, USA.
Vale-Filho, V. R., Pinheiro, L. E. L. and Basrur, P. K. 1986. Reproduction in zebu cattle. In: Morrow D. A. (ed.), Current
therapy in Theriogenology. 2. Diagnosis, treatment and prevention of reproductive diseases in small and large
animals. Saunders Company. P. 437 - 442.
Webb, R., Lamming, G. E., Haynes, N. B. and Foxcroft, G. R. 1980. Plasma progesterone and gonadotrophin
concentrations and ovarian activity in postpartum dairy cows. J. Reprod. Fertil. 59: 133 - 143.
Wood, P. D. P. 1976. A note on detection of estrus in cattle bred by artificial insemination and the measurement of
embryonic mortality. Anim. Prod. 22 (2): 275 - 278.
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and Umunna, N. N. 2000. Characterization of postpartum ovarian
activities using milk progesterone profiles in dairy cows in urban/ peri-urban dairy production systems. In: ESAP
(Ethiopian Society of Animal Production) Proceedings of Seventh Annual Conference of ESAP, 26 - 27 May 1999,
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P. 307 - 319
Zakari, A. Y., Molokwa, E. C. I. and Osori, D. I. K. 1981. Effects of season on the estrus cycle of cows (Bos indicus)
indigenous to northern Nigeria. Vet. Record 109 (11): 213 - 214.
Introduction
Reproductive and growth performance are of major importance in dairy and beef enterprises. The main
traits related to reproductive performance are age at first calving, the interval between successive calving
and, from these two, the potential lifetime production. Under station conditions, AFC depends not only on the
rate of growth achieved by calves but is also influenced by the management policies with regard to weight or
age at first mating and whether or not seasonal breeding is practiced (Saeed et al., 1987). Preweaning
performance traits such as birth and weaning weight have important implications on herd productivity,
management systems and breeding policies to be followed. They are also important early indicators of
adaptability and management adequacy (Mekonnen and Goshu, 1996). The objective of the study was to
evaluate the reproductive and growth performance of Fogera cattle and their half bred with Friesian at
Metekel Cattle Breeding and Improvement Ranch found in Amhara region, Ethiopia.
for internal and external parasites. Deworming was conducted twice per year, at the start and end of the
rainy seasons.
Data were analysed using the least squares procedures of Harvey (1990) model 1. The linear models that
were assumed for the traits included breed group, year of birth, season of birth, sex of calf, parity of dam
and the interaction effect between breed group and year of birth for birth and weaning weight. Months
were classified as dry season (November-February), short rainy season (March-May) and long rainy season
(June-October). Duncan’s Multiple Range Test (Steel and Torrie, 1960) was used to determine any
significance differences with in means.
difficulties in heat detection and allowing the calves to suck their dams until weaning age which was eight
months.
Gestation length (GL)
The mean gestation length of 583 pure Fogera cows was 281.4 days with a CV of 3.54% (Table 3). The
value was in close agreement with the observation made by Mekonnen and Goshu (1987) working on the
same breed and Azage (1981) for Borana, Horro and Barka cows. However, higher value of GL was reported
by Alberro (1983) for highland zebu of Ethiopia and Saeed et al., (1987) for Kennana cattle in Sudan.
Table 2. Least square means for calving interval (days)
Variable No Mean ± SE
Overall mean 653 559.0±12.74
Year of calving **
1989/90 13 488.2±38.22 d
1990/91 13 599.1±27.60 ab
1991/92 11 640.2±40.58 a
1992/93 40 599.3±22.95 b
1993/94 104 561.7±16.91 bc
1994/95 174 542.8±13.96 c
1995/96 246 556.9±12.05 bc
1996/97 52 483.7±20.06 d
Season of calving **
Dry 73 558.1±19.71 ab
Short rainy 258 576.8±14.31 a
Long rainy 322 542.1±13.59 b
Parity of dam **
1 358 605.5±10.93 a
2 183 547.6±12.99 b
3 68 543.5±18.15 b
4 30 532.6±25.60 b
5+ 14 565.8±36.50 b
Within variable group, means followed by the same letter or with no letter do not differ significantly (p<0.05).
Acronyms CV, coefficient of variation; Fo, Fogera; FFo, Friesian Fogera; NS, not significant; SE, standard error.
The breed of sire had significant effect on gestation length (Table 3). Cows mated to pure Fogera bulls
carried their calves for 5.4 days longer than those artificially inseminated with Friesian semen. A negative
genetic correlation between GL and prenatal gain was reported by Bourdon and Brinks (1982), which
suggests that the birth process is initiated in an earlier stage of gestation among fast growing than among
slow growing breeds. The year of calving had a significant effect (p<0.01) on the GL. The shorter GL was
recorded for those cows, which calved during 1992/93 compared to rest of the years. The season of calving
had a significant effect on GL. Cows which calved in the long rainy season had longer GL, followed by those
which calved in the dry and short rainy seasons. Access to sufficient nutrients during long rainy season
might have retained the calves for little longer time within the physiological limits of gestation period. The
sex of calf and parity of dam showed non-significant effect on gestation length.
Birth weight (bwt)
The mean bwt of 1254 calves, of which 882 were sired by pure Fogera bulls and 372 by Friesian was 23.68
kg with a coefficient of variation of 12.42%. The mean squares from the analysis of variance showed that
breed group, year of birth, season of birth, sex of calf, parity of dam and interaction between breed group of
calf and year of birth significantly affected birth weight. The genotype of calf had a significant effect on birth
weight (Table 4). Crossbred calves outweighed Fogera calves by 2.47 kg which is related to the high prenatal
growth rate of crossbred calves. Sendros et al.,(1987), Mekonnen (1987) and Asheber (1992) also noticed that
calves sired by Friesian bulls had higher bwt than those sired by native bulls.
The year of birth showed a significant effect (p<0.01) on the bwt. The variation in the bwt of calves over the
years might be associated with the nutritional status of their dams as affected by the rainfall pattern and
thus with feed availability. Calves born during the long and short rainy seasons were significantly heavier
(p<0.05) than those born during the dry season. This variation could be attributed to improved nutrition
for the cows calving in the rainy seasons due to the availability of green forage during the later phase of
pregnancy. This observation is in agreement with the findings of Agyemang and Nkhonjera (1986) and
Asheber (1992). Male calves were significantly heavier (p<0.01) than female calves. Calves born from first
calver were significantly lighter than those calves born from second to fifth parity of cows. This variation
could be attributed to a good maternal environment provided by mature cows to the newly developing
fetus. The interaction between the breed group of calf and the year of birth was highly significant (p<0.01).
Table 3. Least square means for gestation length (days)
Variable No Mean ± SE
Overall mean 583 281.4±0.92
Sire breed **
Fogera 280 284.1±1.23 b
Friesian 303 278.7±0.89 b
Year of calving **
1992/93 19 276.4±2.41 c
1993/94 61 282.1±1.65 ab
1994/95 68 283.3±1.56 a
1995/96 138 282.5±1.13 a
1996/97 120 279.5±1.02 b
1997/98 177 284.4±0.94 a
Season of calving *
Dry 36 281.7±1.82 ab
Short rainy 297 280.0±0.89 b
Long rainy 250 282.4±0.89 a
Sex of calf NS
Male 305 281.9±0.10
Female 278 280.8±1.01
Parity of dam NS
1 239 281.1±0.85
2 185 282.3±0.97
3 106 280.4±1.22
4 31 283.2±1.86
5+ 22 279.9±2.22
Within variable group, means followed by the same letter or with no letter do not differ significantly (p<0.05).
Acronyms CV, coefficient of variation; Fo, Fogera; FFo, Friesian Fogera; NS, not significant; SE, standard error.
(1987) and Asheber (1992). Sex of calf had no significant influence on the wwt. The effect of parity on wwt
was significant (p<0.05). The lowest wwt was recorded for calves from first calver and highest wwt for
calves from second and subsequent calvers (Table 4). The low wwt of calves from dams in the first parity
could be due to nutritional requirement of the dams for their own growth and maintenance leading to lower
milk production. The present observation is consistent with the findings of Asheber (1992), Wagenaar et
al., (1986) and Rege et al., (1994). The interaction between the breed group of calf and year of birth was
significant (p<0.01).
Table 4. Least square means for birth and weaning wts (kg) of Fogera and F1 calves
Birth wt Weaning wt
Variable
No Mean± No Mean±SE
Overall mean 1254 23.68±0.21 612 122.4±1.8
Breed group ** **
Fogera 882 22.45±0.17 a 398 114.2±1.91 a
Crossbred 372 24.92±0.37 b 214 130.5±2.29 b
Year of birth ** **
1991/92 22 24.14±1.21 b -
1992/93 40 25.63±0.40 a -
1993/94 111 22.07±0.27 e 105 127.3±2.66 a
1994/95 184 23.51±0.21 c 153 117.1±2.27 b
1995/96 313 23.66±0.18 b 278 117.7±1.87 b
1996/97 275 23.01±0.23 d 76 127.4±3.47 a
1997/98 309 23.78±0.18 bc -
Season of birth * **
Dry 147 23.35±0.28 b 41 124.8±3.39 b
Short rainy 553 23.75±0.23 a 252 129.1±1.97 a
Long rainy 554 23.96±0.22 a 319 113.1±1.68 c
Sex of calf ** NS
Male 652 24.11±0.23 a 317 123.9±2.01
Female 602 23.26±0.22 b 295 120.8±1.95
Parity of dam ** *
1 600 23.23±0.21 b 344 118.3±1.65 b
2 361 23.72±0.23 a 164 125.0±1.95 a
3 185 23.68±0.26 a 60 124.4±2.80 a
4 64 24.10±0.35 a 30 122.2±3.74 ab
5+ 44 23.70±0.41 a 14 121.9±5.43 ab
Breed x year ** **
Fogera-1991/92 14 25.07±0.53 cd - -
Fogera-1992/93 15 23.79±0.62efg - -
Fogera-1993/94 46 20.46±0.38 j 47 122.7±3.48 cd
Fogera-1994/95 108 20.93±0.26 ij 92 116.0±2.60 e
Fogera-1995/96 213 22.10±0.20 h 194 109.0±2.05 f
Fogera-1996/97 242 21.56±0.17 hi 65 109.2±2.81 f
Fogera-1997/98 244 23.26±0.18 g - -
F1cross-1991/92 8 23.21±2.36 g - -
F1cross-1992/93 25 27.46±0.49 a - -
F1cross-1993/94 65 23.68±0.32 fg 58 131.9±3.13 b
F1cross-1994/95 76 26.09±0.29 b 61 118.2±2.99 de
F1cross-1995/96 100 25.21±0.25 c 84 126.3±2.50 bc
F1cross-1996/97 33 24.46±0.42 de 11 145.6±6.08 a
F1cross-1997/98 65 24.31±0.30 ef - -
same period were 207 gm and 201 gm compared to 382 gm and 440 gm during preweaning period for the
Fogera and Crossbreds, respectively. Thus post-weaning retardation of growth rate is less for the Fogera
calves (175 gm) compared to crossbreds (239 gm). This is an indication that native calves are more capable
of withstanding the post weaning stress compared to F1 calves. Hence, the first few months after weaning
are highly critical period for the crossbred and demand better management, more nutrients and extra care.
Year of birth affected adjusted one year weight significantly (p<0.01). The effect of year on weight at
yearling age confirms the reports of Wagenaar et al., (1986) and Mekonnen (1987). Season of birth, sex of
calf and parity of dam were not important source of variation for yearling weight.
Table 5. Least square means for adjusted one year and two years wt (kg) of Fogera and F1 calves
Fogera cows is relatively long compared to tropical standards. The longer CI observed at the ranch might
be due to restricted seasonal breeding and because of allowing the calves to suckle till the age of eight
months (weaning age). Recorded conception of majority of Fogera cows coincidentally was after the calves
were weaned. Thus improved post parturient feeding and good calf rearing strategy through
supplementation with other feed so as to wean the calves at an early age will have effect on on-set and
intensity of post parturient oestrus resulting in an increase of the calf crop yield through reduction of
calving interval. The average gestation length estimated in the present study is within the range reported
for tropical cattle.
The average birth wt and weaning wt are in agreement with the reports made on the same breed under
farm and ranch management levels and also within the range reported for tropical breeds. Yearling and
two years wt in the present study are relatively low when compared to many reports for tropical cattle.
Though the records available for postweaning growth study were small, the result elucidates the inability
of crossbred calves to withstand the postweaning stress compared to native breed and higher capacity for
compensatory growth later on. Therefore most important factor to improve is the growth rate, which
should be appropriate to predetermined age at first calving.
References
Alberro, M. 1983. Comparative performance of F1 Friesian x Zebu heifers in Ethiopia. Anim. Prod. 37: 247-252.
Agyemang, K. and Nkonjera L.P. 1986. Evaluation of the productivity of crossbred dairy cattle on smallholder and
government farms of Republic of Malawi. ILCA Research Report No. 12. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Anders, O., Mohammed Yusuf, Asfaw Tolessa, Tegene Alemayehu and Tsehay Biadgilgn. 1987. Performance of dairy
cattle at research and dairy co-operatve farms in the Arsi region of Ethiopia. In: First National Livestock
Improvement Conference (NLIC). 11-13 February 1987, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 66-67.
Asheber Sewalem. 1992. Evaluation of the reproductive and preweaning growth performance of Fogera cattle and their
F1 Friesian crosses at Andassa Cattle Breeding Station, Ethiopia. M.Sc. Thesis, Alemaya University of Agriculture,
Alemaya, Ethiopia.
Azage Tegegn 1981. Reproductive performance of zebu cattle and their crosses with temperate breeds in Ethiopia. M.Sc.
Thesis, Alemaya College of Agriculture, Addis Ababa University, Ethiopia.
Bourdon, R.M. and J.S. Brinks. 1982. Genetic, environmental and phenotypic relationship among gestation length, birth
weight, growth traits and age at first calving in beef cattle. J.Anim.Sci. 53 (3): 543-553.
Fall, A., Diop, M., Sandford, J., Wissoeq, Y.J., Durkin, J. and Trail, J.C.M. 1982. Evaluation of the productivities of
Djallonke sheep and N’Dama cattle at the center de recherches Zoo technique, Kolda, Senegal. ILCA Research
Report No.3. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Harvey, W.R. 1990. User’s Guide for Least squares and Maximum Likelihood Computer Program, Ohio State University,
Columbus, USA.
Kiwuwa,, G.H., Trail, J.C.M., Kurtu, M.Y., Worku, G., Anderson, FM. and Durkin, J. 1983. Crossbred dairy cattle
productivity in Arsi region, Ethiopia. ILCA Research Report No. 11. ARDU and ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Mekonnen Haile-Mariam. 1987. Evaluation of reproductive and growth performance of Boran cattle and Friesian at
Abernossa, Ethiopia. M.Sc. Thesis, Alemaya University of Agriculture, Alemaya, Ethiopia.
Mekonnen Haile-Mariam and Goshu Mekonnen. 1987. Reproductive performance of Fogera cattle and their Friesian
crosses. Ethiopian J. of Agri. Sci. 9(2): 95-114.
Mekonnen Haile-Mariam and Goshu Mekonnen. 1996. Reproductive performance of Zebu, Friesian, and Friesian-Zebu
crosses. Trop. Agric. (Trinidad). 73 (2).
MOA (Ministry of Agriculture). 1988. Metekel Cattle Breeding and Improvement Ranch. Project Document, Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia.
Mulugeta Kebede, Tesfaye Kumsa, and Gebre-Egziabher Gebre-Yohannes. 1991. Some productive and reproductive
performances of Horro cattle at Bako research center. In: Proceedings of the fourth National Livestock Improvement
Conference (NLIC). 13-15 Nov 1991, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 78-82.
Rege, J.E.O., Aboagye, G.S., Ahah, S., and Ahunu, B.K. 1994. Crossbreeding Jersey with Ghana Short horn and Sokoto
Gudali cattle in a tropical environment: additive and heterotic effects for milk production, reproduction and calf
growth traits. Anim. Prod. 59: 21-29.
Saeed, A.M., Ward, P.N., Light, D., Durkin, J.W., and Wilson, R.T. 1987. Characterization of Kenana cattle at Um
Banein, Sudan. ILCA Research Report No. 16. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Sendros, Demeke., Beyene Kebede., Taye, Bekru., Mulugeta, Kebede and Hailu, G-medhin. 1987. Premilinary results of
cattle crossbreeding studies. II Growth performance of European x Zebu crossbred calves. In: proceedings of First
National Livestock Improvement Conference (NLIC). 11-13 Feb 1987, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 73-75.
Steel, R.G.D. and Torrie, J.H. 1960. Principles and Procedures of Statistics. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., New York.
Trail, J.C.M., Sones, K., Jibbo, J.M.C., Durkin, J., Light, D.E. and Murray, M. 1985. Productivity of Boran cattle
maintained by chemoprophylaxis under trypanosomiasis risk. ILCA Research Report No. 9. ILCA, Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia.
Wagenaar, K.T., Diallo, A., Sayers, A.R. 1986. Productivity of transhumant Fulani cattle in the inner Niger delta of Mali.
ILCA Research Report No. 13. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Gizachew Bekele, Zelalem Yielma, Taddese Bekele, Alemu G/wold, Sendros Demeke, Yohannes Gojjam and
Roman H/Silassie
Introduction
In our country exotic dairy breeds, in particular the Friesian were crossed with the local Zebu breeds for
many years to increase the productivity of our local cows. The aim has been to combine adaptability,
hardiness, disease resistance and heat tolerance of indigenous cattle with the high milk potential and faster
growth rate of temperate cattle (Beyene, 1992). The major genetic consequences of crossbreeding to increase
the proportion of heterozygosity in the progeny over that which would be found in random mated or inbred
population. When out bred progeny exceed the average of progeny of the group, contributing to the cross,
there is heterosis or hybrid vigor. Crossbreeding includes specific two breeds cross, specific three breeds cross,
rotational cross and combination of terminal rotational cross. MOA, IAR, ARDP, and Alemaya University of
Agriculture and ILRI have undertaken crossbreeding activities in research and development for the last
twenty to thirty years in Ethiopia. All breeding activities were focused on two way crossing. Milk yield,
reproductive performance and growth performance of these crosses have been reported earlier (Beyene, 1992,
Little et al, 1988, Sendros et al, 1987a, 1987b, Azage et al, 1981). From these crossbreeding studies and
experiences it was concluded that F1 crosses were found to be better in performance and adaptation under
low standard of management and husbandry practices. However it was found that the supply of F1 progenies
for extension purpose doesn’t guarantee sustained stock. It calls for continuos supply of F1 crossbred or AI
services, which may be difficult for remote areas. This is because back crossing or inter se mating reduces
their heterozygosity. But in three breed rotational crossing scheme heterosis coefficients stabilize fairly
rapidly (Hohenboken, 1985). It is also generally concluded that three breeds are the minimum that can be
used in rotational crossing system to maintain approximately the level of heterosis obtained in first
generation (Cunningham and Syrstad, 1987, McDowel, 1985).
Accordingly, after reviewing the earlier two breed-crossing program of IAR, three breeds crossing was
initiated to maintain level of heterosis obtained in the first generation (Merha and Alemu, 1989).
Growth rate trait is one of the important parts of dairy cattle goals and it needs to be evaluated in any
breeding program. In dairy cattle, culling can be more rigorous and stocks can be replaced earlier if growth
rates are better as heifers can calve at younger age and increase their life time productivity (Hohenboken,
1985). The target of dairy cattle management program for European breeds is to feed well so that age at
first breeding (service) is 14-16 months, age at first calving is around 24-26 months (Etgen et al., 1987).
However, for two breed crosses of European and Zebu, mean age of 36 months for first conception and 45
months for calving were reported (Beyene, 1992). This paper reports results of the effects of type of cross,
exotic blood level, sex, birth year and birth season on the growth performance of crossbred cattle up to the
age of one year.
gain rate for two breed crosses as well as three breed crosses after 90days up to one year of age was
decreasing (From 349gm/day to 258 gm/day and from 318 gm/day to 246gm /day for two breed crosses and
three breed crosses respectively). Contrary to this however, Little et.al. (1988) reported an increasing daily
weight gain rate after 90days of age up to 9 months (From 310gm/day to 410gm/day) on bucket reared
group 50% Boran X Friesian crossbred calves. The reason may be that our calves after weaning were not
cared well nutritionally and were managed in-group to graze out in the field.
Fifty percent Friesian crossbred calves on average gained 50gm (15.9%) more weight daily than 25%
Friesian 25% Jersey calves and though not significant (P<0.05), 33gm (9.9%) more weight daily than 50%
Jersey crossbred calves up to the age of 90days (Table2). This is possibly because of the proportion of
Friesian blood inheritance. Better growth performance of Friesian crossbred calves over Jersey crossbred
calves was also been reported by Little et.al. (1988) and Sendros et.al. (1987). However, the gain was not
persistent and the weight attained at one year of age by 50% Friesian crossbred calves was not significant
(P<0.05) to any other exotic blood level group as could be seen from Table1. However, Sendros et.al. (1987)
reported that Friesian crossbred calves attained marked weight (P<0.05) than Jersey crossbred calves at
one year of age (152kg Vs 139kg). Similar to this finding however, we have noticed that calves with 62.5%
Friesian blood inheritance attained significant (P<0.05) weight at one year of age than any other group
except 37.5Jersey 25%Friesian calves (Tale1).
Birth season did not brought any apparent change in average daily weight gain up to WWT, SMWT and
YWT. Birth year didn’t affect birth weight. However calves born in the years 1995 to 1999 were 3kg (5.6%),
9.5kg (11.8%) and 27kg (24.9%) heavier than those born during 1990 to 1994 at 90days, 180days and one
year of age respectively, and these differences were significant (P<0.05). These weight differences were also
reflected in average daily gains from birth till the age groups considered. Calves born during 1995 – 1999
on average gained 35gm (11%), 55gm (18.1%) and 74gm (32.5%) more weight daily from birth to 90days,
180days and one year of age, respectively than calves born during 1990 – 1994. The least square means of
weight attained and average daily gain differences between the two birth year groups tended to increase,
as they grow older. This may be attributed to better management of calves in the years 1995 – 1999.
Table 1. Least squares means (± s.e.) of live weights attained at birth (BWT), 90 days (90DWT), 180 days (180DWT) and yearling (YWT)
categorized by type of cross, sex, exotic blood level, birth year and birth season of crossbred cattle
Variable No.of obs. BWT (kg) 90DWT (kg) 180DWT (kg) YWT (kg)
Overall mean 214 25.4 55.7 84.3 117.9
Type of cross
Two-way 127 25.4 ± 0.45 56.9± 0.87b 85.2 ± 1.39 119.7 ± 2.38
Three-way 87 25.3 ± 0.54 54.0± 1.05a 83.1 ± 1.68 115.2 ± 2.87
Sex
Male 94 26.2± 0.64b 56.7± 1.33b 85.0 ± 2.10 127.0±3.34b
Female 120 24.2± 0.44a 54.6± 0.93a 84.8 ± 1.47 116.9±2.34a
Exotic blood level*
50% F 49 28.2± 0.65c 61.2± 1.35b 89.0± 2.13bc 120.4±3.38a
50% J 38 23.0± 0.74a 52.8± 1.55a 79.9 ± 2.45a 115.0±3.89a
62.5% F 24 28.6± 0.94c 60.1± 2.00b 94.3 ± 3.10c 136.6±4.92b
62.5% J 15 20.7± 1.13a 50.8± 1.96a 77.5 ± 3.86a 119.0±6.12a
25% F 25% J 67 26.0± 0.58b 54.6± 2.44a 84.1 ±1.92ab 119.9±3.04a
37.5% F 25% J 10 26.3±1.47bc 54.9±1.21ab 84.8±4.80abc 116.3±7.65a
37.5% J 25% F 11 24.1±1.40ab 55.0±2.91ab 85.0±4.60abc 127.7± 7.2ab
Birth year
1990 – 94 126 25.3 ± 0.48 54.0± 1.00a 80.2 ± 1.58b 108.5±2.51a
1995 – 99 88 25.2 ± 0.60 57.0± 1.26b 89.7 ±1.99a 135.5±3.14b
Birth season
Dry 153 24.6 ± 0.45 55.6 ± 0.93 84.9 ± 1.48 122.0 ± 2.35
Wet 61 25.9 ± 0.66 55.6 1.37 85.0 ± 2.17 122.0 ±3.44
C.V. % 17.5 16.5 17.2 19.6
Means with different superscripts within the same category are significantly (P,<0.05) different
* Where; 50% F = 50%Friesian and 50%Boran; 50% J = 50%Jersey and 50% Boran; 25% F 25% J = 25%Friesian, 25%Jersey and 50%Boran; 37.5% F 25% J = 37.5%Friesian,
25%Jersey and 37.5%Boran
Generally three breed crosses had intermediate growth performance when compared to Friesian crosses
and Jersey crosses. This is expected because Friesian crosses has been reported to grow better than Jersey
crosses (Little et.al, 1988, Sendros et.al, 1987) and three breed crosses are a combination of Friesian,
Jersey and Boran blood. However, to evaluate whether heterosis was maintained in three breed rotational
crossing or not, it is likely better to use exotic sire breeds with more or less equal growth performance so as
to avoid the effect of the breeds growth difference.
Table 2. Least squares means (± s.e.) of average daily weight gain at different ages categorized by type of cross, sex, exotic blood level,
birth year and birth season of crossbred cattle
Variable No.of Obs. Birth to90 days, g Birth to180 days, g Birth to 1 year, g
Overall mean 214 336 327 253
Cross
Two-way 127 349 ± 0.01b 331 ± 0.01 258 ± 0.01
Three-way 87 318 ± 0.01a 321 ± 0.01 246 ± 0.01
Sex
Male 94 337 ± 0.01 326 ± 0.01 276 ± 0.01
Female 120 336 ± 0.01 337 ± 0.01 254 ± 0.01
Exotic blood level
50% F 49 365 ± 0.01b 338 ± 0.01ab 252 ± 0.01a
50% J 38 332 ± 0.01ab 314 ± 0.01a 252 ± 0.01a
62.5% F 24 351 ± 0.02ab 367 ± 0.02b 296 ± 0.01b
62.5% J 15 335 ± 0.02ab 315 ± 0.02a 268 ± 0.02ab
25% F 25% J 67 315 ± 0.01a 323 ± 0.01a 255 ± 0.01a
37.5% F 25% J 10 317 ± 0.03ab 324 ± 0.02ab 247 ± 0.02a
37.5% J 25% F 11 341 ± 0.03ab 339 ± 0.02ab 284 ± 0.02ab
Birth year
1990-94 126 319 ± 0.01a 304 ± 0.01a 228 ± 0.01a
1995-99 88 354 ± 0.01b 359 ± 0.01b 302 ± 0.01b
Birth season
Dry 153 343 ± 0.01 335 ± 0.01 267 ± 0.01
Wet 61 330 ± 0.01 328 ± 0.01 263 ± 0.01
C.V. % 26.5 22.8 24.3
Means with different superscripts within the same category are significantly (P<0.05) different
* Where; 50% F = 50% Friesian and 50% Boran ; 50% J = 50% Jersey and 50% Boran; 25% F 25% J = 25% Friesian, 25% Jersey and 50% Boran ; 37.5% F 25% J = 37.5%Friesian,
25%Jersey and 37.5%Boran
References
Alemu, M.1983. Care of Young Animals. In-service training Manual. Animal Breeding and Improvement Division,
Ministry of Agriculture, Addis Abeba, Ethiopia, P.16.
Azage Tegegne, E.S.E. Galal and Beyene Kebede. 1981. A Study on the Reproduction of Local Zebu and F1 crossbred
(European and Zebu) cows. 1. Number of services per conception, gestation length and days open till conception.
Eth. J. Agric. Sci. 3(1): 1-14.
Beyene Kebede. 1992. Estimation of Additive and Non-additive Genetic Effects for Growth, milk Yield and Reproductive
Traits of Crossbred Cattle in the wet and dry environments in Ethiopia. Ph.D. Dissertation, Cornell University,
Ithaca, New York.
Cunningham, E.P. and Syrstad , O. 1987. Crossbreeding Bos Idicus and Bos Taurus for Milk Production In The Tropics.
F.A.O Animal Production and Health Papers. No. 68.F.A.O. Rome.
Etgen, M.W., E.j. Robert and M.R. Paul. 1987. Dairy Cattle Feeding And Management.
Hohenboken, w.d. 1985. Genetic Structure Of Populations. 2. Mating Among Distantly Related Individuals. In: A.B.
Chapman (Ed). World Animal Science. Elsvier Science Pub. B.V. Amesterdam. Oxford. New York. Tokyo.
Little, D.A.F.M. Anderson, J.W. Durkin. 1988. Partial Suckling Of Crossbred Dairy Cows: Initial Results On Effects Of
Milk Off Take And Calf Growth At Debre Berhan. In: Proc. Of The 2nd N.L.I.C., 24-26 Feb. 1988, Addis Abeba,
Ethiopia.
Merha Zerabruk And Alemu G. Wold. 1989. Two Way and Three Way Cattle Program Crossbreeding Program. I.A.R.
Research Directory. Page 133-134.
SAS. Users Guide For Personal Computers. SAS Institute INC, Cary, U.S.A.
Sendros Demeke, Beyene Kebede, Tesfaye Kumsa, Taye Bekure And Hailu Gebre Mariam. 1987a. Preliminary Results Of
Cattle Crossbreeding (European X Zebu). StudyI. Milk Production Performance Of F1 Cows In: Proc. 1st N.L.I.C. 11-
13 Feb, Addis Abeba, Ethiopia. PP.61-65.
Sendros Demeke, Beyene Kebede, Tesfaye Kumsa, Taye Bekure And Hailu Gebre Mariam. 1987a. Preliminary Results Of
CattleCrossbreeding (European X Zebu). studyII. Growth Performance Of European X Zebucrossbred Calves In:
Proc. 1st N.L.I.C. 11-13 Feb, Addis Abeba, Ethiopia. PP73-75.
Introduction
Body weight of a cow has a significant bearing on its reproductive and productive performance, which is
more pronounced during the postpartum period (Batra et al., 1986; Richards et al., 1986; Louw et al., 1988;
Sawyer et al., 1993; Smeaton et al., 2000). Heritability of body weight ranges from medium to high. Batra et
al (1986) for instance reported heritability of calving weight and body weight at 112 days postpartum ranging
from 24 to 43% for Holstein and 26 to 38% for Ayrishire line heifers. Hence body weight could be improved
through crossbreeding or selection. Several factors influence body weight. Breed, age and feeding system are
few among many. Roy (1980) indicated that breeds of large mature size have higher absolute growth rate (kg
gain/day) and slow maturity that is at the same percentage of mature weight larger breeds will be older. The
differences that occur within and between breeds are due to differences in muscle to bone ratio, in skeletal
size and in the amount of fat deposited at the same stage of maturity (Roy, 1980). Antepartum and
postpartum feeding level also reported to influence postpartum weights (Taddesse Bekele et al., 1991;
Tegegne Azage et al., 1994; Senatore et al., 1996). Despite the importance of body weight on both
reproduction and production performance of the cow-limited information is available on the postpartum body
weight dynamics in Ethiopian cows. Therefore, this study was planned to see the trend of body weight in the
postpartum zebu and crossbred cows and suggest possible management interventions.
postpartum body weight at estrus, postpartum service and conception. The General Linear Model used to
analyze the traits included cow breed, parity, calving season and calving year as fixed effects and calving
weight and body weight gain from calving to three months as a covariate (SAS, 1999). Eight breed/genotypes
(Horro, Boran, Horro x Jersey, Horro x Friesian, Horro x Simmental, Boran x Friesian, Boran x Jersey and
Boran Simmental), six parities (1 to 6, with the sixth parity including parities six and above pooled together),
four calving season categories based on the centers meteorological: season one (June - August), season two
(September - November), season three (December - February) and season four (March - May) and 19 calving
years (1980 to 1998) were considered. All animals were weighed every month.
Results
The overall least square mean body weight at calving, estrus, service and conception are 299.7 ± 1.35,
304.6 ± 0.61, 309.5 ± 0.79 and 313.3 ± 0.90 kg, respectively (Table 1). Boran Simmental cows had significantly
(p < 0.001) the heaviest weight at calving (381.3 ± 5.95 kg), estrus (322.3 ± 3.07 kg), service (330.6 ± 4.00 kg)
and conception (344.2 ± 4.56 kg), while Horro cows had the lightest weight. Calving season had significant
effect on body weight at calving (p < 0.05), service (p < 0.001) and conception (p < 0.001) only. Higher calving
weight was recorded for cows that calved during June to August, while highest body weight at first service
and conception were recorded for cows that calved during December to February. Furthermore, significantly
(at least p < 0.05) the lightest weight was recorded for the cows in the first parity compared to those cows in
the other parities (2 to 6 parities). Body weight at estrus, service and conception were linearly, directly and
significantly (p < 0.001) related to calving weight and body weight gain from calving to three months. Calving
year significantly (p < 0.001) affected cow weight at calving, estrus, service and conception (Figure 1)
Table 4. Least square mean (± SE) body weight (kg) at calving, oestrus, service and conception
Relative change of cow body weight at first estrus, service and conception to body weight at calving across
breeds is presented in Figure 2. It can be observed that in all breeds except Horro, calving body weight was
higher than body weight at estrus, service and conception. All breeds except Horro and Horro Jersey cows,
lost a portion of their calving weight at estrus (0.3 to 16.3 %), service (3.7 to 13.3 %) and conception (0.9 to
11.5 %). The Horro Jersey lost 0.3% of its calving weight at estrus but gained 1.5 and 2 % of their calving
weight at first service and conception. Cows showed their first estrus at a lower weight than calving
weight. However, at conception they required higher weight than what they had at first estrus indicating
higher target weight for conception than that for estrus.
360
350
340
Weight (kg)
330
320
310
300
290
280
80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
Calving year
Figure 2. Body weight at calving, oestrus, service and conception across calving years
15
Relative change (%)
10
5
0
-5 BB BF BJ BS HF HH HJ HS
-10
-15
-20
Breed
Figure 3. Relative change of body weight at oestrus, service and conception to body weight at calving for Boran (BB), BF (Boran x
Friesian), BJ (Boran x Jersey), BS (Boran x Simmental), HF (Horro x Friesian), HH (Horro), HJ (Horro x Jersey) and HS
(Horro x Simmental) cows, respectively
Discussion
Body weight at conception was higher than calving, estrus and service weight. These postpartum cow
weights were different among breeds. This difference could be attributed to differences in genotype and
environmental factors. Different genotypes have different mature body weight. At any stage of development,
animals of the same breed attain a certain proportion of their mature weight. According to McDowell (1989),
female cattle at birth should have a weight equivalent to 6.3 to 7% of its mature body weight, to have
increased its birth weight by at least 250% at three months, to have reached at least 50% of mature size by 15
months and attain 85% of mature weight by 30 months. Roy (1980) on the other hand indicated that breeds of
large mature size have higher absolute growth rate (kg gain/day) and slow maturity that is at the same
percentage of mature weight larger breeds will be older. The differences that occur within and between
breeds are due to differences in muscle to bone ratio, in skeletal size and in the amount of fat deposited at the
same stage of maturity (Roy, 1980). Similar breed variation in body weight was reported in previous studies
by Sendros Demeke et al. (1987), Wright et al. (1987), Alemu Gebre Wold (1988), Taddesse Bekele et al.
(1991) and Sawyer et al. (1993). Breeds also vary in their potential for food intake and partitioning of
nutrients between milk production and body reserve (Bauman and Currie, 1980). This could also partly
contribute to the variation among breeds. Genotype difference was also reported in the work of Wright et al.
(1987). These authors reported that Blue-grey cows were lighter (437 kg) at calving and lost weight and
condition after calving compared to Hereford Friesian (496 kg) cows. Heritability of calving weight and body
weight at 112 days postpartum is moderate to high and ranges from 24 to 43% for Holstein and from 26 to
38% for Ayrishire line heifers (Batra et al., 1986). Hence, body weight could be improved through selection or
crossbreeding. The significantly higher weight obtained for crossbreds compared to zebu cows could be due to
heterosis effect from crossing zebu with the exotic sire (Friesian, Jersey and Simmental) breeds.
The effect of parity on body weight at calving, estrus and service was significant, while its effect on
conception weight was not significant. Cows in earlier parities were lighter than those in later parities. The
body weight at calving, estrus and service increased until third parity since the weight change after third
parity was not significant probably indicating that the cows had attained their mature body weight.
Yimam Hassen and Brannang (1996) also reported significant effect of parity on cow weight and found an
increase in cow weight after calving from parity one to two and decreased then after. The effect of parity
could be related to variations in calving age. According to Smeaton et al. (2000) herd live weights increased
each year as herd age increased and cow live weight increased by 30-60 kg for every year of age. Unless the
composition of the herd changes from year to year, keeping the same animals across years could result in
higher weight year after year due to the maturation of the animal. Besides, the herd composition at Bako
has also changed from crossbred dominance during early periods to Horro dominance during the later
years of the study period. The mature body weight of the zebu is different from that of the crossbreds and
this contributed to annual variations in weight of the cows. The effects of calving year and season on body
weight at calving, estrus, service and conception could also be related to seasonal variations in availability
of feed both in quality and quantity.
In the majority of dry cows, the anoestrus state induced by sever under-nutrition can be rapidly changed to
one of normal fertility, once cows regained sufficient mass and condition to reinitiate estrus cycles
(Richards et al., 1986; Louw et al., 1988). Relatively larger cows may thus experience lower conception rate
following sever mass losses than smaller cows (Louw et al., 1988). Energy balance during the first four
weeks postpartum was significantly negatively correlated with calving weight and positively correlated
with body weight change during weeks 1 to 10 of lactation (Senatore et al., 1996).
Among the crossbred cows Jersey crosses were the lightest in weight compared to Friesian and Simmental
crosses (Table 1). This agrees with the Kebede Beyene and Galal (1982), Alemu Gebre Wold (1988) and
Sendros Demeke et al., 1987. O’Donovan et al. (1978) reported that Friesian and Simmental crosses had
higher daily gains, feed intakes and conversion efficiencies than the Jersey crosses. The weight of the
animals at any of these stages postpartum could be improved through proper supplementation. Cows are
anoestrus until they gain most of the weight lost. A study conducted to see the effect of supplementation on
body weights at calving, estrus and conception, revealed that supplementation improved the weight of the
cows at calving, first estrus and conception (Tegegne Azage et al. 1994).
Conclusion
Generally it is a normal trend to see a cow losing a portion of its calving weight postpartum particularly
during the first few weeks of lactation. This is because of the negative energy balance that the cow could
experience due to the demands of nutrients for various production and physiological functions. However, this
weight loss has a negative impact on the reproductive activity of the cow. Therefore, minimizing the degree of
weight loss through proper feeding of the postpartum cow might result in higher weight for estrus and
conception relative to calving weight, thus improves postpartum reproduction. To realize this the nutrient
need of the cow need to be studied and appropriate ration formulated.
Acknowledgements
The authors are great full to the Bako Agricultural Research Center for the provision of the data used for
this study and the International Livestock Research Institute for the provision of computer facilities.
References
Batra, T. R., Lee, A. J. and McAllister, A. J. 1986. Relationships of reproduction traits, body weight and milk yield in
dairy cattle. Can. J. Anim. Sci. 66: 53 - 65.
Bauman, D. E. and Currie, W. B. 1980. Partitioning nutrient during pregnancy and lactation a review of mechanism
involving homeostasis and homeorhesis. J. Dairy Sci. 63: 1514 - 1529.
Gebre Wold Alemu. 1988. Milk yield and body weight changes of F1 crossbred cows during the first six months of
lactation. Proceedings, VI World Conference in Animal Production, Helsinki, Finland, Finish Animal Breeding
Association. P.555.
Gebregziabher Gebreyohannes and Mulugeta Kebede.1996. Fertility of Horro and crossbred (F1) cows at Bako Research
Centre. In: ESAP Proceedings of the Fourth National Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP).
18-19 April, 1996. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P. 120-126.
Kebede Beyene. and Galal, E.S.E. 1982. A study of body weight from birth to one year of age in European-zebu crossbred
cattle in Ethiopia. Anim. Prod. 34:85-93.
Louw, B. P., Thomas, C. R. and Lishman, A. W. 1988. The influence of loss and gain of body mass on ovarian activity in
beef cows. S. Afri. J. Anim. Sci. 18 (1): 1 - 7.
McDowell, R. E. 1989. Strategies for genetic improvement of cattle in warm climate. In: IAR (Institute of Agricultural
Research) Proceedings of the Second National Livestock Improvement Conference, 24-26 February 1988, Addis
Ababa, Ethiopia. P.61-73.
O’Donovan, P. B., Alemu Gebre Wold, Beyene Kebede and Galal, E. S. E. 1978. Fattening studies with crossbred
(European x Zebu) bulls. I. Performance on diet of native hay and concentrate. J. Agric. Sci. Camb. 90: 423 - 429.
Richards, N. W., Spitzer, J. C. and Warnwer, M. B. 1986. Effect of varying levels of postpartum nutrition and body
condition at calving on subsequent reproductive performance in beef cattle. J. Anim. Sci. 62: 300 - 306.
SAS (Statistical Analysis System). 1999. SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC, USA.
Sawyer, G. J., Milligan, J. and Barker, D. J. 1993. Time of joining affects the performance of young Angus and Angus x
Friesian cattle in the South-West of Western Australia. I. Live weight, body condition, and reproductive
performance in heifers and first calvers. Aust. J. Exper. Agric. 33: 511 - 521.
Senatore, E. M., Butler, W. R. and Oltenacu, P. A. 1996. Relationship between energy balance and postpartum ovarian
activity in first lactation dairy cows. Anim. Sci. 62: 17 - 23.
Sendros Demeke, Beyene Kebede, Taye Bekure, Mulugeta Kebede and Hailu Gebre Mariam. 1987. Preliminary results of
cattle crossbreeding study II. Growth performance of European x Zebu crossbred calves. In: IAR (Institute of
Agricultural Research) Proceedings of the First National Livestock Improvement Conference, 11 - 13 February 1987,
Addis Ababa. P. 73 - 75.
Smeaton, D. C., Bown, M. D. and Clayton, J. B. 2000. Optimum live weight, feed intake, reproduction and calf out put in
beef cows on North Island hill country, New Zealand. New Zealand J. Agric. Research 43: 71 - 82.
Taddesse Bekele, Alemu Gebre Wold and Kassahun W. Gebriel. 1991. Effect of levels of concentrate feeding on milk
production of crossbred cows. In: IAR (Institute of Agricultural Research) Proceedings of the Third National
Livestock Improvement Conference held in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 24 - 26 May 1989, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P. 108
- 111.
Tegene Azage, Geleto, A., Osuji, P. O., Kasa Tessfu. and Franceschini, R. 1994. Influence of dietary supplementation and
partial suckling on body weight and on lactation and reproduction performance of primiparous Boran (Bos indicus)
cows in Ethiopia. J. Agric. Sci. Camb. 123 (2): 267 - 273.
Wright, I. A., Rhind, S. M., Russel, A. J. F., Whyte, T. K., McBean, A. J. and McMillan, S. R. 1987. Effect of body
condition, feed intake and temporary calf separation on the duration of the postpartum anoestrus period and
associated LH, FSH and prolactin concentrations in beef cows. Anim. Prod. 45 (3): 395 - 402.
Yimam Hassen and Brannang, E. 1996. Cow weight and calf birth weight performance of Jersey cattle at Ada Berga state
farm, Ethiopia. In: ESAP Proceedings of the Forth National Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
(ESAP) held in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 18 - 19 April 1997, Addis Ababa Ethiopia. P. 93 - 98.
1Alemaya University (AU), Department of Animal Sciences, P.O.Box 138, Dire Dawa;
2International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), P.O.Box 5689, Addis Ababa;
3Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization (EARO), P.O.Box 32, Debre Zeit.
Abstract
Evaluation of the general farm characteristics and dairy herd structure was undertaken in urban and peri-urban
dairy production system in the Addis Ababa milk shed. A total of 41 dairy farms were selected randomly from three
production sub-systems (intar-urban, large peri-urban and secondary town sub-systems), and cross sectional survey
was implemented across all the production sub-systems. The result indicated that female-headed family owned
24.4% of the dairy farms, where the largest proportion was observed in intra-urban dairy farms (40%). The
proportion of dairy farm owners being farmers was 34.2% followed by household wives (14.6%). About 78% of the
dairy farm owners were literate (39% above secondary), while 22% were illiterate. The largest proportion of literate
owners was found in large peri-urban, while the largest proportion of illiterate was found in intra-urban dairy
farms. Most dairy farms (73.2%) were managed by the owner themselves and the type of cattle production is mainly
dairying. All the dairy farms keep Holstein-Friesian as a dairy stock and the management system followed was
intensive. The largest mean herd size was observed in large peri-urban dairy farms (128) followed by secondary
town (9.1) and intra urban farms (9.2). The proportion of cows out of the total herd was 50%, where the largest
proportion was observed in intra-urban (58%) dairy farms. The contribution of indigenous zebu cattle to the overall
herd was only 2.5%. Milking cows contributed to 35.8% of the total herd and 72.2% of the total cows, where the
largest was occurred in secondary town dairy farms. The proportion of heifers in the production system was 25.6%
while the proportion of calves was 21.6%. The largest proportion of calves (88%) was found to be females.
Key words: Urban/Peri-urban; Dairy farm; Dairy herd
Introduction
Urban and Peri-urban Dairy production system encompasses the production, processing and marketing of
milk and milk products that are channeled to urban centers (Rey et al., 1992). It is an important type of
livestock production systems prevalent in tropics and sub-tropics. The increasing human population and
purchasing power in urban centers, inadequate foreign reserves and the increasing price of milk and milk
products in abroad have given impetus to the flourishing of urban and peri-urban dairy production systems
in this region. The production system plays a vital role in improving the nutritional status of the ever
increasing urban population, generate substantial income and create job opportunities through the process of
production, processing and marketing of dairy products.
However, information is meager to indicate the general picture of the production system, mainly
characteristics of the dairy farms and herd structure. Evaluation of the prevailing production system
would assist us in designing appropriate improvement strategies. To this effect, the International
Livestock Research Institute (ILRI) and its partners have embarked on a study on market oriented urban
and peri-urban dairy production system and developed conceptual framework for research (ILRI, 1996).
Evaluation of the general farm characteristics and herd structure is part of this study and believed to
furnish baseline information on the existing production system.
The objective of this study was, therefore, to assess the existing farm characteristics and dairy herd
structure in urban and peri-urban dairy production system in the Addis Ababa milk shed.
Assessment of the educational level of the farm owners indicated that about 39% of the owners were
possessing above secondary education. The largest proportion was observed in large peri-urban production
sub-system (67%) followed by secondary town (45%). Establishment of large sized farm demand knowledge
besides capital, land and other resources. It has been recommended that dairyman should have all rounded
knowledge in the production, processing and marketing of dairy products (Foley et al., 1983). The highest
proportion of farm owners possessing above secondary education in large sized farms may partly be
attributed to this fact. In secondary town, most of the farms were established after the downfall of Derg
regime mainly by ex-military staff (Air force) since they were jobless at the moment. Furthermore, the
town is endowed by agricultural professionals due to the various agricultural organizations located there
and part of them run backyard smallholder dairy farming. These may be the reasons for possession of
higher educational status following large peri-urban. Out of the dairy farm owners considered across all
the production system, about 22% were found to be illiterate. The highest proportion of illiteracy in dairy
farm owners was observed in intra-urban dairy farms (46%). Smallholder urban dairying was run mostly
by resource poor peoples living in urban centers, whom are illiterate. Most of the time it is backyard
farming as land is being the major infrastructural constraint in this sub-production system (Yoseph et al.,
1999). The object of this farm is to generate income to supplement household expenses for the family.
Table 1. General Farm Characteristics of the Urban and Peri-urban Dairy Production System in the Addis Ababa Milk Shed
Production Sub-Systems
Total (%)
Variables Large Peri-Urban (%) Secondary town (%)
Intra-urban (%) N=15 N=41
N=6 N=20
Sex of the farm owner
Female 40 33 10 24.4
Male 60 67 90 75.6
Occupation of the farm owner
Farmer 13 83 35 34.2
Civil servant 7 - 20 12.2
Household wives 33 17 - 14.6
Others 47 - 45 39.0
Education of the farm owner
Illiterate 46 - 10 22.0
Elementary 7 - 15 10.0
Junior secondary 20 - 15 15.0
Secondary 7 33 15 14.0
Above secondary 20 67 45 39.0
Manager of the farm
Owner 93 17 75 73.2
Hired 7 83 25 26.8
Type of Farming
Crop-livestock - 17 - 2.6
Livestock only 100 83 100 97.4
Record Keeping
Yes 7 83 15 22.0
No 93 17 85 78
Farm animals kept other than cattle
Sheep 40 17 50 41.5
Horse 7 - - 2.4
Donkey - - 5 2.4
Poultry 27 17 15 19.5
Dog 73 17 35 46.3
Cat 60 17 70 58.5
Type of Cattle Production
Dairy only 100 83 85 90.2
Dairy and beef - 17 15 9.8
Type of Exotic Cattle Breeds
Holstein-Friesian 100 100 100 100.0
Jersey - 17 - 2.4
Dairy Cattle Management System
Intensive 100 83 100 97.6
Extensive - 17 - 2.4
Attempt was also made to investigate whether dairy farms in urban and peri-urban production system are
managed by the farm owners or hired labor. The result indicated that majority of the dairy farms (73%)
considered were managed by the owners themselves. However, the largest proportion (83%) of the farms in
large peri-urban production sub-system was managed by hired labor. Peoples owning large sized herd are
resource rich people in contrast to smallholders. Yoseph et al. (1999) demonstrated that inadequate capital
is the major characteristics that distinguish smallholders in urban and peri-urban dairy production system
in contrast to large sized farms. Thus, resource poor dairy farm owners are unable to hire labor and thus
manage by themselves in the way they have experienced. Nevertheless, large sized farms prefer their
farms to be managed by hired labor with an attempt to diversify their business. As herd size increases
profitability of the farm increases provided that all the farm requirements and market is optimum.
However, this could not be achieved without optimum management, and hiring professionals to this end is
imperative.
The major type of agricultural farming in the production system is livestock farming (97%). The only farm
running crop/livestock type of farming was observed in large peri-urban production sub-system. The mere
reason for this is availability of land. It was only 22% of the farms in the urban and peri-urban production
system, which keep records of the dairy farm; and the largest proportion was observed in large peri-urban
production sub-system. Most smallholders dominating intra-urban dairy farms are less educated. The
largest proportion of dairy farm owners possessing above secondary school and hiring trained labor to
manage the farm could be the reason for practicing record keeping.
Urban and peri-urban dairy farms do also keep farm animals other than dairy cattle. The most common
ones include cats, dog, sheep, poultry, donkey and horses in that order. Cats and dogs are the most
common pet animals through out the production system. Cats are commonly kept to guard mice and other
rodents from attacking concentrates and milking equipment. Dogs are also kept to guard intruders (theft).
Small ruminants mainly sheep is raised to generate extra profit through the utilization of whatever feed
leftover at the farm. Donkeys and horses are kept by urban and peri-urban dairy farms for the purpose of
racing (intra-urban) and transporting animal feeds, respectively. Pet animals are important to serve the
purpose they are kept for inline with the farmers objective. However, they could also be a potential
transmitter of zoonotic diseases if appropriate controlling mechanism is not devised.
Dairy farming is the major type of cattle production (90%) as compared to fattening, and Holstein -
Friesian are the major exotic cattle genotypes used as dairy stock in the farming systems. Dairy production
system is an intensive type as evidenced by being practiced by all the production sub-systems. The findings
were in agreement with the earlier reports (Azage and Alemu, 1997; ILRI, 1996).
Dairy herd structure
Dairy herd structure at different physiological stages in the urban and peri-urban dairy production system
is presented in Table 2. The overall mean herd size across all the production sub-systems was 26.5, where
large peri-urban dairy production sub-system had the largest (128.0). The proportion of cows out of the entire
dairy herd considered was 50%. The figure is higher compared to the reported value for national average
(42%) (Azage and Alemu, 1997. al., 1995). The reason for the higher proportion of cows in this study
compared to the national average is that urban and peri-urban dairy production system is market oriented
and targeted to produce more milk by keeping more cows since sale of the milk is the major income for the
farm. Furthermore, the largest proportion of dairy genotypes kept for milk production is exotic Holstein
Friesian, while the proportion of indigenous Zebu cattle in the herd was found to be only 2.5% (Table 2).
Within the production system, the largest proportion of cows in the herd was found in intra-urban (58%)
followed by large peri-urban (49%) and secondary town dairy farms (46%). This could be attributed to reduced
land size to keep more replacement stock than cows (most farms are back yard) in intra-urban farms, but
large farm size to keep relatively more replacement stock in case of large peri-urban and secondary town
dairy farms. The proportion of milking cows was found to be 35.8% out of the total herd and 72.2% out of the
total number of cows. The largest proportion of milking cows out of the total herd (40.6%) and out of the total
number of cows (89.1%) was observed in secondary town dairy production sub-system. This could be
attributed to the longer lactation length in secondary town farms, which is in agreement with Yoseph et al.
(2000) who reported extended lactation length in secondary town dairy farms. The proportion of heifers in the
production system was 25.6%, where 11.7% were young aged between 1 to 2 years and the remaining 13.9%
were at breeding age (2 to 3 years old). Relatively higher proportion of heifers was observed in secondary
town production sub-system (26.3%) followed by large peri-urban (25.8%) and intra-urban (23.9%) dairy
farms. It has been suggested that raising adequate number of replacement stock is one of the characteristics
of successful dairy farm (Foley et. Al., 1983). However, the merit and demerit of this system should be
weighed, both from economic as well as genotypic point of view. Usually it is economical to raise replacement
stock at home since the cost incurred to raise them at home is lower than the cost spent to purchase. In terms
of genotype, however, it would be advantageous to raise at home provided that the parents of the heifers are
superior and they possess superior dairy character. Thus, it would be advisable to raise small number of
heifers of superior genotype and cull the ones, which are inferior, rather than keeping large number of mixed
stock. The extra demand of the farm in this case could be met by purchasing heifers from other sources based
on their parents record and their physical condition. The largest proportion of replacement stock found in this
study should therefore be interpreted with caution. The proportion of calves in the production system was
found to be 21.6%, where 19 % was females and only 2.6% was male. The justification behind unequal
distribution of sex is that most dairy farms in the production system sell male calves in the form of veal to
urban consumers. The location of urban and peri-urban dairy production system is in high demand area for
producers to sell their male calves.
Table 2. Herd structure in Urban and Peri-urban dairy production system in the Addis Ababa milk shed
Conclusion
Urban and peri-urban dairy production system is an important component of livestock production system
in Ethiopia. In this study, it was found that female-headed dairy farming is becoming an important
component of dairying in the Addis Ababa milk shed. Dairy farming offered job opportunities as indicated by
higher proportion of owners became farmers, and generate income to supplement household expenses.
However, the proportion of illiterate farm owners is substantially high which would have an adverse effect on
the management of improved dairy stock. Beside, care should be taken to inspect pet animals, as they are
economically important to transmit zoonotic diseases. The largest herd size should be compromised with the
carrying capacity of the farm and the higher proportion of replacement stock needs to be evaluated both
economically and genetically in order to have a profitable dairy farm.
References
Astatike A., Mohammed Saleem, A.M. and El Wakeel, A. 1995. Soil water dynamics under cereal and forage legume
mixtures on drained vertisols in the Ethiopian highlands. Agric. Water Management., 27:17-24.
Azage Tegegne and Alemu G/Wold. 1997. Prospects for peri-urban dairy development in Ethiopia. ESAP Proceedings.
Fifth National Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production. 15-17 May 1997. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Foley, R., Bath, D.L., Dickinson, F.N. and Tucker, H.A. 1972. Dairy cattle. Principles, Practices, Problems, Profits. Lea
and Febiger. P693.
ILCA (International Livestock Center for Africa). 1994. Annual Program Report. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
ILCA (International Livestock Center for Africa). 1993 Climatic records for ILCA research sites. ILCA, P.O.Box 5689,
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
ILRI (International Livestock Research Institute). 1996. Annual Project Report. ILRI, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Rey, B., Thorpe, W., Smith, J., Shapiro, B., Osuji, P., Mullins, G. and Agyemang, K. 1993. Improvement of dairy
production to satisfy the growing consumer demand in Sub Saharan Africa: A conceptual framework for research.
International Livestock Center for Africa (ILCA), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
SAS (Statistical Analysis System Institute). 1989. SAS/STAT users guide. Version 6.0, fourth edition. Vol. 2., Cary, NC,
USA.
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and N.N. Umunna. 1999. Feed resources and Nutritional management of
dairy herd in the urban and peri-urban dairy production system in the Addis Ababa milk shed. Proceedings of the
Seventh Annual Conference of the Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and N.N. Umunna. 2000. Reproductive management and reproductive
performance of the dairy herd in the urban and peri-urban dairy production system in the Addis Ababa milk shed.
Proceedings of the Eight Annual Conference of the Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP), Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia.
1PARIMA Project, c/o International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), P.O. Box 5689, Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia.
2PARIMA Project, c/o International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), P.O. Box 30709, Nairobi, Kenya.
3PARIMA Project, c/o Department of Environment & Society, College of Natural Resources, Utah State
University, Logan, Utah, USA 84322-5215
Abstract
In the context of East African pastoralism, improved risk management is proposed to offer ways to promote wealth
conservation, reduce poverty, mitigate conflicts, and enhance food security at the household level. The Pastoral Risk
Management (PARIMA) project is a multi-disciplinary effort funded by USAID from 1997 to 2006. The two main
components of the project include research and outreach. The study area extends from Hagremariam in southern
Ethiopia to Isiolo and Baringo Districts in north-central Kenya. The study area represents an intact eco-marketing
region, hosts 10 major ethnic groups, and is beset by pervasive poverty, violence, food insecurity, poor infrastructure,
and inadequate public services. Research has focused on risk mapping, household survey, and community-level case
studies to identify prominent risks for pastoralists, clarify pastoral coping strategies, and reveal possible
development interventions. Outreach disseminates research information among researchers, development agents,
policy makers, and communities. Outreach has also engaged in efforts to build awareness and capacity of pastoral
communities and development agents to implement risk-management interventions using pilot projects. Degree
training has focused on master’s and doctoral students, both in East Africa and the United States. Non-degree
training includes workshops and interactive field tours for communities, development facilitators, and policy
makers. One development vision of the PARIMA project is based on how to promote household wealth accumulation
and conservation via asset and income diversification. The process could involve encouraging households to become
involved in more timely livestock sales before crises occur, putting some revenue in drought-proof alternative
investments, and then focusing on how to achieve a degree of sustainable livelihood diversification. This paper
reviews some general findings and experiences from the PARIMA project over the period 1997 to 2002, with a focus
on work conducted in southern Ethiopia.
Background
Risk management is a broad term that includes various methods and strategies that people use when they
try to protect themselves against misfortune or systemic shocks. Such phenomena can include things like
drought or a sudden down-turn in a local cash economy. Elements of risk management include asset and
income diversification, enhanced use of information, and enhanced use of internal and external resources (Dr.
C. Barrett, personal communication). In general, it is thought that increased economic diversification can
reduce vulnerability of people to any one type of problem or shock. When people have access to more
information, they are more aware of strategic choices and can plan more effectively. When key resources are
rehabilitated, or external assistance is provided, the ability of people to sustain themselves during difficult
times can be enhanced.
Pastoralists the world over are exposed to many risk factors such as drought, thievery, or epidemic disease
that can decimate their livestock holdings and thus potentially destroy their livelihoods. Local pastoral
systems in East Africa are under increasing stress, and some have become more unstable in response to
drought. This can lead to marked declines in human welfare.
One vision of the PARIMA project is to affect positive change in the welfare of pastoral and agro-pastoral
peoples through identification and facilitation of risk management interventions that promote food
security, improve prospects for economic growth, and reduce the likelihood of resource-based conflicts
(Coppock et al., 1997). This vision could be accomplished through interventions that help diversify pastoral
economies and encourage some complementary forms of non-livestock investment, improve marketing
efficiency, enhance availability and use of marketing and climate forecast information, and improve access
to external resources. The latter aspect can also include resource rehabilitation and conservation. The
purpose of this paper is to present some aspects of PARIMA’s preliminary research and outreach
experiences.
The PARIMA project conducts social, economic, and ecological research on various risks faced by
pastoralists and their responses to such risks. This research has been funded from 1997 through 2006 by
the Global Bureau of the United States Agency for International Development (USAID) in Washington,
D.C. The study area is 124,000 km2 in size and covers the region from Hagremariam in southern Ethiopia
to Isiolo and Baringo Districts in north-central Kenya. It represents an intact eco-marketing region and
hosts 10 major ethnic groups. Populations are subjected to a variety of cross-border problems and related
issues that include poverty, violence, food insecurity, poor infrastructure, and inadequate delivery of public
services. Research has been conducted using survey methods and case study approaches. The survey
methods have primarily relied on a quarterly repeated survey across 11 study sites, with five in southern
Ethiopia and six in northern Kenya (McPeak et al., in preparation). Case studies have been prepared by
graduate students investigating local circumstances among the Borana (Desta, 1999; Shibru, 2001) or Guji
(Asfaw and Saaristo, 1999). Outreach has largely been focused on the Borana Plateau, with some activity
in the Kenyan borderlands adjacent to Ethiopian territory. Outreach support has been provided on an
annual basis by the USAID Mission to Ethiopia since 2000.
Pastoralists have traditionally used a variety of strategies to reduce their risk exposure (Coppock, 1994).
These include a reliance on livestock accumulation, use of herd mobility to exploit widely scattered forage
and water resources, flexible social systems of resource use that promote reciprocal sharing, and creation of
social safety nets whereby wealthier households can help poorer households restock after livestock losses
have occurred. Human population growth, in particular, is an important factor that appears to limit the
use of these traditional strategies in contemporary times (Coppock, 1994). Overcrowding on the landscape
reduces livestock mobility, compromises reciprocal patterns of resource sharing among communities, and
increases the chance for localized, environmental degradation (bush encroachment). Increasingly regular
losses of livestock can limit the utility of herd accumulation. High demand for redistribution of livestock by
a growing poorer segment of pastoral society puts unsustainable pressure on wealthier households—as one
consequence social safety nets seem less apparent today than they used to be (Doss, 2001). Modern forms of
risk management, which may or may not be used by (or accessible to) traditional people include
opportunistic use of markets to buy and sell livestock (McPeak, 2001), activity diversification (Little et al.,
2001), and asset diversification via formal and informal savings institutions (Desta, 1999; Osterloh,
2001).Synopsis of Some Preliminary Research Findings: Focus on Southern
Ethiopia
In the absence of accessible markets and rural financial systems, the value of livestock wastage losses to
drought and heavy stocking rates is very high. Working among the Borana pastoralists, Desta (1999) found a
steady decline in cattle numbers per household between 1980 and 1997; roughly a net drop of 37% from 92 to
58 head per household. The vast majority of cattle losses have been from drought-related mortality, and not
sales. We have estimated the value of cattle losses to be on the order of USD 45 million when extrapolated to
a target population of 7,000 households over the 17 years. When extrapolated over the pastoral population for
the entire Borana Plateau, the figure could be as high as USD 300 million. If “safe” alternative banking
options and improved cattle marketing were added to this system to reduce cattle wastage losses and provide
an alternative means to cycle and store money, it has been estimated that loss of capital wealth could be
significantly reduced (Desta, 1999).
Cattle crashes are caused by high stocking rates in conjunction with dry or drought years, not
simply by drought alone. Climatic factors, coupled with higher stocking rates, appear to be the
underlying causes of herd crashes, which seem to occur at a regular frequency of once every 5 to 6 years.
Cattle crashes have been well-documented for 1983-5 and 1991-3 (Desta and Coppock, 2002a) as well as for
1998-9 (Shibru, 2001). In some cases it appears that stocking rates may provide a locally based, long-range
predictor of drought-induced livestock crashes. When stocking rates exceed 20 head per square kilometer,
the system appears more vulnerable to crash in a dry year. It is highly unlikely that the next major crash
will occur in the area before 2005—this is fundamentally dictated by population dynamics (Desta and
Coppock, 2002a). We suspect that the cyclic nature of cattle crashes is also due to loss of drought grazing
reserves. Loss of grazing reserves in turn may be due to overpopulation of people (who now reside in
reserves) and resource degradation (bush encroachment), which reduces forage production.
Pastoralists in southern Ethiopia exhibit a very low level of activity diversification, with few, strong
economic links to settlements or towns. Other PARIMA research by Little et al. (2001) and Smith et al.
(2000) shows that levels of activity diversification, access to formal schools, and general rural development
are considerably higher in northern Kenya than southern Ethiopia. Regional patterns for income
diversification suggest that about 16 options exist that help pastoralists generate income outside of
livestock production. The closer people live to towns and villages the larger the number of options. The
threshold appears to occur within a radius to town of around 40 km (Little et al., 2001). Poorer women tend
to diversify more to supply firewood and charcoal to town dwellers, middle-class women tend to focus more
on dairy sales, and wealthier males engage in retail or wholesale business ventures (Little et al., 2001).
Compared to northern Kenya, in southern Ethiopia only very few pastoralists have access to wage
employment, use banking facilities, or are engaged in sustainable forms of petty trade (Desta, 1999). The
rate of illiteracy among the Boran is over 90% (Desta, 1999). A similar situation exists for the agro-pastoral
Gugi—namely a low level of activity diversification, high rates of illiteracy, etc. (Asfaw and Saaristo, 1999).
Cattle-keeping pastoralists in southern Ethiopia appear to respond to increased population pressure by
increasing their involvement in maize cultivation and camel husbandry, and through land annexation for
use as fodder banks. In previous work, Coppock (1994) estimated that the semi-arid region of the Borana
Plateau could support 2-3 persons per square kilometer by subsisting soley on milk and meat production
from their cattle herds. Today, however, the human population is probably closer to 6 or 7 persons per
square kilometer, which means that people have to expand or diversify their food sources. We believe that
an increased emphasis on small plot production of maize is an aspect of change that has been pushed by an
increased human population. In addition, there is evidence that the cattle-keeping Boran in some areas are
trying to diversify their animal holdings to include more camels (Desta, 1999). Camels complement cattle
in that camels feed on the browse layer, while cattle are grazers. Camels can give more milk than cattle,
but camels have a slower rate of reproduction, and camel milk only yields a very poor quality butter
(Coppock, 1994). We expect that if given better access to markets, the Boran would diversify their herds to
include more sheep and goats. This trend has been observed in other cattle-dominated pastoral systems
such as Kajiado Maasailand (Evangelou, 1984). As in other increasingly crowded pastoral systems,
valuable land plots are often annexed for use by individuals and communities for cultivation and fodder
banks. This removes land from traditional common use systems, and the resulting parcelization and
fragmentation limits herd mobility and opportunistic resource use (Coppock, 1994).
Lack of food and water are commonly mentioned risks for people on the Borana Plateau. Smith
et al. (2000) found considerable local variation in the prominent risks that people face in northern Kenya
and southern Ethiopia. Lack of food and water were seen as the most common problem, however. One
interpretation of this pattern is that the human population exceeds their carrying capacity. When this
happens, lack of food and water would always be the issues of greatest concern.
Public service delivery is extremely limited. In terms of public service delivery, pastoralists have
been marginalized in both Ethiopia and Kenya. This is despite growth in pastoral populations, increased
size and numbers of settlements, and increased incidence of poverty (Moris, 1999). Large policy gaps exist
for pastoralists, although Ethiopia appears committed to bringing more services to the local level in rural
communities as a result of the new federal system (Moris, 1999).
Livestock marketing is risky for pastoralists. When they have ready access to viable livestock markets,
however, they use them more. Conventional wisdom suggests that pastoralists tend to avoid market
involvement, but increased population pressure may tend to force pastoralists to sell more stock to buy
grain (Coppock, 1994). Preliminary findings related to pastoral marketing systems (McPeak, 2001) show
that annualized off-take rates for livestock vary from 4 to 7% in northern Kenya from 1 to 3% in southern
Ethiopia. These rates are low in relation to the natural fluctuation of animal numbers due to births and
deaths (Desta, 1999). Pastoralists, however, tend to use markets when they have more access (McPeak,
2001). Price risk for producers and livestock traders can be high. Sharp seasonal price swings also vary
with location and livestock species (Barrett et al., 1998). Livestock prices rise when range conditions are
favorable, and quarantine measures may negatively contribute to marketing risks for pastoralists (Barrett
et al., 1998).
Some practical development implications. Coppock (1994) concluded that given population pressures,
the main way the situation could improve for people like the Boran is to develop human capital via
education and diversify the production system. He felt that investment opportunities that provided some
complementary opportunities to livestock could be important to help conserve wealth that is otherwise
periodically lost as massive livestock mortality.
Insights from more recent work are summarized by Barrett et al. (2001), and include the following
perspectives: (1) Technical interventions and policies should support, and not undermine, pastoralists’
traditional means of managing risk, namely maintaining herd mobility, allowing people to accumulate
livestock were possible, and providing opportunities for opportunistic marketing; (2) restocking of herds
from viable base sizes can be a useful thing to do—if base herds are very small, however, restocking efforts
could be wasted; (3) investment in more security could also help reduce risks associated with resource
access and hence favour some restoration of herd mobility; (4) investment in primary education is
important because it can lead to skills that enable people to augment pastoral livelihoods with salaried
incomes; (5) investment in marketing infrastructure and institutions is important, and particularly so for
populations residing in remote locations with poor market access; (6) interventions that could be
detrimental to pastoral welfare include de-stocking programs for moderate-sized herds and food aid
distribution that is non-responsive to variations in need for food among households and communities; and
(7) potential for sustainable financial institutions need to be re-evaluated once market activities and
income opportunities expand; and (8) promotion of investment in non-pastoral economic activities, to
widen the range of desirable employment and investment opportunities, could also have some favourable
results.
limited economic diversification, and lack of education; (2) people are becoming more outward looking as to
possible solutions to their problems; and (3) there exists a surprising degree of economic development and
diversification among certain pastoral women’s groups throughout northern Kenya. Following the
reconnaissance, a network of outreach partners was established in both Kenya and Ethiopia. The outreach
network in Ethiopia was established with the OADB as the main counterpart. Local governmental and
non-governmental organizations would serve as implementing partners.
As part of the awareness and capacity building programs PARIMA conducts workshops, non-degree
training, and tours. These are targeted at different groups of people including development agents,
pastoral communities, local government officials, and policy makers. Some of the workshops and training
have included: (1) Initial implementation strategy workshops for local development agents (held at Yabello
and Negelle) during October 2000 with a total of 60 participants; (2) three cross-border meetings focused on
information sharing and activity harmonization for pastoralists, traders, development agents, and
administrators [co-hosted by PARIMA and the Community Initiatives Facilitation and Assistance (CIFA)]
with a total of some 240 participants. These meetings have been held in Moyale (Kenya) in May 2001,
Yabello (Ethiopia) in September 2001, and Yabello again in December 2002. These meetings have served to
markedly reduce cross-border tensions and have stimulated grass-roots plans for enhanced trade (Dr. S.
Desta and Mr. C. Tadecha, personal observations); (3) training courses in participatory rural appraisal
(PRA; Lelo et al., 2000) for 65 development agents, policy makers, and students, both in southern Ethiopia
and at Njoro, Kenya; (4) some 40 development agents and local pastoralists have been trained in micro-
finance, small-scale business development, and project planning and proposal writing by staff of the Furra
Institute of Development Studies in 2001 (Yirgalem) and 2002 (Yabello); (5) some 15 Ethiopian pastoral
women and four development agents participated in a cross-border tour to northern Kenya in December
2001 to obtain lessons learned from successful pastoral women’s groups; (6) field tours for some 10 Oromia
policy makers to visit communities and see problems and issues first hand; and (7) five Kenyan women’s
group leaders traveled to southern Ethiopia for one month in December 2002 to mentor Ethiopians across
the Borana Plateau. The exchanges involving Ethiopian and Kenyan women have great extension value as
the Kenyan women impart considerable knowledge regarding self-help development schemes to the
Ethiopians (Desta and Coppock 2002b). We refer to this process as “peer-to-peer” learning (Mr. S. Tezera,
personal communication).
Approach for community-led pilot intervention projects. A few communities were studied using the
full PRA method (Lelo et al., 2000). This is an approach that requires investigators (researchers and a
development agent) to work hand-in-hand with community members to identify and rank priority problems
and potential, community-led solutions. The PRA results in a Community Action Plan (CAP). The CAP is
then reviewed by the ORP and suggestions for change are made. Once approved by the ORP, the CAP can
be forwarded to a donor for funding. Once funds are secured, implementation can only proceed once a local
development agent has been found that is willing and able to help the community implement the activity.
The on-going pilot projects (five in number) are focused on creation of saving and credit groups, provision of
non-formal education, micro-enterprise development (dairy sales, petty trade, etc.). The projects range
across ethnic groups (Boran, Arsi, Guji) and locations (Negelle, Yabello, and Moyale areas). The PARIMA
project has facilitated the establishment of five savings and credit groups among the Boran in Dida Hara
(total membership of 175 men and women) and two non-formal education centers among the same Boran in
Dida Hara (total enrollment of 187 children and adults). These activities have been implemented in
partnership with AFD, a local NGO. Two women’s groups have been formed among the Arsi and Boran
near the town of Negelle, and they are involved in micro-enterprise development (dairy sales) and savings
and credit schemes. The total membership is 180 women. The implementing partner is Save the Children
USA and the Liben Woreda office of OADB). Another women’s group (mainly Boran) in the Moyale area
has become involved in micro-enterprise development (petty trade) and a savings and credit scheme. The
total membership is 44 women and the implementing partner is the Moyale Woreda office of OADB.
It is important to note that the priority choices made by communities reflect the fact they are taking the
“long view” for problem-solving. Namely, problems of underdevelopment, in part, are viewed by the people
as due to a lack of human capital and a low capacity for self-reliance to solve new kinds of problems. The
interventions chosen are integrated. The non-formal education feeds into both the rural finance and micro-
enterprise development components. We perceive that demand is high in the area to implement similar
approaches at the community level.
PARIMA also collaborates with implementation partners on monitoring and evaluation of pilot project
activities. This entails: (1) Baseline data collection; and (2) monitoring the implementation progress via
sample households.
Finally, dissemination of PARIMA’s research and outreach information is made through a variety of
publications. These include a newsletter called PARIMA UPDATE (in English, Kiswahili and Oromifa),
PARIMA Research Briefs, the GL-CRSP newsletter called Ruminations, and proceedings of workshops.
Summary
The PARIMA project is looking for long-term and sustainable solutions to the problems of pastoral systems
in East Africa. We believe that more attention to risk management processes will reveal viable intervention
concepts. One fundamental vision of PARIMA is to find ways to better create and conserve pastoral wealth.
We believe that one means to approach this problem is to encourage more timely sales of animals and
investment of proceeds in endeavors that enhance human capital and diversify local economies where
possible. Such strategies will only be possible if marketing channels can be improved and rural financial
services are made more accessible. Where conditions allow, we also strongly advocate efforts to promote the
mobility of pastoral herds, restore key ecological resources, and support traditional systems of land use and
social security.
Our dual reliance on top-down, survey-based research and bottom-up forms of community participation is
unconventional, but we want to maximize our efforts based on the relative strengths of each approach. We
still need to continue to improve our efforts to link with Ethiopian policy makers.
Acknowledgements
Core research for the PARIMA project has been conducted under the auspices of the Global Livestock
Collaborative Research Support Program (GL-CRSP) of the United States Agency for International
Development (USAID) within the terms of grant no. PCE-G-98-00036-00. The PARIMA project is one of
several projects managed under the auspices of the GL-CRSP in East Africa. The USAID Mission to Ethiopia
funds the outreach component of the PARIMA project. The International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI)
in Addis Ababa is also a collaborator in our efforts.
References
Asfaw, T., and K. Saaristo. 1999. Risk Management Strategies of Pastoral Households: A Case Study of Guji-Oromo
Communities in Southern Ethiopia. Master’s Thesis. Dept. of Natural Resource Management and Sustainable
Agriculture, Agricultural University of Norway, Tivoli. 109 pp.
Barrett, C.B., Little, P., Bailey, D., Chabari, F., and K. Smith. 1998. How might infrastructure improvements mitigate the
risks faced by pastoralists in arid and semi-arid lands? Pages 1, 10, 12-13 in Johnson, S., (ed.) Ruminations—
Newsletter of the SR/GL-CRSP. University of California, Davis. Fall Issue. 16 pp.
Barrett, C.B., Little, P., Mcpeak, J., and G. Gebru. 2001. Highlights from current PARIMA research findings, 2000-01.
Pages 38-44 in Coppock, D.L., (ed.). Summary of Proceedings—Second Biennial Research and Outreach
Workshop for Kenya and Ethiopia: Improving Pastoral Risk Management on East African Rangelands.
Held June 24 to July 3, 2001, Egerton University, Njoro, Kenya. 156 pp.
Coppock, D.L. 1994. The Borana Plateau of Southern Ethiopia: Synthesis of Pastoral Research, Development, and
Change, 1980-91. Systems Study Number 5. International Livestock Center for Africa (ILCA), Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia. 374 pp.
Coppock, D.L., Barrett, C.B., Little, P., and A. Aboud. 1997. Improving Pastoral Risk Management on East African
Rangelands. Funding Proposal for the SR/GL-CRSP. Utah State University, Logan. 209 pp.
Desta, S. 1999. Diversification of Livestock Assets for Risk Management in the Borana Pastoral System of Southern
Ethiopia. PhD Dissertation. Dept. of Rangeland Resources, Utah State University, Logan. 189 pp.
Desta, S., and D.L. Coppock. 2002a. Cattle population dynamics in the southern Ethiopian rangelands, 1980-97. Journal
of Range Management 55: 439-451.
Desta, S., and D.L. Coppock. 2002b. Linking Ethiopian and Kenyan pastoralists and strengthening cross-border
collaboration. Pages 4-7 in Johnson, S., (ed.) Ruminations—Newsletter of the SR/GL-CRSP. University of
California, Davis. Winter Issue. 16 pp.
Evangelou, P. 1984. Livestock Development in Kenya’s Maasailand: Pastoralists Transition to a Market Economy.
Westview Press, Boulder, Colorado. 309 pp.
Lelo, F., Ayieko, J., Muhia, R., Muthoka, S., Muiruri, H., Makenzi, P., Njeremani, D., and J. Omollo. 2000. Egerton PRA
Field Handbook for Participatory Rural Appraisal Practitioners. Third Edition. The PRA Programme,
Egerton University, Njoro, Kenya. 89 pp.
Little, P.D., Smith, K., Cellarius, B., Coppock, D.L., and C. Barrett. 2001. Avoiding disaster: Diversification and risk
management among East African herders. Development and Change 32: 401-433.
McPeak, J. 2001. Pastoralists’ use of markets. GL-CRSP Research Brief 01-04-PARIMA. Global Livestock CRSP.
University of California, Davis. 2 pp.
Moris, J. 1999. Under Three Flags: The Policy Environment for Pastoralists in Ethiopia and Kenya. SR/GL-CRSP
PARIMA Technical Report No. 04/99. Utah State University, Logan. 119 pp.
Osterloh, S. 2001. Micro-finance in northern Kenya: The experience of K-REP Development Agency (KDA). GL-CRSP
Research Brief 01-09-PARIMA. Global Livestock CRSP. University of California, Davis. 4 pp.
Shibru, M. 2001. Pastoralism and Cattle Marketing: A Case Study of the Borana of Southern Ethiopia. Master’s Thesis.
Dept. of Natural Resources, Egerton University, Njoro, Kenya. 115 pp.
Smith, K., Barrett, C., and P. Box. 2000. Participatory risk mapping for targeting research and assistance: With an
example from east African pastoralists. World Development 28(11): 1945-59.
Bruke Yemane
National Pastoral Programme Coordinator, Oxfam GB, Ethiopia, Pobox 23688 code 1000, Addis Ababa, E-
mail byemane@oxfam.org.uk
Summary
The lowlands (rangelands) of Ethiopia are found below 1500mts elevation and cover about 61-65% of the total area.
They are home for about 12% of the human and 26% of the livestock population. They also provide livelihood,
employment and investment opportunities for over 5 million people and residents of approximately 24 major towns
and cities.
They are also rich in natural resources, including flora and fauna biodiversity. Other forms of natural resources in
the area include, aquatic (rivers and lakes), minerals (metallic and non-metallic) as well as energy (solar, wind and
natural gas). Further more, the presence of cultural heritage has made the low land areas more valuable and
attractive.
How ever, there are constraints affecting the people and the resources. Major constraints are associated to socio-
economic, environment, structural and policy. Lack of policy support and little or no attention given to the
indigenous knowledge and resource management has aggravated the situation.
The compounded effect on the resources aggravated the vulnerability of the pastoral communities. These can be
explained in terms of contraction and degradation of the over all size of the pastoral territory. This is mainly due to
expansion of sedentary agriculture, large-scale agricultural projects, wild life parks and sanctuaries as well as
unwanted plant species in the traditional pastoral territories. Climatic variability coupled with disease (human and
animal) and conflict has exacerbated the situation. The constraints prevailed in the area for decades have affected
the resources and made people vulnerable to the extent of making them dependent on relief assistance.
Cognizant of the fact, the government of Ethiopia through its relevant institutions is attempting to overcome the
crises. Like wise, NGOs, operating in the area are providing relief and development assistance to alleviate the
problem. Above all, the pastoral communities for generation have developed and adapted coping strategies to
survive during disasters. The strategies practiced and adapted were based on indigenous knowledge, skill and
resource management
The strategies focused on three major phases namely:
i. Attempt to improve survival and productivity of livestock
ii. Engage in obtaining food/feed from other sources and income generating activities and;
The purpose of this paper is by way of highlighting the resource potential of the pastoral areas and vulnerability
status, focus more on the adaptation strategy employed pastoralists to cope up with the situation.
In terms of livestock, the rangelands carry about 28% of the cattle, 60% of the goats, 26% of the sheep and
almost all the camels representing about 26% of the livestock population of the country (NRLDS, 1995).
Lowland breeds of livestock play significant role to the national economy.
The rangelands are rich in flora and fauna biodiversity. The presence of a number of national parks and
sanctuaries in the lowland is also a clear indication for the remaining rich biodiversity in the country.
Other types of natural resources rich in the area can be manifested in the form of water (rivers, lakes and
ground water), minerals both metallic and non-metallic as well as energy in the form of solar, wind and
natural gas, which are not properly tapped. The cultural heritages, pre history and archeological findings
have made the pastoral areas more valuable.
These being the realities of the pastoral areas, the resources are being constantly affected by a number of
factors related to natural, structural, policy and demand driven socio-economic constraints. Some of the
major underlining causes include the imbalance between population growth and the ongoing shrinkage and
degradation of the rangeland resources, coupled with recurrent drought and conflict.
The resultant effect has aggravated the food insecurity situation among the pastoral communities to the
extent of threatening their livelihood, making them more dependable on relief assaitance.
There fore, the purpose of this paper is to:
Assess the degree of vulnerability situation of the pastoral communities and the resources and;
Highlight some of the major coping strategies employed by the pastoral communities.
Methodology
The methodology employed to undertake this study is primarily based on:
• Primary data source from observation, discussion with pastoral community representatives. In
addition, questionnaire results administered in the pastoral weredas of Gewane and Tellalak (Afar
region), Filtu, Doloado and Dolby (Somali region), Yabello, Moyale (Oromia region), Jikawo (Gambela
region) between September1999 to February 2000.
• Secondary data source from literature and relevant documents of the pastoral areas as well as
discussion with development and research personnel involved in pastoral development in Ethiopia.
Vulnerability status
At present, the pastoral community and the resources they command are vulnerable more than ever
because of the following major factors:
Contraction of the traditional pastoral territory
The rangelands of the country, which are home for the pastoral communities and estimated to cover about
78 million ha of land (EPA, 1998), are declining in size from time to time. Major reasons for the reduction in
the size of the rangeland resources include i) expansion of sedentary agriculture ii) expansion of large scale
agricultural projects iii) expansion of national parks iv) encroachment of unwanted plant species v)
emergence and expansion of agropastoralism vi) drought and vii) conflict.
Expansion of sedentary agriculture
The lower limit for sedentary agriculture and the upper limit for the rangelands are the escarpments
receiving 500-700 mm of annual rainfall. Areas found in this range are considered marginal for rain fed
agriculture. How ever, due to population pressure and over utilization of croplands in the adjacent highland
areas, the rangelands are encroached by sedentary crop cultivators. This has been the case in the pastoral
areas of Afar, Somali, and lowlands of Oromia, Southern Omo of SNNPR and Gambela regions. Even though,
there are no statistics on the total area of rangeland converted to sedentary farming, large part considered to
be prime grazing land has been under constant pressure and threat from the neighboring agriculturists. The
situation looks more serious in marginal adjacent areas bordering zones 5 and 4 of Afar, Jigjiga zone of,
Somali and Borena zone of Oromia.
Agro pastoralism is gradually expanding in the regions of Gambela and Benshangul Gumz.Estimate
indicated that in Gambela about 32,452 ha (BOA, 1999) and in particular in Jikaw, which is primarily
pastoral wereda, crop cultivation has reached about 1400 ha. Like wise, in the regions of Benshangul
Gumz and SNNPR, area taken by crop cultivation is estimated at 38,718 ha (BOA, 1999) and 58,503 ha
(2.54%) of the total area (South Omo Department of Agriculture, 2000) respectively.
Table 1. Wild life parks and sanctuaries found in the rangelands of the country.
In all the above cases, with the exception of irrigated agriculture, cultivation takes place either in
bottomlands, riverbanks or in areas where moisture is available. The current trend is to move into more
marginal areas and as a result crop yield is considered to be a failure.
Encroachment of unwanted plant species
Encroachment of unwanted plant species is a menace to the deterioration of the rangelands. Though the
degree may vary, the evidence can be observed in most of the pastoral areas.
In Borena, encroachment of unwanted woody plant species increased after the 1960s and worsened
following a ban on the use of fire (Oba, 1998). Coppock (1994) reported that about 15 woody plant species
are considered to be encroachers in the Borena rangeland. Estimate by ILCA (1993) put the area under
bush at about 40%; while about 10% of the remaining area to be in good condition and reserved for calves
(Oba, 1998). Among the different species, rapid expansion of Acacia drepanolobium is the most alarming.
Even though there is no accurate information on the types and area coverage of unwanted plant species,
rapid expansion of Prosopis juliflora in zones 3 and 1 of Afar region is a prime concern. Besides
aggressively claiming prime irrigable and pastureland, its use as livestock feed is almost negligible.
In the Somali region, the rapid expansion of parthenium commonly known as congress grass into the
rangelands and crop farms is also alarming. This plant species, besides reducing the size of the rangelands
has got a negative effect on the composition and consumption of milk producing a bitter taste on the milk
produced.
In South Omo of SNNPR, local sources have indicated that range areas, which once were covered with good
grassland, have been replaced with unpalatable hardy and woody species.
In all the above cases, change in vegetation composition from grass land to woody and unpalatable plant
species, has forced pastoralists to alter their livestock composition from grazing to browsing species.
Conflict over rangeland resources
Intra and enter clan conflict over the rangeland resources mainly grazing and water has contributed to a
decline and use of the resources. Conflict, not only denies resource usage but also cost human and livestock
loses as well as destruction of properties. Intra clan conflict usually stays for shorter period of time and is
often solved using traditional social organization. On the contrary, inter tribal (clan) conflict between two
major pastoral communities has far greater consequences in that the resultant effect could be observed on
human lives, property and resources. To cite a typical example, the long time conflict between the Afars and
Isas on the Halidege plain of zone 3 of Afar region has precluded the use of over 75,000 ha of good grazing
area for both clans.
Though the degree and magnitude vary, conflict occurs in the pastoral areas of Somali, Borena, South Omo
and Gambela. The resultant effects of conflict is that human and livestock lives will be lost and
consequently, the use of the resources will be denied to both clans or benefit the victor at the expense of the
looser.
In all the above cases, range land resource degradation and shrinkage, has its own negative impact and
consequences in that it affects a number of resources including declining in percapita livestock holding,
increase in livestock health risk as well as reduction in percapita livestock production and productivity.
region about 83% of the maize, 78 % of the sorghum and 37 % of the barley residues is used as livestock
feed. Similarly, the results from the questionnaire survey showed that the use of crop residue and by
products as livestock feed during the dry period for milking animals has increased in almost all pastoral/
agro-pastoral areas of the country.
Minimizing watering frequency
Livestock watering frequency primarily depends on the season, type of livestock and distance from
watering points. The common practice of watering livestock in areas where watering points are far from
settlement villages is, cattle every 3 days, sheep and goats every 5-7 days and camels every 10-12 days.
Pastoralists who are residing close to permanent rivers and water points water their animals every day.
According to the questionnaire result, among pastoralists of Gewane and Tellalk, Afar region, Liben and
Moyale, Oromia region, Doloado and Doloby, Somali region watering of animals during the dry season follow
the following pattern. Watering of cattle is between 2-3 days, while small ruminants, donkeys and camels are
watered 3-5 days and 7-10 days respectively.
Attempt to increase the survival rate of livestock
Among the pastoralists of Ethiopia, the preferred types of livestock species are cattle (Nuer, Boran,
pastoralists of South Omo, Afar and Somali), small ruminants (all pastoralists) and camels (Somali, Afar and
recently the Boran). Pastoralists do all they can to ensure survival, productivity and well being of their
livestock. At times of extended dry periods or drought, household members gather branches and fruits of
indigenous trees, vines, roots, grasses, any available browse material including mineral soils to feed their
livestock. In areas where water is available, they try to increase watering frequency for their animals. Some
allow their animals to rest for some time and forage on every available feed source while traveling for long
distance.
Engagement in other types of food production and income generating activities
When the pastoarlist way of life and mode of production is endangered, one of the coping strategy
employed by pastoralists include, honey and incense collection, hunting for wild animals, gathering of wild
fruits and more engagement in cross border trade. The results from our questionnaire survey indicated that
with the exception of Nuer pastoralists the rest collect honey and incense for market. The preferred months
for collection are from May to July and from October to December.
Wild animal hunting is also common in the pastoralist area. Animals that are often hunted are gazelles,
antelopes, dik diks and heart beasts. Even though, there are no specific seasons for hunting, the dry season
is preferred because of food scarcity; Engagement in cross-border trade is common among the pastoral
communities. This is mainly because of their proximity and inter-clan relationship in the neighboring
countries.
Sale of livestock
The primary interest of a pastoral family is herd maximization for insurance and security purpose rather
than generating cash. In good years, a pastoral household residing close to towns would like to sell livestock
products such as milk and butter. In addition, male sheep and goats are sold for the purchase of cereals and
household items.
Medical care, payment of debt, taxes and social obligations are usually met from the sale of the above. In
addition, during post drought, male stocks are sold for the purchase of female breeding stock from the
adjacent highland.
In pastoral area, marketing of livestock is by enlarge a response coping strategy to climatic stress, feed and
water shortages as well as ill health situation of livestock. This being the reality, sale of livestock in
particular young and productive cattle is the most undesirable situation. If situation forces a household,
productive animals are sold to with in the clan members first. When circumstances force sale of livestock,
sale of small ruminants is the decision of the family head, while sale of cattle requires decision of the
family. Sale of cattle is in the order of cull cows (>10 yrs of age), mature males (5-10 yrs), young males (1-
4yrs) and young females (1-4 yrs). In general, if the need is only limited to cash, small ruminants are sold
and if the need is greater and the stress on the animals is higher, sale of cattle is given due consideration.
Mutual support and assistance in sharing resources
There is a strong tradition and value among pastoral communities to support each other. If there is a
surplus stored grain, they share with relatives and friends in times of crises. Although there are some
restrictions on the use of specific water and grazing areas during drought, it is common among pastoralists to
support not only relatives, but also members of the clan who are in need of assistance. Traditionally, there
are strong social security networks and net works of friends, kin and descent groups who will play a key role
in resource sharing in times of crises. Resource sharing can be in kind such as transfer of milking cows as
food sharing mechanism, or transfer of milking herds between relatives and friends and sharing continues
until food security situation of the household improves. Repayment is well arranged through the traditional
organizations either in kind or labor form.
Food reduction and adaptation to new food habits
As food availability declines one way of coping with the situation is to reduce in the amount and frequency
of food consumed. In pastoral community priority is given to pregnant and lactating women. Pastoralist
household resort to cereal based diets of milk and meat as the source from livestock dwindles. At times of
crises, young people and mature men reduce their feeding frequency and amount and in extreme cases go on
fasting for ritual purpose.
If common types of food sources were not available, pastoralists would resort to new food habits. Among
the Nuer pastoralists hunting for lungfish and terrestrial turtle is common during the dry season. The
other option will be adaptation to new food including wild plants. Some of the most commonly consumed
plant species depending in the area include, quegga (Rosa abyssinica), Agam (Clarissa eduli), Qulqual
(Euphorbia condelabrum), prickly pear (Opontia vulgaris), Gurdo (Portuaca quadrifida) and Garssa (Dobra
glabra) (Desalegne Rahmeto, 1987).
Labor disposition, scaling down of family size and migration for survival
When food shortage is at its precarious stage, the pastoral household will attempt the remaining last
option for survival. These include, sale of labor, minimizing family size and migration to nearby towns in
search of food and work to generate income. During drought labor exchange is practiced among the pastoral
community. Labor is exchanged for food or compensation, where payment in the form of cash is seldom
practiced. The other coping mechanism is reduction in the number of dependent members of the family. Older
and handicapped member of the family move to near by newly married couples or relatives who can provide
food and shelter. When food shortage is critical and all other options are exhausted the only means of coping
would be to migrate to nearby towns in search of food and means of earning. Men will be forced to migrate
longer distance while women with children are staying in the village. Even though, sale of labor is uncommon
in normal years, during crises pastoralists will be forced to engage themselves in activities such as sale of fuel
wood and charcoal making which is disastrous to their environment.
communities include, diversification of livestock, conservation of dry season grazing reserve and use of crop
byproducts, minimizing watering frequency, ensuring productivity and productivity of livestock and sale of
livestock. When the crises is aggravated, pastoralists will strengthen their mutual assistance to share
resources, reduction in food consumption and adaptation to new food habits and ultimately, if the situation
is worsened, they will scale down family size and migrate to nearby towns in search of food and income.
These being the realities of the pastoral communities and the resources, in order to improve the rangeland
resources as well as the livelihood of the pastoralist communities the following major recommendation
points should be well considered.
Recommendations
• Recognition of the pastoral production system: The government, international agencies and NGOs
should recognize the pastoral production system and support it with friendly development policies,
strategies, programmes and action oriented development interventions.
• Full participation of the pastoral communities: The pastoralists through their representatives should
participate in all phases/stages of pastoral development interventions. This primarily includes
starting from the designing to implementation, monitoring, evaluation and through empowering
process in order to let pastoralists mind their own affairs and manage their resources as well as
ensure sustainable development.
• Policy support for pastoral land tenure: The only resource the pastoralists are depending is the
rangeland resource. At present, the resources are declining and degraded due to man made and
natural risks. In order to avoid further degradation and improve the livelihood of the pastoralists, the
land tenure, security and communal ownership rights should be clearly supported with policy.
• Ensure accrued benefits for the pastoral community: Improving the livelihood of the pastoral
communities through utilization of the resource potentials should be encouraged. This approach
would be viable, provided that full participation coupled with benefits is guaranteed for the
pastoralists in large-scale agricultural development, national parks and related investment sectors.
• Support for agro-pastoralists: Expansion of agro-pastoralism is eminent and this calls for agricultural
extension support in both rain fed and irrigated areas. Formation of cooperatives and provision of
saving and credit facilities is also of paramount importance.
• Strengthening of disaster management system: Since drought and conflict are shareholders of the
pastoral production system, minimizing their effect will have a direct impact on the livelihood of the
pastoral communities. As a result, strengthening the early warning, coping and response to disaster
using both the indigenous and modern mechanisms is a matter of priority.
• Control of unwanted plant species: Control and elimination of plant species that are rapidly
encroaching prime rangelands and crop areas need due attention. Un wanted plant species, besides
occupying prime areas are not consumed by animals, hence contribute to land shrinkage. This
situation calls for proper research in the bio- ecology of the plants and the environment.
• Strengthening working partnership: Close working partnership among community, government and
NGOs engaged in pastoral development is a prime concern. This approach will facilitate the
empowerment of the community and sustainable development in the pastoral areas in relatively
short period of time.
• Ensure gender equity: Though pastoralists are marginalized, women are more marginalized in the
pastoral community and this calls for gender equity in the pastoral areas. Any pastoral development
should look for means and ways to improve the gender balance situation.
References
A study of nomadic areas for settlement (1984). Part I. Introduction-Major Findings. Project No Eth/81/001. Study
Report. UNDP/RRC
Baro-Akobo Basin Integrated Development Master Plan Study. (1997). Final Report, Annex 2. Part 2. Natural Resources,
TAMS and ULG Consultants Ltd.
Beruk Yemane and Tafesse Mesfin (1998). Traditional resource management and proposed intervention with particular
emphasis to the livestock sub-sector of the Nuer community, Jikow Wereda, Gambella Region.
Consultant on Economic Development and Environmental Protection (CEDEP, 1999). Sustainable Resources
Management Western Refugee and Settlements. UNHCR/ ARRA.
Coppock D. Layne (1994). The Borana Plateau of Southern Ethiopia. Synthesis of Pastoral Research, Development and
Change 1980-91. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Desalegn Rahmato (1987). Famine and survival strategies. A case study from North-west Ethiopia. Food Famine
Monograph Series No 1. Institute of Development Research (IDR), Addis Ababa University.
Environmental Protection Authority (EPA), 1998. National Action Plan to combat Desertification. Volume1 The state of
Natural Resources in Arid, Semi-Arid and dry Sub-Humid Areas.
Gufu Oba (1998). Assessment of Indigenous Range management knowledge of the Boran pastoralists of Southern
Ethiopia. GTZ, Borana low land pastoral Development programme.
Holt. R and Duke Richards (1993). Emerging agro pastoral practices and their relevance for the viability of pastoralism.
South East Rangeland Project.
Kahsay Berhe, Berhanu G/Medhin, Siemen and Mohammed Salem (unpublished). Development needs of pastoral and
agro pastoral production systems in Ethiopia.
Kefyalew Abate (1997). Poverty, desertification and the impact of drought in Ethiopia.
National Guidelines for vulnerability profile (VP) Development. Second Draft, policy, planning and programme
development (PPPD). Disaster Prevention and Preparedness Commission (DPPC). Addis Ababa.
Pastoral Oriented Development and Extension concept (PODEC) for Borana zone (1998). Proceedings and major results of
the PODEC workshop 25-30 May, Negelle.
Patrick W., Joachin Bon Braun and Yishac Yohanes (1992). Famine in Ethiopia. Policy implications of coping failure at
national and household levels. International Food Policy Research Institute. Washington D.C.
Study on Rehabilitation and Reconstruction of Refugee Impacted Areas of eastern Ethiopia (1999) Vol. II. Technical
Report. ARRA/CEDEP.
Wondwossen Assfaw and Abaye Tedla (1996). Vulnerability Assessment and Adaptation measures for Ethiopian
Grassland/livestock Sector Ministry of Agriculture. PP1-17.
Introduction
The Amhara National Regional State has 105 Woredas, of which 48 Woredas are drought-prone. About 2.5
million people living in this drought prone Woreda is food insecure or requires food aid at least some time in
the year. It accounts about 17.3% of the region and 36% of the population, respectively. Belesa Woreda is one
of the drought-affected areas in the region.
The generation of appropriate technologies, however, demands careful, strategic, and integrated research
activity planning. Understanding of the natural, socio-economic and farming system of the area is the first
and crucial step to develop environmentally sound and socially acceptable livestock technologies (Amir and
Knipscheer, 1997; Mlay, 1986). Therefore, a diagnostic survey was conducted in the farming system of
Belesa Woreda by Adet Agricultural Research Center in November 2001 to assess the traditional livestock
production system, identify and prioritize livestock production constraints and to suggest possible research,
development and policy intervention in livestock production in the area.
feed resources, diseases and parasites, marketing situations, stakeholders and their relationships, socio-
economic status of the Woreda and trend of the drought. After analyzing the secondary data, the survey
readjusted previously designed survey checklists by incorporating new findings.
Site selection
To study the agro-ecology and physical characteristics of the area, and to select a representative site for
each agro-ecological zone, the survey identified Kola and Woinadega in Belesa Woreda. Nine representative
peasant associations (PAs) were selected. The team has observed and drived in all feeder roads and visited all
topographies and farming systems of the Woreda.
Problem prioritization and interview
Problem identification and prioritization were made in each agro-ecological zone by using pair-wise
ranking. Farmers identified and prioritized their problems logically and systematically without any
interference.
Individual and group interview
The survey identified small group of farmers; elders including women and men as well as key informants
and made discussion in order to generate basic data and cross-checked the already available information
obtained from individual interview and secondary sources.
Study Area
Belesa Woreda is located in North Gondar Administrative Zone of the Amhara National Regional State. It
is bordered by Wogera and Janamora Woredas in the North, Kemkem and Ebinat Woreda in the south,
Gonder zuria Woreda in the west and Dahina and Ziquala Woreda of Waghemra in the east (Figure 1).
Previously Belesa area was categorized in one administrative Woreda. However, in 2001 the Woreda was
subdivided in to two administrative Woredas; namely Western and Eastern Belesa. The agro-ecologies of
Belesa Woreda as a whole are Woina Dega (40-45 %), which comprises the Western Belesa part and the Kola
agro ecological zone (55%) that includes the Eastern Belasa Woreda. The total area of the Woreda is 318,259
hectares. The altitude of the Woreda ranges from 2000-1500 masl, which extends upto Tekezie basin. Guhala
for the Eastern Belesa and Arbaya for the Western Belesa are the capital of the Woredas. The population of
the Woreda is estimated to be 236,372. Of this, 96.4% are living in rural areas and the remaining 3.6% are
urban dwellers. The Woreda is characterized by erratic rainfall, late-on-set and early finish, drought, soil
erosion, poor soil fertility, shortage of arable land, crop disease and pest, and feed shortage. These and other
related production constraints have led to food insecurity in the Woreda. The Woreda has good water
potential for irrigation and several earth dams and diversions has been built but farmers don’t use properly
due to lack of awareness and absence of irrigation experts.
Topography
The Kola and Woina Dega topography is characterized by rugged and flat/plain features. The slope of the
land does not exceed 7-8 and the average slope being 3-5%, which is favorable for agricultural practice.
Topographic proportion of Belesa Woreda as a whole includes Mountain (40%) and plain/flat (55%) and
rugged (5%). The soil types of Belesa Woreda as a whole includes black (45%), red (38.5%) and Serebolla
(16.5%) (BWDOA, 2001).
Climate
The Woreda mean annual rainfall and temperature ranges from 600-900mm and 25-35oC. The local
rainfall seasonal variability happen in various parts of the Woreda and especially this problem is serious in
the Kolla zone as expressed by the farmers. It starts lately and finishes early. Its variability is disturbing the
crop physiology and crop production in general. Even, the mean annual rainfall is not sufficient to crop
production.
The effective rainy season extends from mid-June to the last August. Generally, the rainfall is erratic in
distribution and the amount and duration is not dependable for food crop production. Late onset, uneven
distribution and early cessation are some of its features. In the area early finish (in last August) occurs
every two to three years, mostly affecting tef crop. Farmers reported that now a day this occurrence
becomes more frequent than in the past. As a risk aversion farmers should shift the planting time to
escape the effect of early finish of rain.
periods. Therefore, unless and otherwise different mechanisms of increasing the number of draught power
(oxen) is designed in the Woreda by governmental or non-governmental organizations, the production and
productivity of crop production in particular and agriculture in general will be under question in the area
in the near future. This is a big challenge for the local farming community. On the other hand, farmers
having one and above oxen shows on increasing trend from 997 to 2001crop seasons but the reason of oxen
number increment is not well defined during the survey period.
Livestock Production and Management
Farmers in Belesa Woreda do not have fixed period of time for breeding their livestock. The breeding
system is uncontrolled and traditional. No selected bull kept for breeding of indigenous animals in the
Woreda. Mating usually occurs every where at the time of feed plenty during grazing or browsing in the field.
Cows usually show a sign of heat during the months of June and end of August up to November/December. In
these months there is no relatively feed problem in the area and the temperature is not too high and rainfall
is very low that is suitable for initiation of sexual desire by animals. This delayed and uncontrolled mating of
animals in the area makes in reducing the reproductive performance of the local animals. There is no
experience of using artificial insemination (AI) or pure/cross bred bulls for genetic improvement of
indigenious cattle in Belesa Woreda. The use AI in Belesa Woreda is impossible by now due to the
remoteness of the area and lack of good road, transportation of semen and liquid nitrogen is found to be
difficult and challenging. Rather the use of properly selected local bulls is advantageous with proper health,
feeding and other management practices.
The age at first mating of heifers and calving interval of cows ranged from 3-6 and 2-4 years, respectively
in the Woreda. The high incidence of disease and parasite coupled with inadequate veterinary support,
scarcity of feed and water during the dry season in addition to the the low genetic potential of the local
animals makes a prolonged calving interval and age at first mating of heifers in the area. These holds true
for small ruminants whose reproductive kidding or lambing rate is very low. There is no attention and
management given to small ruminants particularly goats until they reached market age. The number of
calves born per life time of a cow ranges from 4-8 calves. This is related to the poor management and
reproductive performance of the local animal. Actually in the earlier days the number of calves born was
higher but now it reduced drastically due to feed shortage, disease and parasite effects and draught.
Milk yield in Belesa Woreda ranges from 1-4 litters even though the yield varies from season to season
depending on the availability of feed and farmers management practices, from cow to cow and from
location to location. There is twice milking, morning and evening per day in the area. Milking usually
performed by male and on the absence of the male, females perform the task. This is because cows are
mostly aggressive to be handled by females during milking time and there is no clear cultural influence but
milking of cows by females is not common compared to male. As that of milk yield, lactation length differs
from location to location and individual animal in Belsesa Woreda. This is also due to feed and water
availability, disease and parasite problem and the prevalence of recurrent drought in Belesa Woreda.
Weanig age of calves starts in the early age of 6 months up to two years.
Introduction of improved livestock extension package in the Woreda is not undertaken except distributing
of Rhode Island Red poultry birds. The performance and survival of Rhode Island Red (RIR) birds in the
area was poor and low, respectively due to improper feeding, housing and high temperature of the area as
well as long distance travel of birds with out transportation facility. There is no also improved poultry feed
for the birds during transportation and for adaptation of a certain period of time. The price of genetically
improved RIR birds was high (7 birr) compared to local birds so the farmers are not willing to purchase.
The important thing before disseminating any livestock improved technology to the rural community, the
extension system should be aware of the advantage of the technology over the local and facilities that can
be prepared by the farmer himself. The market options, the management of the new technology by the
farmer and the cost and benefit as a whole. Therefore, the choice of the improved technology should be
visualized by the farmers theme selves and at the end the technology will be sustained and/or rejected
immediately. The lack of improved livestock technological package is due to poor infrastructure like road,
absence of power and water supply in the capital of Eastern and Western Belesa Woredas; Guhala and
Arbaya, respectively. Priority in feeding is given to lactating/pregnant dairy cows and draught oxen at the
time of feed scarcity. However, if feed is not a problem, all groups of animals are able to get equal chance
for feeding.
livestock feed are Gava (Ziziphur mauritina), Girar (Acacia abyssinica), Wanza (Cordia africana), Warka
(Ficur vasta), Enkoye (Ximenia americana), and Agam (Carisa edulis).
Crop By-Products
The other source of livestock feed in Belesa Woreda is crop residues and after math grazing. The
proportion of crop production is very high in Woina Dega compared to Kolla agro-ecology. The livestock in
Woina Dega agro-ecology are highly dependent on crop residues while natural pasture and browse trees are
the major feed source in Kolla agro-ecology. Among the crops grown in Belesa, tef straw contribute a good
sources of livestock feed followed by sorghum and maize stover. Other like barley, finger millet and wheat
straw can also serves as a source of feed among food cereals. Chickpea is a major pulse crop grown in Belesa
Woreda as a whole followed by field pea and other pulse crops and the residue of these pulse crops in a good
source of feed during the dry seasons of the year.
Livestock Feed Supplements
Improved cultivated forage crops and concentrates supplementation for livestock is not known in the area.
Previously when cows and oxen became weak during the critical feed shortage periods, farmers provide them
with boiled sorghum grains but drought prevalence in the area obliged the farmers to stop this practice. As
we have interviewed a number of farmers in the Woreda, even though cultivated forage crops are not
introduced so far, farmers are responding to grow cultivated forage if they get good quality and adaptable
species. Moreover, ORDA through the integrated food security project (IFSP) tried to establish nursery sites
for some forage species like Rhodes, lablab, Napier grass, cow pea, Pigeon pea and Sesbania to be used for
livestock feeding and other natural resource conservation activities. This is a good start and should be
strengthened together with the utilization of improved forage crops. In addition, identification and
characterization of indigenous natural pasture and browse species should be conducted before widely
introducing exotic forage crops in the area.
The water points like earth dam construction and river water diversion projects established by SAERAR
and other NGOS in the Woreda should benefit the farming community to grow perennial cultivated forage
crops that could be serve as a good source of livestock feed. Improved forage crops or indigenous plants that
serve for feed in catchment areas of the earth dams and irrigated areas could be easily established in an
interdisciplinary approach so as to provide maximum benefit for the farmers in the area.
Balance between Feed Availability and Requirements
The quantity of feed DM obtainable from crop residues is estimated from crop yields (MOA, 1984) using
FAO (1987) established conversion factors and it is assumed that about 10% of the crop residues would either
be wasted during utilization or used for other purposes. The quantity of feed DM obtainable from natural
pastures and other land use types is determined by multiplying the hectarage under each land use category
by their respective estimated annual DM yield per hectare (FAO, 1984 and 1987). The annual availability of
feed DM is compared with the annual requirements of the livestock population. Livestock population is
converted in to tropical livestock units (TLU) using Jahnke (1982) accepted conversion factors. The DM
requirements is calculated based on daily DM requirements of a 250 kg dual purpose tropical cattle (an
equivalent of one TLU) for maintenance. An estimated total of 975378 quintals DM per year is available from
crop residues. Considering a utilization factor of 90% (10% wastage and other uses such as household fuel
etc). The quantity that is available for actual animal consumption is estimated to be 877840.2 quintals.
Grazing land and after math grazing provide an estimated 1867400 and 276780 quintals of DM per year
respectively. Uncultivated and forestlands, bush and shrublands put together and contribute 1027845.0
quintal of dry matter per year. The total feed DM obtained from crop residue and different land use types
is estimated as 40498665.2 quintals (Tables 5 and 6). The live stock population of Belesa Woreda is
estimated to be 204773.4 tropical livestock units (TLU). The maintenance DM requirement of one TLU
(an equivalent of a bovine of 250 kg live weight) is estimated to be 3 % of the body weight or 27 quintals of
DM per year or 7.5 kg of DM per day.
This is equivalent to availability per TLU per day of 5.4 kg DM or 19.8 quintal per year. The existing feed
supply on a year round basis satisfies only 72.7 % of the maintenance DM requirement of livestock of the
Woreda. This deficit of feed supply could also coupled with low quality of crop residue, over matured and
improperly conserved natural pasture and browse leaves. Therefore, the severity of feed scarcity in Belesa
Woreda is very serious so that other means of feed development technological interventions should be
undertaken by the farming community, office of agriculture and other governmental and non governmental
organizations involved in livestock development in particular and agriculture sector in general.
Livestock Sources of Water
Stream and rivers are the major sources of water for livestock in Belesa Woreda. Shortage of water is more
common in Kolla agro-ecology area compared to Woina Dega agro-ecology. Animals travel longer distance to
watering points (5-10 kms) per day and they waste their energy there during the dry season. Animals usually
drink once per day. Leech lis also a common problem in most watering sources in Belesa Woreda. A number
of animals use the water sources commonly so that the transmission of contagious diseases and parasites are
expected in the area. There are more than 8 irrigation schemes constructed by SAERAR either from river
diversion or surface water harvesting using earth dams in Belesa Woreda. They could definitely reduce the
shortage of water and leech problem for livestock. Farmers trek their animals to the place where Bole
(mineral) water is available in the Woreda twice a year, end of August and September/October months.
usually sell butter and chicken while males sell ruminant and other small ruminant animals. The money
obtained from livestock selling is for household use and purchase of clothes, food items and medication.
Acknowledgement
We are grateful to the support of USAID Food Security Project and the Adet Agricultural Research Centre,
Ethiopia, for financing the research.
References
WDOA (Woreda Department of Agriculture). 2001. Belesa Woreda Department of Agriculture Annual Report for the year
1997-1993. Aduhala, Ethiopia.
Amir, P. and H.C. Knipscheer, 1997. Conducting On-Farm Animal Research: Procedures and Economic Analysis.
Winrock International Institute for Agricultural Development and International Development Research Centre.
Singapore National Printers Ltd., Singapore.
FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations). 1987. Master Land use Plan, Ethiopia Range/Livestock
Consultancy Report prepared for the Government of the People's Democratic Republic of Ethiopia. Technical Report.
AG/ETH/82/010 FAO, Rome.
FAO (Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations). 1987. Land use, production regions, and farming
systems inventory. Technical report 3 vol. 1. FAO project ETH/78/003, Addis Abeba, Ethiopia.
Jahnke, H. E. 1982. Livestock Production Systems and Livestock Development in Tropical Africa. Kieler
Wissenshaftsverlag Vauk, Kiel, FRG.
MOA (Ministry of Agriculture of Ethiopia). 1984. General Agricultural Survey. Preliminary Report 1983/84 (1976E.C.)
Vol. II. Sidamo. Planning and Programming Department, MOA, Addis Ababa.
Mlay, G.I. 1986. The use of diagnostic surveys in directing on-farm research: the experience of the small- holder dairy
farming systems project in Tanzania. In: ARNAB (African Research Network for Agricultural By-Products).
Towards Optimal Feeding of Agricultural By Products to Livestock in Africa. Proceedings of a workshop held at the
University of Alexandria, Egypt. October, 1985. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Years
Livestock species
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 Mean
Cattle 209700 232625 258055 290274 307939 259718.6
Ox 48887 54231 60160 71213 78442 46978.2
Cow 70422 78121 86661 976778 99974 262375.4
Others 90391 100273 111234 121383 129603 90556.8
Small ruminants 171662 199428 211239 214383 218838 203110.0
Sheep 44954 49868 55319 54255 55617 51930.6
Goat 126708 140560 155920 159970 163221 149275.8
Equines 21443 23795 26398 28511 30248 26079.0
Horse 40 52 60 71 86 61.8
Mule 1290 1431 1597 1610 1700 1524.0
Donkey 20113 22312 24751 26830 28462 24493.6
Poultry 163036 180860 200662 218509 229638 198541.0
Honey bee (cultural beehives with bees) 1150 1860 2232 5818 5996 3411.2
Source: BWDOA (Woreda Department of Agriculture). 2001
Class of animal
Ox Cow Heifer Bull Goat Sheep Donkey Beehive
1-4 1-5 1-4 1-2 5-8 2-5 1 3-5
Source: BWDOA (Woreda Department of Agriculture). 2001
Year
Ownership type Unit
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001
No ox No 14886 14594 15661 14053 14471
One ox “ 12859 13755 14211 14972 15376
Two oxen “ 10570 10770 10990 12351 12850
Three oxen “ 3926 4626 4218 4574 4817
Four and above “ 2409 2601 3121 3486 3929
Source: BWDOA (Woreda Department of Agriculture). 2001
Months
Feed Sources F M A M J J A S O N D J
Grazing on natural pasture, browsing on
trees and shrubs xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Grazing on natural pasture and aftermath
grazing
Crop residues, conserved hay and browsing ****************
on leaves of trees and shrubs
######################
Source: BWDOA (Woreda Department of Agriculture). 2001
Table 5. Estimated quantity of feed DM obtainable from crop residues in Belesa Woreda (Average of four years, 1997-2000)
Table 6. Estimated quantity of feed DM obtainable from different land use types in Belesa Woreda
Table 8. Local market prices of livestock and livestock products in Belesa Woreda
1Department of Animal Sciences, Alemaya University, P.O.Box 138, Dire Dawa, Ethiopia,
2International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), P.O.Box 5689, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia,
3Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization (EARO), P.O.Box 32, Debre Zeit, Ethiopia
Abstract
An on-farm monitoring study was carried out in the urban and peri-urban dairy production systems in the Addis
Ababa milk shed to assess variations in on-farm nutrient intake of dairy cows (Holstein Frisian X Zebu) and feed
balance. Ninety-seven cows, with parities above two and at the beginning of lactation, representing three production
sub-systems (intra-urban, large peri-urban and secondary town) were considered for the study. Mean basal and
supplement (P<0.001) and total (P<0.01) DM intake, mean CP intake (P<0.001) from basal, supplement and total
diet, and mean energy intake from basal (P<0.001) and supplement (P<0.01) varied among the production sub-
systems. Basal and supplemental dry matter, crude protein and energy intakes varied (P<0.001) among herd size
groups (i.e. small, medium and large), where medium sized farms had higher (P<0.001) supplemental dry matter,
crude protein and energy intakes, while small farms had higher (P<0.001) basal dry matter, crude protein and
energy intakes. Basal and total (P<0.001) crude protein intakes were greatest in the long rainy season. Annual dry
matter and crude protein intakes close to calculated requirements for intra-urban and secondary town, but 1.5%
lower than requirement for large peri-urban farms. Annual energy intake, however, was 36.3% lower than the
requirement for the entire production sub-systems. Thus, the level of feeding management should be improved in
order to exploit the genetic potential of crossbred dairy cows in intensively managed urban and peri-urban dairy
system.
Keywords: Basal feed, Supplement, feed balance, dairy cows, Urban/peri-urban
Introduction
Ruminant livestock are the major source of milk in tropics and sub-tropics. However, their production
potential is seriously limited due to genetic and environmental (mainly inadequate nutrient supply) factors.
Consequently, the supply of milk is lagging behind the demand of ever increasing human population. The
situation is exacerbated for urban centers where human population is growing at alarming rate. Genetic
improvement through crossbreeding of indigenous stock with exotic dairy genotypes, reputable in dairy
characteristics, has been recommended as an alternative to increase milk production under average farm
situation in many tropical countries (McDowell, 1985). Today crossbred and high-grade animals varying in
their exotic gene level are found in many agricultural institutions, cooperatives, small scale and large-scale
commercial dairy farms in urban and peri-urban areas.
Urban and peri-urban dairy production system is among the different forms of dairy production systems
prevalent in tropics and sub-tropics. It is an intensive type mainly relies on improved crossbred and high-
grade animals (Yoseph et al., 2001). The increasing human population, increasing income strata,
increasing price of milk and milk products in abroad coupled with inadequate foreign reserve encouraged
establishment of this production system. However, nutrient requirement for this genotype is higher than
indigenous breeds. As the production system intensifying the type of available feed resources and nutrient
supply to support them produce and reproduce becomes a challenge to the system. Besides, tropical feed
resources have low nutritive characteristics (Nsahlai et al., 1996) and are dictated by seasonal dynamics of
rainfall (Zinash and Seyoum, 1989). In spite of these, information is meager and almost non-existent to
indicate on-farm nutrient supply and nutrient intake (utilization) of the dairy herd in such intensively
managed farms. Exploring the knowledge base on variations in nutrient supply and intake, and feed
*
Corresponding address: e-mail: y_mekasha@yahoo.com; Fax: 251-05-114008; Telephone: 251-05-111399
balance and the influence of production sub-system, herd size and season on it, would enable to understand
complexity of the system and assist in designing appropriate feeding system and eventually boost milk
production from improved genotypes.
Thus, the objective of this study was to investigate on-farm nutrient supply and intake and feed balance of
dairy cows in market oriented urban and peri-urban dairy production system in the Addis Ababa milk
shed.
traditional brewery or traditional liquor residue (in the case of small holders). Therefore, the quantity of
feed to be mixed was weighed prior to wetting and divided by the number of dairy cows it was offered. For
some farms mixing concentrates for the whole herd in bulk, the weight of air-dry ingredients was recorded
separately before wetting. Along with this, the amount of wetted material provided to each cow or group of
cows was weighed and recorded. Wetted concentrate was sampled every month for DM determination.
There was no concentrate refusal during the monitoring period. Refusal of the roughage was collected,
weighed and recorded the next morning before feed was offered. Feed intake was summed up for a period of
one year. Total consumption of feedstuffs multiplied by nutrient concentrations facilitated estimation of
annual intake of metabolizable energy (ME) and nitrogen.
Annual feed balance was estimated using nutrient supply, body weight, milk production and nutrient
requirements of dairy cows according to Kearl (1989). The mean (±SEM) body weight of dairy cows (HF X
Zebu) was 403±11 (Intra-urban=360, Large peri-urban=404, Secondary town=428). The mean (±SEM) daily
and lactation milk yield were 8.63±0.35 (Intra-urban=5.91, Large peri-urban=8.92,Secondary town=9.96)
and 2612±135 (Intra-urban=1578, Large peri-urban=2528.6, Secondary town=3544).
Laboratory analysis
Chemical composition of the commonly used feed resources were estimated from literature (Kearl, 1982;
McDonald et al., 1988; Seyoum and Zinash, 1989; Annindo et al., 1995). However, for those feeds where
data were not available, chemical analysis was performed. In this case, representative feed materials were
sampled monthly. Upon arrival at the laboratory, part of the feed was dried overnight at 105 0C in a forced
draft oven for DM determination (AOAC, 1980). The remaining samples were dried at 60 0C to a constant
weight for chemical analysis. Samples dried in an oven at the latter temperature were ground to pass
through a 1 mm sieve pending analysis. Nitrogen content of the feed was determined using the Kjeldhal
procedure and gross energy (GE) was estimated by bomb calorimeter. Chemical composition of feeds is
presented in Table 1.
Statistical analysis
Data were analyzed using the General Linear Model (GLM) procedure of SAS (SAS, 1989). The model
considered fixed effects of production subsystem, herd size and, season with calving date used as a covariate.
Means were separated using Duncan’s multiple range test.
Results
Feed intake
Basal and supplement (P<0.01) and total DM (P<0.001) intakes differed among production sub-systems
(Table 2). Secondary town dairy farms had highest total and supplement dry matter intakes, while intra-
urban farms had highest basal DM intake. Basal, supplement and total crude protein intakes also varied
(P<0.001) among production sub-systems. Secondary town dairy farms had highest total and supplemental
crude protein intakes, while cows in intra-urban farms had highest crude protein intake from the basal feed.
Differences among production sub-systems in energy intake existed for basal feed (P<0.001) and supplement
(P<0.01). Total and supplemental energy intakes were highest for farms in secondary town, but basal energy
intake was highest for intra-urban farms. The mean ratio of supplement to basal feed DM intake was 0.60 to
0.40.
Total DM intake was similar among herd size groups (P>0.05), however, basal and supplemental DM
intakes differed (P<0.001) (Table 3). Cows in medium sized farms had highest supplement DM intake,
whereas those in small sized farms had highest basal DM intake. The proportion of supplement to
roughage offered was also highest in medium sized dairy farms. Crude protein intakes varied (P<0.001)
among the herd size groups for basal, supplemental and total intake. Cows in medium sized farms had
highest total and supplemental crude protein intakes. Nevertheless, crude protein intake from the basal
diet was highest for small sized dairy farms. Energy intake from the basal diet and supplement differed
(P<0.001) among the production sub-systems. Medium sized farms had greater intake of supplement and
total DM, total crude protein and supplement and total energy.
There were no seasonal differences (P>0.05) in feed DM or energy intakes (Table 4). However, total
(P<0.01) and basal (P<0.001) crude protein intakes varied among seasons, with basal and total intakes
being maximum in season I (long rainy season).
Feed balance
Mean annual nutrient intake, nutrient requirement and feed balance for lactating crossbred dairy cows
are presented in Table 5. Mean annual DM intake was 7% higher than the requirement for secondary town
and intra-urban farms, but 1.5% lower than the requirement for large peri-urban. Mean annual protein
intake was according to their requirement except for large peri-urban production sub-system, in which it was
1.5% lower than the requirement. However, mean annual energy intake was 36.3% less than the requirement
for the entire production sub-systems, with the largest deficit observed in large peri-urban production sub-
system.
Discussion
Feed dry matter and nutrient intake
The mean feed DM intake obtained in the present study was similar to the value (9.75 kg/day) reported for
crossbred dairy cows kept on maize-Lab lab stover or oats-vetch hay diet in Debre Zeit, Ethiopia, but lower
than 10.8 kg/day reported for crossbred cows supplemented with Lab lab hay (Mpwaire, 1998). Zerbini et al.
(1996) obtained 10.6±0.4 kg/day dry matter intake for non-pregnant early lactating crossbred dairy cows and
the proportion of basal diet was 8.3 kg/day (78% of the total intake). Eventhough feed intake of high-grade
dairy cows is expected to be higher than crossbred animals data is scanty to substantiate the findings. Thus
discrepancy between the present findings and the reported values could be attributed to inadequate nutrient
supply in the former and variation in nutrient composition of the feeds considered in the latter. Low feed DM
intake in the present study could also be related to the higher proportion of supplement (60%) in the total
diet. Concomitantly, much of total crude protein and energy intakes were contributed by the supplement, in
part because of relatively high protein and energy concentrations in supplement. The use of high proportion
of supplements in these production system could possibly be attributable to the shortage and relatively high
cost of the basal diet (per kg as-fed dry matter basis) compared to concentrates and the perception of farmers
that relying heavily on concentrate supplements will boost milk production (personal communication).
Higher feed intake in secondary town farms compared to other sub-systems could have resulted from the
high ratio of supplement to roughage (0.64: 0.36) in the total diet. It has been reported that increasing the
proportion of supplements (concentrates) from 45% to 65% increased total feed intake (Istasse et al., 1986).
This implies that supplementation improves rumen fermentation through supplying fermentable organic
matter and nitrogen to rumen microorganisms and thereby increases rate of passage and further intake of
the basal diet. Nonetheless, the present study did not show any effect of increased concentrate intake on
intake from the basal diet. Secondary town production sub-system had higher concentrate intake than
intra-urban sub-system, but intake of the basal diet was lower. Major components of the basal diet of cows
in secondary town production sub-system were crop residues, which are low in crude protein and energy
compared to hay utilized in intra-urban and large peri-urban dairy farms. Thus, the practice of
supplementation with larger quantities of concentrates relative to the basal diet in the secondary town
farms may have corrected the crude protein and energy deficiencies of crop residues and thereby increased
overall crude protein and energy intakes.
High income from milk sales seems to have encouraged medium sized farms to purchase more feed
compared with small sized farms. Capital was the most limiting factor for small sized farms, where farms
rely on the use of a diverse assortment of feed resources. Both small sized and medium sized dairy farms
had limited resources to optimize feeding compared to large peri-urban dairy farms. They did not have the
luxury of being able to select the basal diet but rather used whatever was available at no or low cost
(Leng, 1991). In contrast, large peri-urban dairy farms acquired feed once yearly (hay), every quarter or
monthly (concentrates), and the quantity supplied to dairy cows more or less remained relatively constant,
except during the rainy season when green feeds were included.
The higher basal and total crude protein intakes observed in season I (long rainy season) were due to the
availability of a large quantity of green feeds offered indoors to replace or complement hay and crop
residues, which is in agreement with earlier reports (Zinash and Seyoum, 1989). However, market oriented
urban and peri-urban dairy production is a landless system except in 7% of the intra-urban and 33% of the
large peri-urban dairy farms, which complement grazing (Yoseph et al., 1999). Urban and peri-urban dairy
farms rely mainly on the use of purchased conserved feeds (hay and crop residues) and agro-industrial by-
products and purchase them once or twice a year. This is in agreement with Staal and Shapiro (1996) who
reported that urban and peri-urban dairy producers depend primarily on purchased feeds than on-farm
produce. Lack of significant variation in feed dry matter and energy intakes over time could, therefore, be
attributed to the preceding justification.
Feed balance
The lower energy intake and optimum protein intake compared to the calculated requirements might be
due to the low energy density to protein content of the supplements. The most important ingredients of the
concentrates were oilseed cakes, brewery spent grain, wheat bran and poultry waste (Yoseph et al., 1999),
which have high ratios of crude protein to energy. Oilseed cakes such as cotton seed cake for example have
41.7% CP, but 9.49 MJ/kg DM energy, while noug cake (Guizotia abyssinica), the most common oilseed cake
used throughout the production system, has 33.2% CP but only 8.28 MJ ME/kg DM (Table 1). The basal
diets, on the other hand, were composed mainly of hay and crop residues, which are deficient in both protein
(less than 7%) and energy (less than 7.5 MJ ME/Kg DM) (Siyoum and Zinash, 1989). However, mean annual
dry matter and CP intakes were different for large peri-urban production sub-system in comparison to others,
and showed deficit for both. Farms in large peri-urban production sub-system usually purchase (produce)
feeds once or twice a year with an expectation to feed the animals for the period considered. Consequently,
fixed quantities of hay and concentrate were offered daily irrespective of the production response, which is in
accordance with earlier report (Yoseph et al., 1999). This implies that level of feeding management is the
critical factor limiting milk production in large peri-urban production sub-system.
Conclusion
Nutrient intake of high-grade dairy cows and the ratio of concentrate to roughage have shown variation
among the production sub-systems and herd size groups. Cows in secondary town and medium sized dairy
farms had higher feed intake compared to cows in intra-urban farms, and CP intake through the utilization
of green feeds increased during the long rainy season. The mean annual dry matter and protein intakes of
dairy cows were in accordance to their requirements except in large peri-urban farms, which showed deficit
for CP. The mean annual energy intake was, however, in shortfall by 36.5%. It is, therefore, concluded that
dairy farms should improve feeding management through better ration formulation to ameliorate milk
production from crossbred dairy cows in urban and peri-urban dairy production system.
References
Anindo, D.O., Said, A.N., and Lahlou-Kassi, A. 1994. Chemical composition and nutritive value of feed stuffs for ruminant
livestock in Sub-Saharan Africa. P 537.
AOAC (Association of Agricultural Chemists). 1980. Official methods of Analysis, Washington, D.C., USA.
ILCA (International Livestock Center for Africa). 1994. Annual Program Report. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
ILRI (International Livestock Research Institute). 1996. Annual Project Report. ILRI, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Istasse, L., Reid, G.W., Tait, C.A.G. and Orskov, E.R. 1986. Concentrates for Dairy cows: Effects of feeding method
proportion in diet and type. Animal Feed Science and Technology, 15:167-182.
Kearl, L.C. 1982. Nutrient requirements of ruminants in developing countries. International feedstuffs institute, Utah
Agricultural Experiment station, Utah state University, Logan, Utah 84322, USA.
Leng, R.A. 1991. Feeding strategies for improving milk production of dairy animals managed by small-farmers in the
tropics. In: Speedy, A. and Sansoucy, R. (Eds.). Feeding dairy cows in the tropics: proceedings of the FAO expert
consultation held in Bangkok, Thailand. 7-11 July 1989. FAO animal production and health paper 86.
McDonald, P.M., Edwards, R.A. and Greenhalgh, J.F.D. 1988. Voluntary intake of Food. Animal Nutrition. 4th edition.
Longman Scientific and Technical, England.
McDowell, R.E. 1985. Crossbreeding in tropical areas with emphasis on milk, health and fitness. J. Dairy Sci. 68:2418-
2435.
Mpairwe, D.R. 1998. Integration of forage legumes with cereal crops for improved grain yield, forage production and
utilization for smallholder dairy production systems. Ph.D. Thesis. Makerere University, Uganda. Pp238.
Nsahlai, I.V., Zinash Sileshi, Seyoum Bediye and Umunna, N.N. 1996. Nutritional characteristics and strategies to
enhance utilization of tropical feeds for low resource livestock producers. ESAP Proceedings. Fourth National
Conference of the Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP). 18-19 April 1996, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
SAS (Statistical Analysis Systems Institute). 1989. SAS/STAT user’s guide. Version 6.0, fourth edition. Vol. 2, Cary,
NC,USA.
Seyoum Bediye and Zinash Sileshi. 1989. The composition of Ethiopian Feeds. Research Report No. 6. Institute of
Agricultural Research, Ethiopia.
Staal, S. J. and Shapiro, B.I., 1996. The Economic impacts of public policy on smallholder peri-urban dairy producers in
and around Addis Ababa. ESAP publication No. 2.
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and Umunna, N.N. 2001. Herd structure and farm evaluation of the
urban and peri-urban dairy farms in Addis Ababa milk shed. ESAP proceedings. Ninth National Conference of
Ethiopian Society of Animal production (ESAP). August 2001. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and Umunna, N.N. 2000. Reproductive management and reproductive
performance of crossbred dairy cows in the Addis Ababa milk shed. ESAP proceedings. Eight National Conference of
Ethiopian Society of Animal production (ESAP). August 2000. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and Umunna, N.N. 1999. Feed resources and nutritional management of
dairy herds in urban and peri-Urban dairy production systems in Ethiopia. ESAP proceedings. Seventh National
Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal production (ESAP). 26-27 May 1999. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Zerbini, E., Wold, A.G. and Gemeda, T. 1996. Effect of dietary repletion on reproductive activity in cows after a long
anoestrous period. Animal Science.62: 217-223.
Zinash Sileshi and Seyoum Bediye. 1989. Utilization of feed resources and feeding systems in the central zone of Ethiopia.
In: IAR proceedings. Third national livestock improvement conference, 24-26 May 1989, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Table 1. Chemical composition of the various feed types used by dairy farms in the Addis Ababa milk shed
(%) of DM Metabolizable
Feed types DM (%)
Crude protein (%) Energy (MJ/kg M)
Maize, grain 92.8* 10.0* 12.00*
Noug cake 92.3* 33.2* 8.28*
Cotton seed cake 91.8* 41.7* 9.49*
Linseed cake 91.3* 26.7* 10.29*
Cotton seed 93.1* 19.1* 5.69
Commercial dairy ration 90.3 21.4 11.50
Molasses 74 3.5 12.67
Wheat bran/middling blend 87.7 16.4 11.75
Brewery spent grain 93.9 31 13.43
Atella (Local brewery residue) 13.2 21 13.17
Lentil hull 87.9 16 10.16
Faba beans hull 89.6 10 11.71
Field peas hull 89.5 10 11.08
Poultry litter 90.1 30.3 10.62
Hay 89.6 5.5 11.21*
Wheat straw 91.0* 2.35* 7.90*
Barley straw 90.5* 3.03* 6.10*
Teff straw 91.7* 4.4* 5.98*
Field pea straw 86.0* 10.5* 6.48*
Maize stover 90.4* 3.96* 7.61*
Green grass 22.2 16.5* 10.46*
Silage (maize) 25.0 9.0* 9.87
Maize (green chopped) 19.0 8.9* 8.78
Oats green feed 20.5 10.0 9.46
Alfalfa (Medicago sativa) 30.0 18.7 9.24
* = Estimated from literature (Annindo et al., 1995; Kearl, 1982; McDonald et al., 1988; Siyoum and Zinash, 1989).
Table 2. Daily dry matter and nutrient intake by crossbred dairy cows in the Addis Ababa Milk Shed by production sub-system
Production sub-systems1
Variables Mean SEM Significance3
Intra-urban (n=5) Large peri-urban (n=6) Secondary town (n=6)
Dry matter intake (kg/day)
Basal feed 4.69a 3.37b 3.72b 3.91 0.37 * **
Supplement 4.69c 5.45b 6.48a 5.59 0.44 ***
Total 9.38ab 8.82b 10.20a 9.50 0.59 **
Crude protein intake (kg/day)
Basal feed 0.33a 0.22b 0.18b 0.24 0.03 ***
Supplement 0.90c 1.20b 1.39a 1.18 0.10 ***
Total intake 1.23b 1.42a 1.57a 1.42 0.11 ***
Energy intake (MJ/day)
Basal feed 38.57a 27.65 b 26.40 b 30.66 3.04 ***
Supplement 42.8 b 52.00 a 57.15 a 50.96 5.27 **
Total intake 81.37 79.65 83.55 81.62 6.29 NS
1Production sub-systems: Intra-urban = Addis Ababa; Secondary town = Debre Zeit; Large Peri-urban = Kaliti and Sebeta
2 Within each row means followed by the same letter do not differ from each other significantly (P>0.05).
3* * * = P<0.001, * * = P<0.01 NS = Not significant
Table 3. Daily dry matter and nutrient intake by crossbred dairy cows in the Addis Ababa milk shed by herd size
Herd size1
Variables Mean SEM Significance3
Small (n=5) Medium (n=4) Large (n=8)
Dry matter intake (kg/day)
Basal intake 5.01a 3.25b 3.52b 3.91 0.35 * **
Supplement 4.49c 6.72a 5.73b 5.59 0.43 ***
Total 9.50 9.97 9.24 9.50 0.60 Ns
Crude protein intake (kg/day)
Basal intake 0.34a 0.15c 0.22b 0.24 0.03 ***
Supplement intake 0.81c 1.55a 1.23b 1.18 0.09 ***
Total intake 1.14c 1.70a 1.45b 1.42 0.10 ***
Energy intake (MJ/day)
Basal intake 40.12 a 24.35 b 27.94 b 30.66 2.94 ***
Supplement intake 41.38 c 60.08 a 51.50 b 50.96 5.21 ***
Total intake 81.50 84.47 79.45 81.62 6.30 NS
1Herd size: Small= Farms owning less than 3 milking cows; Medium = Farms owning between 3 and 10; Large = Farms owning above 10;
2Within each row means followed by the same letter do not differ from each other significantly (P>0.05).
3* * * = P<0.001, * * = P<0.01 NS = Not significant
Table 4. Daily dry matter and nutrient intake by crossbred dairy cows in the Addis Ababa milk shed by season
Seasons1
Variables Mean SEM Significance3
1. Long Rains 2. Dry 3. Short Rains
Dry matter intake (kg/day)
Basal feed 4.00 4.02 3.42 3.91 0.39 NS
Supplement 5.87 5.53 5.22 5.59 0.47 NS
Total 9.87 9.55 8.64 9.50 0.60 NS
Seasons1: 1 = Main rainy season (June – September); 2 =Dry period (October – February + May); 3 = Small rainy season (March-April)
2 Within each row means followed by the same letter do not differ from each other significantly (P>0.05).
3* * * = P<0.001, * * = P<0.01 NS = Not significant
Table 5. Annual dry matter and nutrient balance of crossbred dairy cows in the Addis Ababa milk shed
Mean 3467 518 29794 3220 506 40584 +247 +12 -10825
1 Nutrient requirement was calculated based on the mean body weight, fat percentage and milk yield according to Kearl (1982).
*IDMI = Total Dry Matter Intake; TCPI = Total Crude Protein Intake; TEI = Total Energy Intake
1Department of Animal Sciences, Alemaya University, P.O.Box 138, Dire Dawa, Ethiopia,
2International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), P.O.Box 5689, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia,
3Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization (EARO), P.O.Box 32, Debre Zeit, Ethiopia
Abstract
Milk yield, milk composition and body weight change of crossbred dairy cows (Holstein Frisian X Zebu) were studied
in the urban and peri-urban dairy production systems in the Addis Ababa milk shed between December 1997 and
November 1998. Ninety-seven cows, with parities above two and at the beginning of lactation, representing three
production sub-systems (intra-urban, large peri-urban and secondary town) were considered for the study. Daily
milk production, milk yield in a 305-day lactation and fat corrected milk production varied (P<0.001) among sub-
production systems. Dairy cows in secondary town farms had 13.4, 26.3 and 20.2% greater mean daily, 305- day and
lactation milk yield compared with intra and peri-urban farms respectively. Concentrations of milk fat and total
solids differed (P<0.001) among the production sub-systems. Lactation yield (P<0.05), lactation length (P<0.01) and
concentrations of milk fat (P<0.01), protein and total solids (P<0.001) differed among herd sizes groups. Body weight
varied (P<0.001) among production sub-systems, with cows in secondary town farms being heavier and cows in
intra-urban farms lighter. It is therefore concluded that the various environmental factors, mainly nutrition, and
genetic factors, possibly inbreeding depression, should be improved in order to improve milk production from
intensively managed urban and peri-urban dairy farms
Keywords: Milk yield, milk composition, body weight, dairy cows, Urban/Peri-urban
Introduction
Market oriented urban and peri-urban dairy production is an emerging type of dairy production system in
the tropics and sub-tropics. It is based on crossbred dairy stock, mainly Friesian X Zebu and purchased
conserved feeds (Staal and Shapiro, 1996); land is the major constraint (Abaye et al., 1989; Azage and Alemu,
1997). The increasing human population and purchasing power in urban centers, inadequate foreign reserves
and the increasing price of milk and milk products have given impetus to the flourishing of urban and peri-
urban dairy production systems in this region. The sector contributes immensely to overall development of
the country through income and employment generation, asset accumulation and poverty alleviation. Almost
all of the fluid milk supplied to major urban centers in Ethiopia, for example, comes from urban and peri-
urban smallholder and commercial dairy producers (Azage and Alemu, 1997).
However, as the production system intensifies, the level of management that directly influences the
performance of dairy cows becomes a challenge to the system. Low total milk output, reduced milk
production per cow and reduced reproductive performance are among the consequences of inadequate
management. An insufficient and unbalanced nutrient supply and disease intensification could be among
the major contributing factors.
The International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI) and its partners had embarked on a study on
market oriented urban and peri-urban dairying, which developed a conceptual framework for research in
dairying that provides a common basis for characterizing and understanding the dairy system (Rey et al.,
1993). Since then, studies have been carried out with focus on disease intensification (Alec, 1998; Yilkal,
1998). However, information on productive performance of dairy cows is lacking. This study, therefore,
assessed variations in milk yield, milk composition and body weight change of crossbred dairy cows in
intensively managed urban and peri-urban dairy production systems in Ethiopia.
*
Corresponding address: e-mail: y_mekasha@yahoo.com; Fax: 251-05-114008; Telephone: 251-05-111399
Y= -423.405235 + 4.833697X (R2=0.86; CV=10%; for weight range 200-500 kg). The equation was developed
at ILRI-Debre Zeit station using body measurements (heart girth) and actual body weight of crossbred
dairy cows (unpublished).
Laboratory and statistical analysis
Chemical analysis of milk composition was performed for milk fat using the Gerber method, for milk
protein using formaldehyde titration and, for milk total solids and ash according to O’Mahoney (1988).
Data were analyzed using the General Linear Model (GLM) procedure of SAS (SAS, 1989). The model
considered fixed effects of production subsystem, herd size and, season with calving date used as a
covariate. Means were separated using Duncan’s multiple range test.
Results
Milk yield and milk composition
The mean daily milk yields, daily whole lactation, 305-day and fat corrected varied (P<0.001) among the
production sub-systems (Table 1). Cows in secondary town farms had 15.4, 35.6, 25.3 and 24.4% greater daily,
lactation yield, 305-day and fat corrected milk yield, respectively, than the population mean. Mean yields of
fat (P<0.01), protein and total solids varied (P<0.001) among production sub-systems. The mean lactation
length was 296±67 days and ranged from 260.4 days in intra-urban farms to 358.5 days in farms in secondary
town, and the difference was significant (P<0.001). The daily milk and peak lactation yield of cows in intra-
urban farms was low compared to the overall mean (Table 3; Fig 1). The mean fat and total solids contents of
milk varied (P<0.001) among production sub-systems (Table 1). Cows in intra-urban dairy farms produced
milk that had higher butter fat (44.9 g/kg) than those in secondary town (36 g/kg) and large peri-urban farms
(39.4 g/kg). However, no differences (P>0.05) in protein content were observed.
Herd size did not influence (P>0.05) milk yield parameters except lactation yield (P<0.05) and length
(P<0.01) (Table 2). However, milk concentrations of fat (P<0.01), protein and total solids (P<0.001) differed
among herd size groups. Intra-urban dairy farms produced the least amount of milk throughout the
lactation period (Fig 2). Cows in the secondary town farms maintained the highest milk yield throughout
the lactation period, and peak lactation yield was also higher compared to the other production sub-
systems.
Body weight change
The mean body weight of dairy cows was varied (P<0.001) among production sub-systems (Table 1). Cows
in secondary town farms had higher body weight than cows in large-peri-urban and intra-urban farms. The
pattern of body weight change after calving for the study period is indicated in Figure 2. Dairy cows across all
the production sub-systems exhibited body weight loss during the first stage of lactation and regained weight
thereafter. However, dairy cows in intra-urban farms had the lowest body weight throughout the study
period and progressively lost body weight up to 5 months postpartum. Cows in secondary town and large
peri-urban farms had minimal body weight loss.
Discussion
Milk yield and milk composition
The overall mean (± SD) daily and lactation milk yields obtained in this study were higher compared to
5.0±6.06 kg and 1775±26 kg reported for crossbred dairy cows at Assela, Ethiopia (Kiwuwa et al., 1983), but
were similar to 8.7±0.3 kg and 2,609±102 kg, respectively reported for crossbred dairy cows (Sahiwal x
Friesian) under smallholder management conditions in India (Wan Hassen et al., 1989). The mean daily yield
was also comparable to the 8.33 kg reported by Mpairwe (1998) at the ILRI Debre Zeit Research Center. The
inclusion of higher proportion of concentrate in the total diet (Yosseph et al., 1999) might have contributed to
the higher milk yields in the present study. The higher milk yield obtained for cows in secondary town dairy
farms compared to the other production sub-systems could possibly be attributed to the higher nutrient
intake. The findings were in agreement with Istasse et al. (1986) who reported a higher milk yield of 2.4 kg
per day for dairy cows fed high concentrate (65% of the total diet) over the animals that received a lower
proportion (45%) of concentrates. Wan Hassen et al. (1989) also reported an 18% higher milk yield by raising
the level of concentrate supplement from 4 to 6 kg/day. Sutton et al. (1996) also indicated that with
increasing crude protein concentrations, milk yield increased by 4.0 kg/day at the same concentrate intake
but tended to fall at reduced concentrate intake. It has also been shown that improving the nutrition of
crossbred dairy cows through supplementation with wheat bran on maize stover-lab lab based diet increased
the daily milk yield from 8.69 to 11.89 liters (Mpairwe, 1998).
The mean lactation length across the sub-systems was shorter than the 364±4 days reported for crossbred
dairy cows in Arsi (Kiwuwa et al., 1983) and 403.8 days for crossbred dairy cows in the Selale highlands of
Ethiopia (Solomon, 1996), but comparable to the ideal lactation length of 305 days (Foley et al., 1985).
However, cows in secondary town farms had a longer lactation length of 358 days compared to the 260 days
of cows in intra-urban dairy farms, which could possibly be due to the higher nutrient intake. This
indicates that dairy cows managed under optimum feeding management have long days in milk.
Improvements in feed quality and quantity could prolong lactation length, which is in agreement with
Azage et al. (1994) who reported that supplementing Boran cows with 5 kg wheat middlings extended
lactation length by 32 days.
The overall mean fat content of the milk was low compared to the reported results for other crossbred dairy
cows (Mpairwe, 1998), which could be attributed to the higher proportion of concentrate (60%) in the total
diet (Yoseph et al., 1999). Besides, the proportion of proteinaceous materials in the concentrate portion of
the diet might be higher to depress milk fat content. It has been reported that increasing crude protein
concentration in the diet tended to decrease fat content (Sutton et al., 1996). The higher milk fat
production by cows in intra-urban dairy farms could be due to the higher fiber intake in contrast to those
in the other production sub-systems. Besides, the inclusion of certain oilseed cakes such as cotton seed cake
in the concentrate diet may have a positive effect in increasing the milk fat content. Yoseph et al. (1999)
indicated the increasing reliance on the use of cotton seed cake in the intra-urban dairy farms. The absence
of a significant difference in milk protein concentration irrespective of the proportion of concentrate in the
total diet is in accordance with Istasse et al. (1986). However, the rise in milk protein content as a
consequence of increasing crude protein concentrations in the diet was reported (Sutton et al., 1996). In
general, a depression in milk fat percent due to increased concentrate feeding is associated with an
increased supply of glycogenic precursors in the form of propionic acid or starch in the duodenum and a
decreased supply of lipo-genic precursors, namely acetic and butyric acids (Jenny et al., 1974). The
increase in milk protein content as a result of increased proportion of dietary concentrates could be
attributed to increased production of propionic acid, a glucose precursor, in the rumen. Reynolds et al.
(1988) demonstrated that 58% of the glucose produced by the liver in lactating Holstein dairy cows was
derived from propionate, implying that with the higher supply of propionate from the rumen the load on
amino acid utilization for gluconeogenesis could be reduced, allowing more amino acids to be incorporated
into milk protein.
The lactation curve for secondary town and large peri-urban dairy farms followed the normal curve of the
gamma rays as described by Mpairwe (1998). However, cows in the intra-urban dairy production sub-
system had a weaker lactation curve. The low peak lactation yield in this sub-system leads to a rapid
decrease in daily milk yield thereafter and, thus, farmers terminate milking due to the low daily yield. This
could possibly associated to the lower nutrient intake in the production system. Inbreeding depression and
under-nutrition during the early young age could also be another reasons for the event. The practice of
supplementing milking cows in early lactation compared to the latter lactation phases was another
justification for maintenance of higher lactation curve in cows in secondary town and large peri-urban
dairy farms.
Body weight
The mean body weight obtained in the present study was similar with 414 kg reported for crossbred dairy
cows in Ethiopia (Mpairwe, 1998). The higher body weight observed in secondary town dairy farms might be
attributed to greater feed intake. Dairy cows in the different sub-systems lost body weight after calving at
different rates, which could be affected mainly by milk yield and nutritional status. Postpartum body weight
loss due to high lactation demand is well documented (Entwistle, 1983). Chamberlain (1989) indicated that
up to 80% of the available nutrients in the blood could be used by milk secretory cells, and this accounts for
the loss in body weight by most milk-producing cows after calving. The situation is exacerbated for dairy cows
under nutritional stress. Azage et al. (1994) obtained 15 and 24 kg body weight losses during the first two
months postpartum in supplemented and un-supplemented Boran cows (Bos indicus).
Progressive body weight loss observed for intra-urban farms relative to other sub-systems might be
resulted from the lower nutrient intake of cows in that particular production sub-system. Also, since cows
in secondary town farms produced more milk compared to the other sub-systems, greater feed intake could
have counterbalanced the energy demand for lactation. The comparatively low body weight of cows in
intra-urban farms might be associated with inadequate nutrient intake and inbreeding depression.
Inbreeding depression is the major problem in herds of closed population. This has been supported by the
work of Yoseph et al. (2000) who reported that more than 53% of farms in the intra-urban sub-system
depended on rented bull service (any bull they could find in their vicinity within a closed population),
implying the existence of risk of inbreeding depression. Azage et al. (1994) supplemented primiparous
Boran cows with 5 kg/day of wheat middlings and observed body weight loss during the first two months
postpartum for both supplemented and un-supplemented cows, but at different rates. The fact that dairy
cows were under lactation stress during the first stage of lactation could be the reason for body weight loss.
Weaver (1987) demonstrated that in early lactation, cows must mobilize body fat and protein to supply
energy and amino acids for maximum milk production, as feed intake is low during this time.
Conclusion
Urban and peri-urban dairy production is an important system buffering the large milk demand-supply
variance in Ethiopia. However, the mean milk yield, milk composition and body weight of the dairy cows
have varied among the sub-production systems. Secondary town dairy farms were superior in milk yield,
lactation persistency, and body weight compared to the rest production sub-systems. The different
environmental factors, possibly better nutrition have favored dairy cows in secondary town to produce more
milk. Contrary to this, inadequate nutrient supply and possibly genetic factors including the occurrence of
inbreeding depression might have disfavored dairy cows in urban farms to produce low milk yield and become
light compared to the other production systems. It is, therefore, concluded that both environmental and
genetic factors resulted in lower milk yield and body weight should be improved in order to ameliorate milk
production from the intensively managed urban and peri-urban dairy production system.
References
Abaye Tedla, Tefera Gebre-Meskel, Alemu Gebre-wolde, Beruk Yemane and Philip Chigaru. 1989. Status of dairying in
Ethiopia and strategies for future development. In: IAR proceedings. Third national livestock improvement
conference, 24-26 May 1989, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Alec, S.B., 1998. Cross-sectional and Longitudinal prospective study of Bovine clinical and sub-clinical mastitis in peri-
urban and urban dairy production systems in the Addis Ababa region, Ethiopia. MVSc. Thesis. Freie University
Berlin and Addis Ababa University. Pp 63.
Azage Tegegne, Abraham Geleto, Osuji, P.O., Tesfu Kassa and Franceschini, R. 1994. Influence of dietary
supplementation and partial suckling on body weight and on lactation and reproductive performance of primiparous
Boran (Bos indicus) cows in Ethiopia. Journal of Agricultural Science. Cambridge. 123:267-273.
Azage Tegegne and Alemu G/wold. 1997. Prospects for peri-urban dairy development in Ethiopia. ESAP proceedings.
Fifth National Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal production. 15-17 May 1997. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Chamberlain, A. 1989. Milk production in the tropics. Intermediate tropical agriculture series. Longman Scientific and
Technical. London, UK, 242.
Entwistle,K.W. 1983. Factors influencing reproduction in beef cattle in Australia. AMRC Reviews 43. Australian Meat
Research Committee, Sydney, NSW, Australia.30pp.
ILCA (International Livestock Center for Africa). 1993. Climatic records for ILCA research sites. ILCA, P.O.Box 5689,
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
ILCA (International Livestock Center for Africa). 1994. Annual Program Report. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
ILRI (International Livestock Research Institute). 1996. Annual Project Report. ILRI, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Istasse, L., Reid, G.W., Tait, C.A.G. and Orskov, E.R. 1986. Concentrates for Dairy cows: Effects of feeding method
proportion in diet and type. Animal Feed Science and Technology, 15:167-182.
Jenny, B.F. , Polan, C.E. and Thye, F.W. 1974. J. Nutr. 104:379.
Kiwuwa, G.H., Trail, J.C.M., Kurtu, M.Y., Worku, G., Anderson, F.M. and Durkin, J. 1983. Crossbred dairy cattle
productivity in Arsi region, Ethiopia. ILCA Research Report 11. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Mpairwe, D.R. 1998. Integration of forage legumes with cereal crops for improved grain yield, forage production and
utilization for smallholder dairy production systems. Ph.D. Thesis. Makerere University, Uganda. PP238.
O'Mahoney, F. and Peters, K.J. 1988. ILCA (International Livestock Centre for Africa) Bulletin. No. 27. Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia.
Rey, B., Thorpe, W., Smith, J., Shapiro, B., Osuji, P., Mullins, G. and Agyemang, K. 1993. Improvement of dairy
production to satisfy the growing consumer demand in Sub-Saharan Africa: A conceptual framework for research.
International Livestock Center for Africa (ILCA), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Reynolds, C.K., Huntington, G.B., Tyrrell, H.F. and Reynolds, P.J. 1988. Net portal-drained visceral and hepatic
metabolism of glucose, L-lactate, and nitrogenous compounds in lactating Holstein cows. Journal of dairy science.
71:1803-1812.
SAS (Statistical Analysis Systems Institute). 1989. SAS/STAT user’s guide. Version 6.0, fourth edition. Vol. 2, Cary,
NC,USA.
Solomon Mamo. 1996. On farm feeding management and production performance of crossbred dairy cows in Selale area
(Central Ethiopian Highlands). M.Sc Thesis, AUA, Ethiopia.
Staal, S. J. and Shapiro, B.I., 1996. The Economic impacts of public policy on smallholder peri-urban dairy producers in
and around Addis Ababa. ESAP publication No. 2.
Sutton, J.D., Aston, K., Beever, D.E., and Dhanoas, M.S. 1996. Milk production from silage based diets: effects of high-
protein concentrates for lactating heifers and cows on intake, milk production and milk nitrogen fractions. Animal
Science, 62:207-215.
Wan Hassan, W.E., Phipps, R.H. and Owen, E. 1989. Development of smallholder dairy units in Malaysia. Trop. Anim.
Hlth Prod. 21:175-182.
Weaver, L.D. 1987. Effects of nutrition on reproduction in dairy cows. In:BonDurant, R.H. (Ed.). The Veterinary clinics of
North America.3(3):666pp.W.B.Saunders Company, Harcourt Brace Jovanovich, Inc.
Yilkal Asfaw. 1998. The Epidemiology of Bovine Brucellosis in intra and peri-urban dairy production systems in and
around Addis Ababa. MVSc. Thesis. Freie University of Berlin and Addis Ababa University. Pp 73.
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and Umunna, N.N. 2000. Reproductive management and reproductive
performance of crossbred dairy cows in the Addis Ababa milk shed. ESAP proceedings. Eight National Conference of
Ethiopian Society of Animal production (ESAP). August 2000. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Yoseph Mekasha, Azage Tegegne, Alemu Yami and Umunna, N.N. 1999. Feed resources and nutritional management of
dairy herds in urban and peri-Urban dairy production systems in Ethiopia. ESAP proceedings. Seventh National
Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal production (ESAP). 26-27 May 1999. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Table 1. Body weight, milk yield and milk composition of crossbred dairy cows in the Addis Ababa milk shed by production sub-system
Production sub-systems1
Variables Mean SD Significance2
Intra-urban Large peri-urban Secondary town
Body weight 360 404 428 403 36 ***
Table 2. Mean body weight, milk yield and milk composition of crossbred dairy cows in the Addis Ababa dairy shed by herd size Groups
Herd size 1
Variables Mean SD Significance2
Small Medium Large
Body weight 368.8 425.8 399.0 403.7 38.7 ***
15
10
0
1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 41
Months after calving
Figure 1. Patterns of lactation curves in dairy cows in urban and peri-urban dairy production systems
440
420
Body weight (kg)
400
380
360
340
320
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Months after calving
Figure 2. Patterns of changes in body weight during the postpartum period in dairy cows in urban and peri-urban dairy production
systems
Introduction
Shinille zone is blessed with huge livestock population but prone to drought and food insecurity. Thus
faces chronic food shortage and frequent famines. In drought years there is a scarcity of forage throughout
the pastoral and agropastoral livestock production and as a result livestock number declines through massive
deaths and sales at lowest price. These results in an overall imbalance between the population of domestic
stock and available pasture as well as forage. Further, as drought hits harder, the condition becomes more
severe and the livestock are forced to undergo wild migration.
Stress due to high temperature for most part of the year coupled with chronic feed shortage and water
scarcity enhance the risk of infectious and parasitic diseases Infectious diseases are rampant and causes
huge morbidity and mortality.
The objectives of this paper is to summarize the prevalent diseases of domestic animals based on the
opinion of pastoralists and to recommend measures to reduce morbidity and mortality of major diseases of
animal by the regional government and NGO’s operating in the area.
Infectious and parasitic diseases are major threats to livestock production every where in the country and
in Shinille zone as well. Hereunder, a number of diseases of domestic animals have been discussed on the
basis of the opinion of respondents.
Cattle
Among the diseases listed according to the livestock owners of different production systems, pneumonia or
diseases of respiratory system attained the highest rank and the next rank was given to black leg by
pastoralists and anthrax by agropstoralists whereas FMD ranked third by respondents from both husbandry
systems. However, in sedentary farming of both Shinille and the ecosystem respondents Black leg was the
first ranked disease followed by FMD and gastrointestinal parasitism.
The occurrence of cattle diseases in Shinille zone in the last six months and their morbidity and mortality
have been presented in Table 1.
Black leg was reported from Shinille, Errer, Denmbel, Aysha, and Miesso and Afdem respondents, from
sedentary, agropastoral and pastoral husbandry practices. It is locally called ‘Wanegurate’ by sedentary
farmers. All respondents disclosed that it affects young animals up to the age of three years, and also
animals in good body condition. The major clinical symptoms mentioned were swelling of one side of the
animal, lameness, rough coat, dried muzzle, complete loss of appetite and death. The morbidity and
mortality of this disease was recorded to be 30.7% and of 21.8% respectively, on the basis of the data
generated during survey (Table 1).
Anthrax was reported from Errer, Shinille and Afdem district by three, one and eight households
respectively, from sedentary (Errer) and pastoral (Shinille and Afdem) group respondents. They disclosed
that it occurs mainly during the beginning of the rainy season and usually if not treated may lead to death
of animals. The major identification point of this disease by respondents was sudden death of animal
without typical clinical symptoms and afterwards blood oozes from all natural orifices. If an animal is died
due to anthrax in some places they bury the dead immediately.
Foot and Mouth Disease (FMD) was reported from Miesso, Afdem, Errer, Denmbel and Shinille from
eighteen, eight, two, four and two households respectively. Locally this disease is known as ‘Massa’ by the
sedentary farmers and ‘Habebe’ by pastoralists. The typical identification symptoms were mouth, feet
lesion, and large volume of saliva secretions from mouth and in some case lesions on the teats and udder.
Respondents informed that it kills calves due to starvation, because the dam did not allow suckling. The
morbidity and mortality of this disease was 53.9 and 13 % respectively based on the data generated from
the survey. In eastern Ethiopia, FMD type O was reported by Abel and his colleagues in 1991. In their
report 60.5% of the cattle examined were attacked by the disease and a mortality in calves were found to
be 6%.
Botulism was reported to be one of the diseases observed by pastoralists in Denmbel and Aysha districts.
The typical clinical symptom observed were that the affected cattle became recumbent and unable to rise
again and die after some time. They call this disease as ‘Deber jebeya’. Further pastoralists said that it was
a result of licking or eating of the bone of tortoise mostly and some time bone of other animals. From 116
affected animals 112 died and only four survived from the attack. In Beletu district in Legehide area
tortoise associated clostridial toxicity were reported by Bisrat et al., (1990) and also in south Africa (Fourie,
1946)
Pneumonia was one of the disease syndromes reported in Shinille zone in all districts and production
systems. Out of 319 affected animals 276 were died. The major symptoms observed by the respondents
were coughing which is non-productive at the beginning, waterish nasal discharge which letter becomes
thick, decreased appetite, and death in most cases.
Jaundice ‘Sogudued’ (local name) was one of the diseases that occurred in Shinille zone with 43.5 and 27.8
% of morbidity and mortality. They reported that ‘sogudued’ occurs in wet and in the beginning of dry
season of the year, when animals are infested by ticks. The clinical symptoms described were dry muzzle,
yellowish mucous membrane of eye, rough hair coat, depression and red urine and they suggested that this
disease is associated with an increase in tick’s population. Except Meisso ‘Sogudued’ was reported from all
districts. This disease was also reported in camel and small ruminants. ‘ Sogudued’ is considered as
babesiosis by animal health workers in Shinille zone, by taking into account the clinical symptoms and
associated ticks and treatment response.
Respondents from Miesso, Shinille, Afdem and Errer reported the occurrence of ‘Bottle Jaw’, locally it is
called as ‘Silise’ and according to their opinion caused by worms in the gastrointestinal tracts. They
reported that there was accumulation of fluid in the lower Jaw. This may occurs mainly due to
Haemonchus placei infection in low land areas and due to fasciolasis in highland areas and lowland areas
where suitable snails are found (Soulsby, 1982). This may also be because of poor nutrition. In this case in
Shinille and Afdem districts it seems mainly due to haemoncosis and in Miesso and Errer it may by due to
Haemonchus or Fasciola. This needs further investigation. The morbidity and mortality were 59.1 and 30.2
% respectively. In addition to this, GIT parasites, other diseases like mange mites, ticks infestation,
diarrhoea were also reported in Shinille zone.
Table 1. Diseases of cattle occurred from beginning of September 2000 - end of February 2001, in Shinille zone and their morbidity and
mortality based on opinion of respondents
Total number of
Type of disease Sick Died Recovered Morbidity Mortality
animals
Black leg 833 256 182 74 30.7 21.8
Anthrax 382 199 164 24 52.1 42.9
FMD 577 311 75 236 53.9 13.0
Botulism 367 116 112 4 31.6 30.5
Mange mite (Skin disease) 33 12 6 6 36.4 18.2
CBPP 70 37 25 12 52.9 35.7
Pneumonia 513 319 276 43 62.2 53.8
GIT parasite 218 86 8 78 39.5 3.7
Bottle Jaw 298 176 90 86 59.1 30.2
Soguded 1291 561 359 202 43.5 27.8
Diarrhoea Related 229 116 89 27 50.7 38.9
Ticks infestation and TBD 10 5 1 4.0 50.0 10.0
Camel
The productivity of camel is affected by a number of rampant and pathogenic diseases. These diseases
which are distributed in Shinille zone ware identified and ranked by respondents from different husbandry
systems. In all husbandry practices Respiratory Disease Complex (RDC) was ranked first, followed by
‘Bergerier’ (local name) in pastoral and agropastoral system and GIT parasite in sedentary farming and
Sarcoptic mange in Shinille ecosystem. The third rank was given for paralytic syndrome by pastoralists,
trypanosomiasis by agropastoralists and pneumonia by sedentary farmers.
The camel diseases and disease syndromes occurred in Shinille zone is presented in table 2.
Respiratory disease complex which they call it ‘Dugotto’ was reported from all districts and husbandry
practices from Shinille and its ecosystem. The morbidity and mortality of this disease based on the data
collected from the respondents were 50.4 and 24.5 % respectively. They disclosed that this disease affect
both sexes and all age groups. The major clinical symptoms observed by the respondents were nasal
discharge, which was watery at the beginning and later became mucopurullent, cough that was non-
productive at the beginning and later becomes productive, depression, abortion in some cases and death of
animals within few days. In consistent with this, Bekele (1999) reported prevalence of respiratory disease
of camel in Shinille zone.
Respondents reported liver disease ‘Bergerier’ from Afdem, Shinille and Miesso districts. Tezera (1998) first
reported the occurrence of this disease in Shinille zone. In the first two districts it was reported from
pastoral husbandry practice whereas in Miesso district from Agropastoral husbandry practice. Respondent
from these districts described the disease on the basis of the lesions observed in liver after the death of the
affected camel. They disclosed that the liver of an animal died due to ‘Bergerier’ is swollen and some times
the lung were also found to be involved. The morbidity and mortality of this disease was 66.7 and 57.7 %
respectively. From the reported 194 sick animals 168 died due to this disease from 20 households. Research
is required to elucidate the etiology and epidemiology of this disease.
Trypanosomiasis is one of the killer diseases of camel, which is transmitted by heamtophagus flies. Locally
this disease is called ‘Dukan’ or ‘Kinin’, which they said to be transmitted by ‘Adele’ flies. These are in
agreement with the report of Bekele and Tezera (1998), and Melaku and Feseha (2001). The morbidity and
mortality of trypanosomiasis was 70.5 and 42 % respectively. Respondents also disclosed that during the
end of wet season the infestation rate increases in camels and because of this they prefer to migrate to fly
free areas. ‘Adele’ flies are identified as Tabanus and there are also different types of flies like Hypobsca
and Stomoxys, which may be involved in transmission of this disease.
Table 2. Diseases of camel occurred from beginning of September 2000 - end of February 2001, in Shinille zone and their morbidity and
mortality based on opinion of respondents
Type of disease Total number of animal Sick Died Recovered Morbidity Mortality
Small ruminants
Diseases are root causes of lower productivity in small ruminants in Shinille zone. The respondents from
pastoralists, agropstoralists and sedentary production systems ranked ticks infestations and Tick Born
Disease (TBD) to be first followed by mange mites/skin disease and ‘Sogudued’ reported to be second and
third by pastoralists and agropstoralists, and FMD ranked third by sedentary farmers. In the Shinille
ecosystem the first rank was given to mange/ skin diseases, followed by diarrhoea, ticks infestation and TBD.
The diseases of small ruminants are detailed in Table 3.
‘Hulumbo’ was reported for the first time in Shinille and in this country. The major clinical symptoms
disclosed by the respondents were depressed appearance, reduced feed intake, difficulty in breathing,
discharge from the nostril and eye, sever diarrhoea and death of some of the affected animals. They also
said that this disease is associated with increment in population of ticks especially in wet season and in the
beginning of the dry season. This disease occurred in Somali and named as Nairobi sheep disease (personal
Communication, Ahemed Sheik, 2001). This disease is highly pathogenic and causes high morbidity and
mortality therefore, further study to identify the etiology of the disease is recommended. The ticks, which
are incriminated to transmit this disease, are already identified from Shinille zone.
Mange mite was reported with a morbidity rate of 58.4 % and a mortality of 38.7%. Respondents said that
once few goats are infested, the spread in the herd is very fast specially in wet season of the year. They also
noticed that the lesions are distributed throughout the skin of infected animals and transmitted by contact
to the healthy animals. Respondents further disclosed that the sheep is relatively resistant to this disease.
The clinical symptoms observed by the respondents were rubbing with standing objects and with other
healthy or sick animals, dried skin lesions, when the lesions are generalized, the animal gets off feed and
emaciated and finally dies.
Contagious Caprine Pluero Pneumonia (CCPP) and pneumonia were reported separately. CCPP, according
to the data collected during survey period caused high morbidity of 91.4 % and mortality of 47.9 %.
Respondents said that the disease is transmitted when healthy animals were in contact with sick animals
in grazing land and at watering point.
Table 3. Diseases of small ruminants occurred from beginning of September 2000 - end of February 2001 in Shinille zone and their
morbidity and mortality based on opinion of respondents
Total number of
Type of disease Sick Died Recovered Morbidity Mortality
Animals
Hulumbo 491 309 273 36 62.9 55.6
Anthrax 23 8 2 6 34.8 8.7
FMD 300 134 57 77 44.7 19.0
Mange Mite 2323 1357 900 457 58.4 38.7
CCPP 455 416 218 162 91.4 47.9
Pneumonia 768 518 435 83 67.5 56.6
GIT parasite 26 9 1 8 34.6 3.8
Diarrhoea 4913 2332 2078 254 47.5 42.3
Sogudued 768 328 245 83 42.7 31.9
TBD/Ticks infestation 6745 1935 781 1157 28.7 11.6
Ticks infestation/diseases related with ticks infestation were also reported to occur with a morbidity of 28.7
% and a morality of 11.6 %. It is usually called as ‘Shilline’. In addition, they also informed that during
tick’s season the animals become anemic and listless and some of them became depressed and died.
Diarrhoea was reported, as a disease syndrome by respondents, the morbidity and mortality rate of 47.5
and 42.3 % were obtained respectively. Out of 2332 affected animals 2078 died, due to dehydration. This is
very sever problem in Shinille zone where water scarcity is one of the major problem for livestock
production. Identifying the exact etiology and factors involved in initiating diarrhoea is a potential area for
future research.
Donkey
‘Bocho’ is ranked first according to respondents from pastoralists, agropstoralists, sedentary farmers and
those in the ecosystem. It is a reproductive disease, which results in swelling of reproductive organs, and
ventral abdomen, and the suffering animal develops difficulty in urination. This disease was observed with a
morbidity of 75 % and a mortality of 57.6 % (Table 4). The disease was reported from respondents of all
husbandry practice. It will be a fertile area of research for interested animal health personals. From clinical
symptoms, may be this disease is dourine caused by Trypanosome equiperdum, which has been reported in
Ethiopia from Arsi of Oromia region. Other diseases of donkeys are listed in table 4.
Table 4. Diseases of donkey occurred from beginning of September 2000 - end of February 2001) in Shinille zone and their morbidity and
mortality based on opinion of respondents
Total
Remark
Type of disease number of Sick Died Recovered Morbidity Mortality
CFR
animals
Swelling of Reproductive organs and 144 108 83 25 75.0 57.6 76.9
ventral abdomen
Jaundice 11 8 7 1 72.7 63.6 87.5
Anthrax 12 12 12 0 100 100 100
AHT and one animal health assistant in Shinille, 18 AHT in Errer, 6 AHT in Aysha, 8 AHT in Afdem, 12
AHT in Miesso and one AHT in Denmbel. They have been assigned to run vaccination and preliminary
animal health care, and all of them are not provided with clinical materials and medicines. From this
existing structure one can deduce that Shinille zone livestock owners are not provided even with minimum
animal health care. There are veterinary clinics and SERP development centres in the rest of the zones but
in Shinille zone it is only Shinille and Hadehagale where veterinary clinics were shown but both of them
are non-functional. In the rest of the Somali region, development centres are found in most of the districts
and through these centres veterinary services are given to stockowners.
Out of the 72 agropstoralists interviewed only 4% said that they are getting regular animal health service.
Whereas 96% said, that they are not getting regular animal health services but once in a while their herd
is visited by vaccinators, and this was about three years back. 90% of agropastoralists respondents
disclosed that their animals were vaccinated before four years. Out of 258 respondents from pastoral areas
94% disclosed that they are not getting regular animals health services. Even annual vaccinations were
carried before one, two, three and more than three years, as disclosed by 2, 35, 8, and 55 % of the
respondents. In the sedentary farming areas only six percent of the respondent mentioned the presence of
regular health services. Concerning facilities of animal health except in sedentary husbandry system
where they have mentioned the presence of one crush and one health post, in pastoral and agropastoral
areas none of the respondents reported the presence of animal health service in their vicinity. In the
sedentary farming 40% the respondents disclosed that their animals were vaccinated for different disease
in this year. The rest said their animals were vaccinated two to three years ago.
From these it can be deduced that the Shinille pastoralist, agropastoralist and sedentary farmers have not
been provided with minimum animal health care, this is may be one of the reason for huge morbidity and
mortality of their herd and for decrease in livestock population.
The partner in animal health care in Shinille zone and its ecosystem are Ministry of Agriculture (MOA)
and Harerhge Catholic Secretariat (HCS). The respondents said that the service is irregular and limited to
vaccination and preliminary animal health care. The respondents from pastoral and agropastoral
husbandry system suggested that in the future the service have to be mobile based on their seasonal
movement pattern. Some of the respondents suggested stationed clinics and health posts in the central
area based on the choice of the society and others suggested training of paravets from their ethnic group
that can serve them in their village. The sedentary respondents from Shinille and its ecosystem prefer
stationed animal health services in their vicinity. In all the production system 90% of the respondents
suggested that if regular animal health is provided they are ready to pay for vaccination and treatment.
Recommendations
For planing of livestock improvement strategies, the knowledge of existing production system,
infrastructure, ecological condition, feed resources, health situation and livestock husbandry skill are
prerequisites. Therefore, to understand the livestock production problems and in order to design cost effective
intervention, livestock health and productivity monitoring study is recommended.
The present veterinary infrastructure in Shinille zone can be considered as non-existing; therefore,
establishing an efficient, sustainable and effective animal health service is immediate need. For effective
improvements of livestock productivity, disease free or minimal disease risk environment is needed.
Without cheap, effective and timely disease prevention and control any livestock improvement program
will not be successful. Therefore, to ensure food security where livestock is playing major role in the
livelihood of the pastoral and agropastoral systems, it is essential to strengthen the veterinary
infrastructure. These may include: -
Sustainable drug supply is highly essential for effective animal health service. Establishing revolving fund
in order to facilitate efficient drug supply is of paramount importance. To date the quantities of drug
supplied by MOA and HCS is by far lower than the quantity demanded. The method of revolving fund may
assists the problem of scarcity of drug supply.
In Shinille veterinary professionals are not present, only few animal health technician’s and assistants are
available. Though, it is very difficult to fill this gape in short period of time, but to overcome this deficiency
a mobile veterinary service is recommended for the areas having pastoral and agropastoral husbandry
practices. The implementation of community based animal health services using paravets or community
animal health assistants who will be expected to play a pivotal role in improving health of livestock can be
viable proposition, but the training should be restricted to primary animal health care and vaccination.
In an attempt to upgrade knowledge of livestock diseases and productivity, it is recommended to arrange
an in-service training for animal health staff at all level in Shinille.
In order to reconcile the strengthening of veterinary infrastructure with subsistence need and other needs
of herdsmen of Shinille, traditional knowledge, on disease prevention practices, socio-economic conditions
and other aspects of the society at large need to be given due attention. In short, the strengthening of
animal health services should support prominence of participatory approach in an attempt to improve
rural life.
References
Abel Mersi, Bekele Tafesse, Fikadu Getahun and Wogene Teklu., 1994. Losses from foot and mouth disease in mixed
farming area of eastern Ethiopia, Tropical Animal Health and Production, 24(3), 143-145
Bekele T., 1999. Studies on the respiratory disease ‘Sonbobe’ in camels in the eastern lowlands of Ethiopia, Tropical
Animal Health and Production, 31(6), 333-345
Bekele T, and Tezera G., 1998. Preliminary observation on camel types and major parasitic disease of camel in the
eastern lowlands of Ethiopia, Proceeding of the Ethiopian Society of Animal production, 14-15 May 1998, Addis
Ababa, PP: 201-207
Bisrat Mengistu, Tafesse Mesfin, Berehe G. Egizabher and Clare Luz Duarte, 1990. Cattle poisoning and mortality
associated with tortoise clostridial toxicity in the Beletu district of Ethiopia, Tropical Animal Health and
Production, 22, 195-196
Fourie, J. M., 1946. Associated bovine botulism in southern Africa with the consumption of dead tortoise, Journal of the
South African Veterinary Medical Association, 17, 85-87
Soulsby E.J.L., 1982. Helminths, Arthropods and Protozoa of Domesticated Animals, Seventh Edition, Lea and Febiger,
Philadelphia, PP: 231-255
Melaku Tefera and Feseha Gebreab, 2001. A study on the productivity and diseases of camels in eastern Ethiopia.
Tropical Animal Health and Production, 33(4), 265-274
Tezera Getahun, 1998. Characterisation of camel husbandry practices and camel milk and meat utilisation in Jijiga and
Shinille Zones, Somali Region, MSc thesis, Alemaya University, PP: 122.
Introduction
In the hot arid areas, which cover approximately one third of the surface of the earth (Coppock, 1994), the
camel is an asset to operate in many ways. Camel can survive in dry areas and produce milk and meat from
otherwise non-productive desert resources. The importance of camel arises primarily from provision of milk
and meat within a subsistence economy and its use as an animal of burden for transporting goods to the
markets, water from wells and household belongings for mobile families. Besides their economic importance,
camels are also prized according to their role in traditional social relations such as payment of the bride
wealth and compensation of injured parties in tribal feuds (Mohamed, 1987). Camels are also indispensable
animals for use in cultural and religious occasions. Despite these, the economic contribution of camels in
Ethiopia is not yet exactly determined (Gebremariam, 1989, Wilson, 1989). The camels are considered as sort
of banking system and security against drought, disease and other natural problems that affect smaller
livestock more seriously (Mohamed, 1987). In the past as well as nowadays camels have been extensively
exploited for their ability to travel the terrains impossible to other animals. The camels are well adapted to
harsh dry conditions and in times of drought, continue to supply milk for human consumption long after
other livestock have died. However contribution in terms of cash to the pastoralists are not well studied.
In the eastern part of Ethiopia, most of research undertakings on productivity, production systems and
diseases on camels were around Jijiga and Shinille Zones of the Somali National Regional State (Abebe,
1989, 1995, Kebebew, 1998, Tezera, 1998, Zeleke, 1998, Bekele 1999, Baars, 2000, Bekele, 2001) and little
work was done in remote arid zones like Afder. The contribution of camel interns of cash to pastoralists
and marketing of camels and its products are not well studied.
Therefore, the present study was initiated with the objectives generating base line information on
traditional camel meat and milk processing leading to market and also on marketing of camel, milk, and
hide in Afder zone of Somali State.
In this study large camel herd size means household which own above 50 heads of camel and medium herd
size is any household owing 21-50 heads of camel, and small herd size consists of households that own 10-
20 heads of camel regardless of other livestock they have.
The study therefore excluded households, which owns less then 10 camels, and these households were
considered poor camel owners, as they cannot herd separately and independently since they may not able
to provide information about their herds. The household was used as the unit of investigation; and the
camel herd was used to stratify the household into three wealth classes. From each of selected districts five
households for each of three-wealth class were randomly selected totalling 15 households for a district and
75 households for the five districts.
Data collection
To collect information on traditional practices of milk and meat processing a single-visit formal survey
method (ILCA, 1992) was employed. To get information on camel marketing as well as on milk and hides
marketing interviews and group discussion were held with elders and retrospective data were also collected
from development projects of government as well as non-governmental organisations like Pastoralist Concern
Association. In addition development agents at Zone and Woreda levels and officials of the Ministry of
Agriculture were also consulted.
Statistical analysis
As the majority of the data were collected on single formal survey methodologies, most of the data were
analysed using the descriptive statistics of the statistical package for Social Science SPSS version 10.
Milk processing
Milk is used in several ways such as with tea (caddeys), with grain and as traditional medicine. Further
milk was used to fulfil religious and cultural obligation particularly during festivals and occasions of Mowlid.
It was found impossible, to estimate amount consumed by household as fresh milk or sour milk and the total
off take per household per day as the respondents found it difficult to answer.
About 65 percent of the households in Barey, Hargelle and E-lkari reported that they consumed all milk
they produced because they were far from main marketing towns. About 60 and 40 percent of pastoralist of
Dollo-Bay and Jarati respectively use some amount of milk for home consumption and other portion for
sale in order to exchange with other commodities they need. About 50 percent of small herders reported
they consume fresh camel milk in the wet season when there is surplus milk. Tezera (1998) in Jijiga
reported similar situation in Shinille zones.
Smoking
Smoking is traditional preservation method and is practiced to improve the taste and the quality of the
milk. Moreover, it was noticed that some plant species were not used to smoke the container because they
were considered inferior, and spoil both taste and odor of the milk.
Soured milk
Souring of milk is practiced at any time when surplus milk is available and mainly during wet season.
During the middle to end of the rain season, milk production increases which result in reduction of price.
Milk remains unsold and unused is of course soured later on. During surplus season even smaller herd
household had surplus milk.
Milk was soured when demand for soured milk in the urban area was high and some times milk was
soured for cultural and religious purposes. This includes praying on funerals and for rain (Roob Doon). For
these occasions, donation of soured milk from different households was collected at the place of ceremony.
The method for souring of milk was simple and similar across camel pastoralist in different districts in
Somali National Regional State. Most of the herders disclosed that they need not add anything to sour the
milk as milk become sour it self. Nevertheless, when they wanted to sour the milk quickly for some
purpose, they added small drops of previously soured milk or they completely mixed with already soured
milk. This starter was used only when they want to increase the speed of souring. Hashi (1984) and Tezera
(1998) reported similar procedures.
The camel owners believe that milk remains always safe and can be consumed at any time even after its
shelf life. The mean maximum shelf life of normal soured milk under pastoral condition as 6.1, 5.8, and 6.7
days respectively according to small, medium and large herd size herd owners (Table 1). Respondents
disclosed that the shelf life of soured milk depends on the quality of milk, the type of the container and
plants used to smoke (disinfect) the containers. The present opinion is in agreement with the report of
Kohler et al., (1991). However, Gebremariam (1987) reported that the shelf life of soured milk ranged
from 21-23 days when preserved properly.
Butter
Most of the camel owners in the study area were not interested in producing cheese and butter from camel
milk. During the course of data collection, it was found that no herder who tried to produce butter or cheese.
However, some of the camel owners reported that the young camel herders sometimes try to produce butter
for personal use. They may extract a small amount of the butter oil, which was estimated at 0.25 kg from two
liters of milk. The butter processing method is by heating certain type of stone for 3-4 hours on fire and the
same was dropped to the milk in the container, which result in production of small amount of butter oil. This
was not reported elsewhere in Somali State.
The present study is in agreement with the report of Payne (1990), where it was stated in that camel milk
is not commonly used to extract butter or ghee. But on the contrary, several authors believe that both
butter and cheese could be made from camel milk through some special techniques. It seems that under
traditional system it is difficult to make butter or cheese from camel milk.
Improved processing technique could help to store excess milk produced during wet season so that it can
serve as reserve in shortage season. This is particularly relevant in the difficult environment in which
these pastoralists have to operate.
Table 1. Reported shelf life of camel soured milk by herd size groups
Camel marketing
Although livestock production is considered the main occupation in the study area, the opportunity to sell
livestock and livestock products appeared to be very poor. Even essential marketing infrastructures are non-
existent. All Woredas are far from existing major markets: Jijiga (850 km), Harar (970km), and Dire-Dawa
(1030 km). The only major main market outlet is Kenya and Somalia. The local markets for Afder zone are
Doll-ado (220 km from Hargelle) and Jarati (40 km from Hargelle).
Although marketing infrastructure is poor for other livestock, camel producers have wider choices for
marketing, because they can sell their live animals in different markets. Based on information gathered
through personal communications and the local radio message, they decide the suitable time to sell the
animals and the market regardless of the regional and national boundaries. The choice of specific market
was based on demand. The choice of camel markets for the herders of districts are listed in Table 3.
Table 3. Options of camel markets by Woreda
The alternative markets include for both local and foreign markets. The foreign markets are in towns of
the neighboring countries such as Mandera in Kenya and Luuq and Baydhabo in Somalia.
In general, camels are last to be taken to the market when other livestock failed to offer good value because
of loss of body condition during recurrent droughts. Therefore, the proportion of sold camels increases
during drought period. During last 12 months the mean number of camels sold on average were 2.1, 2.5
and 3.8 for small, medium and large herd size respectively. Table 4 presents the number of camels brought
to market and sold and also the average price per head in Jarati market.
It can be seen from the Table that most of the animals, brought to the market were adult males and
females. The adult females brought to the market increased from August to November (Figure 2 and 3),
because of prolonged dry period. Further substantial number of immature males and females were also
brought to the market. Indirectly this result confirms the importance of camel during the period of crises
(dry season and drought period). The present finding disagree with the previous report of Tezera and
Bekele (1998), where in number of animals sold were by far less than the camel brought to the markets.
The reason may be attributed to the drought period situation in the present study or the demands of the
camel in the study area are higher than in eastern Ethiopia.
However, since this data are collected from only one market for a short period, it may not provide the
whole picture of the relationship between demand, supply and price, the influence of the season, different
channels involved in the system of camel marketing in study area. However, the data provide the
preliminary insight to camel supply and demand and the price during drought time. It can be observed
from the table that young female sold for a price twice of young males. The reason may be due to the
demand of young female over the male since only one male is required for breeding purpose, but all young
females are selected for future dams.
Table 4. Number of camels brought and sold and their prices in Jarati market
180
Number of Camels Brought
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
August September October November December
Months
Milk marketing
It was noticed that milk marketing was limited to certain towns and some settled villages. The major milk
marketing constraint was lack of road to transport milk from remote areas.
Restaurants in Barey, Hargelle, and E-lkari received milk directly from producers. Almost all of the
studied households reported that the demand for the milk was high during dry season and low during wet
season.
The variation in price of milk in different Woredas is given in Table 5. The major factors affecting milk
price were distance, season, quality of milk and whether milk was sold directly by producer or through
middle women.
Table 5. Price of milk in study area (in Birr)
Hide
Camel hides are extensively used to make ropes to fetch water from deep wells, and to make ropes (xarig)
to construct the traditional hut. The hides of camels are also used as covers over baggage during migration
(Gebil). After migration hides were used to decorate the constructed hut. It was also used as bedding material
for sleeping and praying. About 95.8, 100 and 92.0 percent of small, medium and large herd owners
respectively reported that they used camel hides for all these purposes. Similar reports on utilisation of the
skin of the camel were recorded by earlier workers (Bekele, 1995; Baars, 2000). The present study also found
out that pastoralist sold or purchased camel hide either in cash or in kind. The prices of hides by Woreda and
herd size group are listed in Table 2
The size, quality, availability and the demand of the hide determine the price of the hide. The large herd
owners get more hides to sell compared to small herd owners and sell at lower price. The demand for hides
by small herders may be more and large herders always have surplus hides from slaughtered animals or
died animals in the herd. By large the price of camel hide in Jerati district is more than rest of district.
In remote areas where currency notes are scarce, hides were exchanged to live goats and sheep. The
numbers of goats or sheep exchanged for a camel hide are determined by the quality of the hide. About
66.7, 65.5 and 64.0 percent for small, medium and large herders respectively reported that two sheep or
goats were enough to exchange for one hide of camel while 12.5, 23.1, and 24 percent of small, medium, and
large herders reported that one goat or sheep is enough to find a good quality hide. Thus hide is a very
important by product from the camels. The observation on barter system in hide trade has not been
reported elsewhere.
Conclusion
The pastoralists practice traditional processing of milk to increase shelf life but it was for a short period.
The poor marketing facility in all seasons and food insecurity in dry season indicate that this complete food of
desert people needs to be preserved for longer time. Therefore improved processing technique to store excess
milk produced during wet season is essential so that it will serve as reserve for dry season. This is another
relevant area for immediate research focus.
The key markets in the Afder zone are poorly developed. Consequently prices offered do not encourage the
sale of animals, but the season and low income of the camel owners make it difficult to retain the animals
while waiting for better prices.
The problem of camel and camel product marketing was further exacerbated by the long distance. In some
areas, it takes two to three days to reach the market. Therefore, except few government workers and
traders most inhabitants of urban area are also under serious economical stress and their buying power is
poor, even during ample season. Despite of poor marketing system, and local demand, it was reported that
there exists a good demand for live camels mainly through cross-border trade, where traders preferred
camels to other livestock.
References
Abebe, W. 1991. Traditional husbandry practices and major health problems of camels in the Ogaden (Ethiopia). Nomadic
People, 29: 21-30
Asefa Asmare. 2000. Review Article: The camel, (Camelus dromedarius) the prime source of food for human consumption
in harsh Arid and Semi-Arid areas. Folia Veterinarian. 44: 215-221.
Baars, R. M. T. 2000. Cost and returns of camels. Cattle and small ruminants in pastoral herds of Eastern Ethiopia.
Tropical Animal Health and Production, 32: 113- 126
Bekele, T. W. 1995. Observation on camel reproduction, utilisation, camel types and some health problems of camels in
eastern low lands. Alemaya University, 25pp
Bekele, T. and Getu, H. 1998. Current camel health situation analysis and review on camel production in the Somali
Regional State, Alemaya University, 78pp
Bekele, T. 1999. Studies on the Respiratory disease ‘” Sonbobe” in camels in the eastern lowlands of Ethiopia. Tropical
Animal Health and Production, 31: 333-345.
Bekele, T. 2001. Studies on Cephalopina titillator, the cause of ‘Sengale’ in camels (Camelus dromedarius) in semi-arid
area of Somali State, Ethiopia. Tropical Animal health and production, 33(6), 489-500.
Coppock, D. L. 1994. The Borana plateau of Southern Ethiopia: Synthesis of pastoral research, development and change,
1980-91. International Livestock Centre for Africa, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 418 pp
Gebramariam, A. 1987. Livestock production and its socio-economic importance among the Afar in Northeast Ethiopia.
Somali Academy of Science and Arts. Mogadishu, Somalia.
Gebremariam, A. 1989. The future of camel rearing for food production in Ethiopia. In: T. Teka, (ed.), Proceedings of
camels pastoralism as food system in Ethiopia. Institute of Development Research Centre (IDRC), Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia. 49-54.
Hashi, A. M. 1984. Milk production of the camel. Somali Academy of Science and Arts: Somalia.
Hashi. A. M. 1987. Traditional practices of camel husbandry and management in Somalia. In: A. Hjort. (ed). The Multi-
purpose Camel: Interdisciplinary studies on Pastoral Production in Somalia. Uppsala, Sweden. PP 123- 139
ILCA. 1992. (International Livestock Centre for Africa) Livestock production systems survey: Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Kebebew, T. 1998. Milk production, persistent and composition of pastorally managed Camels in eastern Ethiopia. M.Sc.
thesis. Alemaya University, Ethiopia.
Kohler, I. Musa, B.E. and Ahmed, M.F. 1991. The camel pastoral system of the southern Rashida in Eastern Sudan.
Nomadic Peoples, 29: 69-79.
Payne, W. J. 1990. An Introduction to Animals Husbandry in the Tropics, Tropical Agriculture series, New York, USA.
Schwartz, H.J. and Dioili, M. (ed). 1992. The One Humped Camel in East Africa. A pictorial guides to disease, health care
and management. Josef, FR Margraf, Germany. PP 1-10.
SERP. 1998 (South East Rangelands Development Project), Quarterly report. Gode Branch, Somali Region, Ethiopia.
SPSS. Version 10. 1999. Soft ware Package for Social Science for Windows.
Tezera, G. 1998. Characterisation of Camel Husbandry Practices and Camel Milk and Meat utilisation in Jijiga and
Shinille zones of Somalia Region M.Sc. thesis, Alemaya, University of Agriculture. Ethiopia.
Tezera, G. and Bekele, T.1998. Camel marketing in Eastern Ethiopia. Proceeding of the 6th Annual Conference of
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production. 14-15 May 1998 Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. pp 194 –200.
Wilson, R.T. 1989. Camels and camel research in Ethiopia. In: T. Teka, (ed.), Proceedings of camel pastoralism as a food
system in Ethiopia. The Institute of Development Research Centre (IDRC): AAU, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia: pp 11-19
Zeleke Mekuriaw. 1998. Productivity, Reproductive and Health Monitoring Study on Camel herd at Errer valley, M.Sc.
thesis, Alemaya University of Agriculture, Ethiopia.
Introduction
The productivity of local scavenging hens is low not only because of low egg production but also due to high
chick mortality. About 60% of the chicks hatched in the rural areas of Ethiopia die during the first 8 weeks of
age (Tadelle, 1996) mainly due to disease and predator attacks. Climatic factors such as temperature,
moisture and air circulation and other factors such as nutrition are also known to be important determinants
of chick mortality (Katule, 1994).
About half of the eggs produced in the villages of Ethiopia have to be hatched to replace chicken that have
died (Tadelle, 1996), and the brooding time of the laying bird is long with many brooding cycles required in
order to compensate for its unsuccessful brooding. It is estimated that, under scavenging conditions, the
reproductive cycle consists of a ten day laying phase, a 21-day incubation phase and finally a 56-day
brooding phase. This implies a theoretical maximum number of 4.2 clutches per hen each year although in
reality, the number is probably 2-3. Assuming 3 clutches per hen per year, the hen would have to stay for
about 168 days out of production every year entirely engaged in brooding activities. This is a very
important setback to the productivity of the individual birds in particular and the poultry sector in general.
Moreover, the extension service of the Ministry of Agriculture is facing a considerable challenge in its
poultry extension activities since the multiplication centers are expected to rear chicks up to three months
of age or even older before distributing to farmers. The breeding and multiplication centers can’t meet this
demand due to the huge requirement in terms of brooding facilities even though they have adequate
hatching capacity. Developing appropriate and simple chick brooding techniques for rural farmers’ use
would guarantee distribution of the required numbers of day old chicks to farmers. This will alleviate the
present burden of the Breeding and Multiplication Centers of the Ministry of Agriculture and develop the
capacity and success of the extension service. The other potential benefit of this technique is that it could
enable farmers to isolate chicks from their mothers at a very early age and raise them separately so that
the hens could resume egg laying in a short period of time, although this aspect is yet to be studied.
Brooding chicks using the “hay-box” chick brooding technology, developed at the Jimma College of
Agriculture, seems to hold promise in bridging this gap. This technology utilizes simple, locally available,
materials. The major principles of this simple technique involve brooding chicks by conserving the
metabolic heat produced by the chicks, and keep them warm. Under village conditions using the hay box
brooder also has the advantage of providing protection to chicks against predator attack and reduced risk
of exposure to disease through confinement. The brooder was tested in urban and rural areas of the
western highlands around Jimma and produced successful results (Solomon, 2001).
The objectives of this work were to evaluate the performance of the ”hay box” chick brooder with associated
recommendations and to compare the effect of using different insulation materials on feed utilization,
growth and mortality of chicks up to 8 weeks of age under research station and in villages.
Methodology
The trial site
The on-station trial was conducted at the Debre Zeit Agricultural Research Centre (DZARC) located 45 km
East of Addis Ababa at an altitude of 1900 m a.s.l. at a latitude of 8.44oN and longitude of 39.02 oE. Based on
22 years’ data the average annual rainfall is 845 mm and the average minimum and maximum temperatures
range from 10oC to 22oC, respectively, the mean average being 16oC.
The on farm trial was conducted at Denbi Village, Ada Wereda. Earlier studies in the central highlands
(Tadelle, 1996) established the fact that women farmers play the most dominant role in smallholder
poultry production. Based on this information, women were selected to participate in the current activity.
Accordingly, ten interested women headed households were selected to take part in the trial. Selection of
households and trial site was carried out in collaboration with the extension unit of the Office of
Agriculture, Ada Wereda, involving the development agent of the village. The participants were given
training on some aspects of management practices, feeding, watering and health care of chicks before the
commencement of the trial. Consistent advice and assistance was offered to the farmers through
monitoring individual households regularly.
Construction of the ‘hay box brooder’
A total of fifteen ‘hay box brooders’ were constructed for the on station trial using three types of insulation
materials: barley, tef and wheat straw. The boxes were constructed adopting the dimensions recommended
by Solomon (2001), with slight modifications. Each box, containing a set made of a larger run area fitted with
a smaller compartment, had a capacity to brood 70 chicks. The dimension (Width x Breadth x Height of the
box, in respective order) of the run area for 70 chicks was about 150 cm x 150 cm x 40 cm, while that of the
smaller box was 75 cm x 75 cm x 40 cm. The outer borders of the boxes were constructed of lumber and
covered with meshed wire. The two boxes were separated by a small door allowing movement of chicks from
one to the other. Straw was stuffed to the inner walls of the boxes that were covered on the top by sacks filled
with straw. The initial brooding temperature of the ‘hay-box’ was regulated/ reduced weekly by manipulating
the amount of straw stuffed between the sides of the boxes and the central nest area.
The on-farm trial involved a total of ten ‘hay-box brooders’, constructed at the Debre Zeit Research Center
using two types of insulation materials: wheat straw and tef straw. Each box had the capacity of brooding
40 chicks. The dimension (Width x Breadth x Height of the box, in respective order) of the run area for 40
chicks was about 120 cm x 120 cm x 40 cm, while that of the smaller box was 50 cm x 50 cm x 40 cm. The
boxes were constructed as described for the on-station trial.
Table 1. Effect of using the hay box brooder insulated with different insulation materials on cumulative feed and water intake, body
weight gain (BWG), and feed conversion ratio (FCR) of chicks reared on-station (up to 8 weeks of age)
Similarly, results of the on-farm trial indicated that there were no significant differences between chicks
brooded using either of the insulation materials in terms of feed consumption, feed conversion ratio, growth
and mortality rates (Table 3). However, chicks brooded using the hay box insulated with wheat straw had
slightly higher feed intake and cumulative live weight gain compared to those brooded using tef straw as
an insulator. Feed consumption increased steadily (Fig 1) while live weight changes were highest at the 4th
and 8th weeks of age (Fig. 2) for both insulation materials. Live weight gain, ranging between 25-
31g/chick/week, was comparable to the values reported earlier by Solomon (2001) for chicks brooded both
under the ‘hay box’ and the standard electric brooder. The cause of the sudden drop in live weight gain of
chicks at the 5th week is not clear. However, although not substantiated by the feed consumption data,
from the concurrent heavy mortality recorded during this specific week (Fig.3), the reason might probably
be due to the poor health condition of some chicks at the time.
300
FI/week (g/bird)
200
100
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Wheat straw Insultor 75.5 124.4 158.2 186.4 223.1 228.8 250.6 267.8
Tef straw insulator 56.9 104.7 155 150 177 219 242 263
Week
Figure 1 Weekly Feed intake (FI/Bird/Wk) of RIR chicks reared using the ’hay-box brooder’ insulated with tef straw or wheat straw in
Denbi village, Ada Wereda (Mid Nov.1998 to Jan. 1999)
35
BWG (g/bird/wk)
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Week
Figure 2. Weekly weight changes (BWG) of Rhode Island Red chicks reared using ’hay box brooder’ insulated with wheat of tef straw in
Denbi village, Ada Wereda
Chick mortality
During the on-station trial, ‘hay-box’ brooding resulted in a comparable level of mortality to that of
conventional electric brooding (Table 2). Solomon (2001) also found a similar level of survival to an age of 3
weeks in rural areas and 8 weeks in urban areas, of chicks raised using the two systems. The levels of
mortality under this trial were 18.7% using the electric brooders while it ranged from 18.3 to 20.9% for chicks
in the hay box brooders. The results of this trial showed that using hay-box brooders insulated with any type
of cereal residues to replace artificial electric heating could be considered as a simple and suitable technique of
brooding chicks with out electricity.
Table 2. Mortality of chicks reared using different brooding systems at the Debre Zeit Research Center (0-8 weeks of age)
On the other hand, the rates of mortality recorded on farm were low, even compared to on-station
conditions and that reported by Solomon (2001). The rates were comparable to what is normally expected
under conventional electric brooders. Solomon (2001) reported mortality rates as high as 24% using ‘hay
box brooders’ under village conditions around Jimma.
Table 3. LS means (±SE) of feed consumption, growth rates and percent mortality of Rhode Island Red (RIR) chicks reared using the
hay-box brooder insulated with tef straw and wheat straw at Denbi village, Ada Wereda (0-8 weeks)
Insulator
Parameter Significance (P)
Wheat Straw Insulator Tef Straw Insulator
Feed intake/b/d (g) 25 (3.7) 23 (1.3) 0.20
Cumm.Feed intake (g/b) 1515 (86) 1363 (57) 0.22
Cumm. Weight Gain (g/b) 156 (10.8) 137 (7.8) 0.16
Feed conversion (Feed: Gain) 11 (1.0) 10.7 (0.8) 0.61
Mortality (%) 10 7 0.65
Mortality (%) of village chicks, 0-8wks (Central highlands) 61
Significance level: P<0.05
Chick mortality recorded under village conditions in the central highlands was about 61% in the first 8
weeks (Tadelle, 1996). Based on a survey in the villages of Wolayta, Southern highlands, Hoyle (1992)
reported a mean mortality rate of scavenging chicken ranging from 47 to 73% to an age of 3 months. It is a
promising success to reduce such a huge rate of mortality to as low as 7-10% (Table 3). Nevertheless, the
low levels of mortality in the current trial should not be attributed entirely to use of the ‘hay-box brooders’
alone and, thus, the levels could not be compared directly to those in scavenging, village conditions. Rather,
it has to be noted that the present work involved additional interventions such as provision of balanced
rations and vaccination, which are virtually unavailable for chicks brooded under the traditional village
systems.
8
Mortality (%)
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Week
Figure 3. Weekly mortality rates of Rhode Island Red chicks reared using the ’hay-box brooder’ at Denbi village, Ada Wereda (Mid Nov.
1998 to Jan. 1999)
The highest rate of mortality was recorded during the 5th week (Fig. 3). Since no concurrent changes were
evident in terms of feed consumption during this period, except the decline in live weight gain, the cause of
the deaths might be mechanical injury of the chicks due to harsh/poor handling during feeding and
managing. The first four weeks are usually considered to be the most critical times in brooding chicks
under tropical conditions. In light of this, the on-farm performance of chicks brooded using the ‘hay box
brooder’ in the current trial can be rated excellent.
Acknowledgements
The authors are grateful to the financial support of the Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization and
for the support staff of the poultry research farm of the Debre Zeit Agricultural Research Center. Sincere
gratitude also goes to the women farmers of Denbi village for their fruitful collaboration during the on-farm
trial.
References
Hoyle, E., 1992. Small scale poultry keeping in Wolyta, North Omo Region. Farmers Research Project, Technical
pamphlet No. 3, Farm Africa, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Katule, A.M., 1994. Foundation of modern poultry management. Memeographed report. Sokoine University of
Agriculture, Morogoro, Tanzania.
Mead, R., R.N. Curnow and A.M. Hasted. 1993. Statistical Methods in Agriculture and Experimental Biology. Chapman
and Hall. London.
MINITAB. 1996. MINITAB statistical package, users guide, Release 11. Minitab Inc., USA.Tadelle Dessie. 1996. A survey
of village poultry production in the central highlands of Ethiopia. MSc thesis, Swedish University of Agricultural
Sciences, Department of Animal Nutrition and Management, Uppsala, Sweden
Solomon Demeke. 2001. Suitability of home made hay box chick brooder to the Jimma and Bedele areas of Oromia
Region. Ethiopian J.Agric.Sci.
Williamson, G and J.A, Payne, 1984. An introduction to animal husbandry in the tropics. Longman, London.
Introduction
Integrating forage crops particularly the leguminous ones in to the cereal based cropping system is one of
the strategic options to overcome soil fertility problems that farmers are currently facing (Nnadi and Haque,
1986). Growing forages in association with food crops optimizes the use of farm labour and land, and reduces
other input costs required for establishing improved forages and substantially contribute towards alleviating
livestock feed shortage of the mixed farming system (Adugna Tolera and A.N. Said, 1992). Livestock are the
integral component of the subhumid mixed farming system of Western Ethiopia. Crop production is
dependent on livestock for draft power and manure as much as livestock do on crops for crop residues. This
study was, therefore, undertaken to investigate the effects of intercropping of two forage legumes, Lablab
purpureus and Vicia atropurpurea on maize grain and total forage yield in sub-humid climate of Bako area.
first three years, 1993-1995, for sole legume plots, 30 kg/ha TSP was applied at planting while sole maize
and maize-forage legume mixtures were fertilized with the rate and type of fertilizer recommended for
maize (75/75 N/P2O5 Kg/ha). During the 1996 cropping season, all plots were planted to sole maize and
recommended fertilizer rateapplied to all treatments except T2 and T3 which were under pure legumes the
previous three years. During this cropping season, TSP was applied on plots that have been occupied by
sole legumes (T2 and T3) at the rate of 30 kg/ha with the assumption that the soil P level might have been
significantly mined by the legume crops during the previous three year. Description of the treatments used
in the study is given below.
Treatement No. Treatment description
T1 Maize alone
T2 Lablab alone
T3 Vicia alone
T4 Maize + Lablab ( Simultaneous planting)
T5 Maize + Vicia ( Simultaneous planting)
T6 Maize + Lablab (Late planting)
T7 Maize + Vicia (Late planting)
26 weeks after planting, maize plants from the middle two rows were cut to 12 cm from the ground level.
Maize ears (cobs and grain) and maize residue were partitioned and weighed in the field. Grain yield was
determined following shelling and adjusting the moisture level to 12.5 percent. Subsamples from maize
residues (including cobs), and forage crops, dried in forced draft oven at 650c, were used to determine
fodder DM yield.
highest total forage yield was recorded for simultaneous maize-lablab planting followed by Lablab
intercropped six weeks after maize planting. The least total forage biomass was recorded for pure vicia.
The effect of cropping system for all traits was signficant (P<0.01) during the 1995 cropping season (Table
3). Time of planting of vicia was observed to have no significant effect on maize grain yield but this was not
true for maize-lablab intercrops. Similar trends were observed on the 1995 as well as previous years
legume DM yield. Sole Lablab gave significantly (P<0.01) higher (5.6 t/ha) yield. The yield recorded for
simultaneously, or lately planted vetch was very small indicating that it is not suitable intercropping
purposes in maize based farming system for enhancing forage production. Frequent field observation
during the experimental period indicated that the significant reduction of the yield of this legume is
attributable to the shading effect of the main crop and attack by the foliar disease, anthracnose, that
resulted in leaf shuttering and weak stands. Maize stover yield was higher for the cropping system where
vicia was intercropped late in to maize followed by late Lablab and simultaneous vetch planting. Total
forage yield was also higher (9.1 t/ha) for late intercropped vetch followed by late lablab and simultaneous
lablab intercropping with maize (Table 3).
Maize grain and stover yields for the 1996 crop season are given in Table 4. Highest (7.3 t/ha) grain yield
was obtained from plots continously planted to sole lablab followed by the species simultaneously
intercropped in to maize (6.7 t/ha). This could be attributed to the nitrogen contribution of the legume
through biological nitrogen fixation. Maize stover DM yield was also significantly influenced by the
cropping system treatments. Higher (9.1 t/ha) maize stover yield was recorded in plots where lablab
intercropped simultaneously with maize, followed by plots where vicia was intercropped late in to maize.
Stover yield recorded for plots under sole vetch were observed to be lower than any other treatments.
In conclusion, the maize grain and total fodder yield obtained over the first three years ( 1993-95) showed
the same trend. In all cases, the maize grain yield was low in plots where Lablab was simultaneously
planted with maize. Early or late planting of Vetch into maize plot did not affect the maize grain yield. The
smaller DM yield obtained from sole Vetch plots puts the suitability of this system in question. Though the
amount of fodder obtained from Lablab-maiz base system is low, the fact that this yield is obtained with
out affecting maize grain yield makes the intervention attractive.
Table 1. Grain (t/ha) and forage legume DM yield (t/ha) of maize/forage legume intercropping system in 1993
Table 2. Grain (t/ha) and forage DM yield (t/ha) of maize/forage legume intercropping system in 1994
Table 3. Grain (t/ha) and forage DM yield (t/ha) for maize and forage intercropping systems in 1995.
Table 4. Grain (t/ha) and maize stover (t/ha) yields for the different treatments of forage/maize intercropping systems during the 1996
Acknowledgements
We would like to express our thanks to Oromia Agricultural Development Bureau for funding the project.
Thanks are also due to the Animal Feeds and Nutrition Division’s technical staff for their support during
data collection.
References
Nnadi, L.A. and I.Haque. 1986. Forage legume-cereal systems: Improvement of soil fertility and Agricultural Production
with sepcial reference to sub-saharan Africa. In: proceedings of a workshop held at ILCA, Addis Abeba, Ethiopia, 16-
19 September 1985.
Dawit Mulugeta and Legesse Dadi. 1987. Chemical control of weeds in maize at Bako, 1980-1986. In: A.W.Michieke (ed.)
proceedings of the Eleventh East African weed science society conference, Nairobi, Kenya, 25-31, May 1987.
Adugna Tolera and A.N. Said. 1992. Prospects for integrating food and feed production in Welaita Sodo, Ethiopia. In:
Proceedings of the joint feed resources networks workshop held in Gaborone, Botswana, 4-8 March, 1991.
Diriba Geleti
Introduction
The age of the plant at harvest and the fertility status of the soil are the two most important factors
affecting yield and quality of forage crops (Daniel, 1996). The DM yield of forage species at a given age of
harvest was reported to be low on N deficient soils (Wilman and Fisher, 1996). The effect of N on crude
protein (CP) content of grasses was reported to depend on the time of harvest after it is applied. It was
reported to reach its maximum soon after application which could be explained by the rapid uptake of N by
plants immediately after application. The DM yield of grasses increases with increasing levels of N.
Behaeghe and Carlier (1973), on the other hand have reported that the increment in sward mass production
due to increased rate of N may lead to a greater dilution of the CP concentration in grass species. This
suggests that the stage at which a forage crop is harvested should be considered if improvements in forage
DM yield and quality is to be achieved from pastures to which N fertilizer is applied.
The DM yield of grasses was reported to increase with time up to a certain level, while the crude protein
concentration and herbage digestibility decreases inversely. It is well established that animal production is
impaired as the quality of forage is decreased by the proceeding development of the plants during the
growing season (Steen, 1992). The substantial reduction in the feeding value is attributed to chemical and
physical changes in plant tissues (Van Soest, 1994). The proportion of cell walls increases in the plant
material and the increased lignin content is correlated with reduced digestibility of the cell wall material
(Jung, 1989). Low CP concentration in forage plants limits animal production by reducing the
degradability and intake of feed material (Shirley, 1986). Determination of the effects of stages of harvest
and amount of N is very crucial to identify stages of cut and N levels at which both yield and quality can be
optimized. This study, therefore, was conducted with the objective of assessing the effects of harvesting
stage and N rates on yield and quality of Panicum coloratum.
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
separately. For the chemical composition data, only the effect of stage of harvest and N rate was considered
in the model as the samples were pooled over replications. Significant mean differences were declared using
least significant difference (LSD) procedure.
The NDF concentration did not exhibit any consistent trend with stage of maturity. It varied from 74.02 to
77.5 percent. The percentage value of NDF obtained at 12 weeks of age was greater than the one harvested
at 10 weeks. The higher NDF that was recorded for the first cut, 8 weeks of age, as compared to the one cut
at 12 weeks in the present study is in contrary to the results of Shenkute (1972) and Cowardlord et al
(1974). Inconsistencies in NDF concentration has also been reported by Arroyo-Aguilu et al (1980) who
found NDF values without a well established trend for Guinea and Merker grass hays. All samples of
Panicum contained an NDF value greater than 60 percent; the critical level above which voluntary feed
intake is decreased, rumination time increased and efficiency of conversion of metabolic energy to net
energy is decreased (Shirley, 1986; Reed and Goe, 1989). This implies that quality had already been started
declining even before the earlier harvest was practiced.
The concentration of other cell wall constituents were inconsistent and not significantly influenced by
harvesting stage. The values obtained for ADF in this study is in agreement with what was observed by
Olubajo et al (1974) who indicated features with no pronounced variation resulting from age differences.
Inconsistencies in hemi-cellulose concentration of tropical grass species were observed by Shenkute (1972)
who reported inconsistent relationship between hemicellulose and age of plants in Guinea and Pangola
grasses, an increase with age in Congo and Elephant grasses and insignificant reduction with age in Star
grass. Minson (1971) has reported a non-significant effect of age on the concentration of hemicellulose and
this is in agreement with the results obtained in the present investigation.
The in vitro DM digestibility values varied from 46.92 percent in the 12 week samples to 53.65 percent for
the 8 week ones. The differences between the means of harvesting stages were highly significant. The in
vitro DM digestibility value for samples harvested at 12 weeks of age was 6.73 and 6.25 percentage units
less than the ones obtained for 8 and 10 weeks of age, respectively. Moore and Mott (1973) and Mugerewa
et al (1978) have reported digestibility values higher than 65 percent to indicate good nutritive value and
those below this level to result in reduction of feed intake due to the resultant decrement in feed
digestibility. The values observed in the present study were by far lower than the indicated critical figure.
The low in vitro DM digestibility values observed in lately cut samples in this study are in agreement with
the results reported by Clark (1963), Daniel (1990), Teshome et al (1994) and Aschalew et al (1996).
The effect of stages of harvest on the concentration of Ca was not significant. Though not significant,
highest Ca content was obtained for the samples harvested at 8 weeks of age. The concentration of Ca at 10
weeks of age was lesser by 0.13 percentage units. There was a slight increment at 12 weeks of age
compared to 10 weeks. The higher Ca concentration obtained at the first cut in this study is in agreement
with the findings of Daniel (1996) who reported a higher value for Rhodes grass at the earlier stage of
plant development. A lactating cow weighing 400 kg and producing 18 kg of milk per day as suggested by
Fleming (1973) and NRC (1978) requires a Ca concentration in feed DM of 0.43 percent. Except for the
samples harvested at 10 weeks of age, a higher Ca value than the dietary requirement was obtained in the
present study.
Harvesting stage effects on the concentration of P was not significant. The mean values of P ranged from
0.13 to 0.15 and no clear trend was observed. The inconsistent trend observed in this study contradicts
with the findings reported by Fleming (1973) and Vona et al (1984) who reported a significant decline of
the concentration of P with advancing maturity. The values obtained were apparently lower than the
ranges reported to be adequate for maintenance in beef cattle (NRC, 1984), dairy cattle (NRC, 1981), sheep
(NRC, 1975) and goats (NRC, 1981).
Except for phosphorus, fertilizer N did not influence all chemical components and in vitro DM digestibility
values of Panicum. No obvious trend, however, was observed. The crude protein values for different N rates
ranged from 6.92 to 8.60 percent. There was a clear trend of increment in crude protein concentration with
increasing levels of N. Except for the control plots and the plots to which 50 kg N was applied, crude
protein did not fall below the critical dietary level of 7.5 percent required for optimal rumen function (Van
Soest, 1982). This implies the possibility of obtaining a quality forage with acceptable crude protein levels
from Panicum based pasture by applying N levels as low as 65 kg per hectare. This, in fact, depends on the
age of the crop and the environmental features under which the crop is grown. The insignificant effect of N
on the chemical composition and in vitro DM digestibility in the present study could be attributed, among
other factors, to the availability of a flush of natural soil N that might be the result of mineralization of soil
organic matter as suggusted by Wild (1972), and Dommergues et al (1980). Perhaps, leaching and
volatilization losses of N applied caused by the high rain and temperature that the area experiences could
also be suggestedas an important factor that might have diluted the treatment differences.
Conclusion
With lapse of time in maturity, a consistent trend in DM yield was observed for Panicum. With increasing
levels of N fertilizer, the DM yield consistently increased. The DM yield, crude protein, NDF and in vitro DM
digestibility concentrations were significantly influenced by the stages of harvest. Though there was no
obvious trend of reduction in crude protein concentration with increasing stages of harvest, the earlier
harvested samples gave higher mean value as compared to the samples harvested at 12 weeks of age. Higher
NDF concentration than the critical level was recorded for all samples. The in vitro DM digestibility
consistently declined with increasing stage of maturity. Thus, harvesting Panicum at 10 weeks of age could
be considered optimal.
Significantly higher DM yield was obtained when 95 kg per hectare nitrogen was applied. Similarly crude
protein, though not significant, was also higher at the same nitrogen level. Similarly no significant
variability between nitrogen rates was observed for neutral detergent fiber and dry matter digestibility.
Thus, it seems more beneficial to apply a nitrogen rate of 95 kg per hectare for optimum yield and quality
among the tested N levels.
Table 1. Variance ratios and levels of significance from the analysis of variance for DM yield, chemical composition and in vitro dry
matter digestibility (IVDMD) of Panicum coloratum as affected by stages of harvest and levels of N fertilization
Sources of variation
Variable
Harvesting stage N rates
DMY 4.05* 21.54***
CP 12.49** 2.14NS
P 3.30NS 9.62**
NDF 4.65* 0.42NS
ADF 2.29NS 0.65NS
Lignin 3.60NS 1.09NS
Cellulose 2.56NS 0.58NS
Hemicellulose 0.68NS 2.33NS
IVDMD 8.40** 0.79NS
Ca 1.72NS 0.19NS
* = SIGNIFICANT AT 5 %; ** = significant at 1 %; NS = not significant;
Table 2. The chemical composition and in vitro dry matter digestibility (IVDMD) (% DM) of Panicum harvested at different stages of
harvest
Table 3. Effect of N on DM yield, chemical composition and in vitro dry matter digestibility (IVDMD) of Panicum as influenced by rates of
N fertilizer.
References
Adugna Tolera and A.N. Said. 1994. Assessment of feed resources in Wolayta Sodo: Quantity estimation and laboratory
evaluation. EJAS. 14: 69 - 87.
A.O.A.C. (Association of Official Analytical Chemists ).1980. Official Methods of Analysis, Arlington, VA, USA
Aschalew Tsegahun, Beyene Chichaibelu., Derric T., and Asnakew Woldeab. 1996. Effect of frequency of clipping and
nitrogen fertilization on dry matter yield and nutritional quality of four improved grasses under irrigation. In:
Proceedings of The Ethiopian Society of Animal Production, 18 - 19 May, 1995.
Behaeghe, T. J., and L. A. Carlier. 1973. Influence of nitrogen levels on quality and yield of herbage under mowing and
grazing conditions. Proceedings of the Fifth General Meeting of European Grassland Federation, Uppsala, 52-66.
Butterworth, M. H. 1967. The digestibility of tropical grasses. In: Nutr. Abst. Rev. 37: 349-368.
Chemlab. 1978. Determination of orthophosphate in water and waste water. Chemlab Ltd. U.K.
Clark K. W. 1963. The in vitro digestibility of whole grasses and their parts at progressive stages of maturity. Can. Jour.
Plt. Sci. 43: 79 - 87.
Coward-Lord, J., J.A. Arroyo-Aguilu and O. Garcia-Molinari. 1974. Fiberous carbohydrate fractions and in vitro true and
apparent digestibility of ten tropical forage grasses. J. Agric. Univ. of Puerto Rico. 58: 293 - 304.
Daniel Keftassa. 1990. Effect of developmental stage at harvest, N application and moisture availability on the yield and
nutritional value of Rhodes grass (Chloris gayana Kunth) - Lucerne (Medicago sativa L.) pastures. Ph.D. Thesis.
Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Uppsala, Sweden.
Daniel Keftassa 1996. Effects of nitrogen application and stages of development on yield and nutritional value of Rhodes
grass (Chloris gayana). Eth.J. Agric.Sci. 15: 86- 101.
Dawit Mulugeta and Legesse Dadi. 1987. Chemical control of weeds in maize at Bako 1980-1986. In: A. W. Michieke (ed.),
Proceedings of the Eleventh East African Weed Science Society Conference, Nairobi, Kenya, 25-31, May 1987.
Dommergues, Y. Garcia JL and Ganly F. 1980. Microbial considerations of the nitrogen cycle in West African Ecosystems.
In: Rosswall T. (ed.). Nitrogen Cycle in West African Ecosystems, pp. 55-72. IITA, Ibadan, Nigeria.
Fleming, G. A. 1973. Mineral composition of herbages. In: Butler G. W., and R. W. Bailey (eds). Chemistry and
Biochemistry of Herbage. London, Academic Press 1: 529 - 566.
Gomide, J. A., C. H. Noller, G. O. Moh, J. H. Conrad and D. L. Hill. 1969. Effect of plant age and nitrogen fertilization on
the chemical composition and in vitro cellulose digestibility of tropical grasses. Agron. J. 61: 116 - 119.
IAR (Institute of Agricultural Research). 1991. Meteorological data for IAR centers, subcenters and trial sites. IAR, Addis
Abeba, Ethiopia. Miscellaneous Publications No. 1.
Jung, H.G. 1989. Forage lignins and their effects on fiber digestibility. Agron. J. 81: 33-38.
Lemma Gizachew, Alemu Tadesse, and Abubeker Hassen 1993. Botanical composition, improvement interventions and
cattle weight gain of natural pastures of western Ethiopia. Paper presented during the 17th International
Grassland Congress held in New Zealand and Australia from 8 - 12 Feb. 1993.
Milford, R. and K. P. Haydock. 1965. The nutritive value of protein in subtropical pasture species grown in Southeast
Queensland. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 5: 13 - 17.
Minson, D.J. 1971. The nutritive value of tropical pastures. J. Aust. Inst. Agric. Sci. 37: 255 - 263.
Moore, J. E. and G. O. Mott. 1973. Structural inhibitors of quality in tropical grasses. In: A.G. Matches (ed.). Antiquality
components of forages. CSSA special Publication No. 4., Madison, Wisconsin, 53 - 98.
Mugerewa J. S. , J. A. Christianson and S. Ochetim. 1973. Grazing behaviour of exotic dairy cattle in Uganda. East Afr.
Agric. Fores. J. 19: 1 - 11.
NRC (National Research Council). 1981. Nutrient Requirements of Domestic Animals. No.15. Nutrient Requirements of
Goats. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D. C.
NRC (National Research Council). 1984. Nutrient Requirement of Domestic Animals. No.4. Nutrient Requirement of Beef
Cattle, 6th rev.edition. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.
NRC (National Research Council). 1975. Nutrient Requirements of Domestic Animals. 5th revised edition. Nutrient
Requirements of Sheep. National Academy of Sciences, Wahington, D.C.
Olubajo, F. O., P. J. Van Soest and V. A. Oyenga. 1974. Comparision and digestibility of four tropical grasses growing in
Nigeria. J. Anim.Sci.38: 149 - 153.
Reed, J. A. and M. R. Goe. 1989. Estimating the Nutritive Value of Cereal Crop Residues: Implications for developing
feeding standards for draught animals. IlCA. ILCA Bulletin. No.4. ILCA, Addis Abeba.
Steen, R.W.J. 1992. The performance of beef cattle given silages made from perennial ryegrasses of different maturity
groups cut on different dates. Grass Forage Sci.,47: 239-248.
Shenkute Tessema .1972. Nutritinal Value of Some Tropical Grass Species Compared to Some Temperate Grass Species .
Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell Univ. Ithaca, New York.
Shirley, R. L. 1986. Nitrogen and Energy Nutrition of Ruminants. Academic Press, Inc., Orlando, Florida, U.S.A.
Teshome Shenkoru, Beyene Chichaibelu. and J.D. Reed. 1994. Effect of days of maturity and fertilizer on composition and
in vitro digestibility of indigenous pasture in the eastern high lands of Ethiopia. Ethio.J. Agric. Sci. 14: 60 - 68.
Tilley, J.M.A and Terry R.A. 1963. A two stage technique for in vitro digestion of forage crops. Journal of British grass
land society,18:104 - 111.
Tinnimit, P. and J. W. Thomas. 1976. Forage evaluation using various laboratory techniques. J. Anim.Sci. 43: 1058 -
1065.
Van Soest, P. J. 1982. Nutritional Ecology of the Ruminant. O and B Books, Corvallis, Oregon, U.S.A
Van Soest, P.J., 1994. Nutritional ecology of the ruminant, 2nd edn. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, NY.
Vona, L.C., G. A. Jung, R. L. Reid and W. C. Sharp. 1984. Nutritive value of warm season grass hays for beef cattle and
sheep digestibility, intake and mineral utilisation. J. Animal Science 59: 1582-1593.
Wild, A. 1972. Mineralization of soil nitrogen at a savana site in Nigeria. Exp. Agric. 8: 91-97.
Wilman, D., and Fisher, A., 1996. Effects of interval between harvests and application of fertiliser nitrogen in spring on
the growth of perennial ryegrass in a grass/white clover sward. Grass Forage Sci. 51: 52-57.
Evaluation of sorghum and millet green fodder for their nutritive value at
two stages of growth
Introduction
One of the technical constraints to improve animal productivity is a lack of fed of high nutritive value
throughout the year. Sorghum and millet are important dual purpose cultivated crops mainly grown during
the kharif (main rainy season) in many parts of India. About 35 % of the area grown to sorghum and millet in
the world is in India (Rachie, 1966). Numerous studies have been demonstrated by International Crop
Research Institute for Semi arid and Arid Tropics (ICRISAT) on genetic and breeding progress for
digestibility and genetic and environmental factors and their interaction on existing dual- purpose sorghum
and pearl millet genotypes.
Sorghum, popularly known in Indiaas Jowar, is an important food crop and source of fodder in Indian dry
land agriculture. The area annually sown with sorghum is about 17 to 18 million hectares (Verma, 1975).
It is a rapidly growing and gives high green forage yield of about 250-700 q/ha depending on variety and
cutting management. The high green matter and better nutritive value at younger stages of growth
grouped sorghum as a maintenance feed for dairy animals (Verma, 1995). There are several varieties of
forage sorghum grown best under Indian condition viz.; Vidisha 60-1, SL-44, MP chari, Type -8B, Type- 4
and Type -3 are among the promising single cut and multi cuts varieties and lines. Rio, which is one of
most promising varieties of forage sorghum, has god potential for both green matter yield and silage
because of it juicy stalks and high sugar content. When the silage of this variety of sorghum (Rio) is fed to
crossbred milking cows supplemented with different rate of concentrates supported up to 2-3 kg milk yield
per cow per day (Verma, 1975).
Pearl millet (Pennisetum typhoides), locally known as bajra, is an important dual-purpose crop cultivated
in India. Its agronomic practices are similar to that of sorghum. However, it is preferred to sorghum for its
fast growth and withstands moisture stress but it has a limitation of becoming fibrous soon after heading.
Though green forages form the bulk fractions of ruminant diets the performance of these animals depends
upon their ability to consume the fiber portions of the diet. There are several genetic and environmental
factors affecting forage quality. Species, variety and stage of growth have a marked influence on chemical
composition, intake and digestibility of the feed. Harvesting at a very early stage to get better nutritive
value has an adverse effect on dry matter yield. Delayed harvesting, no doubt yields higher dry mater but
the crop is nutritionally poor. Digestible energy and digestible protein contents are significantly reduced
and at the same time animals are not able to eat the required quantity of fodder (Verma, 1995).
The nutritive value of sorghum and pearl millet has not been adequately evaluated as compared to other
commonly cultivated crops like maize. Therefore, the purpose of this experiment was to evaluate the
nutritional value of sorghum (Rio variety) and Pearl millet (ICMV-221) green fodder at two stages of
growth using crossbred heifers.
fiber and decrease in crude protein of delayed harvesting and the higher the crude protein content is
usually an indication of early harvesting. Regardless of the stage of harvest higher crude protein content in
pearl millet, compared to sorghum, was observed with the difference of 1.93% and 1.53% units higher at
their respective stage of comparison. Similarly Randhawa et al (1988) had reported that green bajra had
1.5 % times more crude protein content than sorghum fodder.
The neutral detergent fiber (NDF) percentages of both fodder crops increased with stage of growth. This
might be due to more structural carbohydrate and lignin synthesis at later stage of growth. Nandra et al
(1983) reported that sorghum harvested at 50, 60, 70, 80, 90 and 100 days after sowing has 56.4, 60.0,
63.04, 67.6, 71.6 and 74.8 percent NDF, respectively. The acid detergent fiber, which represents the ligno-
cellulose complex of the total cell wall constituents, varied with stages and between the two fodder crops.
Higher hemicelluloses and cellulose contents were observed for both fodders at dough stage than milk
stage. Higher hemi cellulose contents in pearl millet than Rio at both stages of growth have been observed.
Das et al (1974) also reported higher hemi-cellulose percentage in bajra fodder compared to dinanath grass
and sorghum forages. Lower value of cellulose content at milk stage but almost similar contents at dough
stage were recorded for the fodders under study
The acid detergent lignin (ADL) percentages of Rio and pearl millet also increased with stage of maturity.
Similar trend but higher values were reported for sorghum (Verma, 1975). Slightly higher ADL percentage
for sorghum than Pearl millet has been observed in present study. Das et al (1974) also reported higher
lignin content in jowar, as compared to dinanath grass and bajra. Total ash percentage decreased with
maturity of plants for both fodder crops. This might be due an increase in cellulose and total water-soluble
carbohydrates. Nath and Das (1953) reported similar reduction in ash contents of grasses with an increase
in maturity. Gross energy showed a slight increase with maturity. Such trend was also reported by Gill et
al (1979) for Pearl millet.
Apparent Digestibility
Dry matter (DM) digestibility percentage of Rio at milk stage showed significant difference than at dough
stage, but non-significant difference for pearl millet between the stages. Pearl millet differed non-
significantly but higher DM digestibility on pearl millet than Rio at dough stage. Gupta (1975) studied the
dry matter digestibility of 4 varieties of sorghum at 3 different maturity stages. The digestibility values were
66-71, 58-68, and 53-58 percent respectively for flowering, full flowering and post flowering stages. This
significance difference might be due to lignin deposition. Organic matter (OM) digestibility coefficients for
both fodders were higher at milk stage compared to dough stage. Both fodders differed non-significantly, but
the overall digestibility of OM at stage I (60.68%) was significantly higher than stage II (54.10%), indicating
that stage of growth has a negative effect on digestibility of the nutrients.
Significantly (p<0.01) higher digestibility coefficients of crude protein were observed for Rio (54.58%) and
pearl millet (66.18%) at milk stage than at dough stage (45.22%) and (55.15%), respectively. The crude
protein digestibility decreased significantly with maturity for both plants and such decline is attributed to
the progressive lignifications of the plant material. Overall higher crude protein digestibility was observed
on pearl millet (60.67%) than Rio (49.90% ) fodder. The variation in digestibility between these two crops
might be due to variation in their chemical composition especially the crude protein content and
palatability. Higher crude protein digestibility for pearl millet than sorghum was also reported by
Randhawa et al (1988).
Many scientists have recognized the detrimental influence of cell wall constituents of forage on digestibility
and intake. The digestibility of neutral detergent fiber (NDF) for Rio (52.09%) at milk stage was
significantly (p<0.05) higher than that at dough stage (39.55%), with the difference of 13 % units. The
difference is attributed to stage of harvest. This difference in NDF digestibility between milk stage and
dough, might be due to more structural carbohydrates synthesis and lignin deposition in the cell wall
during later stage of growth. Incase of pearl millet the digestibility of NDF differed non-significantly
between the two stages of growth. The overall value of neutral digestibility coefficient of pearl millet
(51.82%) was significantly (p<0.05) higher than Rio (45.82%). However, superior digestibility of NDF in
sorghum than bajra was reported by Pradhan et al (1991). The digestibility coefficient of neutral detergent
fiber for stage I (51.98%) was significantly higher than that at stage II (45.67%), indicating that the
digestibility of NDF is highly influenced by the stage of growth. Non-significant but slightly higher ADF
digestibility in pearl millet in comparison to Sorghum (Rio) has been observed in this study. Higher acid
detergent fiber digestibility in sorghum than pearl millet was reported by Pradhan et al (1991), and they
reported that ADF digestibility ranged from 37.6-41.0 percent for sorghum and 37.9-39.0 percent in pearl
millet. The ADF digestibility at stage I for Rio and pearl millet were significantly higher than that at stage
II (Table 2). The hemi cellulose digestibility coefficient for Rio fodder at milk stage (65.73%) was
significantly (p<0.01) higher than that at dough stage (58.32%) with stage difference of 7.41 percent units.
In case of pearl millet hemi-cellulose digestibility values of 70 and 72 percent at milk and dough stage of
growth, respectively, were recorded. These values were higher compared to Rio. Gupta et al (1975)
alsoreported higher hemi-cellulose digestibility in bajra than jowar. Cellulose digestibilities in pearl millet
at both stages, and Rio at milk stage, were significantly higher than Rio at dough stage. The overall
digestibility value on pearl millet was significantly higher than that of Rio. Significantly higher gross
energy digestibility value (61%) was observed for pearl millet followed by Rio (59%) at milk stage of growth
and pearl millet (56%) at dough stage. Randhawa et al (1988) also reported non-significant but higher
gross energy digestibility for bajra (66.0%) than sorghum (63.4%).
Dry matter Intake
Dry matter intake (kg/day) were significantly (p<0.01) different amongst the treatments. The dry matter
intake (kg/d) for both Rio and pearl millet at milk stage was significantly (p<0.01) higher than at dough
stage. This variation in dry matter intake expressed as kg/day might be due to better palatability of the
fodders at younger stage of harvest. The variation in dry matter intake (kg/100kg body weight) and (g/kg
w0.75) at two different stages of growth of both crops followed similar trend as in case of dry matter intake
(kg/day). At milk stage, significantly higher dry matter intake per metabolic weight was observed in pearl
millet fed heifers, compared to Rio fed. The intake value was also significantly different between Rio and
pearl millet at dough stage of growth (Table 3.)
Conclusions
Significant differences have been observed, on stages of growth at harvest and chemical composition,
digestibility and intake of the two fodder crops. The variations observed are a reflection of variation in
chemical composition, even though the two crops were grown under similar agronomic practices. Therefore,
these differences are attributable to the genetic make up of the crops.
Variation due to stages of maturity indicated that harvesting of a fodder crop at early stages of growth is
an essential consideration as it affects the nutritive value of forages.
It may therefore be concluded that ruminants can feed on either of the two green fodders, provided that
they are harvested at a younger stages of growth, thereby allow more of the nutrient availability per unit
of body size. The overall nutrient utilization was higher in pearl millet than sorghum (Rio) at both stages of
growth.
Acknowledgments
The authors are indebted to Department of animal Sciences, Directorate of Research, Joint and Assistant
Directorate, Livestock Research Center of the G.B. Pant University of Agriculture and Technology,
Pantnagar, U.P., India, for their assistance in providing the necessary facilities during the course of the
investigation.
Graduate Scholarship awarded by the Ethiopian Government is duly acknowledged.
References
Aganga, A.A.;Tsioto, C.M.; Mawandmena, M. 1996. Growth and nutritive value of some varieties of sorghum and millet
as forage in Botswana. Tropical Science. 36(20):86-91.
A.O.A.C. 1975. Official methods of Analysis. 11th ed. Association of Official Agricultural Chemists. Washington, D.C.
Chauhan, J.R.; Gill, R.S. and Ichhponan, JS. 1976. Metabolizable energy content of some kharif fodders when fed to
Buffaloes. Indian Journal of Animal Science. 46(10):520-524.
Das, B.; Arora, S.K. and Luthra, Y.P 1974. Comparative study of chemical composition and in vitro digestibility of
dinanth grass (Pennisetum pedicellatum); Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides) and sorgum (Sorghum vulgare). Indian
Journal dairy Scince. 21(4):234-237.
Georing, H.K. and Vansoest, P.J.1970. Forage fiber analysis (Apparatus, Reagents, Procedure and Application).
Agriculutral Hand book no. 379:1-12. Agricultural resaerch Services, United States. Deprtment of Agriculture.
Gill, R.S.; Chauhan, T.R. and Ichhponan, J.S. 1979. A note on nutritive value of pearl millet fodder at its different stages
of maturity for Buffaloes. Indian Journal of Animal Science.49(9):751-753.
Gupta, P.C.; singh,R.; Vidya Sagar and pradhan, K. 1975. Effect of diferent cutting on the cell wall constituents on
digestibility of berseem (Trifolium alexandria). Indian Journal of Dairy Science.28:143-145.
Mc Donald, P.;edwards,R.A.; grenhagh, J.F.D.and Morgan,C.A. 1995. Animal Nutrition, 5th ed. Addison Wesley lng man.
Inc.Pp. 223-223.
Nandra, K.S.; Tiwari, M.S.; Chopra, A.K.1983. Chemical composition, in vitro digestibility and yield of sorghum fodder at
different stages of growth. Journal of resaerch of Punjab agricultural University. 20(30):390-393.
Naryanan, T.R,. and dabadaghao, P.M. 1972. Forage crops of India : ICAR, Pp130.
Nath, N, and Das, N.B. 1953. Effect of growth stage on chemical composition of some indigenouse grasses of India. Indian
Journal of Vetrinary Science.23:43-51.
O`shea, J.; and Maguire,M.F. 1962. Determination of calorific value of feedstuffs by chromic acid oxidation methods.
Journal of food Science and agriculture. 13:3530-257.
Pal, R.N.; pachauri. V.C.. and Negie, S.s. 1975 . Studies on yield, composition and nutritive values of Pennisetum
pedicellatum. Indian Journal of Animal Sciencee. 45(11):1817-1822.
Rachie, K.O. 1966. Utilization of genetic diversity in sorghum and millet improvement. Indian Journal of Genetic and
Plant breeding. 26A:61-72.
Pradhan, K.; Bhatia, S.K., and Sangwan, D.C. 1991.Relative rumen ecosystem and nutrient digestibility in cattle and
Buffaloe fed on fibrous diets. Haryana Agricultural Univesity, Hassar. 103pp.
Randhawa, S.A.; Gill, R.S.; and Hundal, L.S. 1988. Effect of feeding green sorghum, its silage or hay on milk production
in Buffaloes. Indian Journal of Dairy Science. 4(93):255.257.
Sndecor, G.W., and Cochran, W.G. 1967.Statistical Methods.6th ed. Iowa State University press, ames.593p.
Verma, D.N. 1995.A Text Book of Animal Nutrition. New Delhi. Kalyani Publishers. P240-249.
Verma, M.L.1975. Progress report of the ICAR ad hoc project on evaluation of new sorghum varieties in terms of nutrient
content and milk production for the year 1974- 75.Pp12-22, 27-31.
Table 1. Chemical composition of Sorghum (Rio) and Pearl millet green fodder at two stages of growth
Table 2. Average percent digestibility coefficient of nutrient for green fodder of sorghum (Rio) and pearl millet at two stages of growth
Table 3. Average dry matter intake of heifers fed on green sorghum (Rio) and pearl millet (ICMV-221) at two stages of growth
Introduction
Napier grass is a tall, stout and deep rooted perennial bunch grass well known for its high yielding
capability and usage as a forage for livestock (Woodard and Prine, 1991). Napier grass, Pennisetum
purpureum (L.) Schumach, also known as Elephant grass, occurs naturally throughout tropical Africa (Robert
et al., 1995) and particularly in east Africa (Kariuki et al., 1998). Napier grass has been introduced to all
tropical countries and to sub tropical areas of the world (Butt et al., 1993) and grows from sea level to
altitudes of 2000 m where rainfall exceeds 1000 mm (Bayer, 1990). It is a vigorous and highly productive
forage that withstands considerable periods of drought although little or no growth is produced during these
periods (Butt et al., 1993). But it rapidly recovers with the onset of rain and can survive for more than five
years at elevations exceeding 900 m (Sollenberger et al., 1990). Since seeds are not viable, Napier grass could
be propagated from stem cuttings of three nodes, or by division of rootstocks or shoot tips. However, older and
hardened stems are more reliable than young materials (Alemayehu Mengistu, 1997).
Napier grass can provide a continual supply of green forage throughout the year and best fits in all
intensive small scale farming systems (Alemayehu Mengistu, 1997). Before Napier grass becomes a
valuable forage source, however, more should be known about its adaptation and yield performance under
different agronomic conditions by exposing it to various growth promoting factors. The development of
regular harvesting systems and application of inorganic fertilisers or farmyard manure can significantly
improve the productivity of Napier grass to a reasonably good quality (Annido and Potter, 1994). Therefore,
this study was designed to assess the influence of plant height at cutting as well as different sources and
levels of fertiliser on the growth characteristics and yield of Napier grass.
*
Corresponding author
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
at 10-15 cm above ground). The plot size was 3 by 5 m. The spacing between replications and plots were 2 and
1 m, respectively, while spacing between individual plants within rows and between rows was 0.5 and 1 m,
respectively.
Planting and management practices
One high yielding Napier grass accession (ILRI accession no. 14984) previously tested at AARC was
selected and vegetatively propagated using root splits on a well prepared red soil under rainfed conditions in
last weeks of July 1999 when the soil was moist. Diammonium phosphate fertiliser was applied at planting at
a rate of 100 kg ha-1 for establishment according to the recommendation (Bogdan, 1977; IAR, 1988). Nitrogen
(N) fertiliser was applied after establishment (one month after planting) by placing near root slips depending
on the treatment. The cattle manure applied on the plot was more than three months old. The manure was
crushed, ground and broadcasted on the plot and raked in the soil one month before planting for proper
decomposition. Soil and manure samples were taken for major nutrient analysis before planting of Napier
grass and analysed according to standard procedures.
Data collection and analytical procedures
Data on plant growth characteristics were recorded throughout the growing season. Growth characteristics
recorded were number of tillers per plant (NTPP), number of leaves per tiller (NLPT), total number of leaves
per plant (TLPP), internode number per tiller (INPT), internodal length per tiller (ILPT), leaf: stem ratio
(LSR), basal circumference per plant (BCPP) (cm) and leaf length (LL) (cm). Three plants in each plot were
randomly selected for recording data on NTPP, BCPP and TLPP. Two tillers from each selected plant (a total
of six tillers) were randomly used for determining NLPT, INPT, LL and ILPT. In the first year of sampling
only one cut was obtained for all treatments. In the second year of the experiment two cuts were obtained for
1.5m height and three cuts for 0.5 and 1.0m height. Napier grass was harvested 10-15 cm above the ground
from all the treatments excluding guard rows (a net plot size of 2 by 3m) and individual samples were taken
for DMY analysis. DMY was determined by oven drying at 65oC for 72h until constant weight was obtained.
Statistical analyses
Analysis of variance (ANOVA) was carried out using SAS (1998) by the general linear Models (GLM)
procedure for plant growth characteristics and DMY applied to factorial experiment in RCBD. The model
included the effects of fertiliser, plant height at cutting, their interaction and replications. Mean separation
was tested using the least significant difference (LSD). Correlation analysis between plant growth
characteristics and DMY were determined. Mean differences for growth characteristics and DMY were
considered significant at P=0.05.
1.0m plant height at cutting. Therefore, utilising Napier grass at 1 m height is advantageous in terms of
forage yield and quality than applying inorganic N fertiliser, which needs extra cost and not friendly to the
environment.
The effect of cattle manure on DMY was compared to chemical fertiliser application and was not found
pronounced. This might be due to the small amount of manure applied and the slow nutrient releasing as
the manure was not yet fully decomposed. Despite these relatively low values, application of 2 t ha-1 of
cattle manure significantly effected DMY. The growth attributes of Napier grass were proportional to the
amount of applied manure in Taiwan (Liang, 1982).
Relationship between plant growth characteristics and dry matter yield
Table 4 shows the correlation analysis between plant growth characteristics and DMY of Napier grass.
The DMY of Napier grass were positively correlated with INPT, ILPT, NLPT, TLPP, NTPP, BCPP and
negatively correlated with LL and LSR. The negative linear correlation between DMY and LL was not
significant which might be caused due to chance rather than by treatment effects. The negative relationship
between DMY and LSR might be associated mainly because of the shorter the leaf length and the higher the
LSR, the lower DMY of the morphological fractions. Most plant growth characteristics showed positive
correlation with each other while LL and LSR showed negative relationship. The DMY of the different
morphological fractions were also positively correlated with each other. The result of the correlation analysis
of most growth characteristics and DMY of Napier grass was found similar with past research works (Hassan
et al., 1990; Kamel et al., 1983).
Conclusion
Number of leaf per tiller, TLPP, LL and LSR were affected significantly by plant height at cutting while
INPT, ILPT, NTPP and BCPP were influenced by both cutting height and fertiliser application. Plant height
at cutting, fertiliser application and their interaction had a significant effect on DMY. Higher DM yields were
obtained for both 1.0 and 1.5 m plant height at cutting and applying 92 kg N ha-1. Utilising Napier grass at 1
m height therefore is advantageous in terms of forage yield and quality than applying inorganic N fertiliser,
which needs extra cost and not friendly to the environment. Plant growth characteristics that highly
positively influence Napier grass DMY were TLPP, NTPP and BCPP, and negatively was LSR. Future
research on Napier grass should consider these plant growth characteristics among others to achieve
optimum DMY and quality of Napier grass.
Acknowledgement
The authors acknowledge the Amhara National Regional Council and AARC, Ethiopia, for financing the
research. All the staff of Animal Feeds and Nutrition Division of AARC are highly appreciated for their
assistance during the execution of the research.
References
AARC (Adet Agricultural Research Center). 1999. Adet Agricultural Research Centre Annual Report. April 1998 to March
1999, Adet, Ethiopia.
Alemayehu Mengistu. 1997. Conservation Based Forage Development for Ethiopia. Self Help Development International
and Institute for Sustainable Development Publishers. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Ange, A. L. 1994. Integrated plant nutrition management in cropping and farming systems–A challenge for small farmers
in developing countries. Food and Agricultural Organisation: Rome, Italy.
Annido, D. O. and H. L. Potter. 1994. Seasonal variation in productivity and nutritive value of Napier grass at Muguga,
Kenya. East African Agriculture and Forestry Journal 59 (3): 177-185.
Aveiro, A. R., Siewerdt, L. and Junior-Silveira, P. 1991. Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum): effects of irrigation,
farmyard manure and chemical fertilisers. 1. Dry matter content and total dry matter yield. Revista-da-Sociedade-
Brasileira-de-Sootecnia (Brasil) 20 (4): 339-347.
Bayer, W. 1990. Napier grass: a promising fodder for small holder livestock production in the tropics. Plant Research and
Development 31:103-111.
Bogdan, A. 1977. Tropical pasture and fodder plants (Grasses and legumes). Longman, London.
Butt, N. M., Donart, G.B., Southward, M. G.,. Pieper, R. D and N. Mohammad. 1993. Effects of defoliation on plant
growth of Napier grass. Tropical Science 33: 111- 120.
Hassan, W.E. Wan, R.H. Phipps and E. Owen. 1990. Dry matter yield and nutritive value of improved pasture in
Malaysia. Tropical Agriculture (Trinidad) 67 (4): 303-308.
IAR (Institute of Agricultural Research). 1988. Hand Book on Forage and Pasture Crops for Feeding Animals (1st ed.).
Kamel, M. S., Abdel-Raouf, M. S.,. EI-Din, S. A. T and T. Abbas. 1983. Effects of cutting height and frequency and
nitrogen application rate on growth and forage yield of Napier grass, Pennisetum purpureum, Schum. Annals of
Agricultural Science, University of Ain Shams (Egypt) 28 (2): 607-625.
Kariuki, J, N.,. Gitau, G. K, Tamminga, S, Van Bruchem, .J., Muia, J. M. K. and K.R.G. Jrunga. 1998. Effect of feeding
napier grass, lucerne and sweet potato vines as sole diets to dairy heifers on nutrient intake, weight gain and rumen
degradation. Livestock Production Science 55: 13 – 20.
Liang, J. C. 1982. The response of Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum) to animal manure and chemical fertiliser. 1.
Effects on dry matter yield and quality. Journal Agriclural Association of China (Taiwan) no. 119: 64-74.
Muinga, R.W., Thorpe, W., Topps, J.H. and J.G. Mureithi. 1992. Responses to Pennisetum Purpureum (Napier grass)
basal diet harvested at two different heights and fed with three levels of Leucana forage to cross bred dairy cows in
subhumid tropics. Pp.75-84. In: J.E.S. Stares, A.N. Said and J.A. Kategile (eds). The complementarity of feed
resources for animal production in Africa. Proceedings of the joint feed resources Networks workshop held in
Gaborone, Botswana, 4-8 March 1991. International Livestock Center for Africa (ILCA), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Robert, F. B., Miller, Darrel, A. and C. J. Nelson. 1995. Forages (Fifth ed.), Volume I. An introudction to grassland
agriculture. Iowa state university press, Ames, Iowa (USA).
SAS, 1998. SAS/STAT version 7. Guide to personal computers, Statistical analysis system institute Inc., NC. U.S.A
Seyoum Bediye, Sinashi Sileshi, Tadesse Tekle Tsadik and Liyusew Ayalew. 1998. Evaluation of Napier (Pennisetum
purpureum) and pennisetum hybrids (Pennisetum purpureum x pennisetum typhoides) in the Central Highlands of
Ethiopia. Pp. 94-202. In: Proceedings of the Fifth Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP). 15-
17 May 1997. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Sollenberger, L.C., Jones, Jr., Albrecht, K.A. and G.H. Ruitenberg. 1990. Vegetative Establishment of Dwarf Elephant
grass. Effect of defoliation prior to planting stems. Agronomy Journal 82 (2): 274-278.
Taye Bekele. 1996. Utilisation of organic residues in Ethiopia: A review. In: Teshome Yisengaw, Eyasu Mekonnen, and
Mintesinot Behailu (eds.). 1996. Proceedings of the third conference of the Ethiopian Society of Soil Science,
February 28-29, 1996, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 194 pp.
Tessema, Z., R.M.T. Baars and Alemu, Y. 2002. Effect of plant height at cutting, sources and levels of fertiliser on yield
and nutritional quality of Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum Schumach.). African Range and Forage Science, 19
(2):_____.
Tessema Zewdu, Robert Baars and Alemu Yami. 2001. Effect of plant height at cutting, sources and levels of fertiliser on
yield, chemical composition and in vitro dry matter digestibility of Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum
Schumach.). Paper Presented on the 9th annual Conference of the Ethiopian Society of Animal Production. 30-31
August 2001, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization (EARO).
Woodard, K. R. and G.M. Prine. 1991. Forage Yield and Nutritive value of Elephant grass as effected by Harvest
Frequency and Genotype. Agronomy Journal 83 (3):541-546.
Table 1. Soil and manure quality parameters before fertilisation and planting of Napier grass
Table 2. Plant growth characteristics of Napier grass as influenced by plant height at cutting and fertiliser application
Table 3. Least square means of dry matter yield (t ha-1) of Napier grass as influenced by plant height at cutting and fertiliser application.
Fertiliser application
Plant height at cutting (m)
0xy 46x 92x 1y 2y Mean
0.5 6.99defg 6.95defg 5.51fg 5.88efg 4.18g 5.90
1.0 6.48efg 10.67abc 12.34a 7.84cdef 8.58bcdef 9.18
1.5 8.45bcdef 9.05abcde 10.28abcd 8.16cdef 11.72ab 9.53
Mean 7.31 8.89 9.38 7.29 8.16 8.21
abcdefg Numbers with similar superscript do not significantly differ (P < 0.05). SE (±) for comparing any two means = 1.18; for comparing plant height means = 0.53
x N fertiliser (kg ha-1)
y Cattle manure (t ha-1)
Table 4. Correlation coefficients (r) between plant growth characteristics and dry matter yield of Napier grass
Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization (EARO), Holetta Research Center, Forage and pasture crops
research program P.O.Box 2003, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Abstract
This paper assesses establishment, herbage yield and seed yield response of three perennial grasses (Phalaris
aquatica cv. Sirossa, Chloris gayana cv. Massaba and Panicum coloratum) to different manure and N-fertilizer
levels applied annually or only once during the establishment year. To take seasonal variations in to account,
planting was made for two years (1996 and 1997). Stand counts taken a month later after planting indicated that
manure or fertilizer N did not significantly affect germination of the three grass species during both planting years
(P>0.01). However, herbage yield results during the establishment years showed an increasing trend with an
increase in manure or N fertilizer levels and yields were found to be nearly similar in response to manure levels of
10 -15t ha-1 and N levels of 46-92kg N ha-1 for all the species in both planting years. The three grasses attained their
peak herbage productivity during the second years of establishments. Mean herbage yields during this peak growth
stage were 6.90t, 8.05t and 7.59t ha-1 DM for Phalaris, Rhodes and Colored Guinea respectively in 1996 plots. For
the 1997 planted trial, the figures were 6.12t, 9.75t and 7.77t ha-1 DM respectively for the three species. The overall
mean herbage DM yields were 5.57t and 6.40t ha-1 for Phalaris, 5.85t and 6.40t ha-1 for Rhodes and 6.35t and 5.49t
ha-1 for Colored Guinea in 1996 and 1997 plots respectively. Number of harvests and total herbage yields were
higher for Rhodes and Colored Guinea; but the lower yields obtained during the short rains lowered mean herbage
yields of these species. Fertilization with manure or N fertilizer had significant effect on the overall herbage
productivity of the three species for both planting years (P<0.01). Mean herbage yields were higher in response to
the higher manure and N levels (15 t ha-1 manure and 92kg N ha-1) especially for Rhodes grass; but the response of
Phalaris and Colored Guinea was slightly inconsistent. Continuous annual manure application did not significantly
improve herbage yields of the species as compared to annual application of N fertilizer (P>0.01) indicating the
residual fertilizer value of the initially applied manure. All the grasses gave two seed harvests in the second and
third years of establishment for each planting year and alike herbage yield, higher seed yields were obtained during
the second year of establishment for all the species. Mean seed yields were significantly higher in the 1996 planting
than 1997 planting for all of the species (P<0.01). In 1996 planting, Phalaris gave higher mean seed yield in
response to 23kg N ha-1; whereas Rhodes and Colored Guinea gave higher mean yields in response to 92kg N ha-1.
Rhodes was also equally responsive to 15t ha-1 manure. In the 1997 planting, mean seed yields were still higher in
response to 92kg N ha-1 for Rhodes and Colored Guinea but in response to 15t ha-1 manure for Phalaris. Seed yields
showed an increasing trend with an increase in N fertilizer levels for all the species; but the trends were inconsistent
in response to the manure levels used. The overall mean seed yields were 167.9kg and 69.9kg ha-1 for Phalaris,
172.9kg and 93.6kg ha-1 for Rhodes and 123.5kg and 64.5kg ha-1 for Colored Guinea in 1996 and 1997 plantings
respectively. Similar to the herbage yields, annual manure application did not significantly improve seed yields in
all the grasses. Generally, both herbage and seed yields of the species were better in response to higher levels of
manure or N fertilizer initially applied to the fields.
Introduction
Natural pastures that provide the bulk of ruminant feed in Ethiopia are depleting from time to time and
their average annual productivity does rarely exceed 1.5-2.5t ha-1 dry matter under continuous communal
grazing system (EARO, 2000). Crop residues as other major sources of livestock feed could not meet the
nutritional requirements of the animals due mainly to low protein and high fiber contents. Hence, these feeds
have to be complemented with cultivated pasture species of high forage yield with reasonable quality if any
meaningful production level is to be expected from livestock. Among the perennial pasture species tested so
far, Rhodes (Chloris gayana), Colored Guinea (Pannicum coloratum) and Phalaris (Phalaris aquatica) are
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
very well adapted grasses to mid and high altitude areas up to 2400m above sea level (IAR 1985 – 94). These
species are among the very few perennial pasture species selected for their adaptation and herbage yield in
the central highlands at Holetta. Once established very well, they stay green for most part of the year and
resume active growth during the short rains in the area. However, lack of seed coupled with other policy
problems has impeded the passage of these grasses from the evaluation stage to an on-farm testing and large-
scale production in the country (Lulseged, 1987). Despite this, seed production has received little attention
and evaluation of improved pasture species has been solely based on environmental adaptation and herbage
yield. Unless seed is produced in sufficient amount, the eventual step of large-scale production of improved
pasture species would be critically hindered and all the preceding plant introduction and evaluation works
will be wasted.
Poor establishment especially in the cooler highlands is one of the major problems encountered from
previous works on these species. Once they are well established the overall productivity will be very good
in subsequent production life of the pasture. Fertilization with manure or fertilizer N is of paramount
importance for successful establishment of these grasses both for forage and seed production. Experiences
of other countries also indicated that a good perennial pasture requires high input and intensive
management during the establishment year.
Seed production from forages is technically difficult and is quite complex as species are recently
domesticated and retain many characteristics of wild species such as early shedding of seed at maturity
and various dormancy responses. Preliminary observations at Holetta have indicated that average seed
yields of 150, 86 and 66kg ha-1 year-1 were obtained from Chloris gayana, Pannicum coloratum and
Phalaris aquatica respectively (IAR, 1991-94). Besides cultural manipulation and agronomic practices,
proper plant nutrition is important in increasing forage seed yields. Some varieties that are regarded as
poor seeders have been observed to produce high seed yields when grown under suitable fertilizer regime.
Nitrogen is one of the most important fertilizers for encouraging grass growth and has great influence on
growth and development of seed crops. It accelerates flower initiation, increases the rate of floret
production and inflorescence development.
The most commonly used sources of nitrogen in Ethiopia are the imported commercial fertilizers. On the
other hand, animal manures are other important sources of major and minor plant nutrients. Dry
farmyard manure on average contains about 2% nitrogen, 0.4% phosphorous and 1.7% potassium; but
different batches may contain very different percentage of nutrients depending on origin and storage
(Murwira et al, 1995). Besides nutrient provision, manure has a beneficial role in improving the soils
physical characteristics. The existing pressure of feed shortage and high prices of agro-chemical inputs will
favor the use of farmyard manure for both backyard and field production of improved perennial pasture
species. Using manure for perennial pasture species is also advantageous in that because of their long life
cycle, they can efficiently exploit the residual fertilizer value of the manure. However, although Chloris
gayana, Pannicum coloratum and Phalaris aquatica are some of the most promising perennial forage
grasses recommended for the highlands of Ethiopia, there is no dearth of information on seed and herbage
yield response of these species to manure and nitrogen fertilizer application. Moreover, the optimum
fertilizer rate that can maximize both seed and herbage output from these species has not been established
under highland conditions. The objectives of this experiment were therefore:
9. To assess the effect of different manure and N-fertilizer levels on the establishment, forage yield and
seed yield performances of the three perennial grasses; and
10. To determine the optimum level of fertilizer for the species in the area
September and the rest during the short rainy season extending from February to April. The minimum and
maximum air temperature ranges of the site are 2 to 90C and 20 to 270C respectively. The site is characterized
by occasional frost that occurs in the months of October to November and temperatures below 00C are
recorded for few days during these months. The trial was conducted on a Nitosol with a PH of 5.0 and usually
deficient in total nitrogen (0.18%) and available phosphorous (9.0 ppm) and potassium (1.544 meq/100g). It
has also an organic matter content of 2% (Holetta Research Center Soil Laboratory).
Three perennial grasses including Phalaris (Phalaris aquatica cv. Sirrosa), Rhodes (Chloris gayana cv.
Massaba) and Coloured Guinea (Pannicum coloratum cv. Coloratum) with respective germination rates of
57, 79 and 79% (determined at room temperature using bloating paper) were sown broadcast on a well
prepared seedbed using a seeding rate of 15kg ha-1 on the 17th and 19th of June 1996 and 1997 respectively.
The treatments were laid out in split-plot design with RCB arrangement in four replications using the
grass species as main plots of size 256m2. Partially decomposed cattle manure at the rates of 5, 10 and 15t
ha-1 and nitrogen fertilizer at the rates of 23, 46 and 92kgN ha-1 were applied in the sub-plots of size 32m2
leaving one unfertilized plot as a control. Nitrogen was splitted in to two so that one half was applied at
planting and the other half at tillering. Phosphorous at the rate of 46kg P2O5 ha-1 was applied across all
nitrogen plots in the establishment years.
To assess the residual effect of the manure and N fertilizer, the plots were further splitted in to two
starting from the second year of planting. The same manure and nitrogen fertilizer levels were applied to
one half of the plots annually while the other half was left unfertilized until the termination of the trial.
Data was collected for three years for each planting year. Forage yield was estimated by harvesting the
grasses at the stage of 50% flowering whenever seed was not expected such as in the short rains. 50%
flowering is the recommended harvesting stage for perennial grasses for compromised herbage yield and
quality in the highlands. The stubble herbage yields after seed harvest was also determined for all the
grasses. Herbage samples were dried to constant weight using forced air-drying oven to determine the dry-
matter percentage. All the grasses set seed starting from the second year as the area is cool and grasses
grow slowly during the first year. The mature inflorescences were harvested 10-15cm below the Panicle;
then sun dried, piled for few days and manually threshed and cleaned to estimate seed yields.
The collected agronomic, forage and seed yield data was subjected to analysis of variance using the SAS
statistical procedures. Combined and separate analysis was done for planting years, grass species and
harvests.
yield with an increase in manure or N-fertilizer levels in both establishment years. It has also been noted
that manure levels of 10-15t ha-1 affected herbage yields of the species in a comparable manner to N levels
of 46 - 92kg ha-1 (Table 1).
As growth performance of perennial pasture species during the establishment year is very slow in the cool
highlands such as Holetta, the corresponding herbage yield is generally low even under the regime of
fertilizer application. This implies that nutrient supply in the establishment year may enhance more root
development than vegetative biomass growth in perennial grasses. This in turn would determine
subsequent herbage or seed productivity of the species in the following production seasons. Mean herbage
yields were lower during the 1997 than 1996 especially for Phalaris and Colored Guinea. This might have
been attributed to climatic variations between the two seasons. Performances of perennial grasses in the
establishment year are highly influenced by weather, the degree of control over weeds and the difference in
speed with which seeds germinate and establish, and less so by the specific factors under investigation
(Boonman, 1993). In general, average herbage yields are less than 3t ha-1 DM with average height at
harvest of below 1m for all the three species during both establishment years.
Performance in the second and third year of establishment
A) Herbage yield
In the cooler highlands, herbage yield and number of harvests per year are highly determined by the
availability of moisture. Most of the perennial grasses could be harvested 2 or 3 times per year. If short rains
are timely and adequate, high herbage yields could be obtained. Moreover, tropical species like Rhodes and
Colored Guinea are usually favored by the warmer season and grow very well even with little moisture
available during the short rains. On the other hand temperate grasses like Phalaris are not performing very
well in the short rains and sometimes may not give any harvest.
During the second and third years all the grasses gave two harvests per year; one during the short rains
when only herbage was estimated and the other following the main rains when both seed yield and stubble
herbage yields were determined. However, Phalaris in some cases did not give harvestable forage during
the short rains. As yield is a function of growth rate and time, herbage yields during the short rains were
low as compared to the herbage or stubble yields obtained following the main rainy season. All the grasses
attained their peak herbage productivity in the second year of establishment. However, herbage yields
were also comparatively higher especially towards the later stage of growth in response to continuous
annual manure or N-fertilizer application; but the yield improvements especially in response to annual
manure application were not significant (P>0.01). Rhodes and Colored Guinea were relatively more
responsive to annual N fertilizer application. Treatment effects on herbage yields of each of the grasses are
described below.
Phalaris grass: Herbage yields in both the planting years are indicated in table 2. In the 1996 planting,
no significant herbage yield variation was observed in response to the different manure and N-fertilizer
levels during the second harvest (P>0.01). Higher herbage yield was recorded in response to 92 kg N ha-1
followed by 23kg N ha-1 and 5t ha-1 manure. The third and fourth harvests were the stubble herbage yields
determined after the first and second seed harvests respectively. Phalaris attained its peak herbage
production during the third harvest that was made in the second year of establishment following the main
rainy season. This was as expected since herbage yield is not equally distributed during the life period of
perennial grasses and yields are usually at their best in the first 12-18 months and then drop rapidly
followed by a rather steady state (Boonman 1993). During the peak growth stage, mean herbage yield was
higher when 92kg N ha-1 was used and the lower average herbage yield was recorded in response to 5t ha-1
manure. However, the different manure and N-fertilizer levels didn’t bring about a significant variation in
herbage yield as compared to the control (P>0.01). This implies that herbage yield of Phalaris is less
affected by fertilizer during its peak growth stage. During the fourth harvest, mean herbage yield was
lower than the third harvest. However, the effect of fertilizer became significant after the peak-growing
season and accordingly significantly lower mean yield was recorded for unfertilized plots during the fourth
harvest (P<0.05). N-fertilizer levels of 23kg and 92kg N ha-1 and 10t ha-1 manure significantly improved
mean yield in comparison to the control (P<0.05). There was also significant difference between mean
yields of the different harvests (P<0.05)
In 1997 plots, no harvest was taken following the short rains and only two stubble harvests were taken
after seed in 1998 and 1999. During both harvests, herbage yield showed an increasing trend with an
increase in manure levels and the response was significantly different (P<0.05) between the lower manure
level (5t ha-1) and the other two levels (10t and 15t ha-1). The yield trends in response to the different N-
fertilizer levels were variable but not significantly different (P>0.01). The overall mean yield was higher in
response to 15t ha-1 manure. Unlike the 1996 plots, there was no significant difference between mean
yields of the different harvests in 1997 plots (P>0.01).
In both establishments, continuous annual fertilization with manure or N-fertilizer did not significantly
improve herbage yield in comparison to the control (P>0.01). This may be attributed to the residual effect
of manure and the inevitable losses of N applied as urea. Based on the percentage of N recovered in the
forage, urea is usually the least efficient of the common sources of N because losses of up to 60% of the N
applied as urea have been reported through volatilization and leaching (Bogdan 1977). In general, overall
mean herbage yields of Phalaris excluding the establishment years ranged from 4.96 t to 6.06 t ha-1 and
5.01 t to 7.25 t ha-1 in 1996 and 1997 plots respectively. These results were in the ranges reported by
Getinet et al (1996).
Rhodes grass: As in the case of Phalaris, Rhodes grass attained its peak productivity during the second
year in both establishments (Table 3). In both the planting years, herbage yield showed an increasing
trend with an increase in manure and N fertilizer levels during all the harvests. Higher mean yields were
obtained in response to the higher manure and N fertilizer levels (Table 3). During the third harvest when
herbage yields were peak, fertilizer had no significant effect (P>0.01). However, at later stage during the
fifth harvest, significantly higher herbage yields were recorded in response to 15t ha-1 manure and 92kg N
ha-1 as compared to the control treatment in 1996 plots (P<0.05). Mean herbage yields of Rhodes during the
peak growth (third harvest) and later stage (fifth harvest) were not significantly different in contrast to
Phalaris (P>0.01). This is inline with Boonman (1993), which stated that the decline of productivity from
the second year onwards is common to all cultivated tropical grasses, but N-fertilizer maintains their
productivity for prolonged period of time. This indicates that tropical grasses such as Rhodes grass are
more responsive to continuous annual fertilization towards the later growth stage than temperate grasses
such as Phalaris. In 1997 plots, although mean herbage yield during the peak growth stage was better
than that of the 1996 plots, yield has declined towards the later stage regardless of fertilization (Table 3).
This may be attributed to variation in climatic conditions between the two seasons. Accordingly, average
yield during the peak growth stage (third harvest) was significantly higher than the other harvests
(P<0.01). Generally, the overall herbage yield of Rhodes varied from 5.51 t to 6.79 t ha-1 DM and from 5.34
t to 7.26 t ha-1 DM in 1996 and 1997 plots respectively. Mean yields were significantly higher than the
control when the higher manure and N fertilizer levels were used (P<0.01) indicating that Rhodes is more
responsive to higher rates of manure or N fertilizer.
It has been indicated (Bogdan 1977) that herbage yields of Rhodes grass range from 1.5t to 25t DM ha-1
depending on soil fertility and fertilizers applied, frequency of cutting or grazing, rainfall and other factors.
The results of this experiment also lie within the specified range with remarkable variations depending on
fertilizer regime; growth stage, season and the overall mean herbage yield was closer to the result reported
by Getinet et al (1996).
Coloured Guinea grass: The number and types of harvests taken from Colored Guinea were similar to
Rhodes in both plantings. In 1996 planting, significantly higher mean herbage yield was obtained in
response to 10t ha-1 manure followed by 92kg and 46kg N ha-1 (P<0.05). Mean herbage yields of Colored
Guinea showed an increasing trend with an increase in N levels; but the trend in response to the different
manure levels was inconsistent (Table 4). This was in contrast to Rhodes. Moreover, unlike Rhodes, there
was no significant difference between mean yields during the peak growth stage (second year of
establishment) and the later stages (P>0.01). This indicates that herbage yield of Colored Guinea could be
maintained higher relatively for prolonged period of time. Herbage yields during the short rains (the
second and fourth harvests) were better than those of Rhodes and Phalaris in 1996 plots indicating that
Colored Guinea is more responsive to small amount of rain than Rhodes and Phalaris. The overall average
herbage yield of Colored Guinea ranged from 5.22t to 7.38t DM ha-1 in 1996 planting and it is higher than
the results reported by Getinet et al (1996).
Fertilizer treatment effects were inconsistent in the 1997 planting (Table 4). But all the manure and N
fertilizer levels significantly improved herbage yield in comparison to the control (P<0.05). In contrast to
the 1996 planting, herbage yields declined significantly towards the later stage (P<0.01). This may be
attributed to seasonal climatic effects. Fertilization with manure or N fertilizer significantly improved
herbage yield in comparison to the unfertilized plot during the peak growth stage (P<0.05). This shows that
Colored Guinea is more responsive to fertilization than Rhodes and Phalaris during the peak growth stage.
Its response to continuous annual fertilization was also better than the two grasses.
B) Seed yield
While herbage yield was determined in all possible seasons when the grasses reach 50% flowering, seed
was harvested usually once a year during the main growing season (main rains) under Holetta condition. All
the three grasses gave two seed harvests for each planting year, during the second and third year of
establishment. Alike the herbage yield, higher seed yield was also obtained during the second year of
establishment from all the species for both planting years. Mean seed yield of the two planting years was
higher by 138, 62.6 and 66.2% during the second year of establishment than the third year for Phalaris,
Rhodes and Colored Guinea respectively. Seed yields were significantly higher in plots established in 1996
than 1997 for all the three species (P<0.01). Mean seed yields were higher by 140, 84.7 and 91.4% for
Phalaris, Rhodes and Colored Guinea respectively in 1996 plots. The overall mean seed yield of the two
planting years was 118.9, 133.3 and 94kg ha-1 for Phalaris, Rhodes and Colored Guinea respectively. Mean
seed yields of Rhodes showed an increasing trend with an increase in levels of manure or fertilizer N; but the
seed yield trends of Phalaris and Colored Guinea was slightly inconsistent. Continuous annual fertilization
with manure or N-fertilizer had improved mean seed yield of the species during the second seed harvest
(third year of establishment). The results indicated that Rhodes and Colored Guinea were found to be more
responsive to annual fertilizer application. Seed yield of each of the grasses in response to the different
manure and N-fertilizer levels is presented as follows:
Phalaris grass: In the 1996 planting, manure or N fertilizer had significantly affected seed yield of
Phalaris during the first harvest (P<0.01); but not during the second harvest (P>0.01). No significant seed
yield variations have been realized in response to the different manure levels applied during both harvests
(P>0.05) (Table 5). Seed yield trend in response to the different manure and N fertilizer levels was
inconsistent and higher mean seed yield was obtained in response to 23 kg N ha-1. This shows that the
high seed yield of Phalaris in the 1996 planting than the 1997 planting might have been associated with
better establishment conditions, soil and weather conditions than treatment effects.
Seed yields were lower and also fertilizer treatment effects were insignificant in the 1997 planting. The
overall mean seed yield was almost half of that of the 1996 planting (Table 5). This may be attributed to
poor establishment during the 1997 planting and subsequent weather conditions. The seed yield trend in
response to the different manure and N fertilizer levels was similar to the 1996 planting. Continuous
annual fertilization improved seed productivity of Phalaris especially in the 1997 planting. Except in the
1996 planting when seed yield of exceptionally higher during the first harvest, seed yield and response of
Phalaris to fertilizer application was lower as compared to Rhodes and colored Guinea grass. The seed
yield results of Phalaris in this study the reports of Getinet et al (1996).
Rhodes grass: Seed yield was significantly affected by manure and N fertilizer treatments during both
harvests in 1996 planting (P<0.01). Higher average seed yield was obtained in response to 92 kg N ha-1 and
15t ha-1 manure in the first and second harvests respectively (Table 6). There was an increasing trend in
seed yield with an increase in N level during both harvests. On the other hand, the yield trend in response
to the different manure levels was inconsistent during the first harvest; but it increased with an increase
in manure level during the second harvest. This indicates the residual fertilizer value of manure in
improving crop response towards the later stage of growth. Comparably higher mean seed yields were
obtained in response to 92kg N ha-1 and 15t ha-1 manure in 1996 planting. This does not imply that 15t
manure is equivalent to 92kg N in nutrient concentration; but their efficiency may differ as much of the
nitrogen applied as urea is expected to be lost through leaching and volatilization (Bogdan, 1977).
In plots established in 1997, higher average seed yields were obtained in response to 92kg N ha-1 during
both harvests (Table 6). Seed yields were significantly (P<0.01) affected by the different N fertilizer levels
during both harvests showing an increasing trend with an increase in N level. Similarly, although not
significant (P>0.01), seed yields showed an increasing trend with an increase in manure levels indicating
that Rhodes grass is responsive to fertilization. In general, the overall mean seed yields of Rhodes grass in
this experiment ranged from 145.8kg ha-1 to 194.1kg ha-1 in 1996 planting and from 74.2kg ha-1 to 132.8kg
ha-1 in 1997 planting. Taking climatic and seasonal variations in to account, this yield range is in
agreement with Bogdan (1977), which stated that under tropical conditions, Chloris gayana (Rhodes grass)
often produces two crops of seed per year, and seed yields range very widely from 65 to 650kg ha-1year-1.
Subsequent annual fertilization with N had significantly improved seed yield of Rhodes grass as compared
to the unfertilized plots especially during the second harvest for both planting years (P<0.05). However,
annual manure application had no much effect on seed yield. This is attributed to the residual effects of
manure and indicates that high level of initial manure application might be more essential than
continuous application as the extensive root system of perennial grasses would enable them to efficiently
utilize the residual manure towards the later stage of growth.
Coloured Guinea grass: In the 1996 planting, higher seed yield was obtained in response to 23 kg N ha-1
during the first harvest and in response to 92 kg N ha-1 during the second harvest. No any level of manure
used did significantly (P>0.01) improve seed yield in comparison to the control (Table 7). A significantly
higher mean seed yield was obtained in response to 92 kg N ha-1 in the 1996 planting (P<0.05). Seed yields
in response to the different manure and N levels were inconsistent during the first harvest; but showed an
increasing trend with an increase in manure or N levels during the second harvest and higher mean seed
yield was obtained in response to 92kg N ha-1 (Table 7). Mean yields in response to the different manure
levels were lower than the control treatment indicating that Colored Guinea is less responsive to manure
than Rhodes and Phalaris in terms of seed yield.
In the 1997 planted trial, significantly higher (P<0.01) seed yield was obtained when 92 kg N ha-1 was used
during the first harvest and when 46 kg N ha-1 was used during the second harvest. Alike the 1996 plots,
significantly higher mean seed yields were obtained in response to 92 kg N ha-1 and 46kg N ha-1 as
compared to the control and manure treatments (P<0.01). This indicates that Colored Guinea is relatively
more responsive to higher rates of initially applied nitrogen fertilizer. Moreover, in contrast to Rhodes
mean seed yields of Colored Guinea were significantly improved by subsequent fertilization during the
third year of establishment especially in 1997 planting (P<0.01). This may indicate that Rhodes is more
efficient than Colored Guinea in utilizing the residual nutrients in the soil. Mean seed yields of Colored
Guinea for both the planting years were higher when the higher N fertilizer level (92 kg N ha-1) was used.
In general, Phalaris grass; Rhodes grass and Colored Guinea grass can serve as potential perennial
pasture species for the highlands of Ethiopia. The results of this trial have indicated that both herbage and
seed yield potential of these grasses could be increased by proper fertilization management. This could be
more materialized if fertilization is accompanied with other management options such as cutting or
grazing. It has also been proved that annual application of N fertilizer can sustain both herbage and seed
yields higher. However, annual manure application did not improve both herbage and seed yields in
comparison to the control plots. Herbage and seed yields were higher towards the latter stage of growth in
response to the higher level of initially applied manure. This is inline with the results of long-term manure
trial in Kenya in which significant yield increases were observed in first year potatoes and maize and in
third and fourth year Rhodes grass but only at the highest level of initial application, 27t ha-1 animal
manure (Boonman, 1993). Positive manure effects are generally limited to very poor soils and its
nutritional effects are usually disappointing when the nutrients contained in the manure are not deficient
in the soil for the particular crop to be grown. The low response of the grasses to manure in this trial may
be attributed mainly to the small amount used and its low content of desirable nutrients, especially of N,
and to the associated low efficiency of manure as N-source. The nutrients that are relatively high in
manure such as K are also reported to be in a better status in soils of the study area.
Both herbage and seed yields of the three grasses during the peak growth stage (second year of
establishment) were less influenced by the different manure and N fertilizer levels used. Rhodes and
Colored Guinea showed a declining tendency of productivity sooner than Phalaris after the second year of
establishment especially when fertilizer was not applied. Booman, 1993 also stated that grasses, especially
only lightly fertilized or not fertilized at all, are usually most productive in the second year of growth and
stoloniferous grasses loose their productivity sooner than tufted grasses but if the grass is well fertilized it
may remain productive for a longer period of time and stoloniferous and rhizomatous species of old stands
can then be as productive as younger stands and live as long as tufted species or even longer.
The over all herbage and seed productivity of the three grasses evaluated in this experiment under Holetta
condition was better in response to the initially applied high levels of manure and N fertilizer (15t ha-1
manure and 92kg N ha-1). Rhodes and Colored Guinea were also more responsive to annual N fertilizer
application than Phalaris especially towards the later stage of growth. There is a need to evaluate the
productivity of these grasses under higher levels of initially applied manure or continuous N application in
combination with other management options such as cutting and the corresponding time of fertilizer
application since time of application has an overriding effect in addition to rate of application in post
establishment crops.
References
Bogdan A.V. 1977. Tropical pasture and fodder plants. Tropical Agricultural Series, Whistable Litho Ltd., Whistable,
Kent, Great Britain.
Boonman J.G. 1993. East Africa’s Grasses and Fodders: Their Ecology and Husbandry. Kluwer Academic Publisher, The
Netherlands.
Getinet Assefa, Lulseged Gebrehiwot and Tadesse T/Tsadik. 1994. Establishment and subsequent forage production of
perennial grasses as affected by different sowing dates and soil types. Ethiopian Journal of Agric. Sci. 14: 46-59.
Getnet Assefa and Tadesse T/Tsadik. 1996. Effect of harvesting stage on yield and quality of perennial grass seeds in the
highlands. In-proceedings of the 4th annual conference of the Ethiopian society of Animal production. 18-19 April
1996, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia; pp. 208-215
Hanson, J. (ed) 1994. Seed production by smallholder farmers. Proceedings of the ILCA/ICARDA Research Planning
Workshop on Seed Production by Smallholder Farmers, Addis Ababa (Ethiopia), 13-15 Jun 1994. ILCA, Addis
Ababa (Ethiopia); ICARDA, Aleppo (Syria). 56p.
Herbage seed unit, 1994. Forage seed production. ILCA Training Manual. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Humphreys L.R. 1978. Tropical pastures and Fodder crops. Intermediate tropical Agricultural Series, Wing Tai Cheung
printing Co Ltd, Hong Kong.
ILCA/ICARDA 1994. Tropical Forage Seed Production. (Training Module). ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia and ICARDA,
Aleppo, Syria.
Loch, D.S. 1984. Commercial seed increase of new pasture cultivars: Organization and practice. In proceedings of a
workshop on Pasture improvement research in eastern and southern Africa, held in Zimbabwe, Harare, 17-21
September 1984.
Loch, D.S. and Ferguson, J.E. 1999. Tropical and subtropical forage seed production: an overview. In: Loch, D.S. and
Ferguson, J.E. (eds). Forage Seed Production 2. Tropical and Subtropical species. CABI publishing. P.1-40.
Mays D.A. 1974. Forage fertilization. American Society of Agronomy, Madison, Wis. USA
Murwira K.H., Swift M.J. and Frost P.G.H. 1995. Manure as a key resource in sustainable agriculture, p131-144. In
proceedings of an international conference held by ILCA on Livestock and sustainable nutrient cycling in mixed
farming systems of sub-Saharan Africa, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 22-26 November 1993.
Table 1. Herbage DM yield (t ha-1) and seedling counts m-2 of perennial grasses in response to different manure and N fertilizer levels
during the establishment year at Holetta.
Table 2. Mean herbage DM yield (t ha-1) of Phalaris in response to different manure and Nfertilizer levels during the second and third
year of establishment at Holetta
Table 3. Mean herbage DM yield (t ha-1) of Rhodes grass in response to different manure and N fertilizer levels during the second and
third year of establishment at Holetta.
Table 4. Mean herbage DM yield (t ha-1) of Colored Guinea grass in response to different manure and N fertilizer levels during the second
and third years of establishment at Holetta.
5 t ha-1 manure 4.59c 6.92b 3.40c 5.97c 5.22d 3.73bc 7.29bc 4.60abc 5.21bc
10t ha-1 manure 6.54a 8.38a 5.18a 9.40a 7.38a 3.71bc 7.03bc 4.19bc 4.98c
15t ha-1 manure 5.51abc 7.43ab 4.14abc 8.33abc 6.35bc 4.27ab 8.64ab 5.42ab 6.11ab
23kg N ha-1 5.91ab 7.54ab 4.41abc 6.90bc 6.19bc 3.80b 7.66ab 4.33bc 5.26bc
46kg N ha-1 5.99ab 7.70ab 5.06ab 8.38ab 6.78ab 5.30a 9.72a 5.12ab 6.71a
92kg N ha-1 6.49a 8.28ab 4.11abc 8.42ab 6.82ab 4.68ab 8.68ab 5.77a 6.37a
No fertilizer 5.24bc 6.90b 3.51bc 7.31abc 5.74cd 2.41c 5.39c 3.57c 3.79d
Mean 5.75 7.59 4.26 7.81 6.35 3.98 7.77 4.71 5.49
lsd (0.05) 1.18 1.41 1.60 2.40 0.83 1.36 2.17 1.27 0.96
- Means within a column with different letters are significantly different
*- Herbage yield determined during the short rains
** - Stubble herbage yield determined after seed harvest
Table 5. Mean seed yield (kg ha-1) of Phalaris in response to different manure and N fertilizer levels at Holetta.
Table 6. Mean seed yield (kg ha-1) of Rhodes in response to different manure and N fertilizer levels at Holetta.
Table 7. Mean seed yield (kg ha-1) of Colored Guinea in response to different manure N fertilizer levels at Holetta.
Introduction
In the Ethiopian highlands poor soil fertility and feed shortage are major constraints limiting crop and
livestock productivity. To overcome these problems fallowing is practiced to maintain soil fertility and to use
the fallow land as a source of forage usually by grazing (Chilot et al, 2001).
In these areas adapted perennial legumes are scanty and low in forage productivity. There are, however,
many productive and well-adapted perennial grasses, which could be extended to farmers preferably in
integration with food crops and other suitable techniques to the farming systems. Reports on integration of
forage and food crops indicating that the recommended annual legumes such as vetch had a depressing
effect on the main crop like barley, unless proper precautions are taken in selecting vetch species, cereal
varieties and status of soil, while other legume such as clovers have problems of establishment and produce
very low amount of herbage (Getnet et al, 2001).
Perennial grasses, which are well adapted, productive and relatively available, could be an option to be
integrated with cereals like barley and wheat, especially on land to be fallowed for longer periods. Grasses
appeared to be much more effective than legumes in soil structure formation which was largely attributed
to the differences in root systems. Grasses add effective fresh organic matter and nitrogen and can draw up
minerals from lower soil depth through a deep and extensive root systems. This feature of grasses has also
made a major effect in improving soil structure and water economy through aggregate stability and
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
permeability (Boonman, 1993). The risk of erosion is also reduced on lands covered with grasses. The lower
fertilizer requirement of crops following grasslands is perhaps the most striking effects of crop-grass
rotations on crop yields in East Africa. This especially applies to N fertilizer. Though the amount is not to a
large extent, Allen (1972) found little response to N dressing following grassland. The same applied to
wheat even in the second year after grass (Seitzer et al, 1970). Nitrogen fixation by associative symbiosis
between grass and bacteria has been reported for Azotobacter paspali, Azosprillum brasilense and
Beijerinka indica (Dobereiner et al, 1972). A review of N fixation in tropical grasses has been given by
Crowder and Chheda (1982), who state that this phenomena holds tremendous potential and is more likely
to occur with tropical grasses due to their C-4 pathway of photosynthesis.
Conventional pasture establishment is very expensive in terms of cost incurred for land preparation, labor
and fertilizer; moreover in cool weather conditions their forage yield is very low during the establishment
year. Hence the cheapest and widely utilized way of perennial pasture crop establishment is by relaying or
intercropping food and forage crop which have an advantage of producing grain while establishing the
pasture on the same land and produce forage in the subsequent years.
Generally when grasses are sown in rotation and integration with food crops, it is a step-up to the
conventional weed fallow, and therefore not an alien concept. Mixed farming based on alternating grazed
pastures with crops, is still a solid platform from which efforts for sustained development can be launched,
in the nearest possible harmony with the environment, however, information is very limited therefore the
objectives of this experiment were 1. to evaluate the best establishment method of grasses on land to be
fallowed in the following year(s), 2. to evaluate performance of barley when established in mixture with
grasses, and 3. to assess the performance of forage crops during the fallowing period and their residual
effect on the subsequent barley crop.
Figure 1. Cropping calendar of barley and grasses used in the trial for the two grass establishment methods, by intercropping with
barley and pure stands on lands to be fallowed for one year.
BgBgBgBgggggggggggggggggggggbbbbbbbbbbb Intercropped
Jan Apr Jul Oct Jan Apr Jul Oct Jan Apr Jul Oct Jan Apr Jul Oct
Bg – is barley and grass intercropped, g – grass pasture, f – traditional fallow land, B – pure barley before fallowing the land, and b – barley after forage grass pasture (fallow)
References
Boonman J.G. 1993. East African grasses and fodders: Their ecology and husbandry. Kluwer Academic Publisher. The
Netherlands.
Boonman J.G. 1997. Farmers’ success with tropical grasses: Crop-pasture rotations in mixed farming in East Africa.
Netherlands Development Assistance (NEDA) The Hague. The Netherlands.
Chilot Yirga and Mohammed Hassen. 2001. Crop livestock farming systems in the highlands of Ethiopia: Smallholder
farmers management practices and constraints. In Wall P.C. (ed). Wheat and weeds: Food and feed. Proceedings of
two stakeholders workshops. Santa Cruz, Bolivia, CIMMYT pp 145-165
Crowder and Chheda. 1982. Tropical grassland husbandry. Longman Inc. New York USA.
Dobereiner, Johanna, J.M. Day and P.J. Dart. 1972. Nitrogenous activity and oxygen sensitivity of the Pspalum notatum
Azotobactor paspali complex. J. gen. microbiol. 71:103-116
Foster. H.L 1971.Crop yields after different elephant grass ley treatments at Kawanda Research Station, Uganda East
Africa. Agric. For. J 37:63-72
Getnet Assefa, Abreham Gebeyehu, Fekede Feyissa and Tadesse Tekletsadik. 2002 . On-farm performance of forage crops
and assessment of natural pasture productivity in west Shewa zone. Proceedings of a workshop on client oriented
research (Oct 16-18, 2001), Holetta Research Center, Ethiopia
Lulseged Gebrehiwot, Gebremedhin Hagos and Tadesse Tekletsadik.1987. Undersowing of forage crops in cereals some
achievements. Proceedings of the first National Livestock Improvement Conference (NLIC). Institute of Agricultural
Research (IAR), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Lulseged Gebrehiwot, McGraw R.L and Getnet Assefa. 1997. Dry matter yield and forage quality of perennial grasses
interseeded with annual legumes in the tropical highlands of Ethiopia. Trop. Agric. (Trinidad) 74(3): 173-179
SAS Institute Inc. 1996. SAS/STAT Users Guide, Release 6.12. Statistical Analysis Systems Institute Inc. Cary, NC, USA
Seitzer J.L., M.J. Butt and H.A. Mulamula. 1970. Fertilizer response to wheat in Kenya. East Afr. Agric. For. J. 36: 131-
138
Simpson J.R. 1961. The effects of several agricultural treatments on the nitrogen status of a red earth in Uganda. East
Afri. Agric. For. J. 28: 158-163
Stephen D. 1969. The effects of fertilizer manure and trace elements in continuous cropping rotations in Southern and
Western Uganda. East Afri. Agric. For. J. 34: 401-417
Table 1. Effect of establishment methods of grasses by intercropping with barley and in pure stands on croplands to be fallowed in the
following year(s) on grass dry matter (DM) forage and barley (grain and straw) yields (t ha-1) during the establishment year.
Table 2. Average dry matter (DM) forage yield (t ha-1) of grasses during the fallowing period when established by intercropping with
barley (for one year fallow) and in pure stands (for two years fallow) after establishment at Holetta.
Table 3Average dry matter (DM) forage yield (t ha-1) of grasses during the fallowing period when established by intercropping with barley
(on two year fallow) and in pure stands (on three year fallow) after establishment at Holetta.
Table 4.Effect of different grass species established by intercropping with barley and in pure stands on fallow lands for one, two and three
years on the subsequent barley grain and straw yields (t ha-1) at Holetta.
Oromia Agricultural Research Institute Sinana Agricultural Research Center, P.O.Box 208, Bale-Robe
Abstract
The study was conducted in between 1997 - 2000 at upper Dinsho (3125ma.s.l) in cool Bale high lands to assess the
potential of forage legumes-barley rotation systems. Two forage legumes (vetch and Snail medics) were planted in
1997/98 and 1998/99 including, barley with and with out fertilizer as a first phase rotation crop. A fallow plot was
also taken as a control. In 1998/99 and 1999/2000, the local barley ’falibaye’ was sown on the fallow and on all plots
which were under the precursor crops (Vetch, Snail Medics, barley with and without fertiliser, and fallow) in
1997/98 and 1998/99. Result indicated that both forage legumes (vetch and snail medics) successfully established
and gave mean dry matter yield of 2.0 and 0.7t/ha, respectively. There was significant (P<0.05) variation in barley
grain and straw yield due to the effect of the first phase rotation crops. The combined analysis of the two years
indicate that barley grain and straw yield increased by 30.29 and 27.38 % over the fallow, respectively, in vetch-
barley rotation system. Barley grain and straw yields were also relatively higher in medics-barley and fallow-barley
rotation system than after the barley- barley rotation systems. Therefore, forage legumes such as vetch and snail
medics have the potential to replace the traditional fallow rotation system in the cool highlands of Bale.
Introduction
Livestock production in highlands of Bale is mainly dependent on communal grasslands, weedy fallow and
crop residues. These feeds resources are generally low in quality and quantity as a result livestock production
like milk, meat are poor (Tekeleyohannes and Worku, 2000). On the other hand, farmers particularly at
Upper Dinsho district practice fallowing land to restore soil fertility. According to Bekele et al.(1998), in this
area barley is a sole subsistence crop primarily produced by small holder farmers under low input
management . Barley fields are fallowed to maintain soil fertility every other year. One of the strategies for
solving feed inadequacy and soils fertility maintenance through integration of forage crops with food crops.
Therefor, introduction of forage legumes into the existing barley based cropping system would provide an
opportunity to substitute the fallow lands and to produce more quality feed and also accelerate fertility
building through nitrogen fixation and decomposition of the leguminous root (Nnadi and Haque, 1996).
Several improved forage crops have been tested at upper Dinsho among which vetch and snail medics are
productive and well adapted.
The objective of the study was to assess the potential of forage legume to replace the traditional fallow-
barley rotation system in the cool highlands of Bale.
The local barley cultivar ‘falibaye’ was planted on May 18, 1998 and May 14, 1999 on all plots which were
under precursor treatments in 1997/98 and 1998/99 respectively. The trial site was cultivated three times
with local ox-plow ”marasha” prior to sowing.
The plot size was x 5m,and laid out in randomized complete block design with three replications. Sowing
method was broadcasting using seed rate of 30, 15, and 100 kg/ha of Vetch, Medics and Barley,
respectively. The fertilized barley plots received 100 kg/ha DAP and 50 kg/ha Urea. Fertilizer was not
applied for the rest of the year or after the precursor treatment phases. Weeding was done once for all
seasons as the same as farmers’ practice. Data on barley grain and straw yield, legumes dry matter yield
and agronomic parameters were recorded for analysis from the net plot of 3m x 3m.
All data were subjected to analysis of variance using MSTAT-C software, and means were separating using
the LSD test.
legumes plots than plots previously fertilised or unfertilised. The over all result of the experiment
indicated that vetch-barley rotation system, increased grain and straw yields of barley by 30.3% and
27.38% respectively over the fallowing system (control plots). This revealed the contribution of forage
legumes to the yield of subsequent cereal crops which is in line with Zewdu Yilma and Tanner (1996).
In all agronomic and yield parameters measured, higher results were obtained after forage precursor crops
especially for Vetch. This was due to leguminous nature of Vetch as well as Medics and their ability to fix
atmospheric nitrogen, maintain soil organic matter and improve physical condition of the soil (ICARDA,
1997; Zewdu Yilma and Tanner, 1996) than when the land left fallow or mono-cropping effects. Hence,
fallowing of land favours soil erosion, invasion of unwanted weeds and occurrence of crop diseases.
Conclusion
According to the result obtained planting of forage legumes as a precursor crop in rotation with barley
increased barley grain and straw yield when compared to the fallowing practice. Therefore, forage legumes
such as vetch and snail medics have the potential to replace the traditional fallow barley rotation system in
the cool highlands of Bale.
Acknowledgement
The authors would like to thank Mr. Gulilat Jara, Mr. Tesfaye Dhaqaba, and Mr. Feseha Siyoum for their
assistance during the trials.
References
Adamu Molla.1991.Effect of preceding crops and N, P fertilizer on barley yield in North eastern Ethiopia. Rachis: Barley
and wheat newsletters10 (2), ICARDA.
Bekele Hundie, Worku Jima, Feyisa Tadase, Mulugrta Amsalu, Mengistu Yadesa and Arfasa Kiros (1998). The Dinsho
farming system of Bale Highlands. In Chilot Yirga, Fikadu Alemayehu and Woldeyesus Sinebo (eds.). Barley- based
farming system in the highlands of Ethiopia. Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organisation, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
117pp.
ICARDA, (International Center for Agricultural Research in the Dry Areas) Germplasm Legume Program Annual
Report.1997. 241pp
Nnadi, L.A and Haque, I. 1986. Forage legume-cereal systems: Improvement of soil fertility and agricultural production
with special reference to sub-saharan Africa. In: Hailu Gebre and Joop van Leur (eds.). Potentials of forage legumes
in farming systems of sub-saharan Africa. proceedings of a workshop held at ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 16-19
September 1985.ILCA, Addis Ababa.
Tekelyohannes Berhanu and Worku Jima, 2000. The effect of undersowing barley with forage legumes on grain and straw
yields of barley and herbage yield of forage legumes in the high lands of Bale. ESAP (Ethiopia Society of Animal
Production). 2000. Livestock Production and the enviroment-implications for sustainable livelihoods. Proceedings of
the 7th annual conference of Ethiopia Society of Animal Production (ESAP) held in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 26-27
may 1999. ESAP (Ethiopia Society of Animal Production), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.442pp.
Zewdu yielma and D.G. Tanner, 1996. An evaluation of double cropping of forage legumes and bread wheat in Bale
Region of Southeastern Ethiopia. In: Tanner, D.G., Payne, T.S., and Abdalla, O.S. eds.1996. The Ninth Regional
Wheat Workshop for Eastern, Central and Southern Africa, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia: CIMMYT.
Table 1. Dry matter yield (t/ha) and agronomic parameters of forage legumes used in the forage legumes -barley rotation system at upper
Dinsho district (3125 ma.s.l) in 1997/98and 1998/99 years.
Table 2. Grain (q/ha) and straw (t/ha) yield of barley planted as first rotation crops at upper Dinsho district (3125 ma.s.l) in 1997/98and
1998/99 years.
Table 3. Grain (q/ha) and straw (t/ha) yield of barley under different crop rotation systems at upper Dinsho district (3125m a.s.l) in
1998/99 and 1999/2000 years.
Table 4. Agronomic parameters of barley under different crop rotation systems at upper Dinsho district (3125 ma.s.l) in 1998/99 and
1999/2000 years.
PH = Plant height; SL = Spike Length; SS = Seeds per spike; PC = Plot cover; TKW = Thousand Kernel Weight
CV = Coefficient of Variation; LSD = Least Significant Difference; NS = Non Significant; * = significant; Barley F1=Barley with Fertilazer =(100 DAP & 50 kg Urea): Barley F0= Barley without
Fertiliser application
Means within the column followed by the same letter or by no letter do not differ significantly at the 5% level of LSD test.
Abebe Yadessa
Bako Agricultural Research Center, Forestry Research /Agroforestry Research Division P.O. Box 03, Bako,
Oromia, Ethiopia.
Abstract
A field experiment on Calliandra calothyrsus Meissner alley cropped with maize was conducted for four cropping
seasons (1997/98 – 2000/01) at Bako Agricultural Research Center in Oromia Region, Ethiopia. The objective of the
study was to assess the effects of intra-row spacing and cutting height of C. calothyrsus on maize grain yield in alley
cropping system, and also to estimate the effect of alley cropping on maize yield in comparison to maize yield under
no hedge-plot. Three intra-row spacings (25, 50, and 75 cm) were combined with four cutting heights (25, 50, 75 and
100 cm) factorially in randomized complete block design (RCBD) plus control (no hedge) plot with three replications.
Results showed that the grain yield of maize was significantly (p=0.05) affected by intra-row spacing, but not by
cutting height. The interaction between intra-row spacing and cutting height was not significant. Wider spacing
gave higher maize grain yield, which might be due to less competition with maize as compared to those closely
planted ones. On the other hand, the non-significant effect of hedge cutting height on maize yield might be due to
systematic hedge pruning; that is, totally leaving the hedge intact during off-season but carefully monitoring it
during the growing season to minimize the shading problem. This suggests the need for giving more attention to
Calliandra planting space than its cutting height. Combined across years, maize grain yield showed significant
(p=0.001) variation; it was lower at the beginning and the end of the experimental period, higher during the second
and third years. But the interaction between treatments and year was not significant. Although it was generally
low, the yield under alley cropping was not significantly different when compared with no-hedge plot, indicating that
the wood obtained from Calliandra hedge was additional benefit resulting in better overall production efficiency the
system. The low yield obtained in this finding could be attributed to lower biomass from hedges and lack of some
inorganic fertilizer to supplement the tree biomass. There is a case for integrated nutrient management study
(prunings together with some inorganic fertilizer) for sustaining maize production in the area.
Key words: Calliandra, cutting height, intra-row spacing, Kulani.
Introduction
Farming systems in most African countries are under serious threat due to increasing population growth
and environmental degradation. These difficulties have highlighted the need to take an overall view of land
management that is not limited only to livestock and crop production systems but also includes the need to
conserve natural resources on which production is based (CTA, 1994). Alley cropping is one of such farming
systems that combine production with conservation of natural resources, and it holds promise for sustainable
crop production. It is an intercropping system in which arable crops are grown in between hedgerows of
planted trees which are usually leguminous (Karim et al, 1993). The hedges are pruned regularly to prevent
excessive shading to the companion crop and the prunings are used as green manure (Kang et al, 1984). It is
about integrating multipurpose tree species like Calliandra into existing land use systems so as to improve
soil fertility, fodder quality, and wood availability and make food production sustainable from both
environmental and economic standpoints.
Calliandra calothyrsus Meissner is a small leguminous browse species native to Central America and
Mexico (Macqueen, 1991). It is a versatile tree species currently receiving international attention because of
its multiple values. The species has the capacity to biologically fix free atmospheric nitrogen and hence
provides nitrogenous fertilizer for the companion food crop production and quality fodder for livestock
production. In addition, it has good coppicing ability, rapid growth, dense foliage and deep root system, and
hence particularly suitable for erosion control and for rejuvenating degraded soils (Tomaneng, 1990).
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Calliandra foliage can be used either as fodder (animal feed) for livestock production or as green manure
(soil ameliorant) for crop production. To exploit the potential of this species as animal feed, the Animal Feeds
and Nutrition Research Division at Bako Agricultural Research Center has been doing research on
Calliandra and tested its potential for this purpose (Diriba et al, 2001). But its potential for soil improvement
and enhancing crop production including in alley cropping has not been assessed so far in the area, and
currently the Agroforestry Research Division at Bako is conducting trials to address the research gap in this
area. In species selection trial conducted at Bako for about four years, this multipurpose tree species showed
an impressive growth performance (Abebe et al, 2000). Concerted research effort on the spacing and cutting
height was not conducted on this important species. Specing and cutting height are very important
management techniques by which woody perennials are manipulated in alley cropping in order to harmonize
the interaction between the woody and non-woody components of the system. The objective of this study is
therefore to assess the effect intra-row spacing and cutting height of C. calothyrsus on maize yield in alley
cropping system, and also to estimate the effect of alley cropping on maize yield under Bako site conditions.
300 24
250 23
Temperature, Oc
22
Rainfall (mm)
200
21
150
20
100
19
50 18
0 17
Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
Rainfall Temperature
Figure 1. Mean monthly rainfall and mean monthly temperature of Bako area
The topography of the area ranges from gently undulating to dissected hills, and the geology is
characterized by Tertiary and Quaternary age rhyolite and basalt volcanics (MoWR, 1996). Soils are
dominantly reddish brown Nitosols and generally clay dominated and characterized by low available
phosphorus, with pH of 5-6 in surface soils (Legesse et al, 1987; Abebe, 1998). Some properties of the soil at
Bako Agroforestry Research Site is shown in Table 1.
Experimental design and data analysis
Intra-row spacing (spacing between plants) and pruning height were the experimental treatments. The
intra-row spacing had three levels (25, 50 and 75 cm) and pruning height four levels (25, 50, 75 and 100 cm),
and they were arranged in 3x4 factorial set of treatments in randomized complete block design (RCBD) with
3 replications plus a control plot (no hedge). The intercropped maize variety was Kulani, a popularly used
open pollinated variety at Bako. Plot size was 7 mx12 m (gross) and 6 mx12 m (net). The hedge width was 6
m. Maize was planted at spacing of 0.25 m between plants and at 0.75 m between rows.
The data were subjected to the general linear model analysis of variance using MSTAT-C and SPSS
computer software programs. All comparisons of treatment means were made at P<0.05 level of
significance using Duncan's Multiple Range Test (DMRT). And at the end, yield data under alley cropped
plots were pooled and compared with that of the control plot to estimate the effect of alley cropping on
maize yield.
Table 1. Some physical and chemical properties of the topsoil (0-15 cm) at Bako Agroforestry Research site.
1750
Maize grain yield, kg/ha
1500
1250
1000
750
500
25 50 75
Mitiku and Abdu (1995) also reported significant effect of intra-row spacing on sorghum yield in Hararghe,
Ethiopia, which is in agreement with this study. But study by Karim et al (1993) indicated that maize
grain yield was not significantly affected by alley width, nor by intra-row spacing or by their interaction.
2000
1500
1250
1000
750
500
25 50 75 100
fertilizer, notably at the beginning and after some years of hedges establishment (Figure 4). Thus the need
for integrated nutrient management deserves due consideration in the future.
3000
2500
Maize grain yield, kg/ha
2000
1500
1000
Cropping system
500
Monocropping-control
0 Alley cropping
1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01
3000
2500
Maize grain yield, kg/ha
2000
1500
1000
500
0
1997/98 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01
Conclusion
Although hedge-row cutting height could not significantly affect maize grain yield, intra-row spacing
significantly affected maize yield. Higher intra-row spacing of Calliandra plants within a hedge gave better
maize yield. If the cutting cycle is systematically planned, the problem of shading on maize yield by hedgerow
heights can be minimized. Thus, intra-row spacing is more important silvicultural management factor for
Calliandra in alley cropping system than that of cutting height under Bako site condition.
As maize yield under alley cropping was not significantly lower than the control plot (no hedge), the wood
obtained from Calliandra hedge was additional benefit, and this resulted in better overall production
efficiency of 'tree + crop' situation (alley cropping) compared to 'tree only' situation (monocropping).
Maize yield showed an increasing trend up to the third year and declined thereafter; maize yield exhibited
the order of: first year < fourth year < second year < fourth year.
The low maize yield obtained in this study (alley cropping) as compared to what was previously reported
under high input system (monocropping with the use of recommended inorganic fertilizer) may be more
related to the need for additional inorganic fertilizer to supplement the biomass from hedges rather than
the shading effects of Calliandra hedges on maize. But the amount additional inorganic fertilizer required
has to be determined by research in the future, and this deserves special attention in the future. Another
important area for further investigation is to determine the stage of the maize at which the addition of
prunings would be most beneficial (appropriate time of pruning application).
Reference
Abebe Yadessa and Diriba Bekere. (in press). Determination of optimum nursery soil conditions for propagation of
Leucaena pallida: a promising browse species at Bako. In: Proc. of the 7th Annual Conference of Ethiopian Society of
Animal Production (ESAP), August 30-31, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Abebe Yadessa, Diriba Bekere and Taye Bekele (in press). Maize grain yield under taungya with different multipurpose
trees at Bako. Paper presented at the Tenth Bi-annual Conference of Crop Science Society of Ethiopia, June 19-21,
2001, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Abebe Yadessa, Diriba Bekere and Taye Bekele. 2000. Growth Performance of Different Multipurpose Tree and Shrub
Species at Bako, Western Oromia. In: Nutrient Management for Improving Soil /Crop Productivity in Ethiopian
Agriculture. Proceedings of the Fifth Biennial Conference of Ethiopian Society of Soil Science (ESSS), March 30-31,
2000, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Abebe Yadessa. 1998. Evaluation of the contribution of scattered Cordia africana Lam. trees to soil properties of cropland
and rangeland ecosystems in western Oromia, Ethiopia. M.Sc. Thesis from Swedish University of Agricultural
sciences, Sweden.
Benti Tolessa, Tasew Gobezayehu, Mosisa Worku, Yigzaw Desalegne, Kebede Mulatu and Gezahegne Bogale. 1993.
Genetic improvement of maize in Ethiopia: a review, pp. 13-22. In: Benti and Ransom (eds.), Proc. of the First
National Maize Workshop of Ethiopia, May 5-7 1992, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Brook, R.M. 2000. Hedgerow intercropping with sweet potato in the humid lowlands of Papua New Guinea. Tropical
Agriculture (Trindad), 77(3): 137-143.
CTA (Technical Center for Agricultural and Rural Cooperation). 1994. Spore: Bi-monthly bulletin of the CTA, No. 53.
Wageningen, the Netherlands.
Dhyani, S.K. and Tripathi, R.S. 1999. Tree growth and crop yield under agrisilvicultural practices in north-east India.
Agroforestry Systems, 44: 1-12.
Diriba Geleti, Temesgen Diriba, Lemma Gizachew and Adane Hirpha. 2001. Planting density and cutting interval effects
on productivity of Calliandra calothyrsus Meissn. Ethiopian Journal of Animal Production, 1(1): 25-31.
Kang B.T., Wilson G.F., and Lowson, T.L. 1984. Alley cropping: a stable alternative to shifting cultivation. IITA, Ibadan,
Nigeria.
Karim, A.B.,Savill, P.S., and Rhodes, E.R. 1993. The effects of between-row (alley widths) and within-row spacings of
Gliricidia sepium on alley cropped maize in Sierra Leone: Growth and yield of maize. Agroforestry System, 24: 81-93.
Legesse Dadi, Gemechu Gedeno, Tesfaye Kumsa and Getahun Degu. 1987. Bako mixed farming zone, Wellega and Shewa
regions. Diagnostic survey report No. 1. Institute of Agricultural Research, Department of Agricultural Economics
and Farming Systems Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Macqueen, D.J. 1991. Exploration and collection of Calliandra calothyrsus as a foundation for future genetic
improvement. Nitrogen Fixing Tree Research Reports 9: 96-98.
Mitiku Haile and Abdu Abdulkadir. 1995. Potential and limitation of alley farming in a sorghum - chat based cropping
system in Hararghe highlands, eastern Ethiopia, pp. 87-92. In: Sebil vol 6: Proceedings of the 6th Annual Conference
of Crop Science Society of Ethiopia, 3 - 4 May 1994. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
MoWR (Ministry of Water Resources). 1996. Omo-Gibe River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan Study. Final
Report, Vol. VII Land Resource Surveys. Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia, Ministry of Water Resources,
Richard Woodroofe & Associates with marcott, UK.
Okorio, J., Byenkya, S.N., Wajja, N., and Peden, D. 1994. Comparative performance of seventeen upperstorey tree species
with crops in the highlands of Uganda. Agroforestry Systems, 26: 185-203.
Tomaneng, A.A. 1990. Calliandra calothyrsus: observations on coppicing characteristics. Agroforestry Today 2(2): 15.
Abebe Yadessa
Bako Agricultural Research Center, Agroforestry Research Division P.O. Box 03, Bako, Oromia, Ethiopia.
Abstract
A comparative study on six important multipurpose tree species, raised under different nursery soils (growing
media) (three leguminous fodder species and three other non-leguminous species) was conducted at Bako tree
nursery. The objective of the study was to investigate the response of these leguminous fodder tree seedlings to
nursery growing media (potting substrates). Parameters considered were growth, biomass yield, survival and coping
mechanisms under poor nursery soil conditions. The growing media consisted of four soil mixtures. Different
proportions of local soil, sand, forest soil and farmyard manure were included based on volume. Seedling height, root
collar diameter, survival, and shoot and root dry weights were measured. Results showed that seedling survival of
leguminous fodder species was significantly (p = 0.000) affected by type of the nursery growing media. Seedling
survival was lower in growing substrates with higher farmyard manure for the legume browse species, but no
apparent difference was noticed for the non-legumes. Generally, the growth of seedlings in poor substrates was
relatively better for the legumes than for the non-legumes, the former thriving more in substrates without farmyard
manure, whereas the latter in substrates containing higher farmyard manure. This may be due to their biological
nitrogen fixation and their capacity to compensate for N. This is an adaptation strategy of leguminous fodder tree
seedlings to cope with poor nursery soils, as this was evidenced by significantly higher number (p = 0.000) and
weight (p = 0.003) of nodules in substrates without farmyard manure as compared to those with farmyard manure.
Therefore, growing media without farmyard manure are suitable and are recommended for leguminous fodder
species, whereas those containing farmyard manure are suited for non-leguminous tree species in nurseries, and
using farmyard manure for raising leguminous fodder tree seedlings is simply incurring an opportunity cost.
Key words: Coping strategy, growing media, leguminous fodder tree, nodulation and non-leguminous tree.
Introduction
Nitrogen is a key constituent element in all organisms. It is one of the essential nutrient elements upon
which plants and animals depend for completing their life cycles (Legesse, 1995). But currently soils are
getting depleted in nitrogen and other nutrients due to accelerating deforestation, intensive agriculture,
overgrazing and other factors. Nitrogen-fixing trees have a potential for land reclamation and soil enrichment
(Högberg, 1982), and nitrogen fixation increases soil N (Bofa, 1999). The number of woody legumes forming
nitrogen-fixing root nodule symbioses with Rhizobium species is very high in tropical areas, reaching some
thousand species (Allen and Allen, 1961: as cited in Högberg, 1982). The trees considered for this study -
Acacia mearnsii, Calliandra calothyrsus and Leucaena pallida belong to this category, and they are
important fodder species in Bako area.
Nitrogen, despite its abundance in the atmosphere, is not available to plants in a form that is suitable for
metabolism until it is converted to ammonia or other reduced forms. This task of converting molecular
nitrogen in to its corresponding reduced forms is accomplished by a special partnership (symbiosis)
established between a group of bacteria (rhizobia) and leguminous plants like A. mearnsii, C. calothyrsus
and L. pallida. In this association the leguminous plant provides energy in the form of photosynthetic
products (carbohydrates) to the rhizobium, while the rhizobium supplies the plant with the reduced forms
of nitrogen. When the symbiosis is a success, the amounts of N fixed are considerable - between 50 and 100
kg/ha per annum and even sometimes more (Dupriez et al, 1998).
The industrial fixation of nitrogen (Haber-Bosch process), in which N2 is made to react, at high
temperature, with H2 to produce NH3 is an expensive venture consuming large amounts of energy
(petroleum-dependent), and it also requires foreign currency. Consequently, the process of biological
nitrogen fixation should be encouraged and it is comparable to a localized small-scale fertilizer industry,
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
especially in poor countries like Ethiopia. But little information about this potential nitrogen source exists.
Thus, systematic study on the propagation of these nitrogen-fixing leguminous fodder species should be
analogous to the establishment of life-supporting industry.
Leguminous plants are rarely fertilized with nitrogenous fertilizers because they contain root nodules in
which the complex process of nitrogen fixation occurs. If at all they are fertilized, they usually do not yield
significantly more than the control plots. On the other hand, most non-leguminous plants respond well if
they are fertilized with inorganic nitrogenous fertilizers or with organic fertilizers having high nitrogen
content (Legesse, 1995).
Many tree seedlings (both leguminous and non-leguminous) are raised in different tree nurseries of the
country. In this vast area, these nurseries use different soil substrates (growing media) for raising
seedlings. But currently substrates containing higher organic matter like farmyard manure are getting
scarce because of other uses of farmyard manure (as fuel). This calls for the need to search for other options
as nursery growing substrates. The leguminous fodder tree seedlings may respond differently from that of
other non-leguminous. Therefore, the objective of this study was to investigate the response of these
leguminous fodder tree and other non-leguminous tree seedlings to different nursery growing media
(potting substrates) and assess their coping mechanisms under poor nursery growing media.
Tree species
Six important multipurpose tree species (three leguminous fodder species and three other non-leguminous
species) were used for this study, as indicated in Table 2. These trees were selected based on their importance
in the area.
Table 6. Details of the tree species used for the study.
Source of materials
The materials used for the study were obtained from different sources. Seeds of L. pallida and C.
calothyrsus were collected locally from the already existing stands, while others were obtained from Forestry
Research Center /National Tree Seed Project. The polyethylene bags were purchased from market. The forest
soil was collected from the remnant patches of natural forest dominated by Acacia tortilis and Albizia
gummifera at Maqi Bafano (nearby area of Bako Agricultural Research Center), the sand along Gibe river,
the farm yard manure (fairly decomposed) from the Livestock Research Department of the Center, and the
local soil directly from the agricultural land of the Center. The soil was sieved, mixed in different proportions
and then filled into different pots. Some chemical and physical properties of the substrates used for the
experiment are indicated in Table 1.
Treatments and experimental design
The treatments were tree category (legume and non-legume) and soil mixture proportions based on volume
(3 part local soil: 2 part sand:1 part forest soil; 3 part local soil:1 part sand:2 part forest soil; 3 part local soil:2
part sand:1 part farm yard manure; and 3 part local soil:1 part sand:2 part farmyard manure), and handled
as factorial arrangement in randomized complete block design (RCBD) with three replications.
Sampling procedure, data collection and analysis
Seedling height, root collar diameter, percent survival, shoot dry matter, and root dry matter were directly
measured, while sturdiness index and root/shoot ratio were calculated from the other parameters. Sturdiness
index was determined by dividing the seedling height in cm by root collar diameter in mm as described in
Jaenicke (1999), and root/shoot ratio (carbon allocation to both root and shoot) by dividing root dry weight by
shoot dry weight as described in Otieno et al (2001). All the seedlings were assessed for determining percent
survival, but seedlings from the inner of the plot were assessed for height growth and root collar diameter.
The number of seedlings contained in each plot and those sampled from each plot for each species is indicated
in Table 3.
Table 7. Number of total and sampled seedlings per plot for each tree species.
The inner seedlings were used for destructive sampling to determine average shoot biomass, and root
biomass. Seedling height was measured by using ruler, and root collar diameter by caliper. The seedling
biomass was partitioned into shoot and root components and their fresh weights taken. Each component
was oven-dried and weighed. Percent survival values were log transformed before the analysis of variance.
All data were analyzed using SPSS. Means of treatments that showed significant difference were
identified using Tukey's Honestly Significant Difference Test (Tukey's-HSD test).
observed in substrates with no farmyard manure (Table 4). This argument is in line with earlier works by
Roskoski (1982).
Leguminous plants are rarely fertilized with nitrogenous fertilizers because they contain root nodules in
biological nitrogen fixation occurs. Fertilization does not increase yield significantly. Most non-leguminous
plants, however, respond well to fertilizers having high nitrogen content like farmyard manure (Legesse,
1995). The better performance of leguminous seedlings in poorer growing media could be explained as an
adaptation mechanism to low substrate quality by enhancing biological N fixation.
40
Seedling height (cm)
30
20
Tree category
Non-legume
10 Legume
3LS:2SD:1FS 3LS:2SD:1FYM
3LS:1SD:2FS 3LS:1SD:2FYM
Figure 4. Growth height of leguminous and non-leguminous seedlings as influenced by soil mixture; LS = Local soil, SD = Sand soil, FS =
Forest soil, FYM = Farmyard manure.
100
90
Survival (%)
80
Tree category
Non-legume
70 Legume
3LS:2SD:1FS:0FYM 3LS:2SD:0FS:1FYM
3LS:1SD:2FS:0FYM 3LS:1SD:0FS:2FYM
Figure 5. Survival of leguminous and non-leguminous seedlings as influenced by soil mixture; Abbreviations as indicated in Figure 1.
Table 8. Mean values for different parameters measured for leguminous fodder tree seedlings as influenced by soil mixture.
Table 9. Mean values for different parameters measured for non-leguminous tree seedlings as influenced by soil mixture
significantly differed for the different growing media, the effectiveness of nodulation (ability of nitrogen
fixation) has to be studied in the future and this needs due consideration.
80
70
Average nodule number per seedling
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
Calliandra Leucaena Acacia
.6
.5
Nodule weight (mg/seedling)
.4
.3
.2
.1
0.0
3LS:2SD:1FS 3LS:2SD:1FYM
3LS:1SD:2FS 3LS:1SD:2FYM
Figure 7. Average nodule weight of Calliandra and Leucaena seedlings as influenced by growing substrate (p = 0.003).
Conclusion
The effect of quality of growing media on seedling survival was more evident in leguminous species than in
non-leguminous ones. Under higher farmyard manure (more fertile growing media), the non-leguminous
seedlings grew and survived better than the leguminous ones. In this case, non-legumes appeared to take
advantage of soil fertility (substrate quality) to grow faster and survive better than the legumes. But under
less fertile growing media (no farmyard manure), the opposite trend was observed. The ability of leguminous
fodder seedlings to grow and survive better under poor nursery growing media because of their biological N
fixation to compensate for N was an adaptation strategy that may be important in species survival under
poor soil situations. Thus, using farmyard manure for legumes is just incurring an opportunity cost.
The practical significance of this study is that growing media without farmyard manure are suitable and
are recommended for leguminous fodder species, whereas those containing farmyard manure are suited for
non-leguminous tree species in nurseries.
However, the increase in the number of nodules in poorer growing media due to the symbiotic association
between legumes and rhizobial bacteria alone may not warrant higher nitrogen fixation. There may also be
rhizobial specificity for effective nodulation and N-fixation. Thus, further study might be required in
understanding the contribution of leguminous seedlings to the nitrogen economy of the soil.
References
Abebe Yadessa. 1998. Evaluation of the contribution of scattered Cordia africana Lam. trees to soil properties of cropland
and rangeland ecosystems in western Oromia, Ethiopia. M.Sc. Thesis from Swedish University of Agricultural
sciences, Sweden.
Abebe Yadessa and Diriba Bekere. (in press). Determination of optimum nursery soil conditions for propagation of
Leucaena pallida: a promising browse species at Bako. In: Proc. of the 7th Annual Conference of Ethiopian Society of
Animal Production (ESAP), August 30-31, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Bofa, M.J. 1999. Agroforestry parklands in sub-Saharan Africa. FAO Conservation Guide 34. Food and Agriculture
Organization of the United Nations, Rome, Italy.
Dupriez, H and De Leener, P. 1998. Trees and multistorey agriculture in Africa. CTA and Terres et Vie, Brussels,
Belgium.
Högberg, P. and Kvarnström, M. 1982. Nitrogen fixation by the woody legume Leucaena leucocephala in Tanzania. Plant
and Soil 66: 21-28.
Jaenicke, H. 1999. Good tree nursery practices: Practical guidelines for research nurseries. ICRAF. Nairobi, Kenya.
Legesse Dadi, Gemechu Gedeno, Tesfaye Kumsa and Getahun Degu. 1987. Bako mixed farming zone, Wellega and Shewa
regions. Diagnostic survey report No. 1. Institute of Agricultural Research, Department of Agricultural Economics
and Farming Systems Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Legesse Negash. 1995. Indigenous trees of Ethiopia: biology, uses and propagation techniques. SLU Reprocentralen,
Umeå, Sweden.
Otieno, D.O., Kinyamario, J.I., and Omenda, T.O. 2001. Growth features of Acacia tortilis and Acacia xanthophloea
seedlings and their response to cyclic soil drought stress. East African Wildlife Society, Afr. J. Ecol., 39: 126-132.
Roskoski, J.P. 1982. Nitrogen fixation in a Mexican coffee plantation. Plant and Soil, 67: 283-291.
Introduction
The main source of livestock feed in Ethiopia comes from natural pasture which are low in quality and
quantity. Moreover, these areas are also diminishing in size due to conversion into farm land because of high
human population growth.
Rugged topography and high population pressure are causes of farm-land shortage. Due to this critical
problem, growing forage crops as sole crop for animal feed is difficult. The only possibilityis the use of land
for food and forage production. Growing of forage legumes through undersowing/intercropping is one way
of introducting forage crops so as to use the small farm land for both crop and feed production. The system
offers a potential for increasing fodder without appreciable reduction of grain production. One of the
conspicuous advantages of undersowing is to get a variety of returns from land and labor to increase
efficiency of resource use and to reduce risks which may be caused by bad weather, disease and pests
(Tessema Zewdu et al., 1995).
Intercropping annual forage legumes with row crops has been proposed as a strategy to control erosion,
suppress weeds, and contribute biological N to companion or subsequent crops (Jeranyman et al 1998). The
production of the companion crop will also increase and the quality of crop residue will improve. Moreover,
biologically fixed N is transferred in to leguminous protein and this may be consumed directly by animals
to meet their protein requirements and the excess returned to the soil via animal wastes. Very high
yielding leguminous crop can add up to 500kg of N to the soil per ha/year. The biologically fixed N by these
legumes are critical to maintain the N balance in the nature (Gutteridge and Shelton 1994).
In similar studies, the decomposition of leguminous roots may contribute between 5 and 15kg N/ha to the
soil N (Tekalign et al. 1993, Nnadi et al. 1988) and the return of nutrients in the aerial part of the forage
after grazing would increase this considerably. Moreover, the undersown forage legumes can also help in
suppressing weed growth (Tessema Zewdu et al. 1995) and control the rate of available moisture
evaporation on the cropland by their canopying effect.
In the past few years screening and adaptation trial of different forage legumes were carried out to identify
promising forage species for further use. Among tested forage legumes Lablab purpureus (lablab), Vigna
unguiculata (cowpea) and Vicia dasycarpa (vetch) were identified for their adaptability and good DM
forage yield (SARC 1999). Therefore, this study was conducted to evaluate the feasibility of producing
forage legumes and to identify suitable forage legumes with its best undersowing date and spacing, which
could successfully establish when undersown in sorghum with out greatly affecting the grain and DM stalk
yield.
The forage legumes were undersown according to their undersowing dates and spacing. Prior to crop
harvest, soil sample was taken at 20 and 40cm depth starting from 10 days after the crop emergence with
an interval of 15 days for soil moisture availability determination. Weeding was done by hand pulling, and
weed biomass was measured fresh for determination of weed controlling potential of undersown forage
legumes.
Sorghum was harvested at physiological maturity. The middle rows were harvested for grain and stalk
yield estimation. Moreover, the middle rows of undersown forage legumes were harvested when they reach
50% flowering. Fresh sub sample were taken from stalk, forage and soil sample and put in drought oven at
105OC for 24 hours to determine forage and stalk dry matter and moisture content in the soil.
Data was analyzed using ANOVA (Analysis of Variance) by Genstat statistical software (Genstat, 1993).
Moreover, as the result in table 2 indicates significant (P<0.05) mean grain yield difference was obtained at
Chefa among the control and undersown treatments. Treatment on which vetch was undersown on every
rows at 20DAES of sorghum gave highest mean grain yield of 64.8q/ha, followed by mean grain yield
(64.3q/ha) obtained from cowpea undersown on every two rows at 40DAES of sorghum. The mean grain
yield harvested from control treatment was less by 8.4 and 7.6% respectively, compared with the first and
second treatments that gave highest mean grain yield in the location (table 2). However, the differences
among treatments were not significant at Sirinka.
Type of undersown forage species had also shown significant (P<0.01) effect on the combined mean grain
yield of the two locations. The highest mean grain yield of 44.6q/ha was harvested from treatments on
which vetch was undersown, followed by cowpea with a mean grain yield of 43.7q/ha (table 3). The mean
grain yield obtained from vetch and cowpea was higher by 5.7 and 3.6% respectively than sole sorghum
(43.7q/ha) mean grain yield (table 4).
Similarly, the effect of forage species was also significant (P<0.01) on each location mean grain yield.
Accordingly, vetch and cowpea gave the highest mean grain yield of 29.2 and 61.8q/ha at Sirinka and
Chefa respectively (table 3). The mean grain yield obtained from these forage species (vetch and cowpea)
were higher than sole sorghum by 13.6 and 4.5% with a mean grain yield of 27.7 and 59.8q/ha at Sirinka
and Chefa respectively. Unlike these species, undersowing lablab decrease the mean grain yield by 9.0 and
9.6% compared with control treatment at Sirinka and Chefa respectively. Moreover, lablab decreases the
mean grain yield by 9.3% than control treatment of both locations (table 4).
The interaction effect of forage species and date of undersowing has also shown significant (P<0.05) effect
on the mean grain yield of the two locations. Highest mean grain yield of 45.7q/ha was obtained from
cowpea undersown at 40DAES. Moreover, vetch undersown at 40 and 10DAES gave the next highest mean
grain yield of 45.0 and 44.6q/ha respectively (table 3). In the above forage species and date of undersowing
cases, cowpea undersown at 40DAES and vetch undersown at 40 and 10DAES increases the mean grain
yield by 9.8, 6.2 and 3.2% than control treatment respectively (table 4).
Table 2: Mean grain (q/ha), DM stalk (t/ha) and average weed biomass (t/ha) of undersown and Control (sole sorghum) treatments at
Sirinka and Chefa, 1999 and 2000.
Table 3: Effect of undersowing date and forage species mean grain (q/ha), DM stalk (t/ha) and DM forage (t/ha) yield at Sirinka and
Chefa, 1999 and 2000.
Table 4: Comparison for the effect of undersowing date and forage species on mean sorghum grain and DM stalk yield with mean
grain and DM stalk yield of control (sole sorghum) (%) at Sirinka and Chefa, 1999 and 2000.
Stalk yield
As the mean DM stalk yield in table 2 indicates, differences among sole sorghum and undersown
treatments were not significant for mean DM stalk yield obtained at each location and combined mean yield
of these locations.
Like the mean grain yield, the mean DM stalk yield obtained were significantly (P<0.01) affected by type of
forage species in the combined mean yield of the two locations. As a result, the mean DM stalk yield
obtained from treatments undersown by lablab was lowest (6.8t/ha). However, vetch gave the highest mean
DM stalk yield of 7.8t/ha, followed by cowpea with mean DM stalk yield of 7.3t/ha (table 3). As compared
with control mean DM stalk yield (7.3t/ha) undersowing vetch and cowpea increases the DM stalk yield by
15.6 and 10.4% (table 4).
Moreover, mean DM stalk yield differences obtained among tested forage species were only significant
(P<0.01) at Chefa. Accordingly, the highest mean DM stalk yield of 8.1 and 7.3t/ha were harvested from
vetch and cowpea respectively (table 3). However, vetch and cowpea decreases the mean DM stalk yield by
0.8 and 10.5% compared with mean DM stalk yield (8.1t/ha) of control treatment (table 4).
Forage yield
Dry matter (DM) forage yield differences among undersown treatments were not significant at each
location and in combined mean. However, the mean DM forage yield obtained among tested forage species
were significant (P<0.01) for both locations. Unlike the mean grain yield, the highest mean DM forage yield of
2.1t/ha was harvested from lablab, followed by cowpea with mean DM forage yield of 0.8t/ha (table 3).
As the mean DM forage yield of each location indicates in table 3, the DM forage yield differences among
tested forage species were also significant (P<0.01) at each location. Accordingly, lablab gave the highest
mean DM forage yield of 3.0 and 1.2t/ha at Sirinka and Chefa respectively. However, vetch and cowpea
respectively gave the second highest mean DM forage yield of 1.1 and 0.7t/ha at Sirinka and Chefa (table
3).
The interaction effect of forage species and date of undersowing had shown significant (P<0.01) effect on
the mean DM forage yield obtained at each location and in the combined mean of both locations. Among
the tested combinations of forage species and date of undersowing, lablab gave the highest mean DM
forage yield of 3.1, 2.0 and 1.2t/ha when it was undersown at 10, 25 and 40DAES of sorghum respectively
(Table 3). Highest mean DM forage yield of 3.9 and 2.3t/ha were harvested from lablab that was
undersown at 10DAES at Sirinka and Chefa respectively (table 3). Similar to the combined result of the
two locations, the second highest mean DM forage yield (3.1 and 2.0t/ha) at Sirinka were obtained from
lablab when it was undersown at 25 and 40DAES respectively. Unlike to Sirinka, the second highest mean
DM forage yield of 1.3t/ha at Chefa was obtained from cowpea undersown at 10DAES (table 3). In general,
this result indicates that as the date of undersowing delays the mean DM forage yield would decreases
significantly. Results are similar to those reported by Stute and Posner (1993)
Soil Moisture Content
Undersowing forage legumes had a great role for increasing soil moisture availability. The canopying effect
of those forage legumes protect the solar radiation to not increase the rate of evaporation from the ground. In
related with this fact, the role of undersown forage legumes for the control of soil moisture availability for the
main crop could be affected by the type of forage species (leaf area and growth habit), plant density and stage
of growth. Especially, the type of forage species in related with its canopy effect, and growth stage of the
forage at which the solar radiation become intensive plays a significant effect towards soil moisture
availability.
The interaction effect of forage species type and date of undersowing had shown significant (P<0.01) effect
for soil moisture availability of both locations. Accordingly, a treatment that was undersown by cowpea and
vetch at 40 and 10DAES has the same highest moisture content of 26.4% (table 4). These forage species
had erect growth habit and they tend to cover more ground surface than lablab with a climbing growth
nature.
On the other hand, the interaction effect of date of undersowing and forage species where significant
(P<0.01) for soil moisture availability at Chefa. Among the tested undersowing date and forage species
combinations, undersowing (cowpea and vetch) at 40 and 25 DAES showed highest moisture availability of
30.6 and 30.2% respectively at Chefa (table 4).
Weed biomass
Undersowing forage legumes with food crop play a great role for suppressing weed growth. Tessema
Zewdu et al (1995) also indicate that the use of undersown forage legumes for the control of weed infestation.
Even if the weed biomass difference of undersown and control (sole sorghum) treatments were not significant,
the result obtained from this study indicated that the average fresh weed biomass of most undersown
treatments were less than the mean average weed biomass obtained from control (sole sorghum) treatment at
each locations (table 2).
Table 4: Effect of forage legume and date of undersowing on fresh weed biomass (kg/ha) and soil moisture content (%) at Sirinka and
Chefa, 1999 and 2000.
Acknoledgment
We would like to extend our thanks to Ato Mesfin Lakew, Ato Yohannes Alemu, Ato Ayalew Wudu and Ato
Belay Tadesse for their assistance and collaboration in data collection during the execution of the experiment.
We would like also to thanks all staffs of Forage Genetic Resource Department (ILRI) especially Ato Abate
Tedla for their great collaboration in providing us the required planting materials and their assistance in
timely completion of the experiment. Our thanks also goes to Ato Getenet Assefa (Holetta Research Center)
and other individuals at different research centers, who provided us technical assistance during the course of
the experiment.
References
Genstat 5, Committee of the statistics department, 1993. Roth Amsted Experimental Station. Lawes Agricultural Trust.
Oxford Science Publications, CLAENDON press Oxford.
Gutteridge R.C. and H.M. Shelton, 1994. The Role of Forage Tree Legumes in Cropping and Grazing System. Forage Tree
Legumes in Tropical Agriculture. CAB International, Oxford, UK. Pp 3-11.
Jernanyama P., Hesterman O.B. and Sheaffer C., 1998. Medics Planting Date Effect on Dry Matter and Nitrogen
Accumulation when Clear seeded or intercropped with Corn. Agronomy Journal. 90 (5): pp 616-622.
Lulseged Gebre Hiwot, Gebre Medhin Hagos and Tadesse Tekle Tsadik, 1987. Undersowing Of Forage Crops in Cereals:
Some Achievements. Proceeding of 1st National Livestock Improvement Conference. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. Pp 151-
154.
Nnadi, L. A. and Haque I., 1988. Forage Legumes in African Crop-Livestock Production System. ILCA Bulletin. No 30. pp
10-19.
SARC, (Sirinka Agricultural Research Center), 1999. Annual Research Progress Report. Sirinka, Ethiopia.
Stute J. K. and Posner J.L., 1993. Legume Cover Crop Options for Grain Rotations in Wisconsin. Agronomy Journal, 83
(6). Pp 1128-1132 (CAB Inter.)
Tekleyohannes Berhanu and Worku Jima, 1999. The Effect of Undersowing Barley with Forage Legumes on grain and
straw yield of Barley and herbage yield of forage legumes in the Highlands of Bale. Proceeding of 7th Annual
Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP) held in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, pp 245-249.
Tessema Zewdu, Getenet Assefa and Yohanes Tereffe, 1995. Effect of Undersowing of Annual Forage Legumes and
fertilization on Wheat grain, straw and forage production at Adet. Proceeding of 3rd Conference of Ethiopian Society
of Animal Production (ESAP), pp 245-249. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Oromia Agricultural Research Institute, Sinana Agricultural Research Center P.O.Box 208, Bale-Robe
Abstract
An on-farm experiment was conducted over six seasons, from March 1999 until December 2001, around Sinana
Agricultural Research Center to evaluate six seeding rates of oat/vetch mixtures (80/30, 60/7.5, 40/15, 20/22.5,
80/0[sole oat] and 0/30[sole vetch] (kg/ha)) for forage yield. Effect of the oat/vetch seeding rates on the yields of the
subsequent crop was also studied in a barley-based double cropping system. The results indicate that dry matter
(DM) yield increased with increasing oats seed rate in the mixture but decreased with increasing vetch seed rate.
The highest mean DM yield (7.0 t/ha) was recorded in the 80/30 (kg/ha) oat/vetch seeding rate followed by the sole
oat (6.5 t/ha DM). However, DM yield difference in the 60/7.5, 40/15, and 20/22.5 (kg/ha) oat/vetch seeding rates was
not significant (P>0.05).
Barley grain and straw yields in the subsequent season increased with an increase in vetch seed rate in the
precursor oat/vetch mixture. The highest mean barley grain (20.8 q/ha) and straw yields (72.1 q/ha) were recorded in
barley after the sole vetch precursor. On the other hand, lower grain and straw yields of barley were observed when
barley was sown after sole oat , after fallow and after the 80/30 (kg/ha) oat/vetch seeding rate. However, the 60/7.5,
40/15 and 20/22.5 (kg/ha) oat/vetch seeding rates sustained significantly (P<0.05) higher barley grain and straw
yields in the subsequent season than the fallow, sole oat and the 80/30 (kg/ha) oat/vetch seeding rate. Therefore,
oat/vetch mixtures could be cultivated in fallow seasons at a seeding rates of 60/7.5, 40/15 or 22/22.5 (kg/ha) to
maximize both forage and food crop production in Bale highlands. However, more information on the effect of
seeding rates on growing good quality oat-vetch mixture is required.
Introduction
In Sinana district of Bale zone, rainfall is distributed bimodal with the annual total of approximately 850
mm being split roughly equally between two season; the first or ‘belg’ rains from March to July and the
second or ‘meher’ rain from August to December (Alemayehu and Franzel, 1987). Both seasons are suitable
for crop production. However, few farmers utilize both rainy seasons to produce sequentially two crops on the
same piece of land. Most farmers prefer to fallow their land in one of the two annual cropping seasons
(Alemayehu and Franzel, 1987), probably due to the narrow time gap that exists between the two production
seasons.
In view of the feed shortage in Bale highlands, forage crops can be established in the fallow seasons. Zewdu
and Tanner (1996) also confirmed it that a double cropping system based on bread wheat and forage
legumes in areas of Bale highlands receiving bimodal rainfall distribution is feasible. Among the forage
species tested and selected in Bale highlands, fodder oats (Avena sativa) and vetches (Vicia species) have
received acceptance by the small holders. Cultivation of oat and vetch in mixture for livestock feed would
benefit farmers by increasing the quantity and quality of the feeds (Getnet, 1999; Mesfin and Samuel,
2001). It also maintains soil fertility. Hence, cultivation of oat/vetch mixtures has the potential to integrate
food and forage crop production in Bale highlands where the traditional fallow/food crop system have
remained a dominant practice. However, under such a system, attention should be given in the
identification of the compatible oat/vetch variety combination or seeding rates that could sustain crop
yields in the succeeding season.
The objective of the current experiment was, therefore,
1. To investigate the effects of different seeding rates of oat/vetch mixtures on forage yield of the mixtures
2. To assess the residual effect of the oat/vetch mixtures on the yield of succeeding crop (food barley) in an
oat/vetch-barley double cropping system
Ethiopian Society of Animal Production
Average dry matter yield was significantly (P<0.05) lower in the years 1999 and 2000 compared with the
mean DM yields of “belg” 2001, the values being 2.6, 1.1 and 13.4 t/ha, respectively for the years. This was
due to the sub-optimal rainfall in the “belg” cropping season of the years 1999 and 2000 compared with the
rainfall in the “belg” 2001 season (Table 1).
Second cropping “Meher” season (Food Barley)
Yield and agronomic data of the treatments was presented on Table 3 and 4. There was a significant
(P<0.05) variation in barley grain and straw yields in the subsequent season due to variation in seeding rates
of oat/vetch precursor mixtures planted in the first “belg” cropping season of 1999, 2000 and 2001. Barley
grain and straw yields increased with an increase in vetch seed rate in the precursor mixture (Table 3). This
can be attributed to the role legumes play in the restoration of soil fertility through nitrogen fixation.
Accordingly, the highest mean barley grain (20.8 q/ha) and straw yields (72.1 q/ha) were recorded for barley
after vetch precursor. On the other hand, lower grain and straw yields of barley were observed in barley after
sole oat, after fallow and after the 80/30 (kg/ha) oat/vetch seeding rate. However, compared with barley after
fallow and after sole oat precursors, both grain and straw yields of barley increased significantly (P<0.05)
when barley planted after oat/vetch mixtures sown at a seeding rate of 60/7.5, 40/15 and 20/22.5 (kg/ha).
Daniel (1993) reported that wheat yield can be improved by 35 to 65 % with fertilizers and by incorporating
vetch or oat/vetch mixtures in forage legume-wheat rotations. However, information on the effect of seeding
rates of oat/vetch mixtures on forage yield of the mixtures and on the yields of food crops in the subsequent
season is meager.
The mean barley grain yield in the1999, 2000 and 2001 “meher” cropping seasons was 13.6, 22.4 and 14.1
q/ha and straw yield was 50.4, 74.2 and 51.2 q/ha, respectively. The amount and distribution of rainfall in
the “meher” 1999, 2000 and 2001 cropping seasons was comparable (Table 1). Therefore, the variation in
mean barley grain and straw yields among the three cropping seasons can be regarded as mainly due to
soil variation within the site selected. Among the agronomic parameters, significant (P<0.05) variation was
observed only in barley plant height due to the various precursor effects (Table 4).
Conclusion
Seeding rates of oat/vetch mixtures can significantly affect forage production from oat/vetch mixtures and
the yields of food crops in the subsequent seasons. According to the study, oat/vetch mixtures could be
cultivated in fallow seasons at a seeding rates of 60/7.5, 40/15 or 22/22.5 (kg/ha) to maximize both forage and
food crop production in Bale highlands. However, more information on the effect of seeding rates on growing
good quality oat-vetch mixture is required.
Acknowledgement
The authors would like to acknowledge the technical assistance of Mr. Gulilat Jara, Mr. Tesfaye Dekeba
and Mr. Fiseha Seyoum in all aspect of the trial.
References
Alemayehu Mamo and Franzel S., 1987. Initial Results of Informal Survey: Sinana Mixed Farming System Zone.
Working paper No. 1/87. IAR, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 52pp.
Daniel Keftasa. 1996.Research on the integration of forage legumes in whet-based cropping system in Ethiopia: A Review.
In: Ntikumana J. and de Leeuw P. 1996. Sustainable Feed Production and Utilization for Smallholder livestock
enterprise in Sub-Saharan Africa. Proceedings of the Second African Feed resources net work (AFRNET), Harare,
Zimbabwe, 6-10 December 1993. AFRNET (African Feed Resource Network), Nairobi, Kenya. 201 pp.
Getinet Assefa, 1999. Feed resource assessment and evaluation of forage yield, quality and intake of oats and vetches
grown in pure stands and in mixture in the highlands of Ethiopia. M.Sc. Thesis. Swedish University of Agricultural
Sciences, Department of Animal Nutrition and Management. Uppsala. Sweden.
IAR, 1980. Handbook on pastures and fodder crops for animal feeding in Ethiopia. 1st ed. Addis Ababa. Ethiopia.
Mesfin Dejene and Samuel Menbere, 2001. Compatibility and yield performance of different oat/vetch mixtures during
fallow period in the highlands of Wello. In: ESAP (Ethiopian Society of Animal Production) 2001. Pastoralism and
Agro-Pastoralism-which way Forward. Proceedings of the 8th Annual Conference of ESAP held in Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia, 24-26 August 2000. ESAP, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. 358pp.
Zewdu Yilma and D.G. Tanner, 1996. An evaluation of double cropping of forage legumes and bread wheat in Bale Region
of Southeastern Ethiopia. In: Tanner, D.G., Payne, T.S., and Abdalla, O.S. eds. 1996. The Ninth Regional Wheat
Workshop for Eastern, Central and Southern Africa, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia: CIMMYT.
Table 1. Air temperature and seasonal rain fall around Sinana Research Center during the Experimental period.
Table 2. Effect of different seeding rates of oat /vetch mixtures on dry matter yield and other agronomic parameters of the mixtures in the
first cropping (“belg”)season of 1999, 2000 and 2001
Seedling
Oat/vetch seeding rates Plant height (cm) Dry matter yield (t/ha)
Count/0.25m2
(kg/ha)
Oat Vetch Oat Vetch 1999 2000 2001 Mean
80/30 23.5a 11.1a 96.2 81.1bc 3.2a 1.7a 16.0a 7.0a
60/7.5 16.5b 4.0d 90.4 76.5c 2.0b 1.2bc 13.5c 5.6c
40/15 13.7b 6.8cd 88.0 89.0a 2.8ab 1.0bcd 13.8bc 5.9bc
20/22.5 6.6c 7.5bc 83.9 88.2ab 3.0a 0.8cd 12.4c 5.4c
Sole oat (80kg/ha) 26.5a - 91.8 - 2.7ab 1.4ab 15.5ab 6.5ab
Sole vetch (30kg/ha) - 10.6ab - 82.2abc 1.9b 0.7b 9.4d 4.0d
Mean 17.4 8.0 90.1 83.4 2.6 1.1 13.4 5.7
LSD (P<0.05) 5.238 3.32 NS 7.414 0.957 0.464 1.921 0.691
CV % 36.5 50.1 12.8 10.7 24.2 26.8 9.5 14.6
Means with in the same column followed by the same letter or by no letter do not differ significantly at the5%level of LSD test.
NS= Non significant (P>0.05)
Table 3. Effect of different seeding rates of oat /vetch precursor mixtures on the grain and straw yield of barley in the second cropping
(“meher”)season of 1999, 2000 and 2001.
Table 4. Effect of different seeding rates of oat /vetch precursor mixtures on the agronomic parameters of the barley crop grown in the
second cropping (“meher”) season of 1999, 2000 and 2001(mean of the three years).
Oat/vetch seeding rates Plant height Spike length No. of Tillers per No. of grains per Thousand grain
In precursor mixture (kg/ha) (cm) (cm) plant spike weight (gm)
80/30 92.0bc 6.6 4.3 35.5 35.5
Introduction
One of the major constraints, which strongly limit livestock production in tropical countries, is
unavailability of both high quantity and quality feeds (Osuji et al., 1993). Like anywhere in the country, the
main feed resources for livestock in north western Ethiopia are natural pastures, crop residues and to a
lesser extent fallow lands and stubble grazing (BOA and CEDEP, 1999). These feed resources are poor in
quality (Daniel, 1990) and animals are dependent predominantly on high-fibre feeds that are deficient in
nutrients essential for microbial fermentation (Osuji et al., 1993). This results in slow growth rates, poor
fertility, high rates of mortality and weak draught power, and consequently reduces the production and
productivity of livestock.
However, the cultivation of high quality forages with a high yielding ability, adaptable to biotic and abiotic
environmental stresses is one of the possible options to increase livestock production under small holder
farmers conditions (Tessema, 1999; Tessema and Halima, 1998). Amongst the improved forage crops
promoted in Ethiopia, Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum (L.) Schumach.) could play an important role
in providing a significant amount of high quality forage. It is highly adaptable and popularly used in the
Ethiopian highlands (Ndikumana, 1996; Seyoum et al., 1998; Tessema and Halima, 1998). Based on
chemical composition and in vitro dry matter digestibility (IVDMD), Napier grass could be categorised as
high quality forage (Tessema et al., 2002b).
For determining the nutritive value of feedstuffs, digestibility ranks next to intake in importance (Minson,
1990). Accurate data on the digestibility of forages would greatly assist diet formulation and economic
valuation of different forages (Weiss, 1994). One of the best methods currently available for estimating the
digestibility of feedstuffs is the in vitro dry matter digestibility (Van Soest and Robertson, 1980; Van Soest,
1982; Weiss, 1994). Laboratory in vitro methods digest feedstuffs by preparation of micro-organisms or of
enzymes which are similar in function to those present in the digestive tract of ruminants and sensitive to
undetermined factors that influence rate and extent of digestion (Tilley and Terry, 1963; Van Soest and
*
Corresponding author
Robertson, 1980; Van Soest, 1982). An understanding of the factors which affect rumen degradability of
low quality basal diets and microbial protein production will assist in designing diets that will be utilised
more efficiently. The nylon bag technique is one of the available techniques for evaluating rumen
degradability of feedstuffs. It is the best currently available method for estimating digestibility similar to
in vitro disappearance in terms of accuracy, and is easier to perform than the in vitro method (Weiss,
1994). In sacco digestion of feed samples in the actual rumen environment is probably of the most accurate
non in vivo procedures (Kitessa et al., 1999).
Management of forage through appropriate harvesting will result in improved productivity of Napier grass
of a reasonably good quality (Annido and Potter, 1994). Therefore, an experiment was conducted to assess
the effect of plant height at cutting on IVDMD, in sacco rumen organic matter degradability (OMD) and in
sacco rumen neutral detergent fibre degradability (NDFD) of Napier grass.
and 1.5 m). The plot size was 3 by 5 m. The spacing between replications and plots were 2 and 1 m,
respectively, and 0.5 and 1 m for individual plants within rows and between rows, respectively. Diammonium
phosphate fertiliser was applied at planting at a rate of 100 kg ha-1 for establishment according to the
recommendation.
Data collection and analytical procedures
Samples representing the whole plant in each treatment were taken randomly and sun dried until the
moisture has been lost for partial dry matter analysis. The partially dried samples were then oven dried
overnight at 105oC for final analytical processes. The dried samples were ground to pass through a 1-mm
sieve for IVDMD and a 2-mm sieve for the in sacco rumen degradability determinations. The ground samples
were stored individually in airtight containers until analysis. Duplicate samples of each treatment were
analysed and the average was taken as the final result.
In vitro dry matter digestibility was determined by the modified Tilley and Terry system (Van Soest and
Robertson, 1985) at the International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI) Analytical Services Laboratory
in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. OMD and NDFD were determined at the ILRI Debre Zeit Research Station by
incubating 2.4-2.5 g of the dry samples in a nylon bag (41 µm pore size and 6.5 x 14 cm dimension) in two 6
years old rumen fistulated Boran x Holstein Friesian steers. The steers were fed ad libitum grass hay and
mineral block and 2 kg cotton seed cake once per day. The steers were kept indoors and water was offered
ad libitum. The bags were incubated one hour after the steers were offered feed and withdrawn
sequentially after 6, 12, 24, 48, 72, 96 and 120 h, washed 5 times for 6 minutes in a washing machine and
dried for 48 h at 60 oC. Washing losses were determined by soaking three bags per sample in warm tap
water at 60 oC for 48 h followed by washing and drying. The OMD and NDFD or disappearance data for
each incubation time were calculated as follows (Kabuga and Darko, 1993 and Osuji et al., 1993):
OMD% = (OM in forage – OM in residue x 100)/OM in forage
NDFD% = (NDF in forage – NDF in residue x 100)/ NDF in forage
The OMD and NDFD data were fitted to the exponential equation Y= a + b (1–e–ct) (Ørskov and McDonald,
1979) where Y is OMD and NDFD (%) at time t. Since washing losses (A) were higher than the estimated
rapidly soluble fraction (a), the lag time was estimated according to McDonald (1981) by fitting the model Y
= A for t < to, Y = a + b (1 - e-ct) for t > to and the degradation characteristics were defined as A is equal to
washing loss (readily soluble fraction); B = (a + b) – A, representing the insoluble but fermentable material;
c = the rate of degradation of B per hour and the lag phase (L) = (1/c) loge [b / (a + b – A)]. The effective
degradability (ED) was calculated using the formula, ED = A + [Bc / (c + k)] (Dhanoa, 1988) where A, B and
c are as described above and k is rumen outflow rate which was assumed to be 0.03 h-1 (Ørskov et al.,
1988). The potential degradability (%) was calculated as A + B.
Statistical analyses
Analyses of variance (ANOVA) were done using SAS (1998) for IVDMD, in sacco rumen OMD and NDFD
by the General Linear Models (GLM) procedure. The model included plant height at cutting, N fertiliser and
replications. Because of the non-significance of N treatments on OMD and NDFD, only the plant height at
cutting was considered in the analyses. Before subjecting the degradability data to ANOVA, the data were
tested by multiple curve analysis. Mean separation was tested using the least significance difference (LSD).
The relationships between IVDMD and in sacco rumen OMD and NDFD were determined by correlation
analysis. Rumen degradability characteristics of OM and NDF were also calculated.
organic matter digestibility varies with the proportion of cell contents and cell wall constituents. The cell
contents are digestible, while cell wall digestion depends on the degree of lignification, the activity of
rumen microbes and the time retained in the rumen.
The potential degradable and undegradable fractions and the duration of the lag time of grasses are
affected by cutting age (Vieira et al., 1997). The slowly degradable fraction (B), PD and ED of Napier grass
DMD harvested at 0.5 m height in Kenya were 458, 713 and 498 g kg–1 DM, respectively (Kariuki et al.,
1998). The slowly degradable fraction (656.0 g kg-1 DM), PD (863.8 g kg-1 DM) and ED (627.3 g kg-1 DM) of
Napier grass OMD in the present study harvested at the same height were greater. The difference might
be due to bag characteristics, particle size of the feed sample, species of animal used, washing procedures,
basal ration fed to the cannulated animal, poor reproducibility of the nylon bag results between
laboratories, or the variation in the chemical constitution of dry matter and organic matter, or the change
in environmental factors during the growth of Napier grass.
In sacco rumen neutral detergent fibre degradability
Neutral detergent fibre degradability (%) after 24 h incubation and NDFD characteristics were
significantly affected by plant height at cutting. However, NDFD beyond 24 h incubation did not show any
significant difference by Napier grass cutting height (Figure 2 and Table 2). The maximum NDFD of Napier
grass is obtained at 120 h incubation. This was similar for N degradability of Napier grass at different
cutting height (Tessema et al., 2002a). The NDFD at 6 h incubation was lower compared to other incubations
in all heights at cutting. There was a reduction in NDFD and NDFD characteristics with increased height at
cutting. The reason for NDFD reduction with increasing in height at cutting might be that a high fibre
content could contribute low digestibility of Napier grass (Tessema et al., 2002b).
There was no significance difference in washing loss (A) and lag time (L) among the three heights at
cutting. Higher lag time of NDFD was observed in all heights at cutting compared to OMD in this study. A
lag time of greater than 7 h in maize DMD studies at different stages of maturity was observed in Ethiopia
(Adugna et al., 1999). The long lag time in NDFD of Napier grass could be a reflection of its higher
lignocellulose content. Ørskov (1991) explained the lag time in the degradation of fibrous feeds is caused by
the time taken for adherence of cellulolytic micro-organisms to the substrate. Van Soest (1988) also
mentioned a long lag time is one of the factors limiting intake and utilisation of fibrous feeds. The PD and
ED harvested at 0.5 m were higher than at 1.0 and 1.5 m height. The decline in NDFD and NDFD
characteristics observed in this study with advancing plant height at cutting might be explained by the
increase in structural components (cell wall) that could be obtained in Napier grass (Kabuga and Darko,
1993).
Correlation of rumen degradation and their degradability characteristics
Table 3 and 4 show the linear correlation between rumen OMD and NDFD at 48 h and their degradability
characteristics. Organic matter and NDFD at 48 h showed positive correlation with washing loss (A), the
insoluble but fermentable fraction (B), potential degradability and effective degradability of Napier grass. On
the other hand, the rate of degradability and lag time in OMD and lag time in NDFD had negative
correlation. The rate of degradability and lag-time were negatively correlated with the other degradability
characteristics in OMD. The rate of degradability had positive correlation for all NDFD characteristics.
However, the lag time was negatively correlated with 48h NDFD and its degradability characteristics. The
48h DMD was positively correlated with the washing loss, degradation rate and effective degradability and
the effective degradability was negatively correlated with the insoluble but fermentable fraction, washing
loss (A) and degradation rate (c) in a maize DMD study (Adugna et al., 1999).
In vitro dry matter digestibility
Plant height at cutting had a significant effect on IVDMD content. As plant height at cutting increased
from 0.5 to 1.5 m, there was a decline in IVDMD content from 71.74 to 61.03 %, respectively (Table 2). This
was supported by Taliafero et al. (1975) who reported that grasses harvested at a relatively advanced stage of
development depressed IVDMD contents in general.
Relationships were higher between IVDMD versus 48, 72, 96 and 120 h OMD with correlation of 0.896,
0.921, 0.933 and 0.809, respectively (Table 5). Lower correlation were recorded between 6, 12 and 24 h
OMD and IVDMD with values of 0.325, 0.479 and 0.637, respectively. The relationship between IVDMD
and NDFD showed a similar trend to that of IVDMD and OMD. The highest correlation between IVDMD
and NDFD was observed after 48 h incubation. The relationship between IVDMD and NDFD of Napier
grass at 48, 72, 96 and 120 h of incubations were 0.937, 0.994, 0.978 and 0.988, respectively. However, the
relationship between IVDMD and NDFD before 48 h incubation time was low compared to other
incubation times. The difference in correlation coefficient before and after 48 h OMD, NDFD and IVDMD
could be due to the duration of fermentation of feed samples in the rumen. When estimates of maximal
digestibility are desired, longer incubations are usually required. longer incubations are associated with
reduced variation between duplicate samples (Nocek and Kohn, 1988). Therefore, the correlation between
OMD, NDFD and IVDMD values after 48 h to be higher. The particle size difference between the in sacco
and in vitro samples might also explains the difference. Increasing particle size may increase lag time and
decrease the extent of disappearance for short term incubations (Nocek and Kohn, 1988).
Conclusions
Plant height at cutting had a significant effect on IVDMD and in sacco rumen OMD and NDFD (%) and
their degradability characteristics of Napier grass. There was a reduction in IVDMD as well as OMD and
NDFD and their degradability characteristics of Napier grass as height increased at cutting. Relationships
were higher between IVDMD and 48, 72, 96 and 120 h OM and NDF degradabilities. Organic matter and
NDFD values after > 48 h of incubation seem to reflect the potential digestibility of Napier grass as indicated
by IVDMD values. Hence, further study on intake and animal performances are recommended to develop
Napier based diets for ruminant animals under small holder farmers condition in Ethiopia.
Acknowledgement
We are grateful to the Amhara National Regional Council and the Adet Agricultural Research Centre,
Ethiopia, for financing the research. All the staff of Animal Feeds and Nutrition Research Division of AARC
are highly acknowledged for their assistance during the execution of the research.
References
AARC (Adet Agricultural Research Centre), 1999. Adet Agricultural Research Centre Annual Report. April 1998 to March
1999, Adet, Ethiopia.
Adugna, T., Berg, T., Sundstol, F., 1999. The effect of variety on maize grain and crop residue yield and nutritive value of
the stover. Anim. Feed Sci. Tech. 79, 165-177.
Annido, D.O., Potter, H.L., 1994. Seasonal variation in productivity and nutritive value of Napier grass at Muguga,
Kenya. East Afr. Agri. Forest. J. 59 (3), 177-185.
BOA (Bureau of Agriculture) and CEDEP ((Consultants on Economic Development and Environmental Protection), 1999.
Amhara National Regional State (ANRS) Agricultural Research Master Plan. Volume II, Part 8. Animal Feeds and
Nutrition Research Technical Report (Final). ANRS-Bureau of Agriculture, Bahir Dar and CEDEP (Consultants on
Economic Development and Environmental Protection), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Daniel, K., 1990. Effect of management practices on Rhodes Grass and Lucerne pasture with special references to
developmental stages at cutting and associated changes in nutritional quality. PANESA/ARNAB (Pastures Network
for Eastern and Southern Africa/African Research Network for Agricultural By-products), Utilisation of Research
Results on Forage and Agricultural By-product Materials as Animal Feed Resources in Africa. Proceedings of the
First Joint Workshop held in Lilongwe, Malawi. 5-9 December 1988, PANESA/ARNAB, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, pp.
705-735.
Dhanoa, M.S., 1988. On the analysis of dacron bag for low degradability feeds. Grass Forage Sci. 43, 441-444.
Kabuga, J.D., Darko, C.A., 1993. In sacco degradation of dry matter and nitrogen in oven dried and fresh tropical grasses
and some relationships to in vitro dry matter digestibility. Anim. Feed Sci. Tech. 40, 191-205.
Kariuki, J.N., Gitau, G.K., Tamminga, S., Van Bruchem, J., Muia, J.M.K., Jrunga, K.R.G., 1998. Effect of feeding napier
grass, lucerne and sweet potato vines as sole diets to dairy heifers on nutrient intake, weight gain and rumen
degradation. Livest. Prod. Sci. 55, 13–20.
Kitessa, S., Flinn, P.C. and Irish, G.G., 1999. Comparison of methods used to predict the in vivo digestibility of feeds in
ruminants. Australian Journal of Agricultural Research, 50:825-841.
McDonald, I., 1981. A revised model for the estimation of protein degradability in the rumen. J. Agri. Sci. 96, 251-257.
McDonald, P., Edwards, R.A., Greenhalgh, J.F.D., 1988. Animal Nutrition. Fourth edition, Longman Group UK Ltd.,
England.
Ndikumana, J., 1996. Multilocational Evaluation of Napier and Pennisetum Hybrids, Highlights of Research Results
from the Addis Ababa, 5-7 Dec. 1995 workshop. AFRNET Newsletter Vol. 6(1), March 1996, pp. 2-8, ILRI, Nairobi,
Kenya/Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Nocek, J.E., and Kohn, R.A., 1988. In situ particle size reduction of alfalfa and timothy hay as influenced by form and
particle size. Journal of Dairy Science 71: 932-945.
Odhiambo, J.F., 1974. The nutritive value of various growth stages of Pennisetum purpureum. East African agriculture
and Forestry Journal, 39: 325-329.
Ørskov, E.R., 1991. Manipulation of fibre digestion in the rumen. Proc. Nutr. Soc. 50, 187-196.
Ørskov, E.R, McDonald, I., 1979. The estimation of protein degradability in the rumen form incubation measurements
weighted according to the rate of passage. J. Agri. Sci. Camb. 92, 499–503.
Ørskov, E.R., Oiwang, I., Reid, G.W., 1988. A study on consistency of differences between cows in rumen outflow rate of
fibrous particles and other substrates and consequences for digestibility and intake of roughages. Anim. Prod. 47,
45-51.
Osuji, P.O., Nsahlai, I.V., Khalili, H., 1993. Feed Evaluation. ILCA Manual 5. International Livestock Centre for Africa,
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 40 pp.
SAS, 1998. SAS/STAT Guide to Personal Computers, Version 7. Statistical Analysis System Institute Inc., NC. USA.
Seyoum, B., Zinashi, S., Tadesse, T.T., Liyusew, A., 1998. Evaluation of Napier (Pennisetum purpureum) and Pennisetum
hybrids (Pennisetum purpureum x Pennisetum typhoides) in the central highlands of Ethiopia. Proceedings of the
Fifth Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production (ESAP), 15-17 May 1997, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, pp.
194-202.
Taliaferro, C.M., Horn, F.P., Tucker, B.B., Totusek, R., Morrison, R.D., 1975. Performances of three warm-season
perennial grasses and a native range mixture as influenced by N and P fertilisation. Agron. J. 67, 281-291.
Tessema Z., Baars, R., Alemu, Y., Dawit, N., 2002a. In sacco dry matter and nitrogen degradability and their relationship
with in vitro dry matter digestibility of Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum (L.) Schumach.) as influenced by plant
height at cutting. Australian Journal of Agricultural Research, 53: 7-12.
Tessema Z., R.M.T Baars, Alemu Y. 2002b. Effect of plant height at cutting, source and level of fertiliser on yield and
nutritional quality of Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum (L.) Schumach.). African Journal of Range and Forage
science, 19 (2):------.
Tessema Z., R.M.T Baars, Alemu Y. 2002c. Effect of plant height at cutting, source and level of fertiliser on growth
characteristics and productivity of Napier grass (Pennisetum purpureum (L.) Schumach.). Tropical Science (In
press).
Tessema Z., 1999. Napier Grass Adapts well in Northwest Ethiopia. AgriTopia, Quarterly Newsletter of Ethiopian
Agricultural Research Organisation (EARO). 14 (1). January – March 1999.
Tessema, Z., Halima, H., 1998. Forage and pasture research achievements in north-western Ethiopia. In: Beyene Seboka,
Aberra Deressa (Eds.), Agricultural Research and Technology Transfer, Attempts and Achievements in Northern
Ethiopia. Proceedings of the Fourth Technology Generation, Transfer and Gap Analysis Workshop, 18-21 March
1997, Bahir Dar, Ethiopia.
Tilley, J.M.A., Terry, R.A., 1963. A two stage techniques for in vitro digestion of forage crops. J. Brit. Grassl. Soc. 18, 104-
111.
Van Soest, P.J., 1982. Nutritional Ecology of Ruminants. O & B Books, Inc., Corvallis, USA.
Van Soest, P.J., 1988. Effect of environment and quality of fibre on the nutritive value of crop residues. In: Reed, J.D.,
Capper, B.S., Neate, P.J.H. (Eds.), Plant Breeding and the Nutritive Value of Crop Residues. Proceedings of the
Workshop held at ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 7-10 December 1987, ILCA, Addis Ababa, pp. 71-96.
Van Soest, P.J., Robertson, J.B., 1980. Systems of analysis for evaluating fibrous feeds. In: Pidgen, W.J., Balch, C.C.,
Graham, M. (Eds.), Standardization of analytical methodology for feeds. Proceedings of a Workshop at International
Development Research Centre (IDRC), Canada, 12-14 March 1979, IDRC, Ottawa, pp. 49-60.
Van Soest, P.J., Robertson, J.B., 1985. Analysis of Forages and Fibrous Foods. A Laboratory Manual for Animal Science
613, Cornell University, USA.
Vieira, R.A.M., Pereira, J.C., Malafaia, P.A.M., Queriroz, A.C., 1997. The influence of elephant-grass (Pennisetum
purpureum Schum., Minereiro variety) growth on the nutrient kinetics in the rumen. Anim. Feed Sci. Tech. 67 (2-3),
151-161.
Weiss, P.W., 1994. Estimation of digestibility of forages by laboratory methods. In: Fahey, G.C., Collins, M., Mertens,
D.R., Moser, E., (Eds.), Forage Quality, Evaluation and Utilization. Madison, American Society of Agronomy Inc.,
Crop Science of America Inc. and Soil Science Society of America Inc., pp. 644-682.
100
90
70
60
0.5m
50
1.0m
40
1.5m
30
20
10
0
6 12 24 48 72 96 120
Figure 1. In sacco rumen OM degradability (%) of Napier grass as influenced by plant height at cutting
90
80
70
NDF degradability (%)
60
0.5m
50
40 1.0m
30 1.5m
20
10
0
6 12 24 48 72 96 120
Figure 2. In sacco rumen NDF degradability (%) of Namier grass as influenced by height of cutting.
Table 1. In sacco rumen OM degradability characteristics of Napier grass as influenced by plant height at cutting
Table 2. In sacco rumen NDF degradability characteristics and IVDMD of Napier grass as influenced by plant height at cutting
Table 3. Correlation coefficients (r) between OMD (%) and OMD characteristics of Napier grass (n = 27)
A B PD ED c L
48 h OMD 0.838 0.912 0.983c 0.993b -0.487 -0.999a
A 0.540 0.925 0.897 0.068 -0.814
B 0.820 0.856 -0.803 -0.929
PD 0.998a -0.317 -0.974c
ED -0.380 -0.987c
C 0.525
a < 0.001; b < 0.01; c < 0.05
A Washing loss/readily fermentable fraction
B The insoluble but fermentable fractions
PD Potential degradability
c The rate of degradation of B
L The lag phase
ED Effective degradability
Table 4. Correlation coefficients (r) between NDFD (%) and NDFD characteristics of Napier grass (n = 27)
A B PD ED c L
48 h NDFD 0.998a 0.909 0.965c 0.968c 0.707 -0.825
A 0.935 0.981c 0.983c 0.657 -0.784
B 0.987c 0.984c 0.348 -0.514
PD 0.999a 0.497 -0.648
ED 0.508 -0.657
C -0.983
a < 0.001; b < 0.01; c < 0.05
A Washing loss/readily fermentable fraction
B The insoluble but fermentable fractions
PD Potential degradability
c The rate of degradation of B
L The lag phase
ED Effective degradability
Table 5. Relationships between IVDMD versus OMD and NDFD of Napier grass at different incubation times
Introduction
Development of grass and legume mixed pasture is one of the recognized strategies to enhance feed
resource development in quality and quantity. Forage quality and seasonal distribution of forage from grass
and legume mixtures are superior to that of sole grown stands (Daniel, 1990). With the recent emphasis on
low input production system, such forage production strategy could play an important role in maintaining
high forage yield without the addition of N fertilizer.
The persistency and contribution to total forage yield of the legume component in a mixed stand depends,
among other factors, on the relative seed proportion of the component species. Onifande et al (1994) for
example reported a progressive increase in the contribution of the legume component as the seed
proportion of the legume increases. The same author, however, indicated an optimum seed proportion for
Rhodes-Stylo mixture to be 3:7, respectively. To establish a balanced grass and legume mixed pasture,
determination of an optimum seed proportion, therefore, is indispensable. The cost of establishment due to
high seed rates and poor stand and delayed establishment that results from low seed rates can be avoided
by first investigating the performance of the mixture at varying relative seed proportions. This study was
initiated with the objective of assessing the DM yield and nutritive value of Panicum coloratum and
Stylosanthes guianensis mixed pasture at varying relative seed proportion of the component species and
herbage yield and quality dynamics as influenced by harvesting cycles.
and a maximum of 27 o C (BARC, meteorological station). Some soil properties of the experimental site is
given in Table 1.
Table 1. Soil characteristics of the experimental site
Variables values
PH 5.77
Nitrogen (%) 0.16
Ca (meq/100gm) 6.31
Available P (ppm) 4.08
CEC (meq/100gm) ® 14.63
OM (%)h 3.66
Sand (%) 40.00
Silt (%) 15.24
Clay (%) 44.76
® = cation exchange capacity; h = Organic matter content
Planting methods
Seeds of Panicum coloratum (PC) cv. coloratum and Stylosanthes guianensis (SG) cv. cook were mixed at
different relative seed proportions (75 % PC + 25 % SG, 50% PC + 50 % SG, 25 % PC + 75 % SG and 100 %
PC + 100 % SG). The pure stands of each species were also included for comparison. These were row planted
in plots of 12 m2 area at 30 cm interrow spacing in a randomized complete block design with four replications.
The base seed rates used were 10 kg/ha PC and 14 kg/ha SG. The seed of SG was scarified using sand paper
to remove the external coat that may interfere uniform seed germination. The experimental plots were
uniformly fertilized with DAP (46 % P2O5 and 18 % N) at planting at a rate of 100 kg/ha.
Data collection procedures
DM yield
For DM yield determination two middle rows were harvested and the fresh weight of each plot was
recorded in the field just after mowing using a field balance at the stage of 50 percent flowering of the grass
component. Sub-samples of each treatment for both grass and legume components were dried in the oven at
60 o C for 72 hours to determine the DM percent.
Analysis of soil and feed samples
Four representative soil samples were taken using a soil auger to 20 cm depth and properly mixed. One
sample was retained for the analysis of physical and chemical soil variables. Available P was determined as
described by Olsen and Sommers (1982). Total N was determined by Kjeldhal procedure. The organic matter
(OM) content was determined by Walkley and Black Method as described by Anderson and Ingram (1993).
The PH of the soil was determined in 1:1 soil water suspension after stirring. Soil texture was determined by
Bauyoucos hydrometer method as described by Kamara et al (1987). Ca was determined by ammonium
acetate extraction at PH 7. Cation exchange capacity (CEC) was determined according to Anderson and
Ingram (1993).
Weighing of feed samples for chemical analysis was done by the “hot weighing” procedure. The DM and
ash concentrations were determined using the procedures described by the Association of Official
Analytical Chemists (A.O.A.C., 1980). OM was calculated as 100 minus ash content of the samples. N was
analyzed using the Kjeldhal procedure and CP was determined by multiplying percent N by the factor 6.25.
Analysis of NDF, ADF and lignin followed the modified Tilley and Terry Technique (1963) as described by
Goering and Van Soest (1970). Hemicellulose was determined by subtracting ADF from NDF and cellulose
by subtracting lignin from ADF. The determination of Ca was done using the atomic absorption
spectrophotometer (Perkin-Elmer, 1982). The P concentration of the feed samples was determined by the
autoanalyzer (Chemlab,1978). A modified two stage in vitro Tilley and Terry technique (1963) was used to
determine in vitro DMD.
Statistical Analyses
Analysis of variance was done using MSTATC computer software. Significant mean differences were
declared using least significant difference (LSD) test.
greater than the threshold level reported to be optimal for production or growth (Norton, 1982). The NDF
ranged from 55.85 to 57.61. According to Shirley (1986) and Reed and Goe (1989), the limitation of NDF to
the nutritive value becomes critical when its concentration exceeds 60 percent in the DM of forages. The
NDF values observed in this study were below this threshold level. The concentration of cellulose in the
samples ranged from 33.58 to 36 percent. Among the cell wall components, cellulose had a higher
contribution to total cell wall. The hemicellulose component varied from 5.53 to 6.43 percent.
The concentration of lignin ranged from 15.24 to 17.83, which was almost two times higher than that of
hemicellulose. Lignin, as reviewed by Shenkute (1972) is a component which attributes erectility, strength,
cleavage and resistance to microbial attack to plant tissues. The higher lignin concentration observed for
SG could partly be explained as an adaptive strategy to bear the stresses induced by the changing light
environment. At the same time, senescened leaves from the lower canopy layer might have also contributed
to the higher lignin concentration in the samples of SG. Stressful environmental conditions during the
growing season have also been reported to result in higher lignin concentration in plant tissues (Akin,1977;
Akin et al, 1983).
The in vitro DMD values ranged from 59.28 to 63.16 percent. Small differences were observed between
treatments. The P concentration ranged from 0.18 to 0.29 percent with an average value of 0.22 percent.
The mean value was observed to be greater than the minimum value required for beef cattle (NRC, 1984)
and higher than that required for small ruminants (NRC, 1975; NRC,1981; ARC,1980). The concentration
of Ca in the samples on the other hand was observed to range from 1.82 to 1.96 percent with a mean value
of 1.88. This level of Ca is greater than the amounts reported to be sufficient for dairy and beef animals
and small ruminants (ARC, 1980; NRC, 1984; 1975; 1987).
Effect of seed proportion on yield and quality: second harvest cycle
The total DMY and the percentage composition of the component species for the second harvest is given in
Table 5. The total DMY ranged from 2.78 tha-1 for sole to 5.93 tha-1 for 25 PC and 75 SG mixture. The
percentage composition of PC ranged from 73.23 to 87.14. At the same time, percent composition of SG varied
from 4.73 to 100. When compared with the percentage values of the first cut, the contribution of SG showed a
slight improvement. There is an increasing percentage composition of SG with increasing seed proportion in
the mixture, which was similar with the features observed during the first harvesting cycle.
The improvement in the percentage contribution to total DMY of SG during the second harvest season
could be attributed to its improved competitive ability in the mixture as compared to the first phase of
growth. The legume component was relatively vigorous during this phase which might in part be explained
by the active N fixation in the root nodules which might have helped the legume component to perform
better than the situation observed during the first phase of growth.
The percentage chemical composition and in vitro DMD of PC during the second harvest are given in Table
6. The CP content ranged from 7.12 to 8.31 with a mean value of 7.89. The mean CP values obtained from
all the treatments for PC lie above the reported critical levels (Milford and Minson, 1965; Crowder and
Chheda, 1982 Van Soest, 1982) but still are less than those levels that were reported to support production
specifically for dairy cattle (Norton, 1982). For higher productivity supplementation, therefore, is
imperative. The concentration of NDF ranged from 72.09 to 74.29 with a mean value of 73.20. All samples
contained values which are greater than the threshold levels reported to result in decreased feed intake,
efficiency of feed utilization and longer rumination time (Shirley, 1986; Reed and Goe, 1989; Van Soest,
1965). The mean values of cellulose, hemicellulose and lignin were 39.30, 28.76 and 5.13, respectively and
among the cell wall components, cellulose constituted the highest share.
The in vitro DMD values ranged from 55.84 to 59.21 with a mean value of 58.33. Moore and Mott (1973)
and Mugeriwa et al (1973) have reported that digestibility values greater than 65 percent indicate good
nutritive value and values below this level result in reduced intake due to lowered digestibility. The mean
values of the in vitro DMD for the samples of PC during this cut obviously lies below these values. The Ca
content ranged from 0.50 to 0.74 percent with a mean value of 0.58. All the samples had Ca values which
were greater than what was reported to be adequate for beef cattle (NRC, 1984), lactating dairy cows
(NRC, 1978), sheep (NRC, 1975) and goats (NRC, 1981). The concentration of P ranged from 0.18 to 0.20
with a mean value of 0.19. These values lie within the ranges reported to be adequate for beef cattle and
small ruminants but less than the ranges reported to be adequate for lactating dairy cows.
The chemical composition and in vitro DMD values of SG in pure stand and mixtures during the second cut
is given in Table 7. The CP content varied from 16.81 to 20.31 with the mean value of 17.92. The highest
CP percentage was obtained from those samples taken from sole grown SG. The yield obtained from all the
treatments lie above the critical level reported to be optimal for lactation and growth (Norton, 1982). The
NDF component ranged from 49.78 to 54.25 percent and was below the amount that was reported to hinder
efficiency of digestion (Van Soest, 1982). Cellulose was observed to be the dominant component of the plant
cell wall. Its values ranged from 33.38 to 36. 04 with a mean value of 34.41. The percent hemicellulose
varied from 9.17 to 14.57.
The lignin percentage values ranged from 5.03 to 7.79 and were far below those obtained during the first
harvest. The in vitro DMD values ranged from 59.85 to 64.19 percent. The digestibility of the feed samples
obtained from the sole grown plots were observed to be higher than others though the difference was not
significant. The P concentration ranged from 0.17 to 0.20 and the values are higher than the minimum
percentage for small ruminants. The concentration of Ca in the samples was observed to be above the
critical level required for dairy and beef cattle, and small ruminants
Conclusion
In Panicum and Stylosanthes mixed pasture, the percentage contribution to the total forage yield of the
grass component was high during both first and second harvests indicating the dominance of the grass in the
mixture. This obviously resulted in decreased yield and percentage composition of the legume component.
The growth rate of the grass component was very fast and this severely affected the growth of the legume
which was less competent in the mixture. During the first harvest, wide variation in chemical composition
between treatments for Panicum coloratum was not observed and mean values of crude protein did not fall
below the maintenance requirement. The neutral detergent fiber on the other hand was high and the in vitro
dry matter digestibility values were low for Panicum coloratum. The same features were observed for
Stylosanthes guianensis for the variability between the treatments but the crude protein percentage was
high, neutral detergent fiber was comparatively low and the dry matter digestibility was satisfactory when
compared with reported critical figures.
During the second harvest the grass component was also observed to be aggressive as compared to the
legume component and there was a slight tendency of the grass to yield higher when grown in mixture
with Stylosanthes as compared to the sole grown plots. This might be the result of N fixation by the legume
that might have been transfered to the grass and improved its performance. The percentage contribution to
the total dry matter yield of the legume was better during the second harvest when compared with the
result obtained during the first phase of growth. The values of the chemical entities and in vitro dry matter
digestibility did not widely vary between treatments for the grass component. The crude protein did not
fall below critical range. The fiber content was high and the digestibility values were low as compared to
the reported threshold levels. For the legume component, no obvious trend with varying seed proportion
was observed for chemical composition and dry matter digestibility during the second phase of growth. As
was the case during the first cut, the crude protein concentration was high, the neutral detergent fiber lies
below the reported critical values and the in vitro dry matter digestibility was lower than the critical
percentage below which feed material can be regarded as poor in digestibility.
Table 2. Total DM yield and percentage composition of the component species in the mixed pasture during the first harvesting cycle
Table 3. Percentage chemical composition and in vitro DMD (% DM) of Panicum coloratum grown with Stylosanthes guianensis at
varying relative seed proportion during the first harvesting cycle
Proportion % DM
DM
PC : SG Ash OM CP P NDF ADF Lignin Cell. HC DMD Ca
100 : 0.0 92.22 9.34 90.66 8.69 0.17 73.83 47.36 6.65 40.71 26.47 55.74 0.57
75 : 25 92.11 9.18 90.82 9.13 0.18 73.38 47.69 6.57 41.12 25.69 57.68 0.65
50 : 50 92.39 9.63 90.37 8.69 0.19 72.69 43.84 6.17 37.67 28.75 60.00 0.66
25 : 75 92.10 9.64 90.36 9.56 0.18 71.98 43.79 5.98 37.81 28.19 59.76 0.60
100 : 100 91.72 8.31 91.69 8.31 0.16 75.12 46.38 6.17 40.21 28.74 56.44 0.60
Mean 92.11 9.22 90.78 8.88 0.18 73.40 45.81 6.31 39.50 27.57 57.79 0.62
Table 4. Percentage chemical composition and in vitro DMD (% DM) of Stylosanthes guianensis planted with Panicum coloratum at
varying relative seed proportions during the first harvesting cycle
Proportion % of DM
DM
SG : PC Ash OM CP P NDF ADF Lignin Cellu. HC DMD Ca
25 : 75 91.44 11.49 88.51 17.62 0.22 57.48 51.82 17.83 33.99 5.66 60.19 1.96
50 : 50 91.46 11.36 88.64 18.87 0.21 56.20 49.77 15.24 34.53 6.43 61.49 1.90
75 : 25 91.57 10.72 89.28 19.81 0.21 57.61 50.78 15.52 35.27 6.82 60.51 1.82
100 : 0.0 92.15 10.97 89.03 19.56 0.29 55.85 50.21 16.63 33.58 5.64 63.16 1.82
100 : 100 93.02 11.13 88.87 17.75 0.18 57.20 51.67 15.67 36.00 5.53 59.28 1.91
Mean 91.93 11.13 88.87 18.72 0.22 56.87 50.85 16.18 34.67 6.02 60.93 1.88
Table 5. Effect of seed proportions of the component species on total DM yield (t/ha) and percentage composition of the component species
during the second harvest
Table 6. Percentage composition and in vitro dry matter digestibility of (% DM) of Panicum oloratum planted with Stylosanthes
guianensis at varying relative seed proportions during the second harvest
Proportion % of DM
DM
PC : SG Ash OM CP P NDF ADF Lignin Cell. HC DMD Ca
100 : 0.0 91.72 9.36 90.64 7.87 0.20 72.09 43.10 4.71 38.39 28.99 59.21 0.57
75 : 25 91.72 8.81 91.19 8.31 0.19 72.31 43.83 5.14 38.69 28.48 58.95 0.50
50 : 50 91.79 9.18 90.82 7.12 0.20 73.57 44.07 5.01 39.06 29.50 58.93 0.55
25 : 75 91.66 8.64 91.36 7.87 0.18 74.29 46.19 5.37 40.82 28.10 58.73 0.58
100 : 100 91.83 8.19 91.81 8.31 0.19 73.72 45.00 5.44 39.56 28.72 55.84 0.74
Mean 91.74 8.84 91.16 7.89 0.19 73.20 44.44 5.13 39.30 28.76 58.33
Table 7. Chemical composition and in vitro dry matter digestibility (% DM) of Stylosanthes uianensis planted with Panicum coloratum at
varying relative seed proportions during the second harvest
Proportion % of DM
DM
PC : SG Ash OM CP P NDF ADF Lignin Cell. HC DMD Ca
25 : 75 91.27 10.76 89.24 17.25 0.17 53.70 41.17 7.19 33.98 12.53 60.33 1.94
50 : 50 91.27 10.77 89. 23 16.81 0.19 54.25 41.67 7.29 34.38 12.58 59.85 1.95
75 : 25 91.44 10.73 89.27 17.69 0.19 53.72 43.83 7.72 36.04 9.89 60.32 1.97
100 : 0.0 91.21 11.41 88.59 20.31 0.20 49.78 40.61 7.23 33.38 9.17 64.19 1.82
100 : 100 90.67 11.88 89.12 17.56 0.20 53.88 39.31 5.03 34.28 14.57 60.93 1.87
Mean 91.17 10.91 89.09 17.92 0.19 53.07 41.32 6.89 34.28 11.75 61.12 1.91
References
ARC (Agricultural Research Council). 1980. The Nutrient Requirements of Ruminant Livestock, Commonwealth
Agricultural Bureaux, Slough, England.
Akin, D. E., E. L. Robinson, F. E. Barton II, and D. S. Himmelsbach. 1977. Changes with maturity in anatomy,
histochemistry, chemistry and tissue digestibility of bermuda grass plant parts. J. Agric. Food Chem. 25: 179 - 186.
Akin D.E., F. E. Barton II, and S. W. Coleman. 1983. Structural factors affecting leaf degradation of old bluestem and
weeping love grass. J. Anim. Sci. 56: 1434 - 1446.
A.O.A.C. (Association of Official Analytical Chemists ).1980. Official Methods of Analysis, Arlington, VA, USA
Chemlab. 1978. Determination of orthophosphate in water and waste water. Chemlab Ltd. U.K.
Crowder L.V. and H. R. Chheda. 1982 . Tropical Grassland Husbandry, Longman Inc. New York, U.S.A.
Daniel K. 1990. Effect of developmental stage at harvest, N application and moisture availability on the yield and
nutritional value of Rhodes grass (Chloris gayana Kunth) - Lucerne (Medicago sativa L.) pastures. Ph.D. Thesis.
Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Uppsala, Sweden.
Frame, J. and P. Newbould. 1986. Agronomy of white clover. Adv. Agron. 40: 1 - 88.
IAR (Institute of Agricultural Research). 1991. Meteorological data for IAR centers, subcenters and trial sites. IAR, Addis
Abeba, Ethiopia. Miscellaneous Publications No. 1.
Kamara, C.S. and Haque, I. 1987. Characteristics of Vertisols from ILCA Research and Outreach Sites in Ethiopia
(Revised June, 1988). Plant Science Division Working Document No.135. International Livestock Centre for Africa
(ILCA), Addis Abeba, Ethipia.
Milford, R. and K. P. Haydock. 1965. The nutritive value of protein in subtropical pasture species grown in Southeast
Queensland. Aust. J. Exp. Agric. Anim. Husb. 5: 13 - 17.
Norton, B. W. 1982. Differences between species in forage quality. In: J. B. Hacker (ed.). Proceedings of International
Symposium held at St.Luica, Queensland, Australia 24 to 28 September 1981. Nutritional limits to animal
production from pastures. Commonwealth Agricultural Bureaux, U.K.
McDowell, L.R. 1985. Nutrition of Grazing Ruminants in Warm Climates, Academic Press, Inc. San Diego, California.
Mugeriwa J. S. , J. A. Christianson and S. Ochetim. 1973. Grazing behaviour of exotic dairy cattle in Uganda. East Afr.
Agric. Fores. J. 19: 1 - 11.
NRC (National Research Council). 1981. Nutrient Requirements of Domestic Animals. No.15. Nutrient Requirements of
Goats. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D. C.
NRC (National Research Council). 1984. Nutrient Requirement of Domestic Animals. No.4. Nutrient Requirement of Beef
Cattle, 6th rev.edition. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.
NRC (National Research Council). 1975. Nutrient Requirements of Domestic Animals. 5th revised edition. Nutrient
Requirements of Sheep. National Academy of Sciences, Wahington, D.C.
Olsen, S. R. and L.E. Sommers. 1982. Phosphorus. In: Anderson J. M. and J. S. I. Ingram. 1993. Tropical Soil Biology and
Fertility: a handbook of methods, Second edition. CAB Internatinal, U. K.
Onifade, O.S., J.O. Akinola and I. F. Adu. 1994. An evaluation of Stylosanthes- grass mixtures for pasture leys. In:
Proceedings of the regional workshop on the use of Stylosanthes in West Africa held in Kaduna, Nigeria, 26- 31
October 1992.
Schwank O., Blum H., and Nosberg J. 1986. The influence of irradiance distribution on the growth of white clover
(Trifolium repens L.) in differently managed canopies of permanent grassland. annals of Botany. 57: 273 - 281.
Solangaarachchi, S. M. and J. L. Harper. 1987. The effect of canopy filtered light on the growth of white clover, Trifolium
repens. Oecologia. 72: 372 - 376.
Shenkute Tessema .1972. Nutritinal Value of Some Tropical Grass Species Compared to Some Temperate Grass Species .
Ph.D. Thesis, Cornell Univ. Ithaca, New York.
Shirley, R. L. 1986. Nitrogen and Energy Nutrition of Ruminants. Academic Press, Inc., Orlando, Florida, U.S.A.
Thomson, L. and J. L. Harper. 1988. The effect of grass on the quality of transmitted light and its influence on the growth
of white clover, Trifolium repens. Oecologica 75: 343 - 347.
Tilley, J.M.A and Terry R.A. 1963. A two stage technique for in vitro digestion of forage crops. Journal of British grass
land society,18:104 - 111.
Tinnimit, P. and J. W. Thomas. 1976. Forage evaluation using various laboratory techniques. J. Anim.Sci. 43: 1058 -
1065.
Torssell, B.W.R., J.R. Ive and R.B. Cunningham. 1976. Competetion and population dynamics in legume-grass swards
with Stylosanthes hamata (L.) Taub. (Sens.Lat.) and Stylosanthes humilis (H.B.K.). Aus. J. Agric. Res. 27: 71-83.
Van Soest, P. J. 1982. Nutritional Ecology of the Ruminant. O and B Books, Corvallis, Oregon, U.S.A
1Alemaya University, Department of Animal Sciences, P.O. Box 138, Alemaya, Ethiopia
2Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, Department of Animal Nutrition and Management, P.O. Box
7024,750 07 Uppsala, Sweden.
Abstract
An experiment was conducted on farm in Erer Valley village, Eastern Ethiopia to study the effect of supplementing
with a protein or energy concentrate on milk yield in lactating dromedary camels. The treatments were control:
browsing only during daytime, energy supplement (ES): natural browsing + ground maize (Zea mays) and protein
supplement (PS): natural browsing + decorticated groundnut (Arachis hypogaea L.) cake.
Six dromedary camels were allocated randomly at peak lactation to three treatments in a double 3 x 3 Latin Square
design. The animals were fed 4 kg of each supplement divided in two equal meals before and after daytime browsing
for a period of 63 days in both the dry and wet seasons.
Milk yield differences between all treatments were significant (P<0.001) with PS>ES>Control. The levels were 12.9,
9.1 and 7.6 Kg for PS, ES and control, respectively. There were also significant differences (P<0.05) between the
treatments with regard to butterfat with PS>Control>ES showing levels 3.9, 3.74 and 3.71% for ES, Control and ES
respectively. Variation within seasons among the treatments followed the same trend for milk yield.
Milk yield and butterfat differences between seasons were also significant (P<0.001) and (P<0.05) in which 9.2 and
10.4 kg milk and 3.7 and 3.8% butterfat were recorded for the dry season and wet season respectively. There was no
significance difference between treatments and seasons with regard to protein.
The results suggest that oil seed by-products supplements with relatively high CP value such as groundnut cake
have a substantial effect on milk production of camels where the traditional range feed resources are already
becoming scarcer.
Keywords: Dromedary camels, supplementation, energy and protein, dry and wet seasons, milk yield, milk
composition.
Introduction
In the arid and semi-arid areas of Ethiopia camels are important livestock species which contribute
significantly to the livelihood of the pastoralists and agropastoralists living in a fragile environment. They
have a unique potential for milk production. In Pakistan camels produced more milk per kg body weight
when compared to Sahiwal cattle, Friesian x Sahiwal cattle and buffaloes (Knoess, et al., 1986). It is also
confirmed that in a similar environment camels produce more milk for a longer period of time than any other
species while their requirement for feed is modest (Wilson, 1998). It was reported by Knoess et al. (1986) that
in Punjab, Pakistan, a well-fed dromedary camel gives more milk than even high-merit exotic cattle and their
crosses. They thrive in areas where green fodder is only seasonally available as a result of erratic rainfall
and can survive on feeds left by other animals (Knoess, 1977, Yagil, 1994). The efficiency of the camel should
not only be appreciated in terms of its productivity parameter but also with respect to its superb adaptation
to harsh environment, sustainability of production across seasons, and accessibility to people living on
marginal lands.
In traditional long-range nomadic systems the diet of camels with mixed feeding behavior can be
extraordinarily varied. This habit limits the risk of nutritional deficiencies and the vegetation selected is
also of a fairly good quality. The main range browse plants constitute an excellent forage containing up to
16% crude protein while the value of grass is about 9% (Hashi and Cianci 1985). The nomadic system is
highly efficient and has been used by camel herders over centuries. It is, however, slowly being replaced by
sedentary systems (Schillhorn and Leoffler 1990) due to frequent droughts, resulting in appropriation of
traditional grazing lands for marginal cultivation or grazing enclosure for trade herds, and increased social
strives (Hashi, 1984, Yagil, 1994). As a result, the once desirable mixed exposure and intake to feed is
being lost in the sedentary systems. In sedentary camel raising practices, a number of factors can be
attributed to the low productivity observed, but feed shortage both in quality and quantity is probably the
most important single factor.
Therefore, in view of the growing sedentary systems, there is an urgent need to investigate ways of
improving the nutritional condition of the camels in order to improve the life of the pastoral societies. The
assumption is that improvements may be achieved by introducing locally available supplementary feeds
within the available management practice without necessarily introducing new technologies. It is believed
that some milk production beyond subsistence could be an incentive for improving overall camel
production.
The objective of this paper was to investigate the effects of energy and protein feed supplementation on the
milk yield performance of free ranging but herded dromedary camels.
were corralled separately from their dams during the night and they were not allowed to spend the day with
their mothers either. Every morning and evening the camels were observed for any abnormalities by the
herders, the field assistant and sometimes by the researcher and veterinary assistant. At the beginning of the
experiment the animals were dewormed against endo-parasites using Albendazole and sprayed against ecto
parasites using Steladone. Regular spraying was also done every week. For trypanosomiasis, Berelin was
used for treatments and Trapamedium or Samorin (Isometamedium chloride) was used for prophylactic
measures at two months intervals. Controls for internal parasites were made every 3 months. There was a
regular health supervision and care and rectal temperatures were taken twice a week to detect any sub-
clinical symptoms of disease.
Feeding
The experimental animals were browsing/grazing during the daytime. All experimental animals were
exposed to a two-week preliminary period to get use to the new feeding system. In this period the animals
were given a combination of the two test feeds (1:1) starting with 0.5 kg/d and ending up with 4 kg/day. The
animals were then randomly allocated to either no supplement (control) or energy supplement (ES) consisting
of ground maize or protein supplement (PS) consisting of groundnut cake. The feeds were given separately to
each camel in feeding troughs in the evening (2 kg) when the animals are back from grazing and in the
morning (2 kg) before the animals were let out for grazing. Water was available in the range area and the
camels were watered every 3 days in the dry season. In the wet season, however, as a result of the high
moisture content of the range feed watering was considered unnecessary by the herders. One 3-kg mineral
block was made available per week for each experimental camel in a separately built pen.
Maize was obtained from the Alemaya University farm and groundnut cake was bought from an oil mill
factory near Harar. Commercial mineral lick consisted of Ca and P in the form of bone meal, Na and I in
the form of salt as well as Zn, Mg, S, Co, and Cu.
Experimental design
The treatments’ arrangement was a double 3x3 Latin square design forming a 3x6 rectangle according to
Mead et al. (1993). The arrangement is shown in Table 1. A 14 days washout period was used to reduce carry-
over effects followed by a 7-day measurement period. Each treatment lasted for 21 days. Milk yield data was
collected mornings and evenings during the 7 days measurement periods. The total daily milk yield was
estimated by alternatively milking the two left and right teats and doubling the amount obtained (Knoess et
al., 1986; Simpkin, 1996). The experiment, which started in the dry season, was continued in the wet season.
Chemical analyses
Duplicate samples of each feed stuff (ground maize and decorticated groundnut cake) were analyzed for
dry matter (DM), crud protein (CP), organic matter (OM), ether extract (EE), and ash according to the
procedure of AOAC (1990). Acid detergent fiber (ADF) and neutral detergent fiber (NDF) were determined
according to the procedure of Van Soest and Robertson (1985). Table values according to McDonald et al.
(1995) were used to determine the metabolizable energy. OM (organic matter) was determined from the ash
values. Milk samples were analyzed for butterfat according to Gerber and milk protein was analyzed as total
N x 6.25 by the Micro Kjeldahl method.
Statistical analyses
The data for milk yield and milk composition was analyzed by analysis of variance using the general linear
model (GLM) of Minitab Software version 12 (Minitab, 1998). The following model was used for the
experiment:
Yijkl = µ +ri + cj + tk(ij) + sl(ij) + eijkl, where
Yijkl = dependent variable
µ = Overall mean
ri = effect of period
cj = effect of camel
tk = effect of supplement
sl = effect of season
eijkl = residual effect.
Tukey’s family error rate was used to compare treatment means at (P<0.05).
Results
Analytical results of the feeds used as supplements are shown in Table 2. During the preliminary
observation period the camels seemed to prefer the groundnut cake to maize.
Results showed significant differences between the treatments. Milk yield differences between all
treatments were significant (P<0.001) with PS >ES>Control with levels of 12.9, 9.1 and 7.6 Kg for PS, ES
and control, respectively. Significant (P<0.05) differences were also observed between treatments with
regard to butterfat with PS>Control>ES showing levels 3.9, 3.74 and 3.71% for PS, control and ES.
Within-season variation between treatments indicated the same trend for milk yield. Therefore, in the dry
season ES and PS increased milk yield significantly (P<0.001) as compared to control (Table 4). PS also
gave significantly higher (P<0.001) milk yield as compared to ES. Only for PS there were increased
butterfat significantly (P<0.05) as compared to the other treatments. There were no significant differences
(P>0.05) between the treatments with regard to milk protein contents. The treatment effects in the wet
season were the same as in the dry. Yields were 8.2, 9.5 and 13.6 kg for milk, 3.8, 3.7, 3.9% for butterfat
and 2.8, 2.7 and 2.1% for protein content for control, ES and PS respectively. However, there were no
differences (P>0.05) between the treatments with regard to butterfat and protein.
The contribution of season was significant for all the treatments with regard to milk yield (P<0.001) and
butterfat (P<0.05) content but not for protein (Table 5). The overall means for the dry and the wet seasons
were for milk yield, 9.2 and 10.4 kg, for butterfat, 3.7 and 3.8% (P<0.05) and for protein, 2.6 and 2.7%,
respectively. The economic comparisons of the treatments are shown in Table 6. A higher economic
advantage was obtained when the camels were given PS than ES and control treatments in both the dry
and the wet seasons.
Discussion
In this experiment the camels showed a good response to both protein and energy supplementation but
with a higher response to protein (Table 4). This may indicate the importance of both energy and protein, but
with more emphasis to the importance of protein for milk production of the dromedary camel in this area. A
report by Bhattacharya et al. (1988) as cited by Sheik et al. (1994), indicated that in Saudi Arabia camels
have shown higher response to supplementation with barley and lucerne as compared to range forage. It is
obvious that for high milk production there is a need for energy and protein supplementation (Wilson 1998).
It was also noted that the major strategy of ranging camels in relation to diet quality is to select green plant
parts high in protein and low fiber (Wilson 1998). In addition the author claims that the camel has high
salivary flow and high level of rumen ammonium for microbial synthesis. However, in the arid and semi-arid
areas the quality of forage declines considerably in the dry season and consequently production goes down.
Anti-nutritional factors such as tannins from range plants have a negative effect on the nutrient availability
(Kumar and Vathiyanathan, 1990). This suggestion is supported by the study conducted by Moges and Udén
(2001b) that although the camels select a diet with approximately 17% crude protein from the range feed,
they showed high response to protein supplements in the present study. Moreover, according to NRC (1978) a
diet with 17% crude protein should be adequate to support milk yield higher than 35kg (>35 kg/d) in a 700 kg
dairy cow. Hence, the high response of the camels to protein supplement in the present study may indicate
that some of the browse protein was unavailable to them, possibly as a result of tannin binding. Therefore, it
appears difficult for the camels to obtain enough protein from the natural range feeds.
The results also showed a response of the camels to energy supplementation. This indicates the importance
of readily fermentable carbohydrate source for efficient rumen microbial activity (Van Soest, 1994). The
higher milk yield from PS as compared to ES can be explained by a better balance of energy and crude
protein in PS (Table 2). Report from FAO/ILRI (1999) indicated that 50% of the fatty acid of milk arise
from dietary fat and oilseed meals may have supplied long chain fatty acids lacking in the browse
dominated diet. Protein and possibly fat, therefore, seem to be more limiting than digestible carbohydrates
to lactating camels under the present conditions. This finding is not in agreement with the report by Elmi
(1989), who did not consider crude protein as a limiting factor.
There was an 11-18% increase in milk yield in the wet compared to dry season (Table 5). This could only be
explained by the improved range feed condition resulting in a higher feed availability. The quality of the
range feeds depends on the nutrient availability. The increase in milk yield and butterfat content in the
wet season could also be the result of feed abundance, which allowed selective feeding. In the wet season
the camels also spent less energy walking around since feed was more abundant and they could spend less
time searching for feed and water.
Butterfat was the only mild component affected. It was higher for PS in the dry season. When feeding
sunflower seed cake as a protein supplement in dairy cows, Temi and Udén (1998) found similar results.
The reason could be the high dietary fat in PS as compared to control and ES (Table 2).
Milk yields of the camels were on average 7 kg at the beginning of the experiment and relatively constant
for 7 months until. Milk productions from camels kept under farm condition were highest during the 6th
month of lactation Sahani et al. (1998). Highest milk yield in range camels was in the 5th month. The stable
lactation curve in the present experiment, therefore, could be due to the improved nutritional condition by
supplementary feeds in the dry season, coupled by the improved range condition during the latter part of
the experiment.
Conclusions
From these finding it can be concluded that lactating dromedary camels kept on range can substantially
increase milk yield when supplemented with protein and energy feeds. Protein and possibly fat seemed to be
more limiting than digestible carbohydrate to lactating camels under the prevailing conditions. The need for
producing more milk by the use of supplementation is important not only for subsistence but also increase
the amount of milk sold. The usage of PS gave about 88% higher income than for the control treatment and
127% compared to the ES in the dry season. The same PS in the wet season gave 71% higher income as
compared to control treatment and 162% higher income compared to the ES. A higher milk yield could reduce
competition between the calves and the family for milk and thereby increasing calf survival, which may have
a considerable effect on overall productivity. Therefore, availability and source of source of protein and energy
such as oil seed by-products may have an important role in improving the production of camels for the
sedentary camel herders in Eastern Ethiopia.
Acknowledgements
I would like to express my gratitude to SIDA/SAREC for the financial support of this study.
My thanks also go to Alemaya University, my mother institute, for granting permission to pursue my
study. I am highly indebted to my supervisor Dr. Peter Udén who has given me invaluable support and
guidance throughout my study period. I am grateful to Dr. Inger Ledin and Dr. Brian Ogle for their
unreserved efforts and my gratitude to the staff of Alemaya University for the cooperation I was offered.
References
AOAC., 1990. Official Method of Analysis. 15th edn. Arlington, Verginia, USA.
Bhattacharya, A.N., AL-Mutairi, S., Hshimi, A., Economides, E., 1988. Energy and protein utilization of lucerne hay and
barley grain by yearling camel calves. Anim Prod 47, 481-485.
Elmi, A.A., 1989. Management, Foraging Behaviour, Diet composition and forage quality of free ranging but herded
camels in Ceeldheer District, Central Somalia. Ph.D dessertation, pp. 128-150.
FAO/ILRI., 1999. Nutrition of Ruminants. Tropical Animal Feeding: A Manual for Research Workers. FAO/ILRI, Rome,
Italy. pp. 83-107.
Field, C.R., 1979. Preliminary Report on Ecology and Management of Camels, Sheep and Goats in Northern Kenya
Intigrated Project in Arid Land (IPAL) Technical Report. IPAL, pp. 22.
Hashi, A.M., 1984. Milk production of the camel. Camel Forum Working Paper No.6. Somali Academy of Sciences and
Arts, Mogadixhu, Somalia, pp. 1-14
Hashi, A.M., Cianci, D., 1985. Chemical composition of some range forages in Somalia. Camel Forum Working Paper No.
4. Bullettino Scienctifico Della Facolti di Zootachia Vetrina. Somali Academy of Sciences and Arts, Mogadishi,
Somalia, pp. 109-116.
Knoess, K.H., 1977. The camel as a meat and milk animal. World Anim. Rev. 22, 39-44.
Knoess, K.H., Machudum, K.A., Rafiq, M., Hafeez, M., 1986. Milk production potential of the dromedary, with special
reference to the province of Punjab, Pakistan. World Anim. Rev. 87, 11-21.
Kumar, R., Vaithiyanathan, S., 1990. Occurrence, nutritional significance and effect on animal productivity of tannins in
tree leaves. Anim Feed Sci Technol 30, 21-38.
McDonald, P., Edwards, R.A., Greenhalgh, J.F.D., Morgan, C.A., 1995. Animal Nutrition. Longman Scientific and
Technical, New York, USA. pp. 607.
Mead, R., Curniw, R.N., Hasted, A.M., 1993. Statistical Methods in Agricultural and Experimental Biology. Chapman
and Hall, UK. pp. 415.
Minitab, R., 1998. Minitab Release for Windows. Release 11.12., Minitab Inc.:Enterprise, Drive State Collage, P.A.
Moges, D., Udén P., 2001b. Behaviour, Plant Preference and Quality of Forage Selected by Dromedary Camels. The
Dromedary Camel: Supplementation for Higher Milk Yields and Behaviour and Feed Preference on Range. M.Sc.
Thesis. Department of Anim. Nut. and Management, SLU, Uppsala, pp. 14.
National Research Council (NRC)., 1978. Nutritional Requirements of Domestic Animals. No. 3. Nutritional requirements
of dairy cattle. 5th edn. National Academy of Sciences, Washington, DC.
Sahani, M.S., Rahinasabapathy, M., Gorokhmal, Khanna, N.D., 1998. Effect of milking techniques on milk production
potential in Indian camel breeds under farm condition. Proceeding of the Third Annual Meeting for Animal
Production Under Arid Condition. United Arab Emirates University, 1, pp. 52-58.
Schillhorn Van Veen, T.W., Leoffler, I.K., 1990. Mineral defficiencies in ruminants in Sub-Saharan Africa: a review. J of
Tropical Anim Health and Prod 22, 197-205.
Sheik, E., Abdek-Rahim, Kamal Abdel-Rahman, A. E. El-Nazier., 1994. Production and reproduction of one-humped
camels in the Al-Quasin rigion, Saudi Arabia. J Arid Envir 26, 53-59.
Simpkin, S.P., 1996. The effect of Breed and Management on Milk Yield of Camels in Kenya. Ph.D. Thesis. University of
Newcastle, pp. 889.
Tamire, H., 1986. Retrospects and Prospects of Agricultural Research and Extension: Part II Developments of Research
Stations. Alemaya University of Agriculture, Alemaya, Ethiopia. pp. 247.
Temi, M.W.A., Uden, P., 1998. The Effect of Supplementing Cross Bred Lactating Dairy Cows with Either Gliricidia
Sepium Leaf, or Sunflower Seed Cake and Maize Bran Under Village Condition in East-Central Tanzania (M.Sc.
thesis) SLU, Dept. of Anim. Nutr. and Management. b, SLU, Uppsala. pp. 13.
Van Soest, P.J., 1994. Nutritional Ecology for the Ruminants 2nd Edition. Contock Publishing Association, Cornell
University Press, Ithaca & London. pp. 476.
Van Soest, P.J., Robertson, J.B., 1985. Analysis of Forage and Fiberous Foods. A Laboratory Manual for Animal Science
613. Cornell University, Ithaca, New York, USA.
Yagil, R., 1994. The Camel in Today's World. Gifrid, Bonn. pp. 74.
Period Camels
1 2 3 4 5 6
I A B B C A C
II C A C A B B
III B C A B C A
A = Free ranging, B = Maize grain, C = Groundnut cake
ME
Ash OM CP NDF ADF Lignin EE
Feed MJ/kg DM
Maize grain 2.4 97.6 10.8 73.5 4.6 1.5 4.2 14.2
Groundnut cake 4.6 95.4 42.1 35.4 19.0 6.2 8.1 13.7
DM = Dry matter, OM = Organic matter, CP = Crude protein,
NDF = Neutral detergent fiber, ADF = Acid detergent fiber, EE = Ether extract,
ME = estimated metabolizable energy (McDonald et al., 1995)
Camel
Season Lactation stage (weeks)
1 2 3 4 5 6
Dry 8-11 5.6 5.1 5.7 5.5 5.6 5.9
Wet 21-24 7.0 6.9 7.9 7.3 7.2 8.5
Table 4. Effects of supplements on milk yield and milk composition (mean ± SEM)
Table 5. Effect of diet and season on milk yield and milk composition
Season
Parameters Treatment No.
Dry Wet P
Milk yield (kg/d) Control 6 6.9 8.2 0.003
ES 6 8.6 9.5 0.018
PS 6 12.2 13.6 0.001
Mean 18 9.2 10.4 0.000
Butterfat (%) Control 6 3.7 3.8 0.107
ES 6 3.7 3.7 0.608
PS 6 3.9 3.9 0.348
Mean 18 3.7 3.8 0.024
Protein (%) Control 6 2.6 2.8 0.328
ES 6 2.7 2.7 0.919
PS 6 2.6 2.8 0.051
Mean 18 2.6 2.7 0.058
Control = No supplement; ES = Energy supplement; PS = Protein supplements
Table 6. Economic comparison between the protein, energy and control treatments in Ethiopian Birr d
1 4 0 .0 0 3 5 .0 0
1 2 0 .0 0 3 0 .0 0
1 0 0 .0 0 2 5 .0 0
8 0 .0 0 2 0 .0 0
RF
Tem p
6 0 .0 0 1 5 .0 0
4 0 .0 0 1 0 .0 0
2 0 .0 0 5 .0 0
0 .0 0 0 .0 0
Jan Feb M ar A p r M ay Ju n Jul A ug S ep O ct N ov D ec
Figure 1 Temperature (0C) and rainfall (mm) values in Erer valley during the experimental periods which were: Oct – Apr (Dry season)
and May – Sept. (wet season).
Introduction
Increasing demand for livestock products (Winrock, 1992; de Leeuw, 1997) is predicted based on
projections of human population growth (World Bank, 1992; Alexandratos, 1995), particularly in tropical and
subtropical areas where the demand for many livestock products are satisfied by rearing ruminants mainly
on fibrous basal feeds.
Sheep as ruminants are widely distributed across agro - ecological zones and closely associated with very
poor people in tropical farming systems (Otchere, 1986). However, the current level of on-farm productivity
of sheep in the smallholder production system in Ethiopia is low, with annual production of 3.5 kg of sheep
meat per animal (ILCA, 1993), and an annual estimated reproductive rate of about 55% (Zelalem and
Fletcher, 1991), mainly due to inadequate nutrition. The feeding of sheep as in other parts of the tropics is
based on unimproved native pastures and crop residues. McDowell and Hildebrand (1980) reported that
crop residues contribute 30-90 % of ruminant feed in three livestock production systems found in Latin
America. Crop residues also account for over 90 % of all available feed in the Ethiopian highlands (de
Leeuw, 1997). Such feed resources are high in fiber, with low to moderate digestibility and low levels of
nitrogen and minerals (Preston, 1995).
Low nitrogen feeds like straw ferment slowly and yield low levels of rumen ammonia nitrogen (NH3 - N),
that does not promote efficient digestion process (Ørskov, 1995). Indeed, tef straw, when fed
unsupplemented to Ethiopian Menz sheep provided rumen NH3 - N concentrations of 21 mg -l (Bonsi et al.
1994), which was substantially lower than suggested concentration of 50-80 mg -l for optimal microbial
growth (Vercoe, 1969; Satter and Slyter, 1974).
*
Corresponding author, e-mail- solmelay@yahoo.com Tel. 251 5 11 13 99, Fax 251 5 11 40 08
Supplementation of animals fed on fibrous feeds with MPTs is one among many alternatives to achieve
better utilization of the fibrous feeds. The MPTs usually raise the supply of protein, which is limited in
fibrous feeds, and this in turn will raise animal productivity through improving the utilization of
carbohydrate energy and other nutrients from fibrous feeds (McDowell, 1989 and Leng, 1990). However,
most of the MPTs contain an array of secondary plant metabolites such as tannins, which limit their
nutritional value (Lohan et al. 1983; Kumar and Singh, 1984; Reed, 1986; Kumar and Vaithiyanathan,
1990).
Tree legumes in the genera Leucaena and Sesbania have high potentials for use in animal feeding systems
in the tropics. Supplementation with either Leucaena or Sesbania species resulted in positive live weight
gain, DM intake, feed digestibility, nitrogen balance and improved rumen function in different species of
animals (Reed et al. 1990 and Abdulrazak et al. 1997). L. purpureus supplementation also significantly
raised DM and OM intakes in sheep fed oat straw (Umunna et al. 1995). Therefore this study was
conducted with the objective of assessing feed intake and live weight gain in Menz ewes supplemented with
L. purpureus, graded levels of L. pallida 14203 or S. sesban 1198.
Data analysis
Data on daily feed intake, live weight gain and correlations between feed intake and live weight were
analyzed by the general linear models (GLM) procedure in SAS version 6.12 (SAS, 1996). Duncan’s multiple
range test was used to separate treatment means. Where treatment differences were significant, treatment
sum of squares were further partitioned into linear components of non-orthogonal contrasts for comparison of
treatment groups.
Results
Chemical composition of treatment feeds
The chemical composition of treatment feeds is given in Table 1. The level of CP ranged between 16.5 -
23.1 % of DM in the supplement feeds, with the lowest level in L. purpureus.
Table 1. Chemical composition of treatment feeds
OM content was higher in L. pallida 14203 than in L. purpureus and S. sesban 1198, both of which
contained similar levels. NDF, ADF, and lignin contents were highest in L. purpureus, intermediate in L.
pallida 14203 and lowest in S. sesban 1198. Soluble phenolics and condensed tannins were highest in L.
pallida 14203, followed by S. sesban 1198 and least in L. purpureus, with large variations between them in
condensed tannins content. The trends in NDF - N content of the treatment feeds was similar to that of
soluble phenolics and condensed tannins. OM level in tef straw was relatively similar with that in the
supplement feeds, but its contents of NDF and ADF which respectively amounted to over 70 and 40 % of
the DM were much higher than what was contained in the MPTs and L. purpureus. The ratio of NDF -N to
CP content was relatively higher in tef straw and L. pallida 14203 than in S. sesban 1198 or L.
purpureus. Soluble phenolics and condensed tannins content in tef straw were comparable to that in L.
purpureus but lower than in either L. pallida 14203 or S. sesban 1198.
Daily feed and nutrients intake
Daily intake of different feed constituents are given on Table 2. Daily DM intake as percent of live weight
varied between 3.2-3.4 %, whereas daily CP intake as percent of daily DM intake varied between 8.3 %-11.2
%. The level of CP intake as percent of daily DM intake was lowest in animals supplemented with L.
purpureus. In general, L. pallida 14203 was readily consumed, whereas animals on L. purpureus and higher
levels of S. sesban 1198 did not wholly consume supplement feed offered.
At equal levels of offer, daily intakes of DOM and soluble phenolics were significantly higher (P < 0.05) for
L. pallida 14203 than L. purpureus supplemented animals, whereas the contrary was true for daily DCP
intake. Similarly, supplementation with S. sesban 1198 resulted in significantly higher (P < 0.05) daily
intakes of tef straw DM, total DM, DOM and DCP than supplementation with L. purpureus. But daily
intake of ADF was significantly higher (P < 0.05) in L. purpureus supplemented animals than those
supplemented with either of the MPTs.
Graded levels of L. pallida 14203 promoted significantly higher intake of supplement DM (P < 0.01) and
DOM (P < 0.001) than graded levels of S. sesban 1198, but the intake of DCP was significantly higher (P <
0.001) in sheep supplemented with graded levels of S. sesban 1198 than with graded levels of L. pallida
14203 (Figure 1).
Intake of total DM was similar between the three levels of L. pallida 14203 supplementation, despite
significant differences (P < 0.05) in supplement DM intake. This was due to reduced intake of tef straw DM
with increasing levels of L. pallida 14203 intake, which was indeed significantly different (P < 0.05)
between the highest and lowest levels of offer, suggesting substitution of the basal feed DM by supplement
feed DM when L. pallida 14203 was fed at the highest level. Intake of DCP increased significantly (P <
0.05) with increasing levels of L. pallida 14203 supplementation, however intake of DOM was significantly
different (P < 0.05) only between the highest and medium levels of offer. No significant differences (P >
0.05) were observed in intakes of NDF and ADF between the different levels of L. pallida 14203
supplementation.
Table 2. Least squares means of daily feed intake of Menz ewes.
Dry matter intake (g day -1) DOM, CP, DCP intake (g day -1 )
Treatments (n =10)
Basal Supp. Total DOM CP DCP NDF ADF
L. pallida 14203 ( 0.9 % LW) 452.5 a 146.6 e 599.1 abc 322.7 ab 52.1 c 21.2 g 373.5 a 209.7 b
L. pallida 14203 ( 1.2 % LW) 407.8 bc 195.8 c 603.6 abc 316.5 b 60.7 b 26.9 f 355.6 ab 199.1 b
L. pallida 14203 ( 1.5 % LW) 384.3 c 249.5 a 633.8 a 339.6 a 71.2 a 31.2 d 354.5 ab 197.9 b
S. sesban 1198 ( 0.9 % LW) 432.2 ab 146.6 e 578.8 bc 305.8 b 53.4 c 33.3 c 345.0 b 197.9 b
S. sesban 1198 ( 1.2 % LW) 424.4 ab 188.4 cd 612.8 ab 305.7 b 62.7 b 36.7 b 347.8 ab 200.2 b
S. sesban 1198 ( 1.5 % LW) 407.8 bc 229.4 b 637.2 a 314.8 b 71.4 a 41.2 a 344.1 b 198.9 b
L. purpureus (1.2 % LW) 387.3 c 181.2 d 568.6 c 266.88 c 47.3 d 28.9 e 367.7 ab 225.2 a
SEM 10.3 3.8 12.9 6.63 1.18 0.65 8.16 4.7
Significance level
Treatment *** *** ** *** *** *** ns ***
LP vs. control * *** ** *** *** ** ***
LP vs. SS ns ** ns ** ns *** ns
SS vs. control ** ns ** *** *** *** ***
Rest vs. control ** ** ** *** *** *** ***
abc = means with different superscripts in a column are significantly different (P< 0.05); ns = not significant; * = P < 0.05; ** = P < 0.01; *** = P < 0.001; SEM = standard error of mean; DM = dry
matter; DOM = digestible organic matter; CP = crude protein; DCP = digestible crude protein; Supp. = supplement; LP= L. pallida; SS= S. sesban; n = number.
Daily intakes of supplement DM and DCP increased significantly (P < 0.05) with increasing levels of S.
sesban 1198 supplementation, however, significantly higher (P < 0.05) intake of total DM was observed
only between the highest and lowest levels of supplementation. Graded levels of S. sesban 1198
supplementation did not cause significant differences in basal feed DM intake, implying the less likelihood
of basal feed DM substitution with supplement DM at higher levels of supplementation as used in this
study. DOM, NDF and ADF intakes were similar between the different levels of S. sesban 1198
supplementation.
75
60
45
30
15
CP
0
LP1 SS1 LP2 SS2 LABLAB LP3 SS3 DCP
LP1= (L. pallida 14203 - 0.9%), LP2= (L. pallida 14203 - 1.2 %), LP3 =(L. pallida 14203 - 1.5 %), SS1= (S. sesban 1198 - 0.9%), SS2= (S. sesban 1198 - 1.2 %), SS3 =( S. sesban 1198 - 1.5
%), Lablab =(L. purpureus -1.2 %).
1198 supplemented than in L. pallida 14203 supplemented animals. Similarly, supplementation with S.
sesban 1198 resulted in significantly higher (P < 0.01) daily live weight gain than supplementation with L.
purpureus. Within graded levels of supplement MPTs, there were no significant differences (P > 0.05) in daily
live weight gain and final live weight in animals supplemented with the different levels of L. pallida 14203,
whereas supplementation with S. sesban 1198 at 1.5 % of live weight promoted significantly higher (P < 0.05)
daily live weight gain and final live weight than supplementation at either 0.9 or 1.2 % of live weight.
Relationships between nutrients intake and live weight
The correlation between daily live weight gain, CP and DCP intake was positive and significant (P < 0.05),
whereas a non-significant (P > 0.05) negative correlation was observed between live weight gain and the
intake of different fiber components. A positive correlation (P < 0.05) was also observed between final live
weight, DM and CP intakes, but the correlation between final live weight and intakes of fiber components
were negative and non- significant (P > 0.05).
Table 3. Least squares means of live weight of Menz ewes
Treatments Initial live weight (kg) DLG (g day –1) Final live weight (kg) n
L. pallida 14203 ( 0.9 % LW) 14.75a 21.56 b 17.86 bc 10
L. pallida 14203 ( 1.2 % LW) 14.68 a 25.26 b 17.87 bc 10
L. pallida 14203 ( 1.5 % LW) 14.73 a 27.44 b 18.82 ab 10
S. sesban 1198 ( 0.9 % LW) 14.81 a 25.24 b 18.01 bc 10
S. sesban 1198 ( 1.2 % LW) 14.80 a 25.91 b 18.13 bc 10
S. sesban 1198 ( 1.5 % LW) 14.91 a 36.30 a 19.14 a 10
L. purpureus ( 1.2 % LW) 14.72 a 22.31 b 17.74 c 10
SEM 0.10 2.42 0.33
Significance level
Treatment ns ** *
LP vs. control ns ns
LP vs. SS * ns
SS vs. control ** ns
Rest vs. control ns ns
abc = means with different superscripts in a column are significantly different (P< 0.05); ns = not significant; * = P < 0.05; ** = P < 0.01; *** = P < 0.001; SEM = standard error of mean; DLG =
daily live weight gain; LP= L. pallida; SS= S. sesban; n= number.
Discussion
Chemical composition of treatment feeds
The two supplement MPTs and L. purpureus differed basically in their nutrient and anti-nutrient contents
(Table 1). L. purpureus is less favorable than the MPTs as a supplement in tef straw based feeding of sheep
due to its relatively low CP and high fiber contents. According to Van Soest, (1965) high fiber content in
forages is the primary factor limiting feed intake. However, L. purpureus was superior to the MPTs due to its
lower content of NDF-N, and anti-nutritional factors such as soluble phenolics and fiber bound condensed
tannins, both of which have been variously mentioned in lowering voluntary feed intake, digestibility of feeds
and N utilization (McLeod, 1974; Barry and Duncan, 1984; Kumar and Singh, 1984; D`Mello, 1992). As a
result of such low content of anti-nutritional factors, L. purpureus was assumed to be free from the negative
impacts that antinutritional factors may have on the performance of ewes. L. pallida 14203 appears to be
inferior to S. sesban 1198 as a supplement to straw fed sheep owing to its relatively lower content of CP,
higher levels of NDF, NDF-N, ADF, ADL, soluble phenolics and fiber bound condensed tannins. However, the
relatively higher content of OM in L. pallida 14203 may suggest better supply of energy compared to S.
sesban 1198.
Daily feed and nutrients intake
Lower intakes of DOM and DCP in L. purpureus supplemented sheep than in those supplemented with S.
sesban 1198 (Table 2) was mainly a reflection of the lower CP and higher NDF and ADF contents in L.
purpureus. Lower intake of CP in L. purpureus supplemented sheep might have reduced rumen NH3-N
supply leading to lower rate of rumen fermentation that could have reduced voluntary feed intake. Higher
DOM intake by L. palllida 14203 supplemented sheep compared to S. sesban 1198 supplemented sheep was
mainly the function of higher consumption as well as content of OM in the former MPT. However, condensed
tannins and soluble phenolics contained in L. pallida 14203 imposed limitations on the utilization of its CP
(Figure 1), probably by forming protein-tannins complex and rendering it indigestible. The negative effect of
high levels of tannins on feed protein digestibility is well documented (McLeod, 1974 and Barry et al. 1986).
Despite higher CP intake, DCP intake was lower in L. pallida 14203 supplemented animals than in those
supplemented with L. purpureus. Interestingly, this clearly demonstrated the negative impact high tannin
content has on feed protein utilization when L. pallida 14203 was used as a supplement. An ideal forage
supplement should increase or at least maintain intake of the fibrous basal feed rather than substituting it
(McMeniman et al. 1988). However, at higher levels of supplementation, L. pallida 14203 appeared to
substitute the basal feed DM, which in effect was undesirable. Intake of basal feed DM was unaffected by
supplementation with increasing levels of S. sesban 1198, and this could be associated with its fast rate of
degradability (Solomon, 2001), which was in agreement with other studies (Bonsi et al. 1994; Kaitho, 1997;
Nsahlai et al. 1998). Indeed Umunna et al. (1995) suggested the less likelihood of fast degrading supplements
to substitute the basal feed DM.
Daily live weight gain and final live weight
All treatment diets promoted positive daily live weight gains which indicated the positive nutritive value
of the MPTs and L. purpureus as proper supplements to ewes fed on tef straw. The tendency for higher daily
live weight gains with increasing levels of L. pallida 14203 and S. sesban 1198 is a reflection of higher DCP
intake, which was positively correlated with daily live weight gain. This was indeed in agreement with Owen
and Zinn (1988) who after reviewing a large body of data concluded that added dietary protein resulted in
increased rate of weight gain in over 85 % of feeding trials.
Conclusion
S. sesban 1198 maintained relatively higher intakes of basal feed DM at all levels of supplementation
which could be attributed to its rapid fermentation rate, whereas L. pallida 14203 tended to substitute the
basal feed DM at higher levels of supplementation. Though animal performance increased with increasing
levels of L. pallida 14203 supplementation, the results were not convincing enough to justify higher levels of
supplementation for the period of supplementation. However, increased levels of supplement feed refusal at
higher levels of supplementation made the palatability of S. sesban 1198 questionable, but no such refusal
was observed at all levels of supplementation with L. pallida 14203. From this, it is concluded that the anti-
nutritional factors such as condensed tannins play no role in limiting the palatability of L. pallida 14203 at
all levels of supplementation maintained in this study, whereas some anti- nutritional factors in S. sesban
1198 may limit its palatability at higher levels of offer.
References
Abdulrazak, S.A., Muinga, R.W., Thorpe, W. and Ørskov, E.R. 1997. Supplementation with Gliricidia sepium and
Leucaena leucocephala on voluntary food intake, digestibility, rumen fermentation and live weight of crossbred
steers offered Zea mays stover. Livest. Prod. Sci. 49: 55-64.
Alexandratos, N. 1995. World Agriculture Towards 2010.: An FAO Study. John Wiley and Sons, Chichester, UK.
AOAC. 1990. Official Methods of Analysis. Association of Official Methods of Analysis. 15th edition. Washington DC.
Barry, T.N. and Duncan, S.J. 1984. The role of condensed tannins in the nutritional value of Lotus pedunculatus for
sheep. 4. Voluntary intake. Br. J. Nutr. 51: 485-491.
Barry, T.N., Manley, T.R. and Duncan, S.J. 1986. The role of condensed tannins in the nutritional value of Lotus
pedunculatus. 4. Sites of carbohydrate and protein digestion as influenced by dietary reactive tannin concentrations.
Br. J. Nutr. 56: 123-127.
Bonsi, M.L.K., Osuji, P.O., Nsahlai, I.V. and Tuah, A.K. 1994. Graded levels of Sesbania sesban, and Leucaena
leucocephala as supplements to tef straw given to Ethiopian Menz sheep. Anim. Prod. 59: 235-244.
de Leeuw, P.N. 1997. Crop Residues in Tropical Africa. Trends in Supply, Demand and Use. In : C. Renard (ed.). Crop
Residues in Sustainable Mixed Crop/ Livestock Farming Systems. CAB International. Wallingford. UK.
D'Mello, J.P.F. 1992. Chemical constraints to the use of tropical legumes in animal nutrition. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 38:
237-261.
Goering, H.K. and Van Soest, P.J. 1970. Forage Fiber Analysis. Agric. Handbook No. 379. Agric. Res. Serv.,
USDA.,Washington, DC, pp. 1 - 20.
ILCA. 1993. Handbook of African Livestock statistics. ILCA (International Livestock Center for Africa), Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia.
Kaitho, R.J. 1997. Nutritive value of browses as protein supplements to poor quality roughages. Ph. D. Thesis.
Wageningen Agricultural University, The Netherlands.
Kumar, R. and Singh, M. 1984. Tannins: Their adverse effects in ruminant nutrition. J. Agric. Food Chem. 32: 447-453.
Kumar, R. and Vaithiyanathan, S. 1990. Occurrence, nutritional significance and effect on animal productivity of tannins
in tree leaves. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 30: 21-38.
Leng, R.A., 1990. Factors affecting the utilization of poor quality forages by ruminants particularly under tropical
conditions. Nutrition Research Reviews. 3: 277–303.
Lohan, O.P., Lall, D. Vaid, J. and Negi, S.S. 1983. Utilization of oak tree (Quercus incana ) in cattle rations and fate of
oak leaf tannins in the ruminant system. Indian J. Anim. Sci. 53 : 1057 1063.
McDowell, R. 1989. Agroforestry and Animal Agriculture. Department of Animal Science , north Carolina State
University, Raleigh, NC., USA. pp. 20.
McDowell, R.E. and Hildebrand, P.E. 1980. Integrated Crop and Animal Production: Making the Most of Resources
Available to Small farms in Developing Countries. Workshop Paper, The Rockfeller Foundation, New York, USA.
McLeod, M.N. 1974. Plant tannins- their role in forage quality. Nutr. Abst. Rev. 44: 803-815.
McMeniman, N.P., Elliot, R. and Ash, A.J. 1988. Supplementation of rice straw with crop by-products. I. legume straw
supplementation. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 19: 43-53.
Nsahlai, I.V., Umunna, N.N. and Bonsi, M.L.K. 1998. The utilization of teff (Eragrotis tef) straw by sheep fed
supplemented forage legumes with or without either crushed maize grain or wheat bran. Small Rum. Res. 29: 303-
315.
Ørskov, E.R. 1995. Optimizing rumen environment for cellulose digestion. In: R.J. Wallace and A. Lahlou-Kassi (eds.).
Rumen Ecology Research Planning. ILRI (International Livestock Research Institute), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
pp.177-182.
Otchere, E.O. 1986. Small ruminant production in Africa. In: V.M. Simon and J.P. Hanrahan (eds.). Small Ruminant
Production in the Developing Countries.
Owen, F.N. and Zinn, R. 1988. Protein metabolism of ruminant animals. In: D.C. Church (ed.). The Ruminant Animal
Digestive Physiology and Nutrition. Waveland Press Inc., Prospect Hights, Illinois, USA. pp. 227-249.
Preston, T.R. 1995. Tropical Animal Feeding. A Manual for Research Workers. FAO Animal Production and Health Paper
126. FAO (Food an Agriculture Organization), Rome, Italy. pp. 305.
Reed, J.D. 1986. Relationships among soluble phenolics, insoluble proanthocyanidins and fiber in East African browse
species. J. Range Mgmt. 39: 5 -7.
Reed, J.D., Horvath, P.J., Allen, M.S. and Van Soest, P.J. 1985. Gravimetric determination of soluble phenolics including
tannins from leaves by precipitation with trivalent ytterbium. J. Sci. Food Agric. 36: 255-261.
Reed, J.D.; Soller, H. and Woodward , A. 1990. Fodder tree and stover diets for sheep: intake, growth, digestibility and
effects of phenolics on nitrogen utilization. Anim. Feed Sci. Technol. 30: 39 - 50.
SAS, 1996. Statistical Analysis Systems Institute Inc. Procedures Guide For Personal Computers. Version 6.12, SAS
Institute Inc. Cary, NC.
Satter, L.D. and Slyter, L.L. 1974. Effect of ammonia concentration on microbial protein production in vitro. Br. J. Nutr.
32: 199.
Siaw, D.E.K.A., Osuji, P.O. and Nsahlai, I.V. 1993. Evaluation of multipurpose trees germplasm: the use of gas
production and rumen degradation characteristics. J. Agric. Sci., Camb. 120: 319 - 330.
Solomon Melaku Ayele. 2001. Evaluation of selected multipurpose trees as feed supplements in tef (Eragrostis tef ) straw
based feeding of Menz sheep. Ph. D. Thesis. Humboldt University, Berlin, Germany.
Umunna, N.N., Osuji, P.O., Nsahlai, I.V., Khalili, H. and Mohamed-Saleem, M.A. 1995. Effect of supplementing oat hay
with lablab, sesbania, tagasaste or wheat middlings on voluntary intake, N utilization and weight gain of Ethiopian
Menz sheep. Small Rum. Res. 18: 113-120.
Van Soest, P. J. 1965. Symposium on factors influencing voluntary intake in relation to chemical composition and
digestibility. J. Anim. Sci. 26: 119-128.
Vercoe, J. E. 1969. The transfer of nitrogen from the blood to the rumen in cattle. Aust. J. Agric. Res. 20:191 -197.
Winrock, 1992. Animal Agriculture in Sub- Saharan Africa. Winrock International, Morrilton, Arkansas, USA. 162 pp.
World Bank 1992. World Development Report 1992. Oxford University Press. New York, USA.
Zelalem, A. and Fletcher, I.C. 1991. Small ruminant productivity in Central Ethiopian Highlands mixed farming systems.
In: IAR Proceedings of Fourth Livestock Improvement Conference Held in Addis Ababa, 13-15 November 1991. IAR
(Institute of Agricultural Research), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Gebregziabher Gebreyohannes1, Diriba Geleti1, Lemma Gizachew1, Yohannes Gojam2 and Gemeda Duguma1
Introduction
Ruminant production is basically a function of nutrition, health, genetics, climate and management among
which nutrition plays an important role. Tropical feed resources are mainly native pastures and agricultural
by-products, which are mostly deficient in protein concentration and animal can not maintain a positive
nitrogen balance. Among other nutrients, protein deficiency is a constraint of practical significance in
limiting livestock productivity. Maximization of livestock productivity in the tropical regions largely depends
on the efficiency of utilization of local protein sources (Seyoum Bediye et al., 1996).
Forage legumes are well recognized for their high protein and mineral values; nutrients that are mostly
sub optimal in conventional feed resources in the tropical countries (Lemma Gizachew et al., 1996). Owing
to the initial high level of protein in leguminous tissues, it also takes longer for forage legumes protein
content to drop below the maintenance requirement of animals with advance in plant maturity
(Mohammed Saleem, 1985). The positive effects of legumes on livestock production have been
demonstrated in feeding experiments where legumes constituted part of or the entire ration of ruminant
animals (Bayer, 1986; Lemma Gizachew, 1992; Lemma Gizachew et al., 1993).
Most of the protein supplements used such as noug cake are expensive and frequently not readily available
to farmers. Leguminous multipurpose trees and forages could be used as an alternative protein
supplements interms of their sustainability and low cost. Therefore, evaluating those potential leguminous
forages, as a protein supplement will undoubtedly result in efficient utilization of these resources. Thus,
this paper is aimed to evaluate the growth performance of Horro rams supplemented with different protein
feeds.
All rams were offered Rhodes hay ad libitum and a known amount of the supplemental diet on group basis.
Intake of hay and the supplement were recorded daily.
The supplemental diets included 800 g ground maize grain plus 16 gram mineral per group per day
(treatment 1), 800g ground maize grain and 800 g noug cake mixture plus 16 g mineral per group per day
(treatment 2) and 800 g ground maize plus 1040 g Sesbania sesban plus 16 g mineral per group per day
(treatment 3). During the experimental period the animals were kept indoors and supplemental diets were
offered at two times (in the morning at 9:00 am and in the afternoon at 5:00 pm). The Sesbania sesban
used in the experiment was raised at the Center nursery site and transplanted at the onset of the rainy
season to a field, which was prepared using tractor drawn implements. A fertilizer rate of 200 kg (DAP)
was applied at planting. Leaf and juvenile stem parts were harvested at 10% flowering stage, sun dried
and stored in sisal bags until feeding. Prior to feeding, local mortar and pestle were used to ground the
harvested plant parts to avoid selective feeding.
Body weight of the rams was recorded fortnightly during the 90 days experimental period. At the end of
the experimental period, six rams from each treatment group were randomly selected and slaughtered.
Rams were fasted overnight and weighed before slaughtering. The carcass was partitioned into hind and
fore quarter between the 10th and 11th ribs of carcass. The three ribs (11th to 13th) were chilled overnight in
deep freeze. Rib eye area was traced after cutting the chilled ribs between the 12th and 13th ribs, and back
fat thickness was measured on the 12th rib over the rib eye area at two sites (left and right) using
graduated ruler. Rib eye area and back fat thickness values are average of the left and right.
Data were analysed using the General Linear Model of the Statistical Analysis System (SAS, 1999). Body
weight gain was calculated as the difference between body weight taken at the start and end of the
experiment while rate of body weight change was calculated by regressing fortnightly body weight on
fortnight interval . The regression coefficients obtained for each animal were subjected to analysis of
variance to see the effect of treatment on the rate of body weight change of the rams.
Results
Body weight and body weight changes
Results of analysis of variance of final body weight and body weight gain (g/d) during the experimental
period are presented in Table 1. Treatment significantly (p < 0.001) affected final body weight, body weight
gain and rate of body weight change. Rams in treatment 2 had higher final weight, average body weight gain
and rate of body weight change compared to those in the other treatments.
Feed intake
Hay intake of rams supplemented with different types of diet showed that there was no significant (p >
0.05) variation among the three treatment groups. The overall mean daily hay consumed by the rams was
107.5 g. The overall least squares means intake of hay for rams in treatments 1, 2 and 3 were 100.7 ± 5.87,
106.9 ± 5.87 and 114.7 ± 5.87g per day, respectively.
Table 10. Initial weight, final weight and body weight gain of Horro rams fed different supplements.
Source of variation Initial weight (kg) Final Weight (kg) Body weight gain (g/d) Rate of body weight change
Overall mean 21.8 22.8 ± 0.82 10.3 ± 8.65 0.009 ± 0.03
Replication NS NS
Treatment *** *** ***
1 21.2 19.8 ± 1.11c -21.0 ± 10.21c -0.106 ± 0.03b
2 21.9 25.2 ± 0.95a 36.4 ± 8.65a 0.098 ± 0.03a
3 22.0 22.5 ± 0.91b 7.6 ± 8.26b 0.032 ± 0.03a
Covariate
Initial weight ** NS
R2 (%) 58.8 44.5 40.4
CV (%) 11.9 277.9 354.6
Means in a group in a column followed by different letters as superscript vary significantly
Significance level *** = p< 0.001; ** = p<0.01; NS = not significant (p > 0.05)
Carcass traits
Least squares means of carcass traits of rams supplemented with different diets are presented in Table 2.
Treatment significantly (p < 0.05) affected live weight, carcass yield, fat thickness and spleen and testis
weight. Significantly higher values of these traits (live weight, carcass yield, fat thickness and spleen and
testis weight) were observed for rams in treatment 2 compared to those in treatment 1. However, rams in
treatment 3 showed intermediate performance. There was no significant (p > 0.05) variation in body weight,
carcass yield, fat thickness and spleen and testis weight between rams fed ground maize grain and noug cake
mixture (treatment 2) and maize grain and Sesbania sesban mixture (treatment 3) diets.
Table 11.. Least squares means of carcass traits of lambs fed different treatment diets
Treatment
Traits studied Plevel Overall mean
T1 T2 T3
Slaughter weight (kg) * 19.7 ± 1.39a 25.5 ± 1.39b 22.8 ± 1.39ab 22.7
Carcass (kg) * 7.5 ± 0.71a 10.3 ± 0.71b 8.7 ± 0.71ab 8.9
Dressing % NS 37.9 ± 1.12 40.3 ± 1.12 38.2 ± 1.12 38.8
Fat thickness (cm) * 0.12 ± 0.06b 0.32 ± 0.06a 0.18 ± 0.06ab 0.21
Rib eye area (cm2) NS 26.8 ± 3.06 35.8 ± 3.06 26.6 ± 3.06 29.7
Head (kg) NS 1.5 ± 0.07 1.7 ± 0.07 1.6 ± 0.07 1.6
Heart (g) NS 99.3 ± 9.18 121.0 ± 9.18 117.0 ± 9.18 112.4
Kidney fat (g) NS 37.5 ± 8.62 60.3 ± 8.62 37.3 ± 8.62 45.1
Kidney fat free (g) ** 57.3 ± 3.29b 74.0 ± 3.29a 69.0 ± 3.29ab 66.8
Liver (g) NS 347.3 ± 44.98 433.3 ± 44.98 462.0 ± 44.98 414.2
Lung and trachea(g) NS 354.0 ± 33.79 407.7 ± 33.79 387.3 ± 33.79 383.0
Omental fat (g) NS 89.3 ± 24.46 103.7 ± 24.46 61.3 ± 24.46 84.8
Spleen(g) * 36.3 ± 3.97a 54.7 ± 3.97b 46.0 ± 3.97ab 45.7
Tail(g) NS 0.32 ± 0.25a 1.12 ± 0.25b 0.50 ± 0.25ab 0.64
Testis(g) * 203.7 ± 23.52a 289.0 ± 23.53b 308.0 ± 23.52b 266.9
Viscera empty(kg) NS 1.78 ± 0.22 2.40 ± 0.22 2.3 ± 0.22 2.2
Means in a group within row followed by different letters as superscript vary significantly
Significance level ** = p<0.01; * = p < 0.05; NS = non significant (p> 0.05)
Discussion
The growth performance of Horro rams supplemented with different protein feeds was evaluated. Rams
supplemented with Sesbania sesban had comparable growth performance with those rams supplemented
with noug cake. An improvement in body weight, body weight gain and carcass traits were also observed in
rams supplemented with Sesbania sesban compared to those supplemented with ground maize alone.
Besides, Sesbania sesban supplemented rams had higher testis weight compared to the other groups. Several
authors indicated that rams with larger testes size have either greater sperm production or higher daily
sperm out put (Cameron et al., 1984; Purvis et al., 1984). Thus, Sesbania sesban could be used as a protein
supplement to breeding rams to increase flock fertility. Interms of chemical constituents, herbaceous legumes
are primarily characterized by high N content. Compared to grasses they have high content of soluble dry
matter, lignin and low hemicelluloses contents (Smith et al., 1972). Crude protein content of herbaceous
legumes under local conditions varied from 15% in trifolium to 26% in Vicia with a mean of 19% (Seyoum
Bediye, 1995). Most herbaceous legumes have crude protein content of greater than 15%, a level which is
usually required to support lactation and growth (Norton, 1982) suggesting the adequacy of herbaceous
legumes to supplement basal diets of predominantly low quality pastures and crop residues.
The effect of treatment on intake of the basal diet (hay) was not significant. This could be related to the
fermentation ability of the diet. According to Nsahlai et al. (1996) response to supplementation depends on
feed and animal factors, the former including the quality of the basal roughage and forage legumes. Forage
legumes that ferment rapidly replace the basal roughage to a lower extent than those that ferment slowly.
Comparisons of the fermentation rate of Sesbania with Lablab and Tagasaste indicated that the
postruminal digestible N is lower in Sesbania (5%) than Tagasaste (16%) (Seyoum Bediye, 1995) probably
resulted in lower replacement of the basal roughage by Sesbania than Lablab (Nsahlai et al., 1996). The
non-significant difference in intake of hay among the three treatments compared in this study could be
related to this effect.
The effect of Sesbania on microbial nitrogen synthesis was also reported (Umunna et al., 1995a). Umunna
et al. (1995b) reported a tendency of improved efficiency of microbial N synthesis with Sesbania relative to
Tagasaste, which was interpreted as a beneficial effect of rapid fermentation.
It can be concluded that Sesbania sesban could serve as a potential protein supplement in a place where
noug cake is not available at least to prevent weight loss of animals.
Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements are due to the staff of the Animal Feeds and Nutrition and Animal Health Research
Divisions of Bako Agricultural Research Center.
References
Bayer, W. 1986. Utilization of fodder banks. In: Van Kaufmann, Chater, S., and Blench, R. (eds.). Proceedings of the
ILCA/NAPRI Symposium on Livestock Production In Nigerian Sub Humid Zone Kaduna, Nigeria, 29 October- 2
November 1984. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P. 351-364.
Cameron, A. W. N., Fairnie, J. J., Curnow, D. H., Keogh, E. J. and Lindsay, D. R. 1984. The relationship between
testicular size and daily sperm output of rams. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 15: 658.
Lemma Gizachew, Abubeker Hassen and Diriba Gelete. 1996. Adaptation and yield performance of herbaceous and
multipurpose tree legumes in sub humid climates of western Ethiopia. In: ESAP Proceedings of Fourth National
Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production 18-19 April 1996, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P. 187-195.
Lemma Gizachew. 1992. Comparison of different legume hay, urea and noug seed cake as a protein supplement for
growing Horro sheep fed teff straw. In Proceedings of Fourth National Livestock improvement Conference 13-15
November 1991, Institute of Agricultural Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P. 211-215.
Lemma Gizachew. 1993. Leucaena leucocephala. Research experiences in Bako area. Research report No. 20. Institute of
Agricultural Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Mohammed Saleem, M.A. 1985. The establishment and management of fodder banks In: Van Kaufmann, Chater, S., and
Blench, R. (eds.). Proceedings of the ILCA/NAPRI Symposium on Livestock Production In Nigerian Sub Humid Zone
Kaduna, Nigeria, 29 October- 2 November, 1984. ILCA, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. . P. 326-350.
Norton, B.W. 1982. Differences between species in forage quality. In: J.B. Hacker (ed). Nutritional limits to animal
production on pasture. Proceedings of an international Symposium held at St. Luica Queensland, Australia, Agust
24-28, 1981, Common Wealth Agricultural Bureaux, UK. P. 89-110.
Nsahlai, I.V., Zinash Sileshi, Seyoum Bediye and Umunna, N.N.1996. Nutritional characteristics and strategies to
enhance utilization of tropical feeds for low resource livestock producers. In: ESAP Proceedings of the Fourth
National Conference of ESAP, 18-19 April 1996, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P. 40-56.
Purvis, I. W., Kilgour, R. J., Edey, T. N. And Piper, L. R. 1984. Variation in testis diameter and serving capacity within
and between 14 Merino lines. Proc. Aust. Soc. Anim. Prod. 15: 545 - 548.
SAS (Statistical Analysis System). 1999. SAS Institute Inc., Cary, NC, USA.
Seyoum Bediye, Ummuna, V.I., Nsahlia, I.V., Zinash Sileshi and Alemu Yami. 1996. Interrelationships of chemical
properties, invitro digestibility and rumen degradability characteristics of protein sources. In: ESAP Proceedings of
Fourth National Conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal Production 18-19 April 1996, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P.
129-138.
Seyoum, Bediye. 1995. Evaluation of the nutritive values of herbaceous legumes, browse species and oil seed cakes using
chemical analysis, invitro digestibility and nylon bag techniques, MSc Thesis, Alemaya University.
Smith, L.W., Goering, H.K. and Gordon, C.H. 1972. Relationships of forage composition with rates of cell wall digestion
and indigestible cell walls. J. Dairy Sci. 55: 1140-1147.
Umunna, N.N., Nsahlai, I.V. and Osuji, P.O. 1995a. Degradability of forage protein supplements and their effects on the
kinetics of digestion and passage. Small Ruminant Research 17:145-152.
Umunna, N.N., Osuji, P.O., Nsahlai, I.V., Khalili, H. and Muhamed-Saleem, M.A. 1995b. The effect of supplementing oat
hay with Lablab, Sesbania, Tagasaste or wheat middlings on the voluntary intake, nitrogen utilization and gain of
Ethiopian Menz sheep. Small Ruminant Research 18:113-120.
Tadesse Bekele, Zelalem Yilma, Yohannes Gojjam and Alemu Gebre Wold
Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization, P.O. Box 2003, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Abstract
Twenty-two 50% and 75% exotic blood Friesian x Boran and Jersey x Boran cows were grouped into two different
concentrate supplement levels (hay ad lib and 3 or 5kg/head/day). The cows were assigned to the two diet groups by
stratified by parity, breed type and exotic blood level. Data collected were analyzed using General Linear Model
(GLM) procedure of the Statistical Analysis System (SAS). Roughage dry matter (DM) intake per live weight and
per metabolic body weight was not different between concentrate diet supplement levels, parities, and exotic blood
levels (P>0.05). The effect of concentrate diet supplement level and breed type, however, markedly (P<0.05) affected
concentrate DM intake per live weight and per metabolic body weight, while total feed DM intake per live weight
and per metabolic body weight was significantly (P<0.05) affected only by breed type. Cows supplemented
5kg/head/day were more efficient in milk production than cows supplemented 3kg/head/day. Jersey crosses and
crosses of 75% exotic blood levels were found to be efficient milk producers than Friesian crosses and crosses of 50%
exotic blood levels, respectively. Metabolizable energy (ME) and digestible crude protein (DCP) balance were higher
for cows fed higher supplementary feed level during lactation. Gross efficiency of ME and DCP for milk production
were better for cows with early parities, Jersey crosses and crosses of 75% exotic blood inheritance than for cows
with advanced parities, Friesian crosses and crosses of 50% exotic blood inheritance, respectively. Supplementation
of 5kg concentrate improved feed DM intake, feed conversion efficiency and, nutrient utilization.
Key words: Efficiency, milk yield, concentrate, hay, breed, exotic blood level, parity, lactation, Friesian,
Jersey, Boran.
Introduction
The efficiency of growth, reproduction and lactation determines the economic value of raising animals for
food in agriculture. The nutrient requirements of the dairy cow for milk production depend upon the amount
of milk being produced and upon its composition. The yield of milk is decided primarily by the breed of the
cow (McDonald et al, 1995). Zebu cows are generally reputed to be low milk producers both under traditional
and improved management conditions. This is mainly because through centuries they have been adapted for
draught purposes, disease resistance, tolerance to tropical climates, and poor nutrition (Falvey and
Chantalakhana, 1999). Genetic improvement is one option to improve milk production. However, small
holder farmers with limited resources complain higher feed and management requirements of crossbred
cows. Partly due to this fact the distribution of genetically improved dairy cows into the rural smallholders
crop - livestock farming areas of the Ethiopian highlands, low. Because of their high metabolic rate and their
requirement for milk secretion, lactating cows have special demand for nutrient supplement as compared to
dry cows. In practice milk yield and composition are influenced mainly by the dietary supplies of energy and
protein. Other nutrients can easily be supplemented and their deficiencies have little effect on milk
production and body maintenance.
Conventionally, the utilization of energy in ruminants is assessed through measurement of metabolizable
energy (ME) intake in the diet and the partial efficiencies of utilization of ME for maintenance and
production process (Thomas and Rook, 1983). Description of the utilization of dietary energy in calorimetric
terms has allowed the development of the metabolizable energy system for rationing dairy cows (ARC,
1965). Although the dietary crude protein (n x 6.25) intake influences milk yield and milk constituents
there is little response to additional protein in cows receiving diets providing the Woodman’s (1957)
standard of 340 g digestible crude protein (DCP) for maintenance and 60 g digestible CP per Kg milk yield
for production. Broster (1972), indicated that, with basal diets adequate in protein according to the
standard, milk yield increased on average by 0.6kg/kg of additional DCP. On the other hand with basal
diets providing less protein than the standard, milk yield increased by an average of 4.4 kg/ kg DCP
(Thomas and Rook, 1983). In another work Van Horn et al., (1979) showed that dietary inclusion of
soybean, rather than cottonseed meal improved milk yield over a range of dietary protein intakes. Changes
in the dietary intake of crude protein or energy, even in the absence of an effect on milk yield, may have an
important impact on the deposition of protein in the tissues. The objective of this experiment was to study
nutrient utilization efficiency of 50% and 75% crossbred cows for milk production under low and high
concentrate supplementary levels.
Feeding and Management: All cows were indoor fed starting at calving. The cows were fed equal quantities
of supplementary feed for two weeks of preliminary period for feed adjustment. After two weeks, the
experimental diet was supplemented during morning and afternoon milking, by dividing the daily amounts
into two equal parts. Proportions and estimated nutritive values of the experimental feeds are indicated in
Table 2.
Hay was offered ad lib by weighing daily allowances. There was weekly adjustment of hay offered
depending on refusals. Refusals were weighed and recorded every morning before next feedings. All cows
were hand milked twice per day, once in the morning and the other time in the evening. Daily milk yield
was weighed and recorded right at milking. The experiment lasted for six months.
Table 2. Composition and estimated nutritive values of the experimental feeds
♣
>> >> >> >>
Body weight measurement: All cows in the experiment were weighed every two weeks before morning
feedings, watering and milking. Cows that showed high weight variations from the previous measurements
were re-weighed the next morning.
Data collection and statistical analysis: Daily concentrate and hay allowances and refusals, daily milk yield
and fortnightly body weights of cows were measured and recorded. Gross efficiency of milk production was
computed using Barett and Larkins (1974), method. The collected data were subjected to analysis using
General Linear Model procedure of Statistical Analysis System (SAS, 1987).
Results
Supplementary concentrate level and breed type markedly (P<0.05) affected concentrate intake per live
and per metabolic body weight; and total DM intake per metabolic body weight, while the effects of parity
and exotic blood level were not important (P>0.05). Roughage intake per live weight and per metabolic body
weight, on the contrary, was not significantly (P>0.05) affected by any of the independent variables
considered in this experiment (Table 3).
Cows supplemented 5kg concentrate /head/day and Jersey crosses consumed 0.9kg (64%) and 0.3kg (18%)
more supplementary concentrate diet per live weight than those supplemented 3kg/head/day and Friesian
crosses, respectively. Cows supplemented 5kg concentrate/head/day and Jersey crosses consumed 0.6kg
(13%) and 0.8kg (18%) more total DM per live weight than those supplemented 3kg/head/day and Friesian
crosses, respectively. Similarly cows supplemented 5kg concentrate /head/day and Jersey crosses consumed
4kg (67%) and 1kg (13%) and, 2.9kg (15%) and 2.7kg (14%) more concentrate and total DM per metabolic
body weight than cows supplemented 3kg concentrate/head/day and Friesian crosses, respectively.
The overall mean concentrate:roughage intake ratio and total feed DM intake per kg milk production was
38:62 and 1.36, respectively (Table 4). Cows supplemented 5kg concentrate/head/day, cows with advanced
parities, Jersey crosses and crosses of 75% exotic blood inheritance more efficiently used concentrate diet to
produce milk than cows supplemented 3kg/head/day, cows with early parities, Friesian crosses and crosses
of 50% exotic blood, respectively.
DCP balance for other body functions than cows supplemented lower level of concentrate, cows with
advanced parities, Friesian crosses and crosses of 50% exotic blood inheritance, respectively.
Gross efficiency of milk production in terms of ME and DCP was higher for cows supplemented 3kg
concentrate/head/day, cows in advanced parities, Friesian crosses and crosses of 50% exotic inheritance
than cows supplemented 5kg concentrate/head/day, cows in early parities, Jersey crosses and crosses of
75% exotic blood inheritance respectively (Table 6).
Table 3. Least squares means (± s.e.) of feed dry matter (DM) intake per live weight (LW) and per metabolic body weight (MBW) (kg)
Table 4. Feed conversion efficiency into milk production over 180 days.
Conc.:rough.
Variables No. of Obs. TDM intake/Kg milk production
intake ratio
Overall mean 22 38:62 1.36
Level of concentrate diet supp.
3kg/head/day 11 30:70 1.43
5kg/head/day 11 44:56 1.29
Parity
1st – 3rd parities 9 35:65 1.5
4th – 6th parities 13 39:61 1.27
Breed Type
BOF 12 37:63 1.42
BOJ 10 38:62 1.31
Blood level
50% EBL 12 38:62 1.4
75% EBL 10 37:63 1.33
L.S.D. 0.3135
CV% 25.10
NS = Non significant, * = significant (P<0.05), ** = significant (P<0.01), EBL = Exotic blood level, BOF = Boran x Friesian, BOJ = Boran x Jersey
Table 5. Estimated nutrient requirement, intake and balance for milk production during lactation (180 days)*
Cows’ nutrient requirements, intake and balance for milk production during the experimental period of 180
days are shown in Table 5. Although all cows in the experiment seemed to be in positive ME and DCP
balance for milk, those cows supplemented higher level of concentrate diet, cows with early parities,
Jerseys crosses and crosses of 75% exotic blood level seemed to have more extra ME.
Table 6. Gross efficiency* of milk production in terms of energy and digestible crude protein (DCP)
Discussion
The slightly higher roughage intake per live weight and per metabolic body weight for cows supplemented
3kg concentrate/head/day, cows in early parities and Jersey crosses than their respective counter parts might
be related to cow body size. Smaller sized cows had better opportunity to consume up to their maximum
intake capacity as compared to larger sized cows. Previous related works also indicated that rumen capacity,
low digestibility and low passage rates limit intake (Campling and Balch, 1961a; Campling and Balch, 1961b;
and Conrad et al., 1964).
The higher concentrate intake per live weight and per metabolic body weight for cows supplemented 5kg
concentrate/head/day and Jersey crosses than their counter parts respectively could possibly be accounted
to supplement level and cow size as indicated earlier (NRC, 1984 and Vandehaar, 1998).
The higher total feed DM conversion efficiency into milk of cows supplemented 3kg concentrate diet/day
might be due to mobilization of nutrients from body store to augment low supplement. This idea agrees
with Schingoethe (1998), who indicated that, cows can compensate for much of their deficiency in energy
intake by borrowing the remaining needed energy from body fat, however, they cannot borrow very much
protein. Thus most of their protein must be supplied in the diet. The relatively higher body nutrient
balance on milk production for cows supplemented high concentrate diet, cows with early parities, Jersey
crosses and crosses of 75% exotic blood level is probably accounted to body nutrient mobilization as
suggested earlier (Schingoethe, 1998).
Conclusions
According to the results of the present study increased nutrient densities under indoor feeding system
generally improved nutrient utilization efficiency for milk production of lactating crossbred dairy cows.
Smaller sized Jersey crosses were found to be more efficient for milk production than the larger sized
Friesian crosses under the feeding system considered in the current study. However, the economic
implications of increased nutrient densities in the ration of dairy cows and nutrient conversion efficiencies
into milk production for dairy enterprises based on crossbred cows needs to be further investigated.
References
ARC. 1965. The Nutrient Requirement of Ruminants. Agricultural Research Council (ARC). Farm Livestock.No.2.
Barrett, M.A. and P.J. Larkin. 1974. Milk And Beef Production In The Tropics. Barrett and Larkin (ed). Oxford
University. Ely House. London.
Beyene Chichaibelu. 1976. Evaluation of some Ethiopian feed stuffs. Ph.D. Thesis. Cornell University. Ithaca. New York.
Broster, W.H. 1972. Protein requirement of cows for lactation. In: Handbuch der Tierernahrung. Vol.II ( ed. W. Lenkeit,
K. Breirem, and E. Crasemann ), pp. 292- 321. Parey. Hamburg.
Campling, R.C. and C.C. Balch. 1961a. Factors affecting the voluntary intake of food by cows: 1. preliminary observations
on the effect, on the voluntary intake of hay, of changes in the amount of the reticulo- rumen contents. Br. J. Nutr.
15:523.
Campling, R.C. and C.C. Balch. 1961b. Factors affecting the voluntary intake of food by cows. 2. The relationship between
the voluntary intake of roughage, the amount of digestion in the reticulo- rumen and the rate of disappearance of
digestion from the alimentary tract. Br. J. Nutr. 15: 531.
Conrad, H.R. A.D. Flatt, and J.W. Hibbs. 1964. Regulation of feed intake in dairy cows. 1. Change in importance of
physical and physiological factors with increasing digestibility. J. Dairy Sci. 47:54.
Falvey, L. and C. Chantalakhana. (eds). 1999. Smallholder dairying in the tropics. ILRI (International Livestock
Research Institute), Nairobi, Kenya. 462 pp.
McDonald, P., R.A., Edwards, J.F.D. Greenhalgh and C.A. Morgan. 1995. Animal Nutrition. 5th editions. Longman
Scientific and Technical. Co. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.
NRC. 1984. Nutrient Requirement of Beef Cattle. 6th Rev. ed. National Academy Press. National Research Council
(NRC). Washington D.C., USA.
NRC. 1989. Nutrient Requirements of Dairy Cattle. National Research Council (NRC). National Academy of Science,
Washington D.C., USA.
SAS. 1987. Statistical Analysis System (SAS) Users’ Guide. Statistics, A. ray (ed.) SAS Institute INC., Cary NC, USA.
Schingoethe, D.J. 1998. Feeding dairy cows. In: Livestock Feeds and Feeding (Richard O. Kellems,and D.C. Church
editors ). 4th ed. Prentice Hall. Upper Saddle River. New Jersey.
Tadesse Bekele, Alemu G/Wold and Kassahun W/Gebriel. 1991. Effect of levels of concentrate feeding on milk production
of crossbred cows. In Proc. of the 3rd National Livestock Improvement Conference, 24-25 May 1989. Institute of
Agricultural Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. pp. 108-111.
Thomas, P.C. and Rook, J. A. F. 1983. Milk Production. In: Nutritional Physiology of Farm Animals (ed. J.A.F. Rook and
P.C. Thomas ). 1st ed. Longman. London and New York.
Vandehaar, M.J. 1998. Efficiency of nutrient use and relationship to profitability on dairy farms. J. Dairy Sci., 81(1):272-
282.
Van Horn, H.H., C.A. Zometa, C.J. Wilcox, S.P. Marshall, and B. Jr. Harris. 1979. Complete rations for dairy cattle: VIII.
Effects of percent and source of protein on milk yield and ration digestibility. J. Dairy Sci. 62: 1086-93.
Woodman, H.E. 1957. Rations for Livestock. 11th ed. Bull. Minstr. Agric. Food Org. N±. 48. London.
Rationale
Dairy production is a biologically efficient system that converts large quantities of roughage to milk. Milk
is an important component of human diet as it has essential amino acids that are most likely to be deficient
in diets based on vegetable protein (Leeuw and Thorpe, 1998). Improving milk production, therefore, is an
important tool for improving the quality of human life.
Milk production on the basis of indigenous cattle is not a quick means to meet the increasing demand for
milk and milk products. The use of crossbreeds is a suitable option as it combines the adaptability of the
indigenous strains to poor nutrition, heat stress and disease challenges with the high milk production
potential and better temperament of the exotic breeds. Beyene (1992) reported that crossbred cows produce
milk of more than three times than the locals do. Keeping crossbred cows at on-farm condition was
reported to be profitable (Temesgen and Tadele, 2000). To express their genetic potential however,
crossbred cows require a more elaborated feeding including from both roughage and concentrate (Agarwal,
et al. 1995). Adequate level of concentrate supplementation to crossbred cows was reported to increase feed
intake and milk production (Stockdale, 1985; Tadesse et al., 2001). Though the use of concentrate feeds is a
potential alternative through which the productivity of cows can be improved, the high cost is a limiting
factor. Urban dairy producers depend substantially on concentrate feeds to supplement crossbred cows.
This has resulted in a heavy reliance on the very limited concentrate feed supplies on the market and
consequently to increased price which are cited by producers as a primary constraint to an increased milk
production (Staal and Shapiro, 1997). While supplementation, factors that enhance milk production and
the cost and return concepts should require consideration (Shiyani et al. 1995). In milk production systems
which do not rely heavily on pasture grazing and fodder crops to provide cow nutrition, the milk
price/concentrate price ratio (MCR) is an important indicator of the economic viability of the dairying
(Staal, and shapiro, 1996). Strategic formulation of different ingredients in a manner to furnish the cow
with nutrients in a balanced proportion and to reduce the cost of milk production therefore is desirable
(Chilliard, 1999). Owners of grain mill factories sale mixed concentrate feed made up of wheat bran, wheat
middling, noug cake, bone meal and salt. Wheat middling and wheat bran being by products of wheat, the
former is more expensive than the later. Attention therefore has to be paid in replacing expensive
ingredients with the cheaper once while formulating the concentrate mix. The objective of this experiment
therefore, was to
Evaluate the milk production and economic benefits of supplementing crossbred dairy cows with the
concentrate feed formulated at the center as compared to the concentrate purchased as a mix.
Results
Effects of treatments and breed on daily milk yield, concentrate, hay and total feed intake
The least squares mean values and standard errors for the effects of treatments (concentrate supplements:
treatment 1= concentrate mix 1formulated at the center and treatment 2= concentrate mix 2 purchased as a
mix) and breeds (Breed 1= 50 % cross of Friesian-Boran and Breed 2= 50 % cross of Jersey- Boran) on daily
milk yield (DMY), hay intake (HYIT) and total feed intake (TOFDIT, a total of hay and concentrate on DM
basis) are presented in Table 3.
There was no significant difference (P=0.055) between treatments (TRT and TRT 2) on DMY when breed is
not taken in to consideration. Cows supplemented with TRT 1 and TRT 2 have had a milk yield of 7.4 L ±
0.05 and 7.5 L ± 0.06 respectively. Whereas with regard to the feed intake, a significance difference (P=
0.042) was shown on the effect of treatments on HYIT. Cows fed TRT 1 and TRT2 have consumed 7.4 kg ±
0.07 and 7.1 kg ± 0.08 hay respectively. However, a non-significant difference (P = 0.218) was observed
with respect to the effect of treatments on TOFDIT. Cows fed TRT 1 and TRT2 have consumed a total feed
of 11.1 kg ± 0.08 and 10.9 kg ± 0.09 respectively.
Regardless of the treatments however, there was a highly significant difference (P= 0.0001) between the
two breeds in milk production. BF and BJ cows have had a milk yield (L) of 7.7 ± 0.06 and 7.3 ± 0.05
respectively. Similarly, these breeds had shown highly significant (P= 0.0001) difference on HYIT. BF and
BJ cows have consumed 7.7 kg ± 0.08 and 6.8 kg ± 0.08 hay respectively. With respect to the total feed
intake, a highly significant difference (P= 0.0001) was observed between BF and BJ cows. BF and BJ cows
have consumed 11.6 kg ± 0.08 and 10.4 kg ± 0.08 of both hay and concentrate respectively.
An interaction effect of Breed and Treatments (BRD*TRT) on DMY, COI, HYIT and TOFDIT was also
seen. The interaction effect of BRD 1*TRT 1, BRD 1*TRT 2, BRD 2*TRT 1 and BRD 2*TRT 2 on all the
prescribed dependent variables above are highly significant (P=0.0001).
Economical analysis
The cost-profit analysis is indicated in Table 4. When milk production and feed intake with its cost of
production is subjected into cost-profit analysis, the following results were found. Supplement CM2 to J x Bo
cows appeared the most cost effective since it had a favorably lowest cost/L milk, highest net return, and
higher benefit-cost ratio. When within breed comparison is taken in to account, Jersey-Boran crosses
supplemented with CM2 had got a better net return (3.47 ETB), cost of milk/L (0.76 ETB) and benefit-cost
ratio (1.64) as compared when they were supplemented with CM1 which had got a relatively lower net return
(3.18 ETB), higher cost of milk/L (0.82 ETB) and less benefit-cost ratio (1.53). Concerning the other breed, Fr
x Bo supplemented with CM1 had got a better net return (3.34 ETB), cost of milk /L (0.80 ETB), and benefit-
cost ratio (1.57) than when they were supplemented with CM2 which had a relatively lower net return (3.07
ETB), higher cost of milk/L (0.86 ETB) and less benefit-cost ratio (1.44). When all the feeding combinations
are considered in to account, J x Bo when they were supplemented with CM2 was the best supplementing
approach, which had met a relatively best net return (3.47 ETB), cost of milk/L (0.76 ETB), and benefit-cost
ratio (1.64). This was followed by supplementing Fr x Bo with CM1 which had got a net return, cost of milk/L
and benefit-cost ratio of 3.34 ETB, 0.80 ETB, and 1.57 respectively. The next was when J x Bo were
supplemented with CM1 which had a net return, cost of milk/L and benefit-cost ratio of 3.18 ETB, 0.82 ETB
and 1.53 respectively. Finally, supplementing Fr x Bo with CM2 is the relatively least profitable one, which
had got a net returns, cost of milk/L and benefit-cost ratio of 3.07 ETB, 0.86 ETB, and 1.44 respectively. Since
benefit-cost ratio of > 1 is the minimum acceptable economic element, all the supplementing combinations,
which had got > 1 benefit cost ratio can be said a relatively optimum feeding approach.
Discussion
The effect of treatments (supplementary concentrate feeds) had shown a significant variation on hay
intake. Cows supplemented with CM1 consumed a total feed of 7.4 kg/day/cow. This supplement supplied
higher CP (295 g/kg DM) content. Where as cows supplemented with CM2 consumed 7.1kg/cow/day. This
supplement supplied 237 CP g/kg DM content. This shows that the relatively higher CP intake from CM1
stimulated a relatively higher hay intake. This is true because the addition of extra CP supplement may have
stimulated efficient rumen fermentation, more passage rate and intake. This implies there is a direct relation
ship between CP content of feeds and feed intake.
On the other hand the difference in CP content between CM1 and CM2 didn’t result in significant
difference on milk yield. Cows consumed 295 g/kg DM from CM1 produced 7.4 L milk/cow/day, where as
cows consumed 237 g/kg DM produced 7.3 L milk/cow/day. Apart from the relatively high content of CP in
CM1, it is possible that the synergistic effect of CP supplement from CM2 could have resulted in more
efficient use of absorbed nutrients resulting in almost similar milk production to cows supplemented with
CM1. In this particular experiment, this finding supports the concept that milk production is better
determined by the nutrient utilization rather than by the nutrient intake. However, Seyoum, et al. (1991)
reported that the increase in CP intake (g/w0.75 per day) goes in parallel to the increased milk production.
With regard to the total feed intake, the difference in CP content between CM1 and CM2 didn’t result in a
significant difference. Cows consumed 295 g/kg DM from CM1 fed 11.1 kg/day/cow as compared to cows
consumed 237 g/kg DM from the supplement CM2 which fed 10.9 kg/day/cow. The total feed intake being
included hay and concentrate, though there was significant difference between hay intake the insignificant
difference on the total feed intake was due to the fact that cows supplemented with CM1 and CM2 have
consumed almost similar amount (3.7 and 3.8kg/cow/day) of concentrate feed. This result was in agreement
with the findings of Tadesse, et al. (2001) who reported that as a result of supplementing two concentrate
feed levels there was no significant difference on total feed intake between J x Bo and F x Bo cows. In the
current experiment, a total feed intake of 11.1 kg/cow/day and 10.9 kg/cow/day resulted in similar daily
milk yield of 7.4 L and 7.3 L respectively. This reflects milk production follows the level of feed
consumption. McDonald, et al. (1995) reported that as the concentrate feed supplement increases up to
certain level, milk yield increases. The effect of high and low supplementary feed levels to crossbreeds of
BF and BJ cows showed that, feed intake and milk yield was markedly increased with increasing
supplementary feed level. At 180 days milk yield, cows fed low, 3 kg concentrate supplementary level
consumed 9.9 kg feed and produced 1243 kg milk as compared to cows supplemented 5 kg of concentrate
which consumed 11.4 kg feed and 1484 kg milk (Tadesse, et al., 2001).
CM1 and CM2 being contained similar ME/kg concentrate (11.5 and 12.3) didn’t bring significant
difference on DMY, COI and on TODIT, but brought a significant variation on HYIT. This becomes a real
justification for the clarification that the difference in HYIT was resulted from the difference in CP content
of CM1 and CM2. With regard to the effect of feed energy on daily milk yield, McDonald (1995) showed
that the input of energy required /kg, increases as the milk yield of the cow increases. This shows there is a
direct relationship between energy supplement and milk production. This is the reason why similar ME
content in CM1 and CM2 didn’t bring significant variation on milk yield.
The effect of breed on daily milk yield (7.7 L & 7.3L), on concentrate intake (3.9 kg & 3.7 kg), on hay intake
(7.7 kg & 6.8 kg) and on total feed intake (11.6 kg & 10.4 kg) was significant. Many authors have found a
similar trend; Gebreegziabher, et al. (1993) in their study on productive and reproductive performance of
Boran-Friesian and Boran-Jersey cows reported that, there was significant difference on lactation milk
yield (1712.5 L & 1171 L) respectively. Taddesse, et al. 1991, in evaluating the effect of concentrate feeding
on milk production of crossbred cows reported that, the average daily milk yield/ kg of concentrate intake
was significantly different (1.4 and 1.7) between Jersey and Friesian crosses respectively. McDonald, et al.
(1995) reported that genetically superior cows consume more feed. Cows with larger udders or more
productive udders consume more and there is a good evidence that the increase in milk production drives
in increase in feed intake. This evidence stems from the observation that increased mammary development
in high genetic merit cows is associated with increased feed intake. Breeds of different yield capacity
respond differently to different levels of feed supplementation. Cows of high yielding capacity use higher
proportion of the production ration for milk than those of lower potential cows. There is a difference in feed
utilization between high yielding cows and low yielding cows. For example the response of energy
utilization for milk production varies with individual cow. The nutrient requirement of small-sized breeds
with low milk yield can be more easily fulfilled than those of large-sized cows with higher milk yield
(Mohammed, 1991).
The interaction effect of BRD 1*TRT 1, BRD 1*TRT 2, BRD 2*TRT 1 and BRD 2*TRT 2 on all the
prescribed dependent variables above were highly significant. McDonald, et al. (1995) explained that there
is a limit (frame) up to which a genetic characteristics can express milk production potential of different
breeds of lactating cows. This scope of production potential can be expressed depending on the type of feed
supplied. The truth that milking cows have their own nutrient requirement is reflected by the principle
that there is an interaction effect between breed and feed. Generally the insufficient information available
relative to the current experiment limits to relate the current results to other works.
Conclusions
The results of this experiment showed that, F x Bo cows fed CM2 brought the highest milk production.
These cows, when fed CM2 had better milk yield than when they were fed CM1. This in turn was better than
when J x Bo cows fed CM1. J x Bo cows fed CM1 brought better milk production than when they were fed
CM2. F x Bo cows fed both CM1 and CM2 have better milk yield than when J x Bo cows fed both CM1 and
CM2. Regarding the cost-profit aspect, Supplement CM2 to J x Bo cows appeared the most cost effective since
it had a favorably lowest cost/L milk, highest net return, and higher benefit-cost ratio. J x Bo cows
supplemented with CM2 had got a better net return (3.47 ETB), cost of milk/L (0.76 ETB) and benefit-cost
ratio (1.64) than when they were supplemented with CM1 which had got a relatively lower net return (3.18
ETB), higher cost of milk/L (0.82 ETB) and less benefit-cost ratio (1.53). Friesian-Boran cows supplemented
with CM1 had got a better net return (3.34 ETB), cost of milk /L (0.80 ETB), and benefit-cost ratio (1.57) than
when they were supplemented with CM2 which had a relatively lower net return (3.07 ETB), higher cost of
milk/L (0.86 ETB) and less benefit-cost ratio (1.44).
Since economics is the primary criterion for dairying, it should not only be directed to the goal of increasing
milk production but also to identify the inputs, which are, known to be less costly. Further experiments
should be carried out to make these findings better strong.
Treatment1 = concentrate mix 1 (CM1) = the concentrate mix formulated at the center
Treatment2 = concentrate mix 2 (CM2) = the concentrate purchased as a mix
Fr x Bo * CM1 = Friesian - Boran * concentrate mix 1
Fr x Bo * CM2 = Friesian - Boran * concentrate mix 2
J x Bo * CM1 = Jersey - Boran * concentrate mix 1
J x Bo * CM2 = Jersey - Boran * concentrate mix 2
DMY= daily milk yield
COI= concentrate intake
HYIT= hay intake
TOFDIT= total feed intake
Fr x Bo = Friesian - Boran
Jr x Bo = Jersey - Boran
Table 1. Cost and proportion of each feed ingredient in the mix and price of milk
DM CP IVOMD ME
Concentrate type
g/kg g/kg (g/kg) (MJ)
CM1 810.2 294.7 717.5 11.5
CM2 893.0 236.8 767.5 12.3
Hay 923.2 75.6 615.9 9.9
Table 3. The effects of treatments and breed on daily milk yield (DMY), concentrate intake (COI), hay intake (HYIT) and total feed intake
(TOFDIT) (LS-mean & SE).
Dependent variables
Independent variables
DMY COI HTIT TOFDIT
Treatments
CM1 7.4 ± 0.06 3.7 ± 0.027 7.4 ± 0.07a 11.1 ± 0.08
CM2 7.3 ± 0.05 3.8 ± 0.03 7.1 ± 0.08b 10.9 ± 0.08
Breed
Fr x Bo 7.7 ± 0.06a 3.9 ± 0.03a 7.7 ± 0.08a 11.6 ± 0.08a
J x Bo 7.3 ± 0.05b 3.7 ± 0.03b 6.8 ± 0.08b 10.4 ± 0.08b
Interactions
Fr x Bo* CM1 7.4 ± 0.08a 3.7 ± 0.04a 7.1 ± 0.03a 10.9 ± 0.12a
Fr x Bo* CM2 7.9 ± 0.08b 4.0 ± 0.04b 8.3 ± 0.04b 12.3 ± 0.12b
J x Bo * CM1 7.4 ± 0.08c 3.7 ± 0.04c 7.6 ± 0.06c 11.2 ± 0.12c
J x Bo * CM2 7.2 ± 0.08d 3.6 ± 0.04d 6.0 ± 0.08d 9.6 ± 0.12d
Note; abcd between rows, within independent variables: mean values with different superscripts are significantly different.
Table 4. Cost–profit analysis of production of milk in Boran–Friesian and Boran – Jersey cows (ETB/cow/day)
Cows as supplemented by the concentrate mixes
Particulars Fr x Bo J x Bo
CM1 CM2 CM1 CM2
Total cost, ETB 5.91 6.83 6.02 5.43
Milk yield/cow/day, L 7.4 7.92 7.36 7.15
Price of milk/L, ETB 1.25 1.25 1.25 1.25
Returns, ETB 9.25 9.9 9.2 8.9
Net returns, ETB 3.34 3.07 3.18 3.47
Cost of milk/L, ETB 0.80 0.86 0.82 0.76
Benefit-cost ratio, ETB 1.57 1.44 1.53 1.64
References
Agarwal, S.B. Singh, B. Tomer, O.S. Sharma, D.D. 1995. A study on daily milk yield and intake of feed nutrients in
bovine. Indian J. dairy Sci., V. 48, No 6, pp. 395-399.
Beyene, K., 1992. Estimation of additive and non-additive genetic effects for growth, milk yield and reproduction traits of
crossbred (Bos Taurus x Bos indicus) cattle in the wet and dry environments in Ethiopia. PhD dissertation. Cornell
University, US.
Chilliard, Y. 1999, and physiological constraints to milk production: factors, which determine nutrient partitioning,
lactation persistency and mobilization of body reserves, Farmers, their animals and the environment, FAO/ILRI
web, Rome, Italy.
De Leeuw, P.N. Omore, A. Staal, S. and Thorpe, W. 1998. Dairy production systems in the tropics: A review, Farmers,
their Animals and the Environment, International Livestock Research Institute, Nairobi, Kenya.
Gebre-Egziabher, G., Tesfaye, K., Mulugeta, K. 1993. Reproductive and productive performance of ¾ Crossbred cows in
Bako area, Proceedings of the Fourth National Livestock Improvement Conference, 13 – 15 November 1991,
Institute of Agricultural Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, and pp.-83 – 89.
McDonald, P., Edwards, R.A., Greenhalgh, J.F.D., Morgan, C.A. 1995. Lactation, Animal nutrition (5th ed), Addison
Wesley Longman Limited, United Kingdom.
MOA/SDDP, 1999. Feeding of crossbred dairy cows, Extension manual No. 4, Smallholder dairy Development Project,
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, pp. 10-18.
Mohammed, Y.K. 1991.Effect of level of concentrate supplementation on milk yield of local Arsi and Crossbred dairy cows
in Arsi region, proceedings of the Third National Livestock Improvement
Conference, 24 – 26 May 1989, Institute of Agricultural Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, pp. 154 – 157.
SAS, 1998. User’s guide: statistics, version 5, SAS Institute. Statistical analysis system (SAS). Inc.cary. NC
Seyoum, B., Zinash, S. Lambourne, L.J., Sendros, D. Fodder beet (Beta vulgaris) feeding to crossbred cows, Proceedings of
the third National Livestock Improvement Conference, 24 – 26 May 1989, Institute of Agricultural Research, Addis
Ababa, Ethiopia, pp. 150 –153.
Shiyani, R.L. Singh, R.V. Pandya, H.R. 1995. Cost and returns from dairy enterprise in Saurashtra region. Indian J.
Dairy Sci., V 48, No. 6, pp. 399-345
Staal, S.J. and shapiro, B.I. 1996. Dairy production in the Addis Ababa milk shed, The economic impact of public policy on
smallholder peri-urban dairy producers in Addis Ababa, ESAP Publication No 2, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, pp 20 – 24.
Stockdale, C.R. and T.E. Trigg. 1985. Effect of pasture allowance and level of supplemental feeding on the Production of
dairy cows in late lactation, Australian Journal of Experimental Agriculture. 25: (4) 739 – 744.
Tadesse, B., Alemu, G., Kasahun, W., 1991. Effect of levels of concentrate feeding on milk production of Crossbred cows,
Proceedings of the Third National Livestock Improvement Conference, 24 – 26 May 1989, Institute of Agricultural
Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, pp. 108 – 111.
Tadesse, B., Zelealem, Y. and Alemu, G. 2001. Milk yield and reproductive performance of F1 and ¾ Crossbred (Boran x
Friesian and Boran x Jersey) cows under high and low supplementary feed Levels, pastorals and agropastoralism
which way forward? proceedings of the 8th annual conference of Ethiopian Society of Animal production (ESAP) held
in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 24-26 August 2000. ESAP (Ethiopian Society of Animal Production), Addis Ababa,
Ethiopia, pp 297 –303.
Temesgen, T. and Tadele M. 2000. Economic evaluation of crossbred dairy cows under Smallholder farmers management
at Arsi Negele and Adami Tullu. Livestock production and the environment – implications for sustainable
livelihoods. Proceedings of the 7th annual conference of Ethiopian society of Animal Production (ESAP) held in Addis
Ababa, Ethiopia, 26-27 May 1999. ESAP (Ethiopian Society of Animal Production), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, pp 154-
159.
Ethiopian Agricultural Research Organization, Holetta Agricultural Research Center, P.O. Box 2003, Addis
Ababa, Ethiopia
Abstract
An experiment was conducted to determine Dry Mmatter (DM) intake, milk yield, body weight and linear body size
of 22 50% and 75% exotic crossbred lactating cows of Friesian and Jersey exotic sire breeds and Boran local dam
breed under two levels of concentrate supplementation (3 and 5Kg/head/day). Cows were grouped into the two-
supplementation groups based on parity, breed and exotic blood level. Total milk yield, milk yield per metabolic body
weight, live weight, metabolic body weight, body condition scores, wither heights and heart girth were considered.
Data were analyzed using General Linear Model (GLM) procedures of the Statistical Analysis System (SAS). Results
indicated that daily DM intakes were higher for cows supplemented 5 Kg concentrate per head per day than those
supplemented 3 Kg per head per day (P<0.05). Daily DM intake was not different (p>0.10) between parity groups,
breeds and exotic blood levels. Total milk yield increased with higher level of concentrate supplementation (P<0.05).
Cows with advanced parities, Friesian crosses, and 50% crosses produced 210kg (16%), 139kg (11%) and 5kg (0.4%)
more milk than cows with early parities, Jersey crosses, and 75% exotic crosses, respectively. Cows supplemented
with high level of concentrate were higher in body weight and linear body measurements, than cows supplemented
with low level of concentrate. Regression analysis indicated that there was a positive linear relationship between
body weight and heart girth. Milk yield per unit metabolic body weight was not different between concentrate
supplement levels, parities, breeds and exotic blood levels (P>0.05). Increased concentrate supplementation
improved DM intake, milk yield and body condition. Linear body measurement of cows was not affected by level of
concentrate supplementation. Dairy cattle production enterprises based on crossbred cows should make better
management condition particularly better feeding. Increased exotic blood level within the herd should also be
accompanied by improved feeding to be able to exploit the genetic potential of crosses of higher exotic blood
inheritance.
Keywords: Milk yield, body weight, concentrate, roughage, body condition, wither height, heart girth,
crossbred cow, parity, Friesian, Jersey, Boran.
Introduction
The most critical period for dairy cows is the period from parturition until peak milk production. Milk yield
increases rapidly after calving and reaches a peak 6-8 weeks after calving. However, appetite lags behind
production such that maximum daily dry matter (DM) intake often doesn’t occur until 12 to 15 weeks
postpartum. Therefore, lactating cows often encounter negative energy balance. Cows make up these nutrient
deficits by mobilizing from their body stores. Low energy mobilization is a characteristic feature of cows with
low milk yield. High milk producing dairy cows in good body condition before parturition often lose 90-135 Kg
body weight during early lactation, which is sufficient to support production of 700-900 Kg milk (Shingoethe,
1998). If the source of nutrient from body store is not available, peak milk production and accordingly total
lactation yield will be less than expected. In addition to weight loss at parturition, weight change in mature
cows is also reflected in body condition change. When mature cows lose condition, calving interval will
become longer (Wiltbank et al., 1962). Inadequate energy intake after calving lowers conception rate
(Wiltbank et al, 1962, 1964).
A young lactating cow is still growing and can be pregnant at mid or late lactation. Therefore, her nutrient
requirement is not only for milk production and reproduction but also for maintenance and growth. All
physiological processes increase the cow’s nutrient requirement. Therefore, dairy farmers have to use feed
supplementation strategies that consider body condition as well as productive and reproductive status of
their cows.
Condition scoring provides a quick, cheap and easy method of differentiating animals differing in
management systems. Condition scoring is a subjective assessment, but with practice a high level of
repeatability can be obtained (Croxton and Stollard, 1976). The result has practical importance for cattle
productivity. Condition scores as reported by several authors (Harwin et al., 1967) was found that
positively correlated with conception. Steenkamp et al. (1975) compared animals of different body condition
scores, but similar weights, and showed that condition at mating was more important than weight at
mating for successful conception. Similar work was carried out by Niekerk and Louw (1980), who allocated
cows into groups according to condition score and found calving rates of 78% for animals in optimal
condition compared with only 8% for cows in poor condition.
The objectives of this study were to determine DM intake, milk yield, body condition and linear body
measurement of crossbred cows under different concentrate supplementation levels.
Feeding and Management: All cows were fed indoor starting at calving. The cows were fed equal quantities
of supplementary feed for two weeks of adjustment. After two weeks, the experimental diet (Table 2) was
supplemented during morning and afternoon milking, by dividing the daily allowances into two equal
parts. Hay was weighed and offered ad lib by weighing the daily allowance. Adjustment of hay offered was
made weekly based on amount of refusals. Refusals were weighed and recorded every morning before
feedings. All cows were milked twice per day, in the morning and in the afternoon. Milk yield was
measured daily and recorded right at milking. Stage of lactation was handled by introducing all cows in to
the experiment after two weeks of parturition up to 180 days of lactation. Parity was handled by grouping
cows in as low (1-4) and high (4-6) Cows with their respective parities were randomly assigned to
treatment groups. The experiment lasted for six months. Stage of lactation was taken care by running the
experiment from two weeks after calving to 180 days of lactation for all cows.
Body weight measurement: All cows in the experiment were weighed every two weeks before morning
feeding, watering and milking. Cows that showed large variations from the previous measurements were
re-weighed the next morning without access to neither feed nor water the previous night.
Linear body size: Heart girth and height at wither were measured and recorded for all cows fortnightly
right at weighing. Heart girth measuring tape and metal clippers were used to measure heart girth and
wither height respectively.
Body condition scoring: Cows were condition scored fortnightly in early mornings, without access to feed or
water overnights. The scoring system developed by Nicholson and Butterworths (1985) was used for this
study. Although this method was developed for scoring Zebu cattle, it was assumed appropriate to be used
for cross breeds. In this method, nine scores were used in which the three main conditions F, M, and L
were used for Fat, Medium, and Lean, respectively. Each main condition is subdivided into three
categories. The scores are abbreviated as F+, F, F-; M+,M,M-; L+,L, and L-. Each score is given a number
from 1 for L- to 9 for F+.
Data collection and statistical procedures: Daily concentrate and hay allowance and refusals were weighed
and recorded. Daily milk yield and fortnightly body weights, condition scores and linear body
measurements of cows were measured and recorded. The data were subjected to analysis using General
Linear Model procedure of SAS (SAS, 1987).
Data collected on the dependent variables: feed intake, milk yield, body weights and linear body sizes were
analyzed for variations due to the independent variables: level of concentrate supplementation, parity,
breed and exotic blood level. Regression analysis was used to determine relationships between body weight
and heart girth.
Results
The overall means of daily concentrate, roughage and total feed intakes on dry matter basis were 3.75,
6.21 and 9.96 respectively (Table 3). Daily concentrate DM and total feed DM intakes were 1.87kg (67%) and
1.4kg (15%) higher for cows supplemented higher levels of concentrate than the other group. Average daily
concentrate, hay, and total feed DM intakes were significantly different between parities, breeds and exotic
blood levels (p<0.05. Average daily total DM intakes for cows with early parities, Friesian crossbred cows,
and 75% crossbred cows was higher than cows with advanced parities, Jersey crosses and 50% crossbred
cows, respectively.
The overall total milk yield and milk yield per unit metabolic body size of cows were 1379.5 and 16.19kg,
respectively (Table 4). Cows supplemented 5 Kg of concentrate produced 241kg (19%) more milk during the
experimental period than cows supplemented 3 Kg/head/ day. Total milk yield didn’t vary significantly
between parities, breed types and exotic blood levels. However, cows with advanced parities, Friesian
crosses and 50% crosses produced 201kg (16%), 139kg (11%) and 5kg (0.4%) more milk than cows with
early parities, Jersey crosses, and 75% crosses, respectively. Milk yield per metabolic size was not
statistically different between concentrate supplement levels, parities, breed types and exotic blood levels.
However, cows supplemented with higher levels of concentrate, cows with advanced parities, and Jersey
crosses showed trends of higher milk yield per metabolic size than their counter parts. Breed type
markedly affected live weight and metabolic body weight (p<0.05).
Table 3. Least squares means of daily and total feed intake on dry matter basis
Daily conc. Intake Daily roughage intake Total daily feed intake
Variable Number.
( kg) ( kg) ( kg)
Overall mean 22 3.75 6.21 9.96
Level of concentrate diet supp. ** NS **
3kg/head/day 11 2.81± 0 6.5 ± 0.23 9.3±0.22
5kg/head/day 11 4.68 ± 0 6.0 ± 0.28 10.7±0.27
Parity NS NS NS
1st – 3rd parities 9 3.75 ± 0 6.31± 0.31 10.6±0.31
4th – 6th parities 13 3.75 ± 0 6.21± 0.22 9.96±0
Breed Type NS NS NS
BOF 10 3.75 ± 0 6.30 ± 0.22 10.04±0.22
BOJ 12 3.75 ± 0 6.22 ± 0.29 9.97±0.2
Blood Level NS NS NS
50% EBL 12 3.75 ± 0 6.03 ± 0.22 9.8±0.22
75% EBL 10 3.75 ± 0 6.49 ± 0.26 10.3±0.26
Table 4. Least square means and standard errors of live weight, metabolic body weight (W0.75), total milk yield and milk yield per
metabolic body weight
Linear body measurements and body condition scores of cows in the experiment are presented in Table 5.
Body condition scores were higher for cows supplemented higher levels of concentrate than cows
supplemented lower levels. Body weights, wither height and heart girth measurements were numerically
higher for cows with advanced parities than those with early parities. However, body condition score was
higher for the later groups than the former. Friesian crosses and 75% crosses had higher body weights,
wither heights, heart girth size and body condition than Jersey crosses and 50% crosses respectively. Fifty-
percent crosses scored apparently (P<0.05) higher body condition than 75% crosses. Breed type markedly
affected wither height and heart girth (P<0.05).
Heart girth size was highly correlated with body weight in concentrate diet supplement 1 (r = 0.94) and 2 (r
= 0.98). Regression equations estimating cow body weights from heart girth size are:
BW = 5.73HG - 572.13 ..……. 3kg concentrate/head/day
BW = 5.3HG - 506.10 ...........…5kg concentrate/head/day
Table 5. Least square means and standard error of wither height, heart girth and body condition scores of cows in the experiment
Discussion
The 1.4kg (15%) higher daily total feed DM intake for cows supplemented higher level of concentrate diet
per day might be due to higher quantity of high quality daily ration particularly protein. This finding is in
agreement with Hungate (1966 ), who reported improved feed intake by spraying urea on standing hay.
Similarly, cattle fed on barley straw had increased intake when provided with Soya bean meal (Loosli and
McDonald, 1968). This in turn might be accounted to the protein component of the diet that facilitated faster
rate of breakdown of straw in the rumen (Bealieu et al., 1990; Butterworth and Mosi, 1986). In the current
study differences between parities, breed types and exotic blood levels, the total DM intake were not
apparent. However, Friesian crosses and 75% crosses had higher total DM intake compared to cows with
advanced parities, Jersey crosses, and F1 crosses. This trend may be due to genetics and larger body size of
the former groups as suggested by Sieber et al, 1988 and Vandehaar, 1998).
The higher total milk yield recorded for cows under the higher level of concentrate supplementation in this
study agrees with earlier reports (McLeod et al, 1983) in which increasing the energy intake of cows by
decreasing the forage: concentrate ratio increased milk yield. It has also been reported that cows fed mixed
diets of grass silage and increased concentrate supplement had higher milk production (Zerbini, 1988).
Cows with advanced parities produced more milk than those with early parities; however, the difference
was not significant. This finding agrees with earlier reports, which suggested that cows with different
parities and milk yield respond differently to different nutrient densities (Kiwuwa et al., 1983). Although
not significant (P>0.05), Friesian crosses produced 139 liters (11%) more milk during the experimental
period of 180 days than Jersey crosses. However, milk yield per unit metabolic body weight was slightly
higher for crosses of the smaller breed Jersey than crosses of the larger Friesians (16.8 Vs 15.9). Similar
results have been reported earlier (Kiwuwa et al., 1983 and Sendros et al., 1989). Lack of significant
difference in milk yield between Friesian and Jersey crosses in the current study might indicate the low
nutrient level offered to exploit the genetic potential of the larger and high yielding Friesian crosses.
Similarly, Lee et al. (1992) suggested that underfed high yielding cows reduce their milk yield to available
nutrients, after meeting requirements for maintenance and pregnancy. Therefore, the supplementary feed
level used in the present study might have favored the smaller sized and low milk producing Jersey
crosses.
It was expected that 75% crosses produce more milk than F1 crosses due to higher exotic blood level.
However, they produced slightly lower than expected. This may be due to their need due to higher exotic
blood inheritance for better feeding and management to express their genetic potential.
The differences between linear body sizes considered (height at withers and heart girth) were marked only
between breed types. The height at withers and heart girth for Friesian crosses were 9.2cm (7.6%) and
13.5cm (8.6%) larger than that of Jersey crosses, respectively. Higher linear body measurements in 3-Kg
concentrate supplement and 75% exotic blood level groups, however, didn’t result in increased milk yield.
Heavier weights and increased linear body measurements were associated with higher exotic blood level.
However, they didn’t result in increased milk yield. The marked higher body condition score observed for
crosses of 50% exotic blood inheritance, on the other hand, resulted in a slight increase in milk yield during
the experimental period and milk yield per metabolic body weight. In the present study generally body
condition score indicated milk yield better than linear body measurements. Grainsworthy and Jones (1987)
reported a similar result that cows with higher body condition had more body fat reserve to support milk
production.
Relationships between cow body weight and heart girth measurements were also similar with earlier
reports (Nicholson and Syers, 1987). These workers estimated body weight (BW) from heart girth (HG) as,
BW = 4.81HG – 432.73, while the estimation obtained with the current experiment was BW = 5.73HG –
5.72.13 for cows supplemented 3kg concentrate/head/day, and BW = 5.3HG – 506.10 for cows supplemented
5kg concentrate/head/day.
Conclusion
Increased concentrate supplementation improved Total DM intake, milk yield and body condition score.
However, concentrate supplementation didn’t improve wither height and heart girth sizes. Linear body sizes,
therefore, may not be affected by supplementary feeding after maturity. They rather depended more on breed
type and exotic blood level than nutrition. Dairy cattle production programs in tropical Africa in general and
in Ethiopia in particular that are based on crossbred cows should provide better management conditions
particularly better feeding. Increased exotic blood level within the herd should also be accompanied by
improved feeding in order to exploit the genetic potential of crosses of higher exotic blood. This was reflected
in the present study in that crosses with 75% exotic blood inheritance which produced slightly lower milk
than those of 50% exotic inheritance under a given management condition.
References
Beaulieu, A.D., J.A. Olubobokun, and D.A. Christeinsen. 1990. The utilization of canola and its constituents by lactating
dairy cows. Anim. Feed Sci. and Tech. 30 :289-300.
Beyene Chichaibelu. 1976. Laboratory evaluation of some Ethiopian feed stuffs. PhD. Thesis. Cornel University, Ithaca,
New York.
Butterworth, M.M., and A. Mosi. 1986. The intake and digestibility by sheep of oat straw and maize stover offered with
different level of noug (Guizotia abyssinca) . Anim. Feed Sci. and Tech. 16 : 99-107.
Croxton, D. and R.J. Stollard. 1976. The use of condition scoring as a management aid in dairy and beef cattle. Anim.
Prod. 22:146.
Grainsworthy, P.C. and G.P. Jones. 1987. The influence of body condition and post - partum reproductive factors in dairy
cattle. J. Dairy Ssi. 72: 767.
Harwin, G.O., R.D. Lamb and J.H.R. Bishop. 1967. Some factors affecting reproductive performance in beef females. In:
Proc. South Africa Soc. Anim. Prodn. 6:171.
Hungate, R.E. 1966. The Rumen And Its Microbes. Academic Press. New York, U.S.A.
Kiwuwa, G.H., J.C.M. Trail, M.Y. Kurtu, Getachew Worku, F.M. Anderson and J.W. Durkin. 1983. Crossbred dairy cattle
productivity in Arsi Region, Ethiopia. ILCA. Research Report N±. 11. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Lee, A.J., D.A. Bochard, A.J. McAllister, C.Y. Lin, K. Nadorajah, T.R. Batra, G.L. Roy, and J.A. Vesely. 1992. Genetics of
growth, feed intake and milk yield in Holstein cattle. J. Dairy Sci. 75 : 3145-3154.
Loosly, J.K. and I.W. McDonald. 1968. Non protein nitrogen in the nutrition of ruminants. Agric. Stud. N±. 75. E.A.D.
MacLeod, G.K, D.G. Grieve and I. McMillan. 1983. Performance of first lactation dairy cows fed complete rations of
several ratios of forage to concentrate. J. Dairy Sci. 66: 1668-1674.
Neikerk, A.V. and B.P. Louw. 1980. Condition scoring of beef cattle. Bull. N±. 2/80. Dept. Agric. and Fisheries, Natal
region, South Africa.
Nicholson, M.J. and A.R. Sayers. 1987. Relationships between body weight, condition score and heart girth change in
Boran cattle. Trop. Anim. Health. Prod. 19: 115 – 120.
Nicholson, M.J. and M.H. Butterworths. 1985. A guide to condition scoring of zebu cattle. International Livestock Center
for Africa, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Sendros Demeke, Beyene Kebede, Tesfaye Kumsa, Taye Bekure, and Hailu Gebre Mariam. 1989. Preliminary results of
cattle crossbreeding ( Europian cross Zebu ). I. Milk production performance of F1 cows. In: proc. of the First
National Livestock Improvement Conference. Page 61 – 65. 11-13 February 1987. Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Shingoethe, D.J. 1998. Feeding dairy cows. In: Livestock Feeds And Feeding. Kellens, R.O. and D.C. Church (editors). 4th
ed. Printice Hall. Upper Saddle Rive. New Jersey. U.S.A.
Steenkamp, J.D.G., V. D. Horst and M.J.D. Andrew. 1975. Reconception in grade and pedgree Africander cows of different
sizes. Postpartum factors affecting conception. South Africa J. Anim. Sci. 5:103-110.
Tadesse Bekele, Alemu G/Wold and Kassahun W/Gebriel. 1991. Effect of levels of concentrate feeding on milk production
of crossbred cows. In Proc. of the 3rd National Livestock Improvement Conference, pp. 108-111. 24-25 May 1989.
Institute of Agricultural Research, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Vandehaar, M.J. 1998. Efficiency of nutrient use and relationship to profitability on dairy farms. J. Dairy Sci., 81(1):272-
282.
Willtbank, J.N., W.W. Rowden, J.E. Ingalls, K.E. Gregory and R.M. Koch. 1962. Effect of energy level on reproductive
phenomena of mature Hereford cows. J. Anim. Sci. 21:219.
Wiltbank, J.N., W.W. Rowden, J.E. Ingalls and D.R. Zimmerman. 1964. Influence of postpartum energy level on
reproductive performance of Hereford cows restricted in energy intake prior to calving. J. Anim. Sci. 23:1049.
Zerbini, E., C.E. Polan and J.H. Hebein. 1988. Effect of dietary soybean meal and fish meal on protein digesta flow in
Holstein cows during early and mid lactation. J. Dairy Sci. 71: 1248-1258.
Introduction
Goats are frequently called the 'poor man's Cow' since they are widely milked by the poorer sector of the
communities. Over 78% of the goat keepers in the southern part of Ethiopia milk their goat.
Farmers keep small ruminants as source of food (milk and meat), fiber (wool and skin), cash and a form of
savings. Various factors affect the production potential of these animals. Nutrition is the most important
factor affecting productions. Inadequate nutrition after kidding reduces dam milk production, and restricts
kid growth by limiting both milk and solid nutrient intakes. In view of the fact that one of the special
features of goat is their higher efficiency of converting feed into milk than other dairy animals (Devendra,
1983), it is important to develop feeding strategies to exploit this potental. So far much has not been done
to study how these animals respond to nutritional and other management inputs. Therefore, this proposal
was designed to see the effect of different forage legume supplementation on milk production performance
of Borana goats.
the 120 animals joined, only 82 were served. The 56 pregnant animals were randomly allocated to seven
treatment groups: Eight hours grazing alone (T1), T1 + wheat bran (210g/head/day) (T2), T1 + noug cake
(90g/head/day) (T3), T1 + alfalfa (200g/head/day) (T4), T1 + S.sesban(200g/head/day) (T5) , T1 + cowpea
(210g/head/day) (T6) and T1 + C.cajan (200g/head/day) (T7).
All groups had equal access to eight hours grazing during the day, but were housed separately for
supplementation at night. Supplementation was started after kidding. All groups had free access to
mineral block during the whole experimental periods.
Measurements
Does were weighed monthly, and records were taken of birth type, birth weight, survival of the progeny,
feed intake, milk yield and postpartum weight of does. Milk production was measured every seven days for
12 weeks. Milking was done by hand, after twelve hours separation of the kid from the doe.
Table 1: Chemical composition of the supplemental feeds.
Statistical Analysis
A completely randomized design was used. The data was analysed using the general liner model procedure
of SAS. Student Newman Keulus (SNK) was used to locate the treatment means that are significantly
different from each other.
As lactation period advanced lactation yield was declined. The maximum weekly milk production was
obtained during the second week of lactation and after which it gradually declined to 309.14ml/d at the 12th
week of lactation. In most cases intake is directly proportional to milk yield, but the highest intake was
observed during the last three weeks of lactation. Hadjipanyiotou, 1987 cited in Getenet et al, 1999
reported that the dry matter intake in the postpartum period increases (30-40%) during the first week and
reaches a maximum between 6 and 10 weeks of lactation. Similarly, the highest intake in this study was
observed during the first week and between 5 and 12 weeks of lactation.
Table 3: Average daily milk yield, supplement Intake and weight gain/lost of Borana does by week.
Conclusion
Although supplementation increased the daily milk yield of Borana does, the yield obtained is much lower
than those reported in literature. This could be due to the fact that the supplements were offered below their
daily optimum requirement for production. Therefore, higher levels of supplementation deserve further
investigation.
Acknowledgement
The authors would like to acknowledge the assistance by staff of animal production for their valuable
contribution in data collection during the experimental periods. Many thanks also go to Dr. Markos Tibo for
his assistance in data analysis.
References
Devenndra,C., and M.Burns.1983. Goat Production in the tropics. In: Commonwealth Agricultural Bureax , Farnham
Royal,England.
Getenet,B.,Alemu,Y.and Mekonnen, H.1999. Performance of lactating Somali does Supplemented with different
proportions of groundnut cake and wheat bran. In: Proceedings of 7th Ethiopian Society of Animal Production held
in Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 26-27 May 1999.
Girma, A.1996. Studies on the performance potential of Somali goats and their crosses with Anglo-Nubian: A contribution
to breed documentation and evaluation. 1Aufl- Berlin: Koster, 1996.
Lekule, F.1989, Nutrient value of some tropical feed stuffs for Pig, Chemical compo sition, digestibility & metabolic
energy content: National Institute of Animal Science.29 May 1989. Foulum Research center,Denmark.
Little, D.A. and Lowry, J.B. 1988. Drying treatment drastically affects feed evaluation and feed quality with certain
tropical forage species.In: Animals feed science and technology,Indonesia .
Introduction
Zinc and Iodine occupy predominant place among trace minerals commanding some important body
functions in animals. Zinc is indispensable for RNA, DNA, and protein synthesis. Zinc is also a cofactor for
many mammalian enzymes like carbonic anhydrase and carboxy peptidases, and play a major role in cell
division and metabolism, in growth, immunity and wound healing. Iodine plays an important role as a
constituent of thyroid hormones, which are essential for normal growth, development, maturation, production
and reproduction in animals. Deficiency of the minerals, therefore, would result a disruption of the normal
metabolism of the minerals which may lead to impaired nutrient utilization, reduced weight gain, impaired
fertility and disease development in animals (Singh et al, 1994; Chopra 1998 and Campbell and Miller, 1998).
Most of the feed ingredients of livestock in India are poor to marginally adequate sources of iodine (Bedi,
1999). Thus, the daily dietary intake of iodine is inadequate. Soils and forages in sub mountainous
Himalayan regions of India are also zinc deficient (Khan et al, 1979). The above conditions are, therefore,
suggestive of the necessity of supplementation of rations with trace minerals.
The present investigation was carried out with the objective to assess the effect of iodine and zinc + iodine
supplementations on the intake and digestibility of nutrients by crossbred heifers fed normal basal ration.
to the animals in the forenoon according to their grouping to meet their remaining protein requirement as
per NRC (1985). The heifers were fed individually and fresh and clean water was offered twice daily to all
animals.
Experimental Rations
One animal from each of the three groups was randomly allotted to one of the following three experimental
rations.
Non-supplemented (Control)
Normal basal ration was fed ad libitum and supplemented with ready-made cattle feed concentrate
mixture to meet their remaining protein requirement as per NRC (1985) with out added mineral supplement.
Iodine Supplemented
Normal basal ration was fed ad libitum and supplemented with ready-made cattle feed concentrate
mixture containing iodine (as KI) at the rate of 1g/100kg concentrate mixture to meet their remaining protein
requirement as per NRC (1985).
Zinc + Iodine Supplemented
Normal basal ration was fed ad libitum and supplemented with readymade cattle feed concentrate
mixture containing iodine as KI (1g/100kg concentrate mixture) and zinc (as ZnSO4) at the rate of 10g/100kg
concentrate mixture to meet their remaining protein requirement as per NRC (1985).
Composition of the feed ingredients
The basal ration fed consisted of green berseem (20%), green Oat (30%) and dry mustard straw (50%) as
fed basis. The chemical composition of the concentrate mixture used for this study and the basal ration is
presented in Table 1.
Digestibility trial
A seven days digestibility trial was carried out sixty days after the start of a growth experiment. Faeces
voided by individual animal during the preceding 24 hours was quantitatively collected and weighed.
Representative sample was taken and kept in hot air oven at 1000C over night in the laboratory for dry
matter estimation. The dried faeces sample collected during the collection period was pooled for all the 7 days
and finally ground and kept in polythene bags for estimation of various nutrients. Daily feed offered and
refusals were measured for each animal, and samples were taken after thorough mixing of the feed or
refusal. The samples were kept in an oven for 24 hours at 700C for dry matter determination. The dried
samples were ground through a laboratory Willey mill using 1 and 2 mm sieves and after thorough mixing
stored in a clean-labeled polythene bag for later analysis.
Chemical Analysis
Samples of feeds, faeces and refusals were analyzed for dry matter (DM) and Crude Protein (CP) according
to Indian Standards Institute (ISI, 1962). Ash and Organic matter (OM) was analyzed according to AOAC
(1975) and Ether Extract (EE) was determined according to (Gupta et al, 1992). Gross Energy (GE) was
determined according to O’shea and Maguire (1962). Neutral Detergent fiber (NDF), Acid detergent Fiber
(ADF) and lignin were determined according to the procedures described by Goering and Van Soest (1970).
Zinc in feed samples was estimated by atomic absorption spectrophotometer (GBC-902). The procedure of
Tusl (1977) was followed for the estimation of iodine in feed samples.
Statistical analysis
The results obtained during the course of study were analyzed according to Panse and Sukhalme (1978) in
a Randomized Block Design (RBD) considering diets as treatments and animals as replication.
0.329, berseem 0.154-0.368, and oat 0.179-0.279; and straws viz. wheat straw 0.153-0.420 and rice straw
0.153-0.584 µg/g on dry matter basis. It was reported by Khan et al., (1979) that the average zinc content of
fodders were oats 49.12, berseem 39.53, paddy straw 28.04, wheat straw 10.13, soybean straw 12.72, and
pigeon pea straw 12.31 mg/kg feed dry matter. It is recommended that 0.25 µg/g iodine in the feed dry matter
will meet the minimum needs of growing and non-lactating dairy cattle (Bedi, 1998). The NRC has listed zinc
requirement as 40 mg/kg feed dry matter for all classes of dairy cattle. Therefore, the basal diet in the
present study supplied low levels of iodine and zinc as per the requirements of livestock.
Intake and Digestibility of Nutrients
The average daily intake of iodine was 8.45, 8.55 and 0.78 mg and the daily intake of zinc was 146.9, 200.3
and 144.7 mg for the iodine, zinc + iodine and for the non-supplemented (control) groups, respectively. Thus,
the iodine-supplemented groups got fifteen to sixteen times more iodine and the zinc-supplemented group
received about 38 percent (mg/day) extra zinc through the diet.
The average daily dry matter intake values for the control, iodine-supplemented and zinc + iodine-
supplemented groups were 4.24, 4.42 and 4.87 kg, respectively. The values are not differing significantly
(P>0.05) although the value for zinc+iodine-supplemented group was found to be higher than the iodine-
supplemented and control groups. Dry matter intake interms kg/100 kg BW was also significantly (P<0.05)
higher in zinc + iodine-supplemented group (Table 2). However, no significant difference in dry matter
intake was observed due to iodine supplementation. Beeson et al., (1977) and Bedi and Sawhney, (1979)
reported that intake of dry matter in calves and beef cattle increased due to zinc supplementation. In the
present study, digestibility of dry matter showed a marginal increases due to both iodine and zinc
supplementation (Table 2). The results are in agreement with those of Bedi and Sawhney, (1979) and Bedi
et al., (1997).
No significant variation in organic matter intake (kg/d) was observed among the supplements (Table 2).
However, interms of kg/100 kg BW a significantly (P<0.05) higher intake of organic matter was observed
with zinc + iodine supplementation. No appreciable improvement in the digestibility of organic matter due
to iodine or zinc + iodine supplementations (Table 2). Bedi and Sawhney (1979) reported a non-significant
difference in intake of organic matter in calves fed supplemental zinc. Rajendran, (1999) also observed a
non-significant organic matter intake difference in goats due to iodine supplementation.
Crude protein intake in terms of g/100 kg BW was significantly (P<0.05) increased due to zinc + iodine
supplementation. However, there was no significant variation in the digestibility of crude protein due to
the supplemental iodine or zinc + iodine (Table 2). Bedi and Swahney (1979), however, reported a marginal
improvement in digestibility of crude protein in growing calves fed urea-based ration with supplemental
iodine. Similarly, Bedi et al., (1997) and Rajendran, (1999) reported higher digestibility of crude protein in
goats fed lucanea with supplemental iodine.
Intake of ether extract (g/day) varied non-significantly (P>0.05) among the treatments. However, interms
of g/100 kg BW intake of ether extract was also significantly (P<0.05) higher in zinc+ iodine supplemental
group (Table 2). Digestibility of ether extract varied non-significantly (P>0.05) among the treatments
(Table 2). However, Bedi and Sawhney (1979) reported a marginal improvement in the digestibility of
ether extracts in growing calves with zinc supplementation.
Intake of gross energy (GE) expressed as Mcal/100 kg BW increased significantly (P<0.05) with zinc +
iodine supplementation. However, the effect of iodine and zinc + iodine supplements on the digestibility of
gross energy was not significant (Table 2). Ivan and Grieve (1974) also reported that digestibility of gross
energy was not affected by supplementation of zinc to a high concentrate ration of Holstein bull calves.
Intake of NDF and ADF in terms of kg/100 kg BW also increased significantly (P<0.05) with zinc + iodine
supplementation (Tables 2). However, Bedi and Sawhnery, (1979) and Rajendran (1999), respectively,
reported that fiber intake was not affected by zinc and iodine supplementation in urea and lucanea-based
rations. Digestibility of NDF and ADF in the present investigation increased significantly (P<0.05) due to
the iodine and zinc + iodine supplementations (Table 2). Martinez and Church (1970) also reported that
digestion of cellulose increased in in-vitro rumen cellulose digestion with the additions of 2 to 10 ppm of
zinc and 20 ppm of iodine to washed suspension of rumen microorganisms. Bedi and Sawhney (1979) also
reported a marginal increase in crude fiber digestibility in growing calves due to zinc supplementation. The
higher digestibility of NDF and ADF observed in the present study as also suggested by Martinez and
Church (1970) might be due to favorable conditions created to the rumen microorganisms by the
supplemental iodine and zinc.
Conclusions
The study indicates that total as well as digestible intake of DM, OM, CP, EE, GE, NDF and ADF
expressed as kg/100kg BW were significantly (P<0.05) higher in zinc + iodine supplemented group. The
digestibility of DM, OM, CP, EE and GE did not differ significantly (P>0.05) among the treatment groups.
However, digestibility of NDF and ADF increased significantly (P<0.05) due to zinc + iodine supplementation.
Therefore, the supplementation of zinc and iodine to normal basal ration of roughage fed to growing heifers
proved beneficial in terms of higher intakes of nutrients and improved fiber digestibility.
References
AOAC, 1975. Official methods of analysis (16th ed. Vol. 1) Association of Official Analytical Chemists. Washington, D.C.
Bedi, S.P.S. 1999. Iodine estimation and its content in feeds and fodders. Indian J. Anim. Nutr. 16 (2): 135-139.
Bedi, S.P.S. 1993. Iodine status of livestock feeds and Fodder’s, Proc. VI Animal Nutrition Research Workers Conference,
Bhubaneshwar, India.
Bedi, S.P.S. 1998. Importance of iodine supplements in livestock feeding. Proc. National Workshop on Use of Iodized salt
for Livestock. Nov. 26,1998. NDRI, Karnal, Haryana.
Bedi, S.P.S., and Sawhney, P.C. 1979. Influence of zinc on growth and digestibility of proximate principles in growing cow
calves. Ind. J. Anim. Sci. 45(1): 15-21.
Bedi, S.P.S., Khan, S. A. and Kumar, A. 1997. Inference of subabul feeding with and with out supplemental iodine on the
digestibility of nutrients and performance of adult goats. Proc. VIII Anim. Nutr. Res. Workers conference. Chennai,.
2: 133.
Beeson, W.M., Perry, T.W. and Zurcher, T.D. 1977. Effect of supplemental zinc on growth and on hair and blood serum
levels of beef cattle. J. Anim. Sci. 45(1): 160-165.
Campbell, M.H, and Miller J.K. 1998. Effect of supplemental dietary vitamin E and zinc on reproductive performance of
dairy cows and heifers fed excess iron. J. Diary Sci. 81: 2693-2699.
Chopra, R.C. 1998. Iodine deficiency disorder in livestock. Proc. National workshop on use of iodized salt for livestock.
NDRI, Karnal, India.
Goering, H.K. and Van Soest, P.J. 1970. Forage fiber analysis (apparatus) reagents, procedure and some applications,
Agricultural Handbook No. 379: 1-2 Agriculture Research Service, Untied States Department of Agriculture.
Gupta, P.C.; Khatta, V.K. and Mandal, A.B. 1992. Analytical Techniques in Animal Nutrition. Directorate of Publication,
Haryana Agricultural University, Hisar, India.
ISI (Indian Standards Institution), 1962. Specifications for balanced feed mixtures for cattle. IS: 2051-1962. Indian
Institution, New Delhi.
Ivan, M. and Grieve, C.M. 1974. Effect of zinc, copper, and manganese supplementation of high-concentrate ration on
Digestibility, Growth, and Tissue Content of Holstein calves. J. Dairy Sci. 58(3): 410-415.
Khan, S.A.; Bedi, S.P.S.; Sawhney, P.C. and Ranjhan, S.K. 1979. Zinc status of soil, Plants and animals in Tarai area
(Uttrar Pradesh). Indian J. Anim. Sci. 49(8): 612-617.
Martinez, A. and Church, D.C. 1970. Effect of various mineral elements on in vitro rumen cellulose digestion. J. Anim.
Sci. 31:982-990.
NRC (National Research Council), 1985. Nutrient requirements of dairy cattle. 6th revi. Ed. Natl. Acad. Press,
Washington, DC.
O’Shea, J. and Maguire, M.F. 1962. Determination of Caloric value of feed stuff by chromic oxide oxidation. J. Sci. Food
and Agric. 13: 530.
Panse, V.G. and Sukhalme, P.V. 1978. Statistical methods for Agricultural Workers. 3rd ed. IARI, New Delhi. pp . 145-
149.
Rajendran, D. 1999. Effect of iodine supplementation in Adult male goats fed subabul (Leucaena leucocephala) Containing
diet. MVSc. Thesis Deemed University, Indian Vet. Res. Institute, Izatnagar, India.
Singh, A.P.; Netra, P.R.; Vashistha, M.S. and Sharma, S.N. 1994. Zinc deficiency in cattle. Indian J. Anim. Sci. 64(1): 35-
40.
Tusl, J. 1977. Determination of iodine in feeds, including compounds and mineral premixes. J. of Flour and Animal Feed
milling. 160(1): 30-32.
Table 1. Chemical composition of the basal diet and concentrate mixture (% of dry matter)
Table 2. Effect of iodine and zinc+ iodine supplements on the intake and digestibility of nutrients by crossbred heifersa
Mineral supplements
Nutrients S.E.M
Iodine Zinc + iodine Control
Iodine Intake (mg/d) 8.45a 8.55a 0.78b 0.21
Intake mg/100kg BW 5.25a 5.41a 0.48b 0.24
Zinc Intake (mg/d) 146.9b 200.3a 144.7b 9.79
Intake mg/100kg BW 91.0b 125.4a 89.4b 3.07
Dry matter Intake (kg/d) 4.42 4.87 4.24 0.29
Intake kg/100kg BW 2.74b 3.03a 2.62b 0.05
Digestibility (%) 65.9 65.7 62.1 1.09
Organic matter Intake (kg/d) 4.0 4.4 3.9 0.28
Intake kg/100kg BW 2.5b 2.7a 2.4b 0.07
Digestibility (%) 67.3 66.7 63.5 1.06
Crude protein Intake (g/d) 508.2 545.4 493.4 26.6
Intake g/100kg BW 314.9b 341.4a 308.1b 7.84
Digestibility (%) 67.0 66.4 65.2 1.15
Ether Extract Intake (g/d) 265.1 293.3 253.0 18.44
Intake g/100kg BW 164.2b 182.6a 156.4c 3.46
Digestibility (%) 49.5 50.3 48.4 1.67
Gross Energy Intake (Mcal/d) 15.6 17.1 14.9 1.02
IntakeMcal/100kg BW 9.6b 10.7a 9.2b 0.19
Digestibility (%) 67.2 66.8 67.2 1.19
NDF Intake (kg/d) 2.29 2.52 2.15 0.17
Intake kg/100kg BW 1.42b 1.56a 1.34b 0.04
Digestibility (%) 57.5a 56.2a 51.1b 0.86
ADF Intake (kg/d) 1.58 1.78 1.55 0.14
Intake kg/100kg BW 0.97b 1.1a 0.91b 0.04
Digestibility (%) 53.2a 53.4a 44.7b 0.75
aFigures bearing unlike superscripts within rows differ significantly (P<0.05)
Amsalu Asfaw
Background
Poultry are probably the most important livestock species for many poor, rural families worldwide. Most
are kept under scavenge-based conditions where their small size and ability to survive on minimal inputs
make their management easy for these households.
Alemu & Tadelle (1997) reported that poultry extension and research had been promoted by the
institutions of higher learning, the Ministry of Agriculture and more recently also by NGO. The poultry
extension system of the Ministry of Agriculture (MOA) concentrated on breed improvement through
distribution of exotic breeds. For this purpose the Minstery established seven centers in different parts of
the country.
MOA established Kombolcha Poultry Breeding and Multiplication Center in 1985. It is located 380 km
north of Addis Ababa and 500 km west of Bahir-Dar, at an altitude of 1864 m above sea level. The center is
situated at 11o 05' N latitude and 39o 43' E longitude. The size of the farm is 7.5 ha.
The center is grouped under SM2 agro-ecology. The area has a bimodal rainfall distribution with a three-
year an annual average of 1038mm. The mean annual temperature is 18oC. The average relative humidity
of the area is 53%.
The center was established with the general objective of increasing rural productivity and family incomes
through increased poultry production there by to reduce poverty and also to raise nutritional status of
rural people.
Specific objective
1. Rearing and distribution of 3-month-old improved pullets/ cockerels to the farmers.
2. Distribution of day-old chicks and fertile eggs to interested farmers as well as governmental and non-
governmental organizations.
3. Provide in-service training.
4. Formulation of least cost poultry rations based on local feed resources.
5. Engage in other related activities conducive to attain its main objectives.
Current production capacity of the center is about 70,000 pullets/cockerels, 175,000-345,000 day-old chicks,
270,000 hatching eggs and 1200 tones of formulated poultry feed per year. This volume of output cannot
meet the expected demand of the Amhara National Regional State, but the center has good potential for
expansion. Table 1 presents yearly distribution of pullets/cockerels and day-old chicks.
The major structural features of the center are Parent stock and Hatchery Management Unit, Feed
Processing Unit, Rearing Unit, and Health Unit.
The center is currently under the Amhara Regional Agricultural Research Institute (ARARI) as it is
involved in poultry research. The infrastructure available for multiplication of pullets/cockerels will have
to be developed further to meet the growing local demand for its products. Besides research activities
require additional facilities.
NUMBER DISTRIBUTED
YEAR-EC REMARKS
Pullets/cockerel Day old chicks Type of breed
1978 8324 0 Hisex Brown
1979 16505 5957 Hisex Brown
1980 4081 7754 Hisex Brown
1981 24907 8859 Babcock B-380
1982 21876 5253 Babcock B-380
1983 1812 0 Babcock B-380
1984 2393 1795 Babcock B-380
1985 0 19821 Babcock B-380
1986 3604 400 Bovans White-P
1987 21199 2287 Bovans White-F1
1988 20635 8881 RIR-P
1989 20069 17255 RIR-F1
1990 32700 15156 RIR-F2
1991 33447 6278 RIR-F3
1992 37718 7415 RIR-F4
1993 32229 9361 RIR-F5 + F3 F3 = Awassa
1994 72000 9122 RIR-F3 + F1 F1 = Nazrete
TOTAL 353, 499 125, 594
Constraints
1. Almost half of the farmers of the region badly needs White leghorn breed but we couldn't get in the
country. It's therefore, necessary to introduce White Leghorn parent stock from abroad.
2. Despite active involvement of the center on research, there are no laboratory facilities for this purpose.
3. The indigenous poultry genetic resources in the region are under increased pressure from exotic
germplasm through replacement and crossbreeding. The center must therefore undertake on-station
characterization of indigenous chicken diversity and unique attribute of the breeds. This activity could
not be initiated because center couldn't get additional land.
4. In efforts to develop and improve rural poultry production limit our selves on breed introduction. (Egg
Production Improvement Extension Package where by RIR pullets and cockerels were distributed to the
farmers). How ever, such an approach fails to take into consideration other important technical
interventions and important factors such as disease control; feeding; changes to flock structure and
numbers; the demand for household labor and capital; and the poultry input and out put markets.
Accordingly, further to poultry breeding, the center should be engaged on:
• Development of poultry health program on major health problems of the region: Assisting
farmers in protecting their chickens from most devastating disease out breaks. On the basis of
clinical signs the disease identified by farmers in rural areas of Amhara region are NCD, fowl
typhoid, fowl pox and internal and external parasites. Particularly New Castle Disease requires
national level intervention for disease control and intervention. Vaccination campaign should be
launched like Pan Africa Render pest Campaign (PARC).
• Development of poultry feed supplementation package particularly sub-optimal ration
formulation at village level.
• Development of Agro-ecology based flock projection model that takes full account of the extra
resources required for better of off take and marketing.
• Identification of development projects for the benefit of resource-poor rural families, particularly
women farmers.
It is our strong belief that research and development is a solid foundation for success. The center provides
a favorable opportunity for this purpose. In order to attain its objective and medium term goals, the center
seeks collaboration with local and foreign research and academic institutions in the area of poultry
research and development.
1,3International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P.O.Box 5689
2GL-CRSP-PARIMA, International Livestock Research Institute (ILRI), Addis Ababa, Ethiopia. P.O.Box 5689
Background
The Boran and Somali ethnic groups keep the indigenous Boran cattle of Ethiopia. The typical Boran
cattle have white coat color, long legs, wide ear and large dewlap and hump, which help them to adapt to hot
tropical environments by increasing the surface area for metabolic heat dissipation (Gillooly, et al 2001). The
white color is helpful in thermo-regulation ability; long legs contribute to improved walkability, which is
about 60 km per day without rest (Getachew and Nigatu, 2001). The Boran is drought tolerant and
withstands water thirst for 2-3 days. Their mothering ability is excellent particularly in allowing milk to
their calf and protection against predators. They are docile and have long longevity.
The characteristics of Boran relate to its broad adaptation to warm climates which according to Habeeb et
al, (1997) are relevant to fitness in warm and hot climate as in the case of suitable morphological traits
that facilitate adjustments in thermal, water or nitrogen balances. The other advantages of Boran over the
other cattle breeds are its good beef quality, large and wide body frame and live body weight of up to
500kg, and a good milking ability of 2 liters per day for 120 days lactation period, providing most of the
staples for the Boran and Somali communities (Haile Mariam et al., 1998)
Due to its genetic merit the Boran is serving as a dam source in most crossbreeding programs carried out
in the country. The Boran and Simmental crosses at smallholders level were reported to reach 1000-1888
litres of milk per lactation, which is about six fold yield compared to local cows productivity (Taddess and
Mirkena, 1999). The Boran is also a bull source to all commercial fattening enterprise in Ethiopia (Haile
Mariam et al., 1998). Therefore, the contribution of this breed to both national and household economy is
eminent. However, according to the recent reports the Boran breed identity is under thereat (Nigatu,
2001). Although there are general concerns that the breed is threatened by habitat loss and genetics
erosion through uncontrolled mating and human purposive selective breeding for improvement to wards
the desired genetic traits, information on the level of genetic intorgression of the indigenous Boran cattle is
not well documented.
Ethiopia has a well-established Plant Genetic Resources Centre in recognition of the importance of
conserving plant biodiversity. The same has not been done for animal biodiversity, although the country
maintains large and diverse livestock resources. Recently the Ethiopian Agricultural Organization
(EARO), The Ministry of Agriculture (MoA), Alemaya University, the Institute of Biodiversity
Conservation and Research (IBCR) and other relevant institutions and organizations are making efforts to
formulate the National Livestock Breeding and Conservation Policies. This paper is originally designed to
address some of the issues related to the causes of Boran breed admixing and the pastoralist perception on
Boran breed genetic dilution to be presented as a part of future large scale study on problems related to
Boran breed conservation and development.
pedigree of their cattle and they believed that about 50% of their herds are composed of admixture. However,
recent field observations suggest even higher percentage of admixed cattle in the Boran herd (Getachew and
Nigatu, 2001).
Understanding the perception of pastoralists on genetic admixture is one of the points to be considered.
Farmers in the surrounding of the Boran pastorals, who are the owners of a small sized zebu, such as Arsi,
Guji and Konso prefer admixing because of the improvement in the size of their animals. Similarly some
pastoralists of Borana also prefer small sized zebu since they withstand feed shortage and recurrent
drought. But poor milk production and less market price of admixed cattle is a concern to most pastoralists
community. Therefore, these issues need to be investigated.
When the local zebu is crossed with the big sized Boran coming from east, this is considered desirable at
Fincha, Yabello and Didy Hara. Pastorals of the study area believe that the typical Boran cattle come form
eastern Boran zone, and hence cattle of the current study area were considered as a local zebu. In these
areas crossing is done intentionally to up grade their animals because admix animals have large body size,
better milk production and have better price on the market. Admix (crosses of local zebu and those white
big Boran from the east) fetch prices of Birr 50-100 more than Guji x Local Zebu crosses of similar
category. Table 1 shows the price difference between typical and admixes.
Table 1 Reported market price(in Birr) of live animals for typical Boran and their crosses.
Animal class Local Zebu x Typical Boran Typical Boran Guji X Local Zebu
Mature Female 500 600 400
Mature Male 1300 1400 1200
Calves 200 250 150
*Local Zebu are those cattle herds found in the current study area with a distinct herd characteristics of their own but are not considered as a pure Boran by herders.
The result of table 1 shows that pastoralists watch the market demand and respond well to financial
benefit, by the fact that the genetic traits selected by herders are economic rather than any other factor of
ownership. The traditional method of selecting for better stock and economic traits may hamper the
existence of non- economic traits and hence affects genetic diversity. The negative side of admix is
considered when there is a crossing of local Zebu with Guji cattle at Fincha, Yabello and Didy Hara. The
Guji cattle are smaller in size than the typical Boran and consequently have less market demand and
price.
The conceptual framework on the implication of different factors on the genetic dilution of Boran cattle is
indicated in Figure 1.
What should be done in the future?
The main reason for animal genetic resource study is the lack of knowledge on indigenous animal breeds
and the unique quality of these breeds. There are no breed conservation policies and strategies in the
country. The public at large is not aware of the gradual wiping out of environmentally adaptive and good
producing indigenous animals. Therefore, the current development interventions should focus on the
protection of these indigenous breeds and in the way they change the livelihood of farming communities.
The Boran society is in crisis to day, mostly due to human over population and recurrent drought.
Livestock, which are a means of living to Boran pastoralists, are diminishing in identity and population.
Unless efforts are now made to improve human welfare among the Boran, future commercial linkage with
the rest of the nation and the social of urban centres in the rangeland will be jeopardized.
In efforts made to reconstitute the lost livestock population following drought, new bloods were
continuously introduced in the Boran herd and hence resulted genetic dilution. Deliberate crossing by
pastorals and the surrounding agro-pastorals also contributed to breed admixture. Admixture can bring loss
of individual breed identity by involving two or more originally distinct breeds and may eventually lead to
breed extinction. A total of 22 breeds (13%) of the previously recognized have become extinct in the last
century in Africa (Rege, 1999).
Drought
Populationpressure Conflict
Pastoral herd
Mortalityhumanand animal
Increased
Proportion of cattle
At foracamp. Higher
Chance for admixing
Herdmovement
Reconstituting herd
raiding
Agropastoralist
Exchange Herd on trans-
Market
Genetic humance
admixing
The following efforts should be considered to alleviate breed admixture in Borana area.
• reduce risks to animal production and asset accumulation
• enhance livestock production and herd turnover
• reduce risks to environment
• develop in-situ and ex-situ breed conservation.
All these factors need proper policies, procedures and technological applications. In general to maintain the
Boran breed identity in pastoral area increasing livestock asset and facilitating range management are the
key points to be considered.
Conclusion
There are pros and cons viewed by pastoralists on admix of indigenous Boran breed. However, the
magnitude of admixing and the genetic economic valuation of the breed need further investigation. These will
be done through 1) morphological characterization of the pure and the admixed animals 2) DNA analysis 3)
Recording the perception of pastoralists living in different segments of the study region. The output of such a
study will help to develop future research and development interventions that will enable to conserve and
develop indigenous Boran cattle.
Bibliography
Coppock, D.L 1994. The Boran Plateau of Southern Ethiopia: Synthesis of pastoral research, development and change,
1980-91.International livestock Center for Africa, Addis Ababa Ethiopia.
Getachew Gebru and Coppock, L. 2001.Boran Cattle Genotype Conservation in the Southern Ethiopia. Improving
pastoral Risk Management on East African Range lands. Second Biennial Research and out Reach Workshop Kenya
and Ethiopia. Held June24 to July3, 2001, at Egerton University, Nojoro, Kenya.
Getachew Gebru and Nigatu Alemayheu, 2001. A snap Survey on Pastoralists perception on genetic dissipation of Boran
Cattle. Unpublished Report.
Gillooly, J.F, Brown, J.H, West, G.B, Savage, V.M, and Charnov, E.L. 2001. Effects of Size and Temperature on Metabolic
Rate. Science, 21 Sept. 2001 Vol. 293
Habeeb, A.A.M.; Marai, I.F.M.; Kamal, T.H.; Owen, J.B. 1997. Genetic improvement of livestock for heat adaptation in
hot climates. In: International conference on animal, poultry & rabbit production and health. Marai, I.F.M. (ed.); El-
Gaafary, M.N. (ed.)
Haile-Mariam, M.; Malmfors, B.and Philipsson, J. 1998. Boran- Indigenous African cattle with potential. Currents
(Sweden), no 17/18, p. 38-43
Nigatu Alemayehu, 2001. Is the Ethiopian Boran under threat? Survey conducted from 15-20 Sep. 2001. Report Submitted
to ILRI/AnGR. International Livestock Research Institute, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia.
Rege, J.E.O. 1999.Economic valuation of farm animal genetic resources. Proceedings of an FAO/ILRI Workshop held at
FAO Headquarters, Rome, Italy, and 15-17 March 1999.
Rege, J.E.O. 1999.The state of African cattle genetic resources I. Classification frame work and identification of
threatened and extinct breed. In Galal, S. and Boyazoglu, J. edts. Animal Genetic Resources Information, 1999. FAO
and UNEP, Rome, Italy.
Tadesse, T. and Mirkena, T. 1999. Economic Evaluation of Crossbred dairy cows under smallholder farmer’s management
at Arsi Negelle and Adami Tulu. Livestock Production and the environment-Implications for sustainable
Livelihoods. Proceedings of the 7th annual conference of the Ethiopian Society Of Animal Production (ESAP) held in
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia, 26-27 May 1999
Zohary, D.; Tchernov, E.; Horwitz, L.K. 1998. The role of unconscious selection in the domestication of sheep and goats.
Journal of Zoology. , V. 245
Addis Ababa
April, 2003
List of Participants
Name Address Institution P.O.Box Telephone
Abay Tedlla Addis Ababa 610315
Abdissa Abalti Zeway ATARC 35 (06)415823
Abebe Yadessa Bako BARC 3 (07) 61 17 71
Abera Degeba Zeway OARI D.Zeit1867 330159
Abera Gayesa Addis Ababa MoA 23694 C.1000 158399
Abera Melesse Awassa Debub University 5 (06)206697
Abraham Abera Nazareth Melkassa EARO 436 (02)112186
Adamneh Dgene Sebeta National Fisheries 64 380023
Addisu Abera Addis Ababa MoA Oromiya 8770 522210
Addisu Bitew East Gojjam Rural Development (08) 74 01 04
Adugna Amsalu Werer Werer A.R.C 2003 (02) 114048
Adugna Tlolera Awassa Debub Univer. 5 (06)200221
Ahmed Mohammed Zeway Zeway Fishery 229 (06)412034
Ajebu Nurfeta Awassa Debub University 5 (06)200312
Aklilu Mekonene Nazareth EARO 436 (02)112186
Alemayehu Mengistu Addis Ababa 62291 184415
Alemseged G/Kidan Addis Ababa MoA 62347 157018
Alemu Adere Yabello SORDU 20 (06) 312733
Alemu Yami Debre Zeit EARO 32 338555
Alganesh Tola Bako BARC 3 (07) 611771
Almaz Kahsay Addis Ababa Quality & Standard 33567 460683
Amare Feleke Debre Zeit ILRI 5689 339566
Ameha Sebsibe Bahir Dar ARARI 527 (08)205173
Amsalu Asfaw Kombolcha ARARI 72 (03)510051
Amsalu Sisay Zeway A.T.A.R. 35 (06) 415827
Amssalu Bezabhe Holetta Holeta Bee Research 22 370371
Aschalew Tsegahun Sheno SARC 112 620934
Asefa Deressa Sheno SARC 112 620934
Asfaw Yimeguhal Debre Zeit ILRI 5689 339566
Asheber Tegegn Nazareth Melkassa EARO 436 (02)112186
Ashenafi Mengistu Zeway OARI 35 (06)415823
Asrat G/Tsadik Dessie MoA 80 (03)112001
Assegid Workalemahu Addis Ababa ILRI 5689 463215
Aster Abebe Awassa Debub University 5 (06) 200221
Azage Tegegne Debre Zeit ILRI 5689 339566
Baissa Hatew Holetta EARO 2003 370300
Balako Gume Borana BLPDP/GTZ 110 (06)450116
Bedane Tulu Holetta EARO 2003 370300
Bekele Mechalu Sinana Sinana ARC 208 610271
Bekele Megersa MoA
Belachew Hurrisa Addis Ababa Livestock Marketing 24492 C1000 504839
Berhane Bogale Metekel Metekel Cattle Bree. 30 250001
Berhanu Admassu AU IBAR 5507 632012
Berhanu Belay Jimma Jimma University 307 110144
Berhanu Yalew Kaliti NAIC 22692 343232
Beruk Yemane Addis Ababa Oxfam GB 613344
Betre Yaekob Holetta EARO 2003 370300
Bimrew Asmare Bahir Dar ARARI 8 (09)190124